Dover

dover dover

User Manual: dover

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 466

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

52

.

..

.""'.

•

\.

'.
•

DOVER

...

.

.

General

D()~er is strip~ bit is not presenl)
.
.
IS22. Malfunction· Reset. Left .as an exercise to the reader.·

lISe.

~
."

.

8

12

~

8

13

ReadyTemp. This signal is active v,:hen the fuser temperature is above 285 degrees F. This
corresponds to the minimum temperature needed to fuse the toner to the paper. ''Euser not warm."
(Applies when the sta~us bit is not present.) ..
.

8

14

8

·15

9

1

9

2

LostPowet•. This signal is active when machine p~wer is turned off when PrintMode was active (te.•.
the main. drive motor was energize~). It p~rsists until the paper is c1earcd_ -'Lost engine power.-·
.

.

• ModeCont. This signal is active if the machine is set to run in its "extended". or hair-speed.
.con figuration.
.
....: .......
·PhotoCeUOut. This signal

is' active

during machine operation.

when a sheet of papeJ has not been knocked off the drum
It persists until the paper is cleared.
"Jam- -paper on drum."

.PreSeq. This signal is active if a malfunction occurs before the first page is imaged (i.e.• during the
sequence)~ . "Jam--startup seq!lenc:-··
.
•

. power-up

9

..

9

S

~wo piec~ of paper w~r~ fed. "iam--t'~{) sneet$ /ed.'t
ACMonitor. .·This sj~nal is active when the ·machine is . po\~ered up.

6

IS3a. This signal is active when a sheet of paper is jammed on the fuser roll.

• IS9.

ReadyTemp·H active even though the ACMonitor-H is not.
when status bit is not present.)
...

e .. "

fuser Toll."
LSl~ B· Transport Jam.

It is possible to have
··Engine not powered up." (Applies

...

'Jam-- paper on

.

9

8'·

9

9' Malfunction. This is a ge~erat-purpose signal that is the "or" of

9

10

9

1 3 · LS24&LS31. P~per. t,.ay is up and sensing bar is in place. Normally active. A zero .value will also
assert PT- Disorder.
.
.
..

"lam--B Transport. ...

an the possible error indication~
given above (PTDisorder. LS27. LS22. LostPowef. PhotoCellOul. PreSeq, LS38, LSI. LS3).

LS3. This signal is active when a sheet is not knocked off the drum and PhotoCellOut- H does not
catcb it. . It persists until the paper is cleared.
"}am- -.papu on drum. "

.. Meaningrul,. for Dover II acL1pters o!,ly.

,,-

•

i·

..

..

Programmer·s Guide to Orbit. the

ROS

Ad.'lptcr. and tbe Dover Printer·

31

4. Perf orln~llce
This section gives preliminary results on the performance· of Orbit in actu:ll printing funs ..
The basic test is to place as many characters of :1 given si7.e on a page as possible before Orbit
."gets bchind..·· Orbit will get behind when the dClllands of COlnposing video for a complex
. page exceed the speed capacities of the Alto and Orbit.
.'
.
. For these tests. Orbit is attached to :\ Dover printer nlnning at 10 inches per ·second. 350 sca'nJines per inch, 350 bils per hlCh. The Alto II driving Orbit is perfectly sl~\ndard- -the Jrdisk " it
uses is a Diablo Model 31. The fonts used are an versions of Helvetica. scan- converted from
spline representations. The tests reported here \\se the ··standard'· Orbit Inicrocodc, an14000·
)11008 .
>3214.

. . 8576

The nominal

.- .

0··

.

)5058

>1900 '

i.

".;

..

i

. )1400()·
<11124
8124 <9D30 .
)5516

)5035

..

..---.- _ -:.
.' .. . -. :
~.

~.-

.

..

.

_... ::'.' . ..:- '.~.:: .J
-. ...... .... .-." .......

··.1.

..

•••

.

-

:. .

. . . . '.J

>1163211131· ,_. .:
7 9 R D . · · ..
<6365 .....
_.9
41~1 ., ...!.~
:

Landscape:
6
8
·10

. .....,. .. , ...

i

. •.. .
. )11632* .;
)10260·
)7560
)630()
)4503

5460
3613
2622 .

.<:..,-- -·. . 12 - --....--:

•

I

- :.
,

·

f

Without disk
. ..

•

_.. _J
. ~ • ~ ...

--iI

..

:

.".~~

..

...
-;! ..

...

~~

• .

.

..

.'

.:~

:1.

.& ~:: ... -:. •

:
:-

-•• .-··::d.

n~mber or" characters per page 'is the number of~h~~~cters of t~e

•

given siz.e tha.t fit comfortably (without squeezing or overprinting) on a page. These numbers

compare reasonably well with typical pages printed on EARS. The third and fourth columns
give Orbit's measured capacity_ The third column is measured with disk activity present (the
assumption is that while printing a page of a given complexity. you must be reading from the
disk into another buffer a descriptiorr of the next page. so. that printing .at, the given capacity
can continue uninterrupted). The fourth column is measured with disk activity absent. Note
. that absence of disk a~tivity increases capacity only slightly. (Starred items exceeded character
sort
size in my. test program.)'
.'
'; ,
..
..
.
.
_.
.

--

......

~-..-

Storage! cap·atity
I

I

,.

"
.fPortrait:.

i

. •

19 . .

o.

=------.-~_.

14
Landscape: .
6
.p

I

i

.,

24.3
39.8

,:

:

...

I .

!

~~:~

.

,

.. -

39.4
S8.6

82.9
111.

...
.

..

.

.i

23.9

10

'

of

I

. . .-

.

, I

1

111.

I

i •

.j

,

12 '"

14

.
•I .

in

.;

8

•I.

Font storage
I·
words/character

'-of

~

'-:1.

! ..

. btaracter . . •
oint size

8

_. ........,

.".

.

-,

End of scan detector
Page

image

Direction

page motion

0

frame

..

Start of scan detector

Scanning bea......_ - 6

-.

..

......

0' th&

..

'

~

.

fJgu.. 2-1: ConcephlaJ model

'

,

'.

:

lmagtng procesa

-...

,
'

.'
"

..

,'.

.'

cs- Sen)

t-

1000

1<

CS-5

I

I

I

I

..

'

o·

'

:

..

ms~

I

I

'

.··1

.

.t

I

I

Page sync delay ,

-E- 250 ms-)
SendVideo

o.

·.0"

....
.; .

Image for page n

Itt-(-----

~I

Vi~eo

gale

... - ...

Count-H

f I

J

.

.

··r

1

850 ms.

,

~,

I Dov.,- U

I
. '"

SendVideo is generated ~n the adapter by counting PageSyncOelay after CS- 5 arrives, .

and then counting VideoGale ~fore tenninating SendVideo..

All counting is done in terms

of scan-lines",
fJ9U~

3-1: Oov&r plfnt&r ttmlTl9

,

•

..

;,

rOI Soull) Aviation
~I Segundo. Ca1trornia 90?4S
~13 679-4511

ASSEMBLY. PRINTER (DOVER)

_IDal~

MOdEtI No.

0
C>

.

~

..

o~

2:.4

El~O 390101
n •.,....:,,: No.

• _"" Title

g'N IUem No.
1
~

Assy. Pripter (Hodifi'c8tion)

L

Assy. Chassis - Card Cage

r;s

,2

...J

~

.'

Assy, Top Harness (Printer)

4
S

Assy. Bottom Harness (Printer)
Assy. Control Panel

6

Assy~

-- .......

7

.

-~

- Control
,
...
.

",

,-

'),

- ....... _..

,~

P8n~1

l-Jtg

...

=Hi·· o ..... :.

9

, Catch) Keylock Ann

' · ... 0 · · -~

.L

dt."'::3_ ..

12'

r~

~........;,.L."-

14

Tr8y~

15

Strap.' Hold

.,. .

-l!,

16

"'., · 0

~~

~,.

'Y'>l

Sup
- Laser P\o1r
.
roo

6" 6"

1

216535
.... . , .........

1
.

21

Stud. 'Ball

186099-606

Assy., Cover (Right:)

...

28
29

216597

(Dover II)

~~? h·l e

Ass)" ..

Supply

l.o~ic P\~r

-

32

Stud.
CliP.

)):lll~
\~ire

1

216606

1

216580
216607

1

..11,1
I

... n

.

1
"'

1

.

"I

,'-

.-

':"

:=-=--==216 G13

5/16-18 Thread
!'nfcty
..

"

.

"

-

A

,

,-

..

( .:

1

Self Adhesive fiA5-5375 (Avery)

)0£.9(3/73)

'.

..t.

2

216605

..... ' r .....

5Uppol-t.--.:,=-~-::::==---::,·:. .:-. '.---

Nl1l1lep1nte~

....

WOIIIIA-:45 Pounds

·1

.1

216589

SO Volts lntcrfnce

~UPP~lt'i-~ear-=Fra

6~

r~1251-1Y3Y3Y6Y/115

1

217183

~"I~c

-

--....-=.!rT;:I1U;TOr-rnaT-=

Cah1e

31

F-

.,

Procu)-cment- Slot lJcad

30 -=Cilri.lne 1-),'

33'

-

Cable

•

....

1

(PS4)

Assy., Cover (Left)

27

.

2

As ;y, T-fL ROS Adapter

Spcc~

.L

1

216482_

26

(KB)

"..

Ang e» Relay l-ltg

Assy,.

..

.1.

20

25

'

•
~-

Air Spring

24

1

19

23

-

.1.

18

. 22.

'

..

4

Pot..rer Supply~ ±5V:!±15V~+28V 350\~
Assy~ Cable - }fodulstor Driver

17

-

___
~.".--

2165)3

. .,

7

,.

216598

Mtg - Laser Pwr Supply
DOl-ln

...........

--~-~-

.~.

.

1

'- ---

'rn~

Of

,

1

101S1093
"'"9

Assy. Cable - Laser Pwr Supply

.' 13

1

. . . JO. .... . . , " ' ...

"'4' ..

~

216602
216531
216604

n'l'r"'"

,i1'lg=(Le=!:)

........... .,..--.

1

216476
'

.!. .!'

1

_ _ ...,'E _ _

..

~r:acke~~

216599

--- , .,""

Relay.

11
-.

1

Ir~

IShe~1

3/18/77"

No. Acq.

216603
216571

...... ,.
.

---,

'r:o-.t -',-"'-

8

10

i'·

.

3

Plate

-216600

lhos.-. drCJwings Dod specifica,tons. and the data Contained th&reIn. &ro the (!)tclusiv8 propertv of Xerox. Corporation and/or Rank
Xoro". ltd, issued in strict confidence and ,sha',' not, without the.
, trior written jermission of Xerox. Corporal ion or Rank Xerox ltd
e rOlwoouce • copied. or used for any purpos~ whats~v8r. ';~C(l,P\
"Ut nvtnufacture of art,tles tor Xerox Corporal Ion or Rank Xero)(. ltd.

"

:;:

rei- .

.,0."";"11 No_

ML

Y

..

)rawlOg 1.Ue
C>

I

-

Material List
>

....

.

, 'L.I '\. U/ \.

.

~

,"

4

/19505-2

I.

=/'9501-2
..

~

..

. ...

~.

_.,.

- ....

,

'.'

:' ~

r"

,~

I"~

,-7~
I'

""

,.'/

-.-

'.~

,

.

.

"x CcrpCf3\ioo
South AYi~.oo Doufe"ard
;~9;t!,do. Caflfotntit 9024S.
~

.

619-4511

PRINTER (DOVER)

ASSEl-IDLY.

Mod~1

C>
C>
"-0

...

~

N

J

:E

•ltem No.

Assy~.

35

Filter~

36·

Housing~

37

Clamp~

r'le.3/18/77

No.

EWO 390101
.... . t.Jo •

'=:? Tlltla

.

.

Ca}>le - Photocell

34

Blower
Filter

No.Req

217182
53P223

1

2S5206

1

or

.

7

• ...........'''OlI

. [i~

0

.

.
~!~

·2

.

38

...

IS~7'

1

ltcNaster-CBrr fr5415K21

Hose

re~

Ihuso drawings, and spec::ifications. and the d ..ta cc:mtaincd theroin. aro the exclusive property of Xerox Corporistion and/or nonk
Xero)f.. ltd. issued in strict confidence and shall not. without the
prior wriiten serm;~sion of Xerox Co;ptlf'ation oc Rank Xoro)(. ltd ••
be reproduce • copu:d or used for Clny purpose whatsoevor. except
the rnanufi'cture of articles for Xt:rox Corporation or Rank Xorox: Ltd.

Title

.......

JM L D'~~~6~~O

V
,

.

.

I

.

3t tal List
-:-

XEROX.

~.

.-

-,

Interlock

Switch~

39

11OP1248
216631
216630

Angle» Lock .ng - Rigllt Cover
Assy~ Cable - Paper Tray Noise Suppresso'"

40

41

1

LS2

1

..

1

-'

42
\-1ire~

44

Terminal~

Push On

45

Terminal~

Tab (Hale) Amp tel.2460-1

~46

Housing~

41

Terminal> Ins

-

49
50

Strap~

Guide) Top Covers

51

Nut~ Flanged~

R~ng

Tongue

Cable Tie·

Ball Stud

-

MIL-l-1-16878/1
LS61)13)26~Jl>J2

3

317 >25~5

3

317 >25~5

AIR

100988-003

1

158555-003

AIR

20

1
2

.

.

.

~

-..

~5~
~.~

.
~

1190571A029

Bracl\:et:" Support - l\"r Supply

5l •

Plate,.

.. .55

J •-~ c..:.
"' ....
•.•• -;,.
~

.

Supply (Hinged)
(Interlock)

.

217159

1

217162

1

217161

1

,1

I

56

57

Connector,. 2 Pin }lousing

58

Connector.> 3 Pin Housing

59

Contact» Pin
Sheet,. Insulator

60

ti.." 63
64
65

66

!·~asher •

-

Contnct~

ANP ftl-480319- )
ANP 111-480305- )

.

AHP D60616-3

217186

Shoulder - Nylon

Connector

llousing .

155208-010

AHP 1f87631-4

l\~

TUbing. Ins. Shrlnl;:nhlc

Installation

nw~.

Printer (Dover)

J11

1

J90

5

J11:.90

1

.

6

P2

110996-202

1

1007 l .4-109

A/R

216601

REF

I,... . . . .

-.20
1/ .......

6

.-So.

Resistor. 2K i5/...

1

1

Al-iP fi870 l ,6-1

~ecpt

•.

1

53

S\~itch

9

100744-009

21.7163

Locking 1/4
Tinnennan fjp116

PO\-1er

•

Amp f!480053-3

.48

...

155337-

Shrinkable». Ins

Tubing~

52

.

Tab

.: .

~

AIR

Str Ins 18 Al-1G (Brotm)

43

1.

R1

20

--_ ... - G_. ----

L

-C
I

o

E

---

t!! 5PEC,IFtED

~ MAY f.< PUa:.w..!..{O t..:J1.A lJol r:f.SE.ARc.~ ,Lft::.
12Vi'JE..CA!JF". ~JJ:.r.,.(: 1.:0...... ..,ZSl·I)0Y'30'(cov/U&·

~ INS, ALL ()E.V£.LDPER IJJTE~u:x:.t::. AQ-...\
(nE.M .) '"(0 ITEM lD USI/J6 E."ttSTIt-.J(..

[2J ),AtN BE PUU~t..S€D Fl:O\A GA.'.;. SPf:,.:-G

HAf2:DWJ!I.:c'E.

1§1 UAY

c.oc:p, vOIJ1"CO.l(t:YVILLE..P'£.I.J"JI. VE).JoP~

BE PlRCHA5E:D F'zo..A .... CMASTER ..

f"to..£:..T

CAR:;:t SUPPLY CD. LOS J..l.JGEL..!:.~.CA.LIr:.
Vt."-l:X:>2. p.tJ:.T a..JtJJ..4.&:V:::.

G IJoJSTALL rrEJ.A Z.Z·

[!) AD-4E.~E.

elJDIC.A" ~D. TVPE.W;O::l TE.

7

PART .....t..JIVl13E,.".

[3] LAAV

eE. PuIC!CHA.s.!:.D l='eOM AVE.eY

Lb.B~L

).juv.e:.~.

CD,

A'V.JSA..,CALI~De:.....rlJ;t..

VE ..... t:~

P'A~'" IJUMBE.~.

0}t...JSTA!.-L ITEM U-'O ITEM I USI....,;;'
t,ATG E>eAG1Cf....s
wrr~ ITEM ZL-.

9--O'NN~VlcED AOb.P'l.
tJOOULE ,'" LOC JI CQUM.bfo.JD A~.
VODULE. I~ Lac. J L
.-. .
.
AS

t.JAMEPLt..TE (CTEU !>,) OI.J

s.u~FAC~

.!>.

HA~c-.eE. SU~IED

J.,

f.l\ODlF'-(

PtC:I~r:..;::. Ff::A~E.(t..t::o t.\"TC ..

HOLC5) PER'.. SUEET 4.

•

4-. FOe: t-I\A"l"e...eIAL LtST

So. UTe..

UAi:DWA~e.

5e.e.

"To Be.

SH '" <. ").

U~~AS

f:.EClD.

6

."
-;-..
. ~:'

,I

..
00

0

2.

00

- -. - --.4-

.-

-

~------

u-------..-- .

/

et:DD(.:;)

5

.f.. -

REaD-;'~
....~ .

06

•• • • •

••

- - - . - · ..

•

..

•

....J

j

AEE CAeLl~G. D1AG

~~::.)

4

•

,.i

.

,.i .

\

_.

0-"

I

-\

•

-'

3

~

Y L - - - ....

~

4REOD

TOP

VIe.'N
Tc:::' CDVE..F{S ~T SJ-tONN

-.
.~

- : -:;-~- ..
:;~=g E~~

2

~~

h - - ' - . - .. =.';

)

1

'REF
(c.~E CD~On~OI-l)

&- ... C

.. - - -.=-=_
--------.-----------:7

K

H

J

- - - -••

----~ .... -.--...........

'!••

--.~.~~:-

.........

..... : : -

~,-~.~

._- .....-...........
-

---

G

,._.-.•....

......

E

--r----..- -

•• s ... __

~

ASSEMBLY, PRiNTER
{DOVER)

1

- --- .. - J

H

J

I~-':--"':;

.

,.

G

---:)

7
18 IJ.Js.ERT LOOSE. E...:DS 01=
. c.ABLE '''-ITO p-,....c. a.p")"2.
AS UAe~E.O

SECTIOJ..l
SGAL~&

I

::-

I=-.

'Iz

se..cnor....!

j
I·

•

Z

(SEE I)

r

!:;~
r<..r.,..r

~-- &4.1Z.5----~

\'

-

: . REF •

.

.

5

5

£.e.F

-.-.....
4

N
@
~

o

~·DE.T.·I)

o

3

I

3

ii!:.Ef= (OJ

5-lO_::)=~ o~oC.t::.S.T)

2

2VIEW
SC.ALE.

13-13
~

'/2.

.-_ c-._ •.. _
" ,.,.." --. c.··"""-.....

---.=--=_
.---...

£EAR VIE.W
"'-lOT

-.--...------l

K

~"-40""r-.J

J
------._--_..

F~ ~TV

....

H
-----_
.. ----

ASSEMBLY, PRINTER
(DOVER)

7

lZ-eAR. CO"'E.::!;' z., e,oTTOI-A of'>.JVt:..l-

...

-

- - G- -- -. - - .. _....._..f --.
-~

E

o

XffiOX

----c

1 _

.OF THE 9

COl\;1PONENTS

\VIRE JNTERFt,CE

. ....

f I' PACKET SVi'SC

( EIP)
-

El.ECTRONIC
IMAGE
PROCESSOR

( SLOT)

(1) PACKET REOUEST

SCAtlMltlG

.

LASER

~________________--------------_~f'1~)~E~tP~T~O~R~O~S~C~L~O~C~K~----------__------------~,
OUTPUr
"
TEIlMINAL

-..

...

(1)COMl':lAr-m

-,

~~

(1)STATUS
'~-

-.

~. ~.,..-.----

:,

"

..

'.

.

-

liller-Office l\}lenloranclom

To

Distribution

Date

June 2, 1976

rrOl!1

R. E. Rider

location

Palo Alto

Subject

nOS.lnterfnce

Orgalnzat lon

..

Conventions

..

SDD/SD

,.

(ERO;(

,.

"

Filed on:

 Roslnlerface.memo,.

This memo describes ~n interface ~onvention for use 'between an EtP and a ROS and
'Ylhich is designed to allo"" interchangeability over" a broad range of EIP and ROS
modules. Specifically this convention should easily cover the range from ROS/3100 '
to ROS/9200. It is atso designed to anow reasonable physical separation of the EIP ,
end the ROS.
The' separation distance varies as a function of EIP and ROS
bandwidths..
For example. the maxin1um separation is, 40 meters for a 100
megabit/second system and 400 meters for a 10 megabit/per sec;ond
system. There
are nine signals in the interface aU of \~ihich are EeL. Each slgnal is a 'differentially
driven, shielded. twisted pair (Alpha 6014 is
suggested). The lviECL III t,,!C 1650 or
MC1651 is suggested for a diffeientiat receiver because of its good COmJllCn tllode
rejection and its general system cOlnpaUbHity.
Any tv1ECL 10,000 differential line
driver is acceptable. These signals are described as true when A > B (see figure 1)
.. and false .• -Nhen B
A. A de:scription of the nine signals follo\"/s.
, .

>

EipToRosCloc!< is generated by the EIP and has a maximurn frequancy of 25
megahertz.· This signal afso doubles as a po\ver on signal such that the adapter
turns on \'Yhen the clock is present and turns of! when the cfocl~ is not present. .

J"his ctoclt has a 50% duty cycle.
COlnm;)nd is a 33 bit long packet ·transmitted at a rate of EipTonosCloc~{4 ...... The
, first bit is a flag bit that is always true. The flag is followed by two sixteen bits
data fields. The first field is a sixteen bit coounand. The second fieJd is the
compleinerit of the first fieJd. This redundancy is provided as a simp!e method
to ensure that only valid conlmands are executed at the ROS. There is a dead
time (Le. Comjn~nd line = false) of 8,Ueast 48 bit times between pact{ets. The
foIlQ\'1iog algorithm is suggested to decode the COJnn1 Clnd forrnat.
.

1.
The Comsnarid. line is sampled by the EipToRosClocJ\ Three
consecutiye true sarnpfes are required for an acceptab!e fJag bit.
Isolated or paired true sarnples are assurned to be noise. If a noise
sample is detected. a dead tillle of 48 false bits (i.e. 192 san)pte Urnes)
is required before looking for a new flag bit. (Note that noise can cause
a command packet to be n1issed. For this reas'on a cOlnlnand should
always be verified via the Status line.)

.

.

2. ~Once an acceptable flag has been detected: the 32 data bils are
sarnpJed. Each· bit is four sarnpte times long. Each bit is sanlpled during
both the second and the third sa.tnpYe times (see ~i9trrC 2). If th~ two
sampled values ?re ·the SCl!l)e. the .blt IS good; othE!n'JI~';f~J ~he corrunand h~
.narlare

..

.

2.1 Adopter sia(us
The adapter constan(ly reports 256 slaius bits to the EIP. These bits are normally vi~ed
as consisting of 16 16-bil \vords.. The first 8 words of st3tus are reasonably independent
of the kind of adapter (T or M) or the exact kind or printer attached to the adapter:
;
•
.Function
\Vord "nits

0

Special st3tU5. fronl the ROS
SendVideo. (sonletimcs caned DelayedPageSync)
PrintMode

0
1
2
3
4.

..
1

..

Local
BeanlEnable

Stat usBc:unO n

5

StatusPowerEnable (M version only)

0-15

Conlnland register·
A cop)' of the cODlma.nd most recently received by· the adapter

--~it ·cl~ck
.0
VideoPol:,rity {the setting of a switch}
1-3BitScaJe (register set \vith command code 1)
.4-15 BilClock (register . set \vith command code 2)

2·
•

.0

-

3

0

o

..

1-3
4-15
\)

2
3
4-15

.S
0

..
..

i

it

•

~

"1·
..··2
3

4-15

6

~ .

t.

~~ .
"i" .

-.!.'
,
:

..
j
i

•

Motor speed
.
SelectLcndEdge (the setting of a switch)
.
MotorSc:,lc (register· set with COltllllanc1 code 1)
MotorSpei!d (register set with command code 3)

..

0
1
2
3

..

Line sync delay
S\vitch3 (the setting of a s\vitch)
Extcnd\'idco (register set with conu!13nd coele 1 -- T version only)
TcstPclgcSync· (register set with cOlllnlanu code 1)
LincSyncDelay (register set \\"ith COllln)31Hl code 4)

..

..
"

Page sync delay
S\vitch4 (lh~o setting of a switch)
.
ComnlanrlLocal (rCl!ister set with conulland code 1)
Coolln:ulllHe:unOn (rc!!istcr set with conHn:lIld code 1)
Testf\1(ld~ (r~gis~cr set \'1ith cOlnnwnd code 1)
.
.P;\g~SyncDday (register set with cOl11nlan.d code 5)

....

Extcrn~ll cc:nlpailc1 1

LineNoisc

..

COlllpar~Error

.
nufferUuckrflow .
r.lckc($OK

...

.

-

..
7

-.
•

4-12

ExtcrnalCommandl (register set. with command cod<: G)

0-3

LincCount
EXlernalConlinand2 (register set with conlmand code 7;- M version only)
VideoGatc (register sci with 'conllnand code 7; T version only)· ,

..'

jf-)S

4-1.5

The remaining 8 ,vords of status are nonnally used for external (cngine) status of various
kinds. The ITL adapter organizes these ,vords as follows:

S

9
10
11:

•

Function

\Vord Bits

-0-15
0-15
0-15
0-15

..

Special status bits 0-15 (s'ee Dover section for interpretation)
~pccial st~tus bits 16-3J (see Dover section for interpretation)
10 (16 bils). This identifies the engine type.
Serial nunlber (16 bits). This specifies the serial nUIllber oJ: the engine..

.
.
.
.
"
There are a number ,of additional adapter features .. chiefly for providing various kinds of "
2.5 Additional adapter features'

/

diagnostic and dcl)ugging h e l p . ·

.

The EXlendVideo. flag (T version only) can be used to' override the action of the
VidcoGate counter. Once SendVideo conles on. it will stay on until ExlendVide:o is lurned
'

orf anti then the VideoGate counter reaches zero.

'There are ~two \ ... riations of ·'Ioca)-· operation for ch~cking out the printing engine. The
m~chine lllay be switched to loc;.) by a switch on the engine (:tnd reported as a status bitl..
OT ·lllay be set into this nlode by setting ConlnlandLoc~11.
In the first C~ISC. the adapter
exlracl5 cQlllnlands frolll a PRO~t th3t are int~ndcd to start p:tper 0101ion and printing_
, T\vo S\\titcllCS (Switd13 and Switch..J) go\'ern the selection of one of four Ioc~l cOlnmand
sequences 1l:l1 is extracted fro'm the ritO:~1. In both local cases. the ad~lpter will generate
:'&raph p31!4r·' video si,gnals governed by the video gate counter (VidcoGate) and the line
~ync de13~ f rc~jster (LineSyncl)d:lY).
In or~er to see gr~ph paper cover the' page.
VidcoGatc;ilnd LincSyncDeJay must be set in Stich a w..ay that they are counting as the
beanl passt~ an spots on t~e page.
.

To
aid- deJJgging the ild:t~ter its~lr. the Testl\1ocle bit nla; be set. This pcnnits the crucial
printer andl ROS liming
to be
in the .. d:rpter rather th:.n in the engine. If
iIi

si~n"ls

..

g~ner3[ed

Tcstl\1ode
sera Pag~Sync is tCJkcn frolll the c()J}lplcl1u:1l1 of (he control bit TestP~~gcSync"
and line sync (:lnalo~()lIs to start-of-scan) is £.~ncraled by the olotor' cO;llr61 circuitry: on
the M adapter. it will be on for (15116) ~ (409u-lvIolor~p~cd) I cryslalClock seconds and
off for (1I. 16) * (4096-i\1016rSpecd) I cryslalCJoc.:k seconds: ou the T ad;lp~cr. it will be a
signal on r r 4 .. (4096-1\'101orSp~cd) I cryst;tlClock seconds :lnd off for (he s:une anlOLlnl
of tinle.
rhe ··on-· portions of-lht!sc signals simulate scan-lines of the corresponding.
durations. .~.
.
.
_
. . . ' .
.

f

The De:lulB,;ah!e status· bit nlC;SIlS th:lt the doors to the
are closed. :~lnd the interlocks h,l\'t! engaged.

itO'S

housing and/or printing eng.ine

-

~

To force -the ~....ser beam on. and con$l'ql1cnrty to allow {he servos to settle ,down. either
Comnlandlk:ull()n or St:ltusBc:unOn In~y b~ set. COlllrni:UlCllk:lluOn may be set by the Ell·.
and S(alu$B~;lnlOn .C:lJl be set-with a switch ill lh~ ~os housing (M :I(.bplcr) .

....

-.

•

i

ST~,\ Tn()~"1

nos ,
- ISTi\TUS

j

1

l

..

.1

S

0..

STATUS

01

00'

cI.n
00

0"
I')i I: ar

!:o:u

02
LOCt.t,

UOO~

V,Or:()

00

,

,

00

I

. !

I
i

O~3

~

·OS

04

1:1:-".1

Sl';~l"

Dlf"lU;

IUj\M

C:.

xx

, -():j

01
CAR

CJ\1l

01

O~

CAn
03

,

:CX

... . . .

1

07

Oi3

O~

I

xx

XX

XX

on

O!}

O:)

!

,

.

'J

JI13

14

'j !.;

XX

xx.

AX

XX

XX

XX

()

1·J

12

.,,,
I

CAn
11

C,'\R

.
!

~

CAn

Cf,n

CI-oft

cr.n

c;,a

eMl

.
Cf.n

.04

OS

05

06

\10

09

10

12

1

,~

CAn
13

c~n

14

.

~

Cl..~

~,

')(EROX
PALO ALTO RESEARCH CENTER
Computer Science Laboratory
Novelnber 28. -1918

To

Spruce Users and Installers

From.

Dan Swinehart

Subject

Spruce Reference Manual

FRed as

[Ma"'(cl  SpruceManual.Press

This document describes the procedures for printing Press files using the. Spruce printing service on. an
Alto II/Orbit/Printer configuration. It is also a reference manual for the operation and installation ot
the Spruce program. Charts summarizing these procedures appear in appendices,
Spruce Operations
Cap::bilities
The Spnlce sofhvare is capable of printing a subset of Press format files_ It will print characters.
rectangles. and the Alto resolution bit map output from Draw and Markup. It will not print bit maps
at other resolutions, objects, half-tones, etc. Spruce does implement the "only on copy" feature•.
Spruce runs O!1 Dovers. Pimticos (color printers), and Sequoias. It will also be available for the Puffin
and rJenguin printers. Recommended resolutions are ill the rCL"1ge 300 to 384 bits/inch (most, if not all;
current systems run at 384. See [Printing} for a fuller discussion of these options, and for details of
Spruce configurations in Palo Alto.} Color pictures are currently printed by treating each group of
three Press pages as the thr~e color separations (magenta, yellow, cyan) far a single piece of paper. The
ability to print bit maps is limited especially on Dover, by memory and ~an4width limitations.
ll

Spruce will'run in'a stand alone mode. printing Press files that reside on the Spruce disk. However, its
iI~.tendeu use is as a server. receiving and printing Press files using the EFTP protocol. See [Printing]
for a complete description of methods for transmitting files to Spruce servers.
A Spruce system may be configure~ ta run \.,,-ith either one or two Diablo Mode131 disk drives, or
with one Model 31 and one T80 drive (yielding considerable performance ano capacity improvements).
The single-drive system has only limited font and spooling capacity.
SpnlCC and Fonts

Unlike EARS. fonts may not be sent to a Spruce. system. but must already reside in its local storage.
\Vhcn Spruce cannot find a requestcd font. it substitutes one that seems to have simi1:!r attlibutes.
rep~rting a substitution on the break page, lhe substitution mayor may not be ;lcccp.table to the user.
Sec (Printing] for a typical set of Spruce fonts.

.

Sp·~uc~ Reference Manual-... Operation

2.

November 28. 1978

I

The break page contains a region reserved for comments about the user's Press file. Spnlce inserts
tbese to indicate that some font was not available. some entity could not be fully printed, etc. \Vhen
there is a prob1eIn severe enough to suspend Press file processing. the user will be blessed with a lone
break page containing the ex.planation. If the offending file does not even look like a Press file. the
· sender and file name wilt not be identified on the break. page.

'That To Do 'Vhen it Crashes
If red lights are on on the. printing machine. and Spruce is oscillating between a status report and a
blank screen. do not louch the keyboard (ex.cept perhaps to· disable printing .- see below). Arrange to
get t!te offending condition cleared. and Spruce should continue normally.
.
If you find Spruce in Swat. or otherwise hopelessly lost. try to locate a Spruce maintenance person;
Failing. that. record the screen. and try P (proceed). The program should recover· from the
· problem. If it does not- (swats again. or does something really odd), boot the machine and restart
Spruce.
. .

Report all abnormal occurrances, hardware or software. in the nearby log book. if there is one. Othenvise,
send a message 10 the appropriate authority. Please do not restart a Spruce server without submitting a

· report.
Important

•

If you have been using a printer system in stand alone mode" or for some other purpose, always return
il to server operation before leaving it, unless something is broken.

.
:

The fol1owing:' sections describe the operator functions in both senier and stand alone modes...
lnstructions for restarting Spruce are found in the stand alone section.

f

!

1

Spruce Rererence Manual -- Operation

·Novemb~r 28. 1978·

3

Spruce as a Sener
To run Spruce as

it is installe4 properly. then simply type;
CR
Spruce Server
-- But be sure to read the Restarting section on the next pagel
:a server. be sure

Commands
'Vben Spruce is processing or printing a file, it must tum the display and keyboard off. Thus. it will
only accept interactions with an operator when it is idle, or when it is receiving (spooling) a file from
some relnote user. You will be able to identify the interactive state because status entries for the last
few documents to be handled will be ·visible on the screen.

.

.

There are only a few interactive Spruce server commands. Each is specified. by typing one character.
Some then require additional input

..

S

4'

~.

start/stop spooling

'Vhen Spruce is started, it is set to accept Press files from remote users; It is .
sometimes convenient to disable spooling activities for a while (perhaps in
preparation for taking the system down.) This corrunand toggles the
"spooling switch", and tells you the new state. After you disable spooling,
. one more file might arrive.
.

p . start/stop printing

This command toggles the "printing switch". Spruce is initially set to print
files as they arrive. One should disable printing. for instance. in order to
take the printer down for cleaning - or other maintenance.

C

check queue

This prints identifying information for the last few Press files that have been
received. along with their current status (pending, in pr~gress, printed. etc.)
This is a good first-level check that Spruce is up and operating normally.

V

verify queue .

Performs the "check queue" operation. pausing after each line for a onecharacter confinnation. Type P to finish the list Vti..thout further pausing.

R

reason

One must next type a line. terminated by carriage return, that will be sent
with other status to remote users when spooling is disabled. This allows one
to specify the reason that Spruce is unavailable..
.

M

modify queue

This command provides a· limited repertoire. of operations for reprinting
documents.. aborting troublesome ones~ etc. See the Queue Afodi/icalioll
section on the next page.

Q

quit

~

.-

Cause$ Spruce. to finish and return to the executive.

Status reporting
Spruce displays the remote host identifier. file name. sender, and internal numeric identifier for each
Press file up to three times during its stay: when the file has been successfully received, when it has
been printed. and when its contents have been ovenvritten by a newly arrived Press file. This
infonnation disappe·ars when processing of the next file begins.
Spruce will also display a message when a problem is detected in the Press file or in program or
printer operation. When the printer is in trouble, the system will cycle between a display-off state
when it is checking to see if the problem has vanished. and a display-on state when it is reporting the
problem. If you think tl!~ problem will take a while to fix. try to catch Spruce in the display on state
and disable printing (and possibly spooling).
If Spruce requests that you notify maintenance personnel, please do so.

•

Spruce Reference Manual' .... Operation

November 28. 1978

Special SCn'er Functions

....

.,
'.

{:

-

.

Queue

4

J\{odi/ication

nlis facility is currently in a particularly primitive state. Using it. one can request that a document
wbich is still available but has already been printed be reprinted or that a document tllat is scheduled
for printing (or is already in progress) be marked printed (and thus be effectively aborted.) These
activities ap'ply only to the files that appear in response to the C (check queue) corrunand. usually the
last 25 or -so. that have been received.
t

.

.

To use this function•. type ··M (for "modify queuett. ) The currently-queued files will be presented. one
at a time. Respond w i t h : .
. .
Jt

. R

To cause the document to be reprinted.

A

To abort the printing of the documenl

p

To complete" the file listing without modifying. any more files.

CR

To advance to the next . file..

If the printing of dOCUlnents ise!labled when the R option is chosen. "the selected 'document will be
reprinted right away. Therefore. it is wise to disable printing (see the P command, above) before using
~e

.. kl command.

.

.. "

..

.

Interrupting the Printer
Although the J:eyboard functions are not available when the printing subsystem is rtlnning (the screen
is blank except for a cursor). one may attract the attention of the spoo1ing subsystem by pressing the
ESC key, You may have to do this several times, especially if the printer itself is running. \Vhen the.
status legends appear. indicating a return to the spooler. you should toggle the printing switch (using
the Pcommand) to inhibit. the return to the printer. which will otherwise occur within 10 seconds or

so.

l(estarting
Spruce saves sufficient information about .the files it has queued for printing that it can be restarted, in
most instances. without losing a.T}Y files. This is true whether system operation terminated due to power
iailure. a crash in the printer or spooler subsystcnl ffom which nlanual continuation . docs not scem .
possible, or in response to the Q (quit) command. Restartin~ after the use· of Spruce// (see installation
section) to change installation options does not currently work. although it is (errantly) permitted. Be
sure to start over. using "Spruce Server" t whenever you have performed any installation activity.
To invoke the restart action from the Alto Executive. simply type
CR
Spruce Restart

Spruce should quickly bring 'up its status display. It will have both spooling and printing inhibited. so
tllat you can use the Al (modify queue) command to adjust the queue (perhaps to flush an offending
file or to flush files that have been printed but not recorded.) Be sure to toggle both the spooling and
printing indications before leaving the sitc. If this process docs not seem to work well. quit or boot and
do a cold start (via "Spruce Server".)
•
.

..

Spruc~

Reference Manual .- Operation

5

November 28. 1978

Spruce ns a Stand Alone· Printer "
;.

-1

\It

The Print Command

The basic command to Spruce is ··Print:' followed by a file name.. Thus

>Spruce

print memo-I.press

win invoke the process of printing the file ·'memo-I.press.'· .The Spruce command words (e.g.• "print"
above) can be abbreviated as long as they remain unambiguous."
" .
.

.

If you wish to override the number of copies specified in the Press file (usu:t11y 1), append the clause

"copies n" to the end of the command:

>Spruce

.

" .

.

print memo-!.press copies 3
.

. If you wish to print certain pages selectively» you may append the clause" "page nIt or "pages n to mit
to the command:
"

>Spruce print memO"'l.press page 2
.>Spruce print memo-~.press pages 3 to 4
Spruce "takes some time to format the files properly and begin printing. If you simply wish additional "
copies of a file you have just prlntecL you may avoid the formatting delay by using the "reprint"
c.lause in place of the "print file" clause:

>Spruce reprint page
>Spruce Jepr cop 2

2

"Wrong" pages. If Spruce prints your document. but it doesn't seem to ha~e the right things on.it. it
may be that the Press file \Vas trivially invalid. You can run Spruce again. with tile "verbose" mode
enabled. and. see if it indicates any problems. Use the IV switch:

>SpruceJV

pri memo-I.press

In some configurations. "verbose" mode is the default. The IV switch will disable it.

Illegal Press files. If Spruce complains that your file.is illegal, and you suspect the metl10d used to
generate the file. the program ReadPress (see the bibliography). which prints on your screen a quasiintelligib.le .dump of the Press file. may be bc1pftt1 in tracking down the problem.

>ReadPress

memo-I.press

will bless you with more information that you can handle!

Spruce Rererence Manual·· Operation

.t.;.·
,. .

6

. November 28, 1978

Complete Commalld De;cription·

~l

TIle repertoire' of Spruce commands offers several options when a fite is printed. The format of the
command line i s : .
. .

>Spruce/switcbes

option



option

 ...

The "s\\;tches·· govern th~ overal1 operation of Spruce; the "options" label the specific options being
used and can b~ abbreviated as long as· they remain unatnbiguous; most of the options take arguments..
Options:

Server

This command may appear alone. or in conjunction with a stand-alone command..
It starts Spruce in server mode. To run Spruce as a server. type "Spruce serveP"
to the executive.. See the previous section for subsequent operation. If another
command appears. it wI be obeyed before entering - server mode.

Restart

Type ··Spruce Restart" to attempt a recovery from catastrophic error or other
spooler termination. Then adjust the queue as necessary and enable spooling and
printing. If this fails. perform a cold start using the Server command.

Print

This is the main command to print a Press file. The argument is the name of the .
file to be printed. Example: "Spruce print memo-I.press".

Copies

The argument is a number. the number of copies of the document that should be
printed. Default is "Copies 1."

Pages

This option governs which pages of a file will be printed. Standard use is with the .
'-to" option: "Spruce print rnemo-l.press pages 2 to 3". If the page range does
not match the page r~nge of the Press file, the largest overlap of the two ranges is
printed. Default is ··pages 1 to ~9999:·

RePrint

TIle file most recently printed is re-printed. avoiding the scan-conversion processes..
The. ··Copies" option applies to reprinting. Not available in server mode.

XOffset

• This option al10ws the page to be displaced in the X direction on the page. by an
amount given by the argument (in inches). This featui~ may be disabled.

YOffset
Resolution

.

This is analogous to XOffset. but governs vertical displacement.
This option allows a user to override the defau1t setting of the resolution of the
output device being- used. Be warned that changing resolution will usually result
. in poor font matches from the font dictionary.. The argument is fue resolution,
measured in bits per inch.

PowerOn

Used to set the printer·s internal clocks and to stabli1ize U~em before running the
printer. This function is usually performed adequately each time a document is
printed. but it can be use,d alone to be sure things are set right before performing
diagnostic tests. etc.

PowcrOff

Not applicable to current Spruce plinters.·

There are two glooal switches that alter the usc of Spnlce: IV (verbose) gives better error messages.
ID.is equivalent to the Debug 32 (usually -- don't rcally print) option.

Spruce Reference Manual -- Operation

November 28, 1978

7

. .

Debug

nle argument is a decimal number comprising the sum of sevcral option codes. These .
are for use QY Spruce maintenance people only:

1
2

.

. The printing program (Sprint) pauses just before processing and printing a file. It pauses
by entcring Swat.
.
File p;~essing and printing is inhibited. but the printing program (Sprint) is brought in•..

4

Any printing program (Sprint) error condition is reported via Swat.. before standard error
recovery procedures are invoked. This function inhibited if the code 512 (don't Swat)
is . also present.

·8

The printing program will not monitor the Ethernet for spooling requests. It WJl1
therefore be totally unavailable while processing and printing files. It will not even

is

respond to simple status requests.

.

16

The printing program "'ill monitor the Ethernet (unless code 8 is also requested), and
win respond to status requests. but it will not suspend processing or printing to accept
additional f i l e s . ·
. .

32

The printing program \vill process files, but will only pretend to print them. This is
useful when one·s Alto can only pretend to have a printer.

64

The printing program win· call Swat when it has swapped in the processing overlay. but
bas not yet started processing.

128 The printing program Wll1 call Swat when it has swapped in the printing overlay. but has
not yet started printing.
.

~

256 Spruce (the spooling program) pauses via Swat whenever it regains control. either 011
completion of printing several files. or due to some error detected by Sprint.

.

512 The printing program. Sprint, will never invoke Swat due to an error it detects. Instead.
for otherwise fatal errors it will terminate printing the file and report the prob1em to the
spooler. That file being processed will not be retried. System errors may still, at this
writing. invoke Swat
•

1024 -Spruce" will not invoke Swat. This feature is not implemented.
Swat is rarely invoked in Spruce.

'.

so

it is fortunate that

8
Spruce Installation

•

This section describes in detail Ule installation of a Spruce system for any of the currently supporled
printers.
.
.
.
..

...

. Operating Files
Si~ files are needed to produce a Spruce system. Five may be obtained from the
[Ma.~cl Spruce) Spruce.dm. They should all be placed. on the server's .DPO disk:··

<

File

Description

Spruee.Rull
Spruce.Syms
Sprint.Run
SprintSyms
Spruce.Errors

The spooring program

dump file

The printing program
Error messages

In addition. one must obtain a version of the font dictionary. Spruce.Fonts. appropriate for the printer.
the disk configuration. and other installation-dependent conditions. Each installation tailors the font
directory to its own needs. A reasonable set. for starters. is available from Ron Pellar in
PARClPasadcna. Ron has played a major part in producing the current high-quality document fonts.
For"more information about font production. see [Fonts]. [prePress]. and [Printing). Also, please consult
Ron or your local font experts. The following versions are available on [Ivy] in Palo Alto:

•
File

Suggested Disk

Resorution

Comment

 Spruce.Fonts

OP1
T80

384
384

Reasonable config. for two model 31s
Extended version, suitable for Tao config.

 Clover? Spruce.Fonls

Finally. sevedt othe.f files will be produced during installation. They' will contain spooled Press
documents, system state information. and intermediate results. They are:
File

Disk1

Spruce.Spool
Spruce. Bands
Spruce.CheckPoints

any
any

DPO

Size2
optionS
. option~
ca. 40

Comment
Spooled Press documents for server.
Intermediate file processing results
Holds installation values, file descrip.tions

1 DPO - DPO only; any·· either M31 or T80.
2 In disk pages. for whichever disk is chosen .- 256 vlords each for M31s. 1024 words each· for T80.
3 Supplied at installation time. This' file must hold an documents that have been spooled but not yet printed_ See
the chart at the end of this section for typical values. For stand-alone systems, this file must exist. but may be
.made as 'small as is d e s i r e d . ·
,
4 Supplied at installation time. This scratch file contains the results of the pre·scan pass over the Press file. Its
sile, for the largest Press file to be accommodated. must be roughly (2c + 4r + 80s) words, wherec. is the
length of the Press file in bytes. r. the total number of rectangles, and s the total number of different font
characters used in the file. Again. see the chart below for typical values.

It is important for correct operation that the various files be allocated contiguously. or at least nearly
so. Therefore, the following procedure is. recommended for initial installation.
.

'.

Complete Spruce Instalhltion ("'from· scratch

tl
)

. First. obtain a disk whose current contents ·is not valuable. Usc the "Ether boot" facility to obtain· a
new operating system. Install it using the long installation dialogue, erasing the disk first. Do not illstall
Q password Provide the Alto·s name as the user name: ·'l\ienlo··. "Oover". etc .• and a disk name of
"Spruce Server'· or ··SplllCe· Dover Server".,;

Unless you .are producing a T80 instal1ation (whence. space is not at a premium on DPO). you should
immediately d~letc D~lT.Boot and FfP.Run. Then use the "Ether boot" facilities to run Ftp, and
obtain  Spruce.drn, plus the
appropriate Spruce.Fonts as descnoed above. You should also get  Sys.Errors.
Now type ··SprinteR .•• This-will instan the printing program. It should type the current Sprint version
number. run for tess than a minute. ·~en exit.
.
Finally. type ·'Spruce/lcR ". This v.iU produce tlle Spruce installation menu, whose use is described on
the next page.
.
Subsequent Installations·

Procedure: fYhen updating from Spruce B.x or earlier to Spruce 9.y or later, delete the file
Spruce.CheckPoints hefore proceeding. This is very important!
.

OIICC-Ollly

If you hay~ retched a new font file or either of the new run files, if you need to modify the size or .
location of any oT the scratch. files, or. if you need to modify any of the printing parameters (see next
page). you should first run SpriIli~.(type "SprinteRu). then proceed· to the. installation sequence (via
"Spruce/ICR...) It is not strictly nec.es~'\ry to run Sprint unless Sprint.Run has changed. but it will
never hurt anything. it is sometimes necessary to. clean up messy situations, and it is always
recommended.
SpTUC~ as distributed, contains defaults to install a Dover system at 384 bits/inch. with average printer·
dependent adjustments (see below). all subsequent installations. unless the spooling program's version
has changed,. the most recently installed values will be used as de fal,llts.

Version Numbers
Both the spooling program. Spruce, and.the printing program, Sprint. con.tain a version number of the
form (major version) • (Ininor versEoll) (e.g .• Spnlcc version 8.3). It is intended that Spnlcc version n.x
.will run successfully with Sprint version tty. for any x and y. The system win refuse to start if the
major versions differ. Fetch the -lnost recent versions and continue.

If

Printer' Parameter Installation
When you enter spruce via ··Spruce/I··• you are prese~tcd with the following menu:
~-l••- • ..,..........,,-..... - --......~ ...----.\-::1'..~~~~..•----~......,...,....~.-.-. ......................-.-...
:-...
-; ... : .. .
. .!~)~~,-.~:;:r)·· .:-:. ::'r.!:.-":~
~:'''~~lJn~:-~:::t'
~.
....:1..-•• "..; •• _•• __ •• __ .................... _... ..........,.,..~...~·11..:;.......
-:..;..~
~~ ~.;.

,-'i"o,

.,
.
Prlll ter Type IDover llf-':.: . .~,!:~

4< . . · ". . . . . . . . .

•

• •_ _

Paper Size
Resolution

r"Iargin Adj.

.

.... -

..... _ . .

---

•...

tJ.

.......

.......

..

.]

_.

•

••

Printer I'Jar.ae

ILandscape I

~..:.JJI

~

~

~ 'S;~":':.:-....

."'"'ii."~:;:';'

~

1I""!:r-•

..........--.....-.....-.-.-;.~

il

I

IBi t Direction 111.0 lin
Scan Direction 1384 I ~it Direction I 384 }bpi
Scan Direction I 190 I Bit Direction I 120 Idots
Scan Direction 8.5

Scan Line Length

.

..

'-"'U~~~.~IF~~~r~T'·~:.~t'lf~~r·r:-.-:::
~Jill~~~::::.:.1.~'l:
:,a.-........
1.·... .\ r . · !..... .. -,.. r"·- c _ •••r:-. ,.
..;·.. ~, r~·::-:'t;:.......: ~i tl.[;l':.m~!1
....................."-':t
..
..,..;a,r1........ V··~=~I'I:!:·~~'ut;
......-a
.,~~-

QUIT

..................

I

1H\JSTliLL

111 .7 1(in)

Paper Speed

11.0.2 lips

I Debug Settings I #40 .J.
I Last Page First I
I Break Pa.ge I

Clover
FILES I

-

.

This is a typical menu-based presentation. using the ubiquitous menu package produced. by Keith
Knox (\VRC). One or two words should suffice to describe it:
. '
There are nu~inerical (or string), selection. and boole~ parameters.
An example of a numerical parameter is the Scan resolution. One. selects it by clicking' any
mouse button while the cursor is positioned over its box, then types the new quantity .
tenninated by CR •• standard sorts of editing operations also work.
•
The printer type (Dover. Pimlico. etc.) is a selection parameter. For some perverse reason. the
. selected printer is displayed as black text on white background, while the rejected ones are
shown in the inverse sense. Let me know bow you would like' that choice if you weren't
already used to the opposite approach.
There are two kinds of booiean parameters. The landscape/portrait mqde option is an example
of. Ule first •• clicking ~e box toggles the underlying parameter and reflects the choice by
modifying the legend. TIle other kind, seen only in the files menu (two pages hence). is true if
it is displayed as black text on q. white backgrouncL false if inverted -- again. a. perverse reversal

of the standard inversion scheme.
Description of Printer Parameters
If you haven't fetched a new version
installation to installation.

of the run files. all parameter settings will be remembered from

Printer Type. Select one of Dover. Pimlico. Sequoi'a. Puffin, etc. A number of the other parameters.
described below, wiil now change to reflect typical default values for that kind of printer. You must
now modify those to suit.
Resolution: The number of scan lines per inch and bits per inch for the device. This value depends on
the capabilities of -the device and on the resolution of characters in the current Spruce.Fonts dictionary.
I believe that all current systems run at 384 dots/inch.
Poper Parameters. Printer Parameters: These are values that describe the physical parameters of the
printing device and the paper it prints. on. They are used to control the actions of the inlaging

Spruce Reference Manuai -- .Installation

11

November 28. 1978

hardware.· See the chart at the end of this section for typical values.

Jlargin "{{jus/menls. These numbers should be used to center the Press page iJnage 011 the real page.
The default values are approximately correct for Dover. although the actual values vary from printer to
printer and from time to time. The printer-dependent yalues given in the appendix were once correct,
but will probably not remain so. Use the file Atif!n.Press. a cross whose arms are 5" long. and whose
center is at the center of the page•. Larger values for "scan margin adjust" move the image to the right
Larger bit values move tbe image towards the page top. On Pimlico and Puffin. scans move the image
down and ·bi~ move it to the right. Obtain the. alignment file from your local  directory•

.

1t

To adjust the length of the arms of the alignment cross to exactly 5 you .can try modi fying the scan
line length and paper speed parameters. Scan line length can be adjusted in .1" units, paper speed in
. units. of .Ol'·'sec.
.
I

Break Page/No Break P(Jge: Determines whether an informative title page will be issued as the first
page of each document. Enable the break page unless YOllr printer is vert slow and is used by only a
small number of people. .
Landscape/Portrait Device: You should change the defaults only to obtain certain novel effects4
Printer Name: defaults to the disk installation na.1'Oe. This name will be used in display and status
messages to the clients.
Debug Settings: This value provides the Debug argument to be supplied wh:en the global "ID" switch
is used. As distributed. it is 32 (40b): Spruce will not actually try to run the printer.
To abort the installation without changing any values. click the Quit menu item in the bar below the
window. To accept the printer paramters and proceed to file· installation. click Install Files,

Spruce Reference Manuai -. Installation

November 28. 1978

12

File Parameter Installation
The second and final menu facing you looks like this:

Disk Configuration 1[;LJ~~[j

ISpruce.Errorsl

37

ISpruce.Fo~ts I

pp

1025 pp

tr::)~"~~~~~5:~~:::..~~~1
_ I_ _ _
ll)P
It~ .. ~~~~_._. ----il
_
~l

I
Description

0/ File Parameters

..

I Trident I
DPO

I Trident I

I
_

~PO

I
_

Ipp I Tridell t I

"

Disks. To produce a single-disk system, or a system where two model 31s are configured as one file
system. do not change the default disk settings. 'Vhen using two model 31s, however, it is preferable
(because it minimizes head motion) to configure them separately. placing Spruce.Fonts and
Spruce.Bands on DPl, everyth~ng else on DPO. By far the preferred configuration uses a T80 to hold
the Spnlce.Fonrs. Spruce.Spool and SpnlCe.Ballds. \Vhen using this configuration. the second model 31
is legal. but relatively useless. Remember. a disk is considered available if its menu entry is shown as
black text on a white background. Tne installer must explicitly toggle each disk entry to indicate
interest in that disk. Spruce will refuse to consider a disk which is not currently connected, on line, and
possess!ng a valid format
-.

Files. TIle· menu contains one line for each file. with fields for specifying the file·s size and disk
location. Spruce will try to find each of the named files on the currently-specified disk. If successful.
the file name will appear ill black text on white background, and its size (in pages) will be indicated.
Otherwise, the name field will remain inverted. WiUl a nun size field.
For" each file. first" select th~ desired disk by toggling the associated disk ent-ry until the rigl1t name
comes up. Spntce will try to find a matching file. Failing this. fiU in the size field. then click the file
name entry. Spruce will create a file of the appropriate size.

To place a file on a different disk, .toggle the disk entry and repeat the above steps. To change the
file's size, fill in a new size entry and click the file name entry. To cause Spruce to rebuild its
structures representing a previously~instal1cd file (black on white background), toggle the file name and
wait for it to return to the installed state -- see TroubleShootin& below.

Finishing up. Finally. to accept the 'files as produced and modified. click t!1e Install button. and wait
for Spruce to finish. The system is now· ready for operation. If you run into trouble along the way.
click the Quit entry to return to the executive. fix the problem (see below), then repeat the instalIation
sequence.
Trouble Shooting
If. during or after installation. there are zero or fewer free pages remaining on any of the disks.
perfonn the whole process over, reducing the size of the bands or spooling file as needed. As a
guideline. :lfier running Sprint. the spooling and bands file sizes may be chosen to use up aU but 257
of the remaining pages, on DPO. and essentially an the pages on other disks. 'Ve suggest lea-;ing at least

Spruc~

Reference Manual -- InstallaUon

13

November 28. 1978

20 additional pages for br:eathing room -- to :tllow larger program fues. slnall Press files to be printed
in stand-alone mode. etc.
•
If. after Spruce has been successfuUy ntnning for some time. things go bad and it looks like software.
try re-illstalling both Sprint and Spnlc!" before resorting to sterner measures. If Spruce seems lobe
having trouble accessing its files. try verifying each file, even if it appears to be properly installed. by
toggling its name entry in the file parameter menu.
.
.
Never try to p~rfonn a "Spruce Restait" after an installation sequence. In a future release. this action
win be either prohibited or made to work.
.

•

14
" Typical Spruce Installation Values
Parameter
8ar\ds File Size

Spool File Size

Paper parameteis: bit direction
Scan direction
Output Device
Resolution in Bitsllnch
Resofution in Scans/Inch
First page at top of stac1<
Paper Speed in Inches
Scan line length in inches
Scan margin adjust
Bit margin adjust

2
5
6

Pimtico

__e)

.._)

Sequo"ia

_.- )

)
....
.... )

32

32

32

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

8.5

No
No
8.5
11.0

11.05
8.5

Dover
384

Pimlico
384-

384

384

384-

No
_10.20
11.7

Yes

_.. )

" Debug Settings
Print Break Page
landscape device

3

Dover

11.05

3506
1206

4.00
10.2
_.6
•• 6

"

1 M31

2 M31s

.1 M31. 1 T80

1100
650

2500

semi-infinite3
semi .infinite3

3000

2

Sequioa

384No
3.40

11.5
••6
••6

On OP1.
•
On T80 (by far the highest performance. for ALL scratch fifes). Expressed in 1024 word pages .- use at least

2000.•
At resofution of 384. this must be reduced to 10.6.
These values varJ somewhat from machir.te to machine. and from time to time. Use Align.Press to set precisely.

,"

•

Spruc~ Refe~ence "'1anual -. Appendices

..

November 28. 1978

.15

References

i

(Fonts]

Font Representations and Formats, by Robert Sproull, March 5. 1977.
21 pp.

(Maxc} PrePress.Press,

[press]

18pp.

. Press File Format, by \Villiam Newman and Robert Sproull,
(MaxcJ ( Gr-Docs >PressFormalPress.

about 15

pp.

Printing At Palo Alto, by Dan Swinehart. Joe Maleson. and others, [Maxc} 

Starts Spruce in server mode. See above commands for interaction.
Restarts without destroying print queue. Not guaranteed to work.
Arg is Press file name. File to print.
Arg is number of copies. Default is 1.'
. Arg is  [ to  ]. Pages to print. Default is whole file.
Reprints last document printed. Copies option applies.
Default o.
Default
Default 384.
Arg is on or off. Power off is not applicable to any curren· printers.
Arg is sum or. debugging codes:
Swat before file processing and printing.
- Inhibit file procesSing and printing,. but bring in printing program.
Swat on any error condition, unless also 512.
Do not monitor Ether for print, status. requests.
Do not suspend processing and printing to accept more files.
Run printing code. but do not print. 00 not try to use printing hardware.
Swat just prior to executing fire processing code.
Swat just prior to printing the fite.
Swat on return to spooler.
,
Report all printing program errors to spooter •• do not enter Swat.
Spooler does not enter Swat on error, but tries to continue.

o.

1
2

4
8
1632

64
128

256
512
1024

Trouble Shooting
Dovar Ready light not on: Alto screen will (at interJ'a!s} contain further explanation (use P cqmmand to disable
printing and freeze in di~play mode.) Clear printer condition. reenable Spruce printing if necessary.
Dover Roady light won", ~oma on, but lhere"s power 10 Ihe maclJine: Push the "power on" button. If that docsnr
work. call' maintcn~nce personnel.
Pr09fam is in Swat, or is obviously misbehaving: log the trouble, try to finel software maintenance people. Fairing
that, boot and restart server.
...
Allor any probfom: log the problem in the adjacent log book. or send a message to an approprbte authority.

Please do nolleavo a functioning Spruce printer without restarting the server.

.June 14. 1978

Spru~e Reference ~1anua' -- Operation

0.-

.-

1

. l1u~ break page contains a region reserved for comments ahout the user's }>rcss file. Spruce
inserts these to indicate tbat SOlllC font was not available. some cntity could not he fully
printed. ctc. \Vhen tllcrc is a prot)lCln severe enough to susfJcnd Press file proccssinz. the uscr
will be blesse(l whIt a lone break page containing the explanation. If the offending file docs
not even look like a Press, file. tllC sender and file na~e will not be identified on the break
page.

'YlJat To Do 'Yhen it Cr;lslles
. If red lights are on 011 the printing machine. anct Spnlce is oscillating bet\vcen a status report" ..
and a blank screen. do not touch tIle keyboard (except perhaps to disable printing -- sec
below). Arrange to get the offcn(ling condition c1eareP (proceed). TIle program should recover
from tlle problem.. If it does not (swats again. or does.sonlething really odd), boot the nmchine
and restart Spnlce..
.

Report all llbllonnal o~cllrrances. hardware or software. ill tIle nearby log book, if t!,ere is
one. Othenvis~ selld a nlessage to the approJJriate Ol.ltllOrity. Please do not restart a Spruce
.
server without submitting a Tel)or!.
ImpoIhlnt

'Vherie~ei a Spruce printer lIas. been ·off or idle for some tinle, issue the "Spruce PO'w'Jeron
command. then wait a full lninute before starting the server or printing filcs in stand-alone
mode. See belo\'1 for the syntax. .
.

If you have been using a plinter system in stanct alone lllode. or for some other purpose•
. ttlJvays return it to server operation befOre leaving it. unless sornetiling is broxcn.

The following sections de~fibe the operator functions in both server and stand alone modes ..
lnstnlctions for restarting Spruce are fOtlflJ in the stand alone section ..

t
'

(t-

Spruce Rererence Manual -- Operation

June 14. 1978

3

rro ron Sprucc as.a server. be sure it is installcd properly. })crform the power on sequence
dCEcribcd justabovc" then sitnply type:
Spruce ServerCR
. . COlll1nallds

'Vhen Spruce is processing or printing a file. it must turn Ule display anct keyboard off. l11us,
it will only accept interactions with an operator when it is idle" or when it .i5 receiving
(spooling) a file frOin SOUlC rClllote user. You will be able to identify Ule interactive state
llccause status..entties for the-last few documents to be- hanJ·e5~ file up to three tinlcs during its stay: when the filc has been successfully
received, wllcn it has been plintcd. and when its contents llavc been overwritten by a newly
arrIved Press file. This infonnation disappears wllen processing of the next file. begins.
Spnlc~ witI also dispJay a lncssaie wllen a prob1em is detected in ~llC Prcs~ file or in program
or printer operation. \Vhen tl1e printer is in trouhle. the ~ystem WIll cy~lc between a displayoff statc when it is checking to sec if the problcln has vamshcd. antI a dIsplay-on state when it
is reporting the problem. If you think tllC problem wilt take a whilc to fix. try to catch Spruce
in the. display on state and disable printing (and possibly spooling) .

.

If Spruce requests that ·you notify Jnaintcnancc l)CrSonncl. please do so.

.

..

Spruce Reference ~/tanua' -- Operation

S)lrlICC

June 14. 1978

4

as a St:uld Alone }:'r;ntcr

Ti,e Prillt C01}unancl
·nle basic cornlnand to Spruce is "PJint:- followed by a file namc.

Thus

>Sprucc print memo-I.press

.

.

'

will invoke the process of printing the .file ·'mcIllo-l.press.') The Spruce command words (e.g.•
'·print-· abQve) can. be ·abb.reviated as long as they l'emaill l.1nrunbiguous.
If you \vish to

ov~~ri~t~'it~c llulnbcr of copies. spc~ified in the Prc~s ftIe

clause "copies n- to tile end of Ule conlmand:

>Spruce

.

(usually 1). append the
. .
.

print mem~-l.press copies 3

If you \vish to print certain pages selectively, YOll may append the clause ~'page n" or "pages n
to tnt. to tlle conlmand:
.. '
. .
.

>Spruce
>Spruce

print memo-I.press page' 2
print lnemo-l.press pages·3 to 4

Spnlce. takes· sonle ti~e to fonnat the files 'properly and begin plinting. If you sirnply wish
additional copies of a fil~ you have just printed. you nlaY avoid thc fonnatting delay by llsing
t1le ·'repdne'. clause in place of the ··print filc·· clause:

>Spnlce
>Spnlce

reprint page 2
repr cop 2

•

"J-YrOllg H pages. If Spnlce prints your 4ocumcnt. but it doesn't seem to have the right things
on jt~ it may be that the Press file \vas trivially invalid. You can run Spruce again, with the
.·'ver1?ose" illode enabled~ and see if it indicates an~ problems. Use the IV switch:

>Spruce/V

pri memo ...l.press

. In some' configurations. "verbose·' mode is the default. The IV switch witI disable iL
Illegal Press files. If Spr'~lce conlplains that your file is illegal .. anet you sllspect the method
used to generate the file. the program ReadPrcss (see tbe bibliographYl Wllich prints on your
screen a quasi-intelligible dump of the Press file. lnay be helpful in tracking down the
problem.

>ReadPrcss

melno-l.press

will bless yon with lnore infonnatiOll that you can llandlc!

.7
Spnlce I nst~\l.Iati(}))

~'r~

'(e

ntis section describes in detail the installation of a Spruce system for any of tllC currently
sUJ)ported })rinlers.

Six. files arc needec1 to produce a
sources. all currently on [IFS]:

SlJfllCe

systcln. Five may be obtained fronl the following..

File

Version1

Disk2

Description

 Spruce.Run
 Spruce.Errors

The prjnting program

1 Current version number of most recent IFS version.
2 DPO if file must rcside on DPO; otherwise may be placed on any disk. .

In addition. one must obtain a version of the font dictio.nary.. Spruce.Fonts. appropriatc··for the
printer. the disk configuration. and other installation-dependent conditions. A cOlnprehcnsive .
description of font crcation~ distrubution ... and directory creation policies anc! procedures witt
be available soon. Until then. see [Fonts). IPrcPrcss]. and [Printing1. atong with Appendix. C .
for guidance in. producing a font filc. Also.. please consult )'our local font experts. '-nlC
following versions are available on IIFS) in Palo Alto:

File


>

( Dov~r Spruce.Fonts.350.cp150373
( Dover) Spruce.Fonts
Pimlico Spruce.Fonts
 Spruce.Fonts

<

..

Disk

Resolution

Comment

any
any
any
any
any

350
350
384-

Limited set. for single-disk systems
St~mda(d for Palo Alto Dovers
limited set, lJs~d in Boca· Raton
S:lme. rotated nnd tuned tor Pimtico
Same. tuned for Sequoia
•

381
384

Finally. several o.t11er files nlllst be produced during installation. '-Jl1ey will contain spopled
Press docllnlents~ systetn state information. and intermediate results. They are: .

File
Spruce.Spool
Spruce.Bands
Spruce.Chec~Points

Disk1

Size2

Conlment

any
M31
DPO

opt,on3
option4
ca. 40

Spooled PCC!>S documents for server
Intermediate file processing results
limited set. used in Boca Raton

any model· 31 disk; any.·· M31 or TaO.
1 OPO ... DPO onty; M31
2 III model 31 disk pages -- 256 words each.
a Supplied at installation time. This file must hold aH documents that have been spooled but not yet printed.
See the chart in Appendix B for typical values. For stand-atone systems. this file mllst· exist. but may be
made as small as is desired. .
4 Supplied at installation time. litis scratch file contain:> the results of the pre·scan pass over the Press file.
Its ~ize. for the largest Prcss fife to be accommodated. must be roughly (2c + 4r + 80s) words. where c is
the length of the Press file in bytC3. r the tot a! number of rectangles. and s the totat number of different fonl
charactets used in the file. Again. see Appendix B for typical values.
]t is important for correct operation that the v~rious files l)c allocated contiguously, or at least
nearly so. 111crefOl:c. the foUo\ving procedure is recommended for iuitial installation. .

..
."!:

• • __ •• _ _ _ _....

...

•

• __ •

•

.. _

••• -.A.

..:._ .....

"..

•••

• • _"• • -

Spruce Reference ~,,1anual -- Installation

. . . . . . _e" ' . ' .,. ................ _ _ _ . . . . , _ ..•

_ . . . . ..

June 14. 1978

Complete Spnlcc Installation (ttfrOJl\ scratc11tt)
First. obtain a disk whose current contents is not valuable. Use the ·'Ether boot'- facility to
obtain a new operating s.ystem. lnstall it llsing tile long installation dialogue~ erasing tllC disk
first. Disable Sys.Log. Do ll01 install a passn-ord Provkle the Atto·s llallle ·as the user nalne:
"b.1cnlo··a '·Clover'·. etc., and a disk l~alne of "Spnlce Server'· or ··Spruce. Dover Serv~r".
You sllould imtnediately delete DMT.Boot and FTP.R\ltl (in multiple-disk systcnls,· you Inigllt
choose to retain FIr; be sure to fetch the .latest version). Then use the "Ether boot" (acilities
to ron Ftp. and obtain  plus the
Sp1uce.Fonts) as described above. You should also get  Sys.T:!rrors:

.a~propriate

Now type "SprinteR". ntis will install the plinting program.
, version number. llln for less than a. nliuute.· then exit.

It should type" the cut·rcn~ Splint
. .

FinaUy. type "Spruce/leRn• This will. i~itiate the Spnlce installation dia1ogne. ·You wUl be
asked to supply a nutnbet of file names» device natnes. size options. and the ~nswcrs to some
yes/no questions. Spruce witl type a  or [IFS]  •
"
.
.
".".

. Trouble SlJooting

the

If. during or after installation. there are zero or fewer free pages remaining on any of
"
disks~ perform tbe whole process over. reducing the size of the bands or spooling file by 20
pages or so. As a guideline. after nlnning
SpT~ the spooling ancl bands file Slzes tnay be
cllosen to use up aU but 257 of the remaining pages on, DPO. and essentially all the pages on
oUler disks. 'Ve sllg~est leaving at least 20 additional pages for breathing roonl ~- to allow
larger" progratn filcs~ small ~rcss files to- be printed in stand-alone modciJ etc.

'.

If. after Spnlce lH1S been succcssfully nlnning for some time. things go bad ancl it looks like
software, try re-illstallillg both Sprint and Spnlce before l'csorting to stefner nlCas.ures. Start at
step 4 in the ctlart of Appendix D.
.

Updating Sprint (tl~c printing program)
If yOll llave not cha.nged any of the font files. or do not nced to c11ange any of the spooling or
scratch file si1.cs. it should be sufficient to fetch the new version and nln .. Sprint·· .. If Splint
then prints a different major version number (e.g .• 6.0) tban Spruce prints wIlen it starts (e.g."
'5.3). you nltlst also fetch a new Spruce and reinstall it If things don't work after ~nsta1Hng
SprintiJ you might the~ also try installing Spruce.
Updating Spnlce (tbe :Sl)ooling program)

.

.

Fetch the 'new version. and 'run ··Spruce/Itt. Then. start Spruce as a server. If Spruce types a
version number (c.g.• 6.0) wIlen it is started that is different from the one tl)at Sprint prints
(the number tllat appears on the break page) (e.g,. 5.8). you must also fetch a new Sprint and
install it. then ,·eillslall Spnlce.
"

.

June 14, 1918

Spruce Reference ~J1anllat •• Appendices

11

Appendix A .... Snuullary of SpnlCc 01ler:ttion
See Appendix. D for current version (1 st digits of Spruce and Sprint versions must agree)

Starting Spruce
Issue the stand-alone command "Spruce PowerOo·'. then \'Jilit one minute. Orlly anar power uP. etc.
CR
Then si.mpty type. c.g., Spruce Server
or Spruc~ Print xxxCR.

Server 1\.4ode Commands
S start/stop spooling T09!)te "spooling· switch't.
p start/stop printing Toggle "printing switch".
Print description of current printing queue.
C check queue
Same as C. but requires t.eystroke. after each tine; p to finish,
V verify queue
requires one input line -- reason for Spruce una"aitability.
R reason
Swats. Please do not do this.
D debug
Return to ex~uti"a.
Q 'luit

Stand Alone Mode Comnland line Entries
Global Switches
N verbo3e Print more' diagnostics
/D debug

Use standard debugging codes (currently 32. see betow).

Command line Options
(e.g_, Spruce/switch::s opti~n ( arg > option
Server
Print

_ Copies
Pages

Reprint
XOUsel
YOnsel
Resolution
Power
Debug

1

2
4
8
16

32
64
128
256
512



.•.•

Starts Spruce In server mode. See above commands for interaction.
kg Is Press file name.· Fite to print.
Arg is number of copies. Default is 1.
Arg is  I to ( last> ). Pages to print. Deraurt is \',hote me.
Reprints last document printed. Cop!~$ option ~pp1ies.
Default o.
Default o.
Default 384.
Arg is on -e:r off. po"',er off is not applicable to any current printers.
kg Is sum of. debllg~JiJlg codes:
Swat before file processing ai...1 printing.
.
Inhibit file. processing and printinn. but bring in printing program.
Swat on any error condition. unless atso 5'12.
Do not monitor Ether for print, status requests..
Do not suspend processing nnel printing to accept more liles.
Run printing code. but do not print. Do not try to use printing hardware.
Swat just prior to executing file processing code.
Swat just prior to printing the file.
Swat on return to spooler.
Report all printing program errors to spooler·· do [lot enter Swat.

Trouble Shootinq

Dover Ready ligllt nor on: Alto screen '.'lilt (at intervals) coni2.in further expla~·l InslaHSwat.Run and  Sys.Errors from a system that has an
 directory. Run, then delete, InstaIlSwat.nun.
.
... 3. Obtain FTP froin the Ethernet. Fetch from the nearest IFS. directory  :
Spruce.Run, Spruce.Syms. Sprint.Run, Sprint.Sy.ns. Spruce.Errors. Fetch Spruce.Fonts
from appropriate location (se~ text).
Continuing ~nitial Install'-l.tion.· or Aller Updating one 01 the Run Iiles. or 10 c/lange file sizes·

... 4. If Sprint is new, or has changed, run Sprint. f'JJajor version must agree \vith Spruce •
..- 5. If Spruce is new or has changed. or to change fife sizes (start from scrafch to rnal{e
one larger): Run Spruce/I, and answer the clueslions. The following are Jypicat
answers; bold values are supplied as defau1ts in the systelll as distributed;

~~~.
:"·a
1·4

~.

Question

Dover

Use Second Model 31
Use Trident Disk

--> . . --->

Pimtico
I

Se'quoia

1M31

2 M31s7 1 M31, 11'80·

--- )

tlo

Yes

._-)

---)

---)

..-)

No

No

•.. )

---):

---)

_.- )

1100
650

25001
300D~

32

32

32

.Yes
Yes

No
No

Yes
11.05

8.5

8_5
11.0

Dover

PimJico

.3-SO~~4

38·~

Reso!ution in Scans/Inch

;iW>~t) 384

First page at top of stack

No
10.20
11 ..7
2906
1206

Yes

Bands Fife Size
Spool Fife Size
Debug Settings
Print Break Page
Landscape· device

.-. )

Paper pararneters: bit direction
Scan direction
Output Device

.Resolution in Bits/Inch

Paper Speed in Inches
Scan line length in inches
Scan margin adjust
Bit 81nrgin adjust
1.
2
3
4
5
6

7

/O.t.~

4.00
10.2
••6
•• 6

25003
semi-infiniteIf

•

Yes

6.5
Sequioa
350

350
. No
3040
11.5
••6
•• 6

- _.r}
.(.' :?-'·7 ,", J. -:-·O.:J
~ ..~ 1 . . . 11 ••
~'
• _v .

'""'~::J
~()

t.

'-'"'

On DPO (optional).
On OP1.
On DFO (mandatory -- bands ffl3Y not b~ on T60}.
On TUO. Expressed in 1024-word pnges. 1000 stl'::>utd be plenty.
At reso!ution of 3B4. this must ba reduced to 10.6.
These values vary sornewhnt from machine to mLlchine. and fcom time to lime. Usc AHgn_Press to set
precisely. Current values for some of the printers are:
1\ two dist~ system mny either be one two-disk file system (OS 14 ~mcJ after) or two on~-dist~ sY31cms: the
latter is recommended. so that fifes may be c;arcfuUy allocc:sted as recoll1mneded in above notes.
Menlo

Scan adju5t
. Bit adjust

Clover

Viola

\Vond.er

:.

No
Yes

Ii:lgnostic
An Orbit diagnostic progratn is saved on  .
filc" (nOvER>OrbitT'est.l)nl. Y9u win also need the fil~ Orbi(rcsLPclranlctcrs fronl the
same dUiup file.

'·hc progr~ltl1. invoked with the conun:tncl ··Orbirresi:· has a very simple uscr interface
based on the 1l.1ouse. You :tre first expected to cnter a "tcst number'- (sec below for n
description of celeh tcst). You nlity cx~cule the test by "htJg~ing" th\.~ item "single stcp'· or
··rci>cat·· \vith any nl.ouse button .. \Vhcn you :lre finished .~lIld wish to proceed to clnoUlcr" .
test. bug the ··lest ntllllbere, item. ctnd provide a new Ilunlbcf.
·":t~ny of the' tests' require th:lt parameters he proviclcd. A standard set of par~lmcters is
dcscribetl on tilt! file Orbifr~sLP'lrarllc'crs. which the rest program will read :lut(Hn~ltic"Jly•
. nUS the "p;tr~nncter set" item. {allL'd~ -("It is test cycles
)000 titnes with r:tndom nlJJnb~rs. eUld CXI)ccts the jumper to ~lrrallg~ (hat ahe slatus word
O=the cOJnnl~md. status word I::compfe'llcnt
the command. :lIld the rClllailldcr of the

or

sl:ttus words are zero. If this condition is not "let. :1Il error is indic;llcd. A tight loop will
loop sending (he COlllJlland
·very f~tst.·
. :.
.
'.
.
.
...

1'Cst 4. Check FA logic. This test lets you set various v:tTues of FA and Blake su re that the·
output ;lddrcssing logic is working properly. fA V~lrll~S of 0 to 377b should check out
properly.
An error is indicated if the wrong tlUlllbcr of WOf(.IS is rC~ld (should be
(400b-FA)*J.(». or if BEIIIND fails to set The basic lcst is to set FA,. ~md then r('~ld words
with Od)HOutputOat:l
until ct bufrer switch h~ppel)s..
'
. .
. .. .
.

".

Test .S. Rc:tc) hurr~r .nlcmories ~l·nd display,on the screen. E:ldl ti"me the (cst is rcpC,ltcd" a
different buffer is re;td. ~rhc rll:lin point of the ~est is to verify Ih'lt. uflcr scvcr~1
iterations. the nlcmory becomes ··white:· An error is indicated if the. huffers h:lve switched .
at the wrong thne (FA is set once when~vcr it changes. :tl)d lIH~rc~lncr Orbit)s expected to

st~ty

in synchrony).

•.

".

Test G. Set height. 'This lest simpiy sets the height· n:gistcr. and m~lkcs no error checks. A
fig!Jt loop \yiU set the register repccttcdly.
Test 7. Set X. Y. ~rhis 'test simply sets the x and y registers. ~lIld makes no error checksr A

figl)t 1001) win set the registers repc;ltedly.
Test 8. Set tIle Ink nlemory. ~rhis test sets the Ink memory from:. vcctor of 16 v~lfues
(vector IIO~ 0 is all O. vector no. -1 is ;ttJ - )"s. vC'ctor no. 1 is 16 words, c=H.~h of wh ieh is 1
(i.c.• 15 zeroes· :lnd lone bit». A ti!!ht loop wiJJ set the Incmory «.}ui(c f~lst. looping through
all 16 x IOc:ltions.
l"cst 9. Set DBC cwd width ••lod rC:ld them hack. An error is iudicall'd if the stored and
rc-re~ld values do not nwtch or if lACS docs not come on. A fjg:J( h~()p will execute the
register-setting command repeatedly.
~res(

10. Rc:\ds D\VC. -rite lest resets Orhit. ~nd (hell rt"~llJs D'VC. An (' .. for is c:ltIscd if it
reads a !lon-zero valuc. A Ii~ht loop wi" C~llJ$C fepeat~d rC~ldillg. (Note: 'rhc proper
counting of O\YC'is chcck~d hy test 12)

••

(.
,:

, '-

\

t .. , I

...·cst 11. l{l':IOS DBC Clnd width. and displays them. A fi:Jlt loop will cause repeated rc:.dins .

1,:c((j';) This is the

1lI;lin

trst th;,t checks the illl:lt:e-gcller;,tion parts

or Orbit:

It is usually

Orbit/f)ov~r

3

·rcst SoftW:lre

:

Iised in conjunction wilh the ··I)~.r:unctcr-sctlint·! fc;,turcs to set up V.t:it ;unoun(s of state.
·fhc inl)Ul v&llu~s ;trc:

X:
Y:

\Vidlh(n\i nuY; J):

Ilci&ht(ncgat iv~):
FA:
FontVcctor:

InkVcclor:


12

9

1
·2
..~

12

2

12

3

12

4

DBC=O. \Vidth-1 =0
. I)BC::] 7b. \Vidth:- J=7711b
Upper. C~lSC A .(.hdghl::48. width::} 1...x=o •. y=7720b. EI\::300h•.
FontVcclor::65. InkVcctor=-I. dX:d. dY::-l)
.
)-bit vcrtic~tl (hcight::J6. widlh::16: x=O. y=77GOb. FA=lOOb.·
r. .OI.. tVcctor=1. InkVcctor::-I. dX::O. dY::-1)
1-bit st;Ult (height=IS. width:::16; x::O. y=7760b. vA=lOOo.
FontVcctor=l. InkVcctor:::-l~ dX=). dY::-I}
16xl6 square (hcight=l(l. widlh:::16: x=O. y::7760b. FA::O.

12

5

128-bit black slug (height:: 128. width::: 16. x=O. y::: 7760b. FA::O.

12

6

FontVcclor:::64. InkVct"tor=- J. dX=O. elY::-16)
16x 16 square (hcight::48. width= 13. x::O. y:: 7720b. FA=O.
fontVcctor=GG. InkVcclor=- 1. dX=O. dY:::-l)

FontVcctor=-I. InkVc(-tor=-}. lIX=O. dY::-1G)

to

is put tog~llJer it
look at it.
VECTOR; or PARAh1ETER:.
to whith it :tpp'i<.~s (or ALI.. if
or the pa ralllt:ter sel (or of the
radix for "II numbers.

Fonnat oJ OrbilTe.r;/.I'arOI1H>;c;S. 1'he best way to see how it
4tnd .uimic its contents. An cntry is preceded by lh~ nr>ull
E:tch is followed by two nun1bt:-fs: lhe first is the [~st uUlllhcr
it applies (0 :111 t~S{s); (he second is the id~nl i ryi ng 11 tim htr
vector set) within that t~sL Note that octal is lhe (kr~lllH

For a vector. we give the lotaf Illlll1bcr of ckrncnts in the vector, fo1Jowed by the nunlbers
lIW( are to be Jlfaccd iu the vector~ .
. .

"

For a paraIlH:lt~r set we proyide p:lirs: par:Hnet~r IllJJnhcr. valllc. The parameter numbers
arc bt'st disl"~nll"d by looJdng ;\t previous cxanlple~. or hy consulling the function OrbilSclP
in OrbilTcstUtils.BcpJ. sa\'ed in OrbjtT~sLDnl.

·J/alldy tlrings Ie> rcmcnlf,cr for /lOW. '·CS( 14. p:lrame[er set shoutd !'ct lip the :Idapt~r ~nd .
Dovcr for 350 bit/inch op~ralioJl (it ,tlso sds :t bl1~c ddaYl'd lille sync so lh:ll qU=lcJ pattern

...

.-..

•

s

Orbit/Dover ·rcst SC)flwarC

Ilfinting. works}.
·fhc llo1ygon Inotor stloutd b~gin sJlinnh~~. the bit dock should
s)'nchronize. etc. Ir you \v:lnt (0 furce the h~;tln on for ch~ckinl~ sync. scnd J 7712 to the
Dcl;'lph!r (usc ·rest 2 (0 s~nd indi\"idu:lJ COllull:ln:ts).

.-

~

.•.
·tt.;r·
,.••:.......

."

•

:

... -.

-

, .......... - ."...- .---..- • -..,... .!-......,.,. .......-- .-......................:...---.... --~ ....--..... --. -.... -_ ................a...._..... ~ -

........ ---..,.'-...... -.-~-7

.....................~ ..... _..•_. ~-.......-..-... . .

.

"

.-...-

~ ----.
"

.. :-:.

It

-

......... .... _..

.... -.

..

"

...

.. .. ,........,.-.

....

~

•

'--

· fir-.~ccu...
P~-se-Q

. ..
'

..

.

-. ...
~

.

....
..,.- .

. ". f' "
to;

•

":1'·
.' . ..

.

. -.
'1 •

..

! .

-.-

.....~",

.~

."

".

EIP TO ROS ADAPTER
E _. Electronic

I •• Image
P .- Processor .
•0

R •• Raster
o .- Output
S •. Scanner

I.

NINE WIRE INTERFACE

A. Rate/Distance Characteristics

40 meters at 100 Mbit/second
400 meters at 10 Mbit/second

B. Eel Signals
Differentially Driven
Shielded Twisted Pairs .
C. Nine Signals (deve1op direction as each is covered)
1. EIP to ROS clock .- Max freq. of 25 Mhz
(Alto is 5.88 Mhz..) ~50% Duty ·Cycle
2.

Command -- 33 bits long. Sent at rate of EIP to ROS ctock/4

Ll>
1

Command

16

Command' \

16

3

~-

Min~

of

48 bits
dead time

a. Sampled by EtP to RDS Clock.
b. Three consecutive true bits required to detect fI'.\g.
c. Command bits are sampled in 2nd 8. 3rd periods.
d. C9mmand. if valid) is executed during dead time.
3.

Status·- 25.7 bits long. Sent at EIP to ROS clock/4

I FlagL___.
1

_~t£ttuiLbit;:>_ ._- ___
256

L------> 5~--_. . ---..--__J
272 bits dead time min.
(Dover uses 320)

a. Sampled by EIP to ROS clock.
b. Three consecutive true samples required for flag.

c. Status bits sampled during 2nd & '3rd periods. .
d. Redundancy not used--can either compare against previous packet for slow
data. or use multiple bits in packet for faster data.
.
4.

-~
.~
(~.

Packet request -- Asks EIP to send a 5 x 16 packet
1 x 16 -- Packet ~ync at EIP to BOS clock rate
4 x 16 -- Pac1{ct data

\

.

2

,..,.

5. Packet Sync -- Aags packet and indicates whether regular or"last packet.

~.'

4

8

lAlways true' True if last packet
1

{Alway?" f~s~
16

a. Two true bits = flag beginning of packet.
b. Count nlade of true bits should = 4 or 12. If neither. soft error is reported ..
c. last packet flagged if .count )8•.
. 6 • 9. ROS Data 0 • 3
Contains video info. from EIP -- synchronized by packet sync. Sampled by EIP to
ROS clock. Bit 0 precedes bit 1 in stream•
.

.

.

II. ROS ADAPTER

A. Consists of two .logic m~dutes

.

"

'1. Command· handles command decoding, control register initialization. etc. status
nlUX.

"2.

Video -- provides video data buffers. bit clo'ck source, ECl interface to nine wire
" c?nvention.~tatus multiplexer. ~ontrol.

B. Command Module

1.

Receives "command" line (ECl to TIL converted in video moduie) and EIP to'
ROS clock line (also from video).
"

2.

Command is detected, checked for errors, etc. by control & error detect.

S.

Command is assembled in a.serial in parallel out 16 bit shift register.

4.

Motor speed register is a counter which is preset to a valve from the command
assembly register (12 bits) clocked by 12.5 Mhz XT AL osc.
.

5.

Output of· motor speed register drives two more counters whose outputs can be
selected by a seating register to select 1 or 8+2 outputs.
Output goes to drive polygon motor in laser scanner..
Scaling register is also a register loaded with value to control division of bit
crock.

6"

Bit clock divider is similar to motor speed counters except can setect bit clock
plus 7 other +2 frequencies.

7.

The seated bit clock is "divided by 4 (video nibble) and drives the scan line
counter _. actually counts bits/scan line. Used to slew clock circvit to tracl< line
sync signaJ.

. 8.

Video gate generato"r determines number of scan lines that video is enabled.·'
Counted by line count/4.

9.

External command register is used to control the print command in Dover to
engine control.

10"

Page sync delay is register used to delay video transfer from paper sensing
switch (page sync •. CS5 in Dover) counted by line count/4.

.-

(i.: ....
~''!II'

3

11.

line sync delay is register used to delay start of video on a scan line.
counted by scaled bit cloctmmand is issued, and simply selects which
of the available divisions of the polygon motor .speed ·counter are to be used as the
J'olygon1VlotorCIock_ This clock drives the laser scanner molor in the ROS. This counter
provides the additional function. in TEST mode. of a programmable signa.J. to serve as
TestLineSync·. The motor clock is not requi red in TEST mode.
o

A similar ~ounter i~ driven by IlitClock. Divisions are selected by the flifSc:IJe field which
selects a ScalcdBitClock to drive the hit docking mech~misms.. This counter is synchronized
to the ROS line scanning by reselting it at the beginning of every line with BilClockHcsct.
Note that lhis counter only provides divide by 2*·n. n from 1 to "] instead of 1 to 8. :lnd an

.
.'

t

-...po,......---'-------=-----.~-.~

..

... _. _-- -----'---

.

.

.

____ ooo~· -"--~-..-.---;;--~-.--------------~

... .. -

o' •

".

.

'.

undivided RitClock ·js available to be selected as the Scaled BitClock. Selection and gating of
the undivided 8itClock· is performed by a high speed MECL III gate in order to allow
ScaledBitClock to be up to 100 lvtHz frequency. Also note that all fields of the SetScales

register are loaded with every SetScales conlmalld. Setting of the scales register is
completely asynchronous with repect to these counter clocks.

'.

External Command Registers - 9·

'lI •

Two identical 12 bit external command registers are provided. They are cleared by IReset
, and loaded individually with two commands. ExternalCmndl . and ExternalCmnd2. Their
,outputs are simply sent to the ROS and are unused by the adapt~r_ .
. ..

.....

:

-,

..

-.

"~~'-

..

'.

..•. :~ .•• : .".-.; •• ~.~ .•, :.:.:-r--' . -. '.
.. ...... '. ... .
-.
. :- ...,; ..:./.. . .. . ...
•.

.. --:..

". Page Sync Delay Registew:
.. . .. - 10

.-

..

.... :

.....:

..

-..

.

-,

.....:..

~

.- ..... :"
.. - .- .. -

~.

~-

.. .....

.

-

,

..

,

A programm·able delay is loaded ioto the page sync detay register and. provides a delay ffom
t1i~ ROS supplied page sync ~o the start of a page service by the ~dapter.
.
.

C,
.

(II

.

",

..- ..

.

"

!

~omm'and SetP:tgeSyncDe-Jai loads the Car i~to,the page sync delay register PSDR .. A tw~lve'~

. bit counter and a separate' four bit LineCol!nt. counter are released !"henever PageSync·'
indicates page sync has been sent from the ROS. LineS'yflc signals are then counted and the
page sync delay counter is incremented every fourth LineSync. When the counter reaches
7777B. the DelayedPageSync occurs. and counting is arrested by wiring Delaj'edP:rgeSync to
'... the CE- of the lowest order counter chip. The counter remains unchanged unti1 reset to 0000
and released by the toggling of PageSync·. The wire OR of all counter bits provides a low on
PE- wh~n the counter is at 0000. and the counter is loaded from the PSnH in preparation
for the next page sync delay; Loading the })SDR is completely asynchronous with respect to·
delay register counting...
The counter is used in Local mode to generate quadrille paper by providing signal YLineevery 64 scan Jines for the duration of four scan lines.
'.
- .
... ...,: .- ..
'

. ..

-.

..

-

..

. . . . .':

.~

.-.

__ . Line Sync Delay Generator - 11

••

' •• ·,,10·

..

_

..

....

~.

.......
A programmable delay is loaded into the line sync delay register and provides a delay from
the ROS supptie~ line sync to the start of 'a line service by the adapter..
..

Comm;nd SetLineSyncDelny loads the Car into the line sync delay register ISDR. The
counter is a copy of the page sync delay counter. It is cleared at the beginnjng of each scan
line by BitClotkReset. and clocked at one fourth the bit dock rale by ScaleuI3itClockI4•
t
. Upon reaching 77778, counting is arrested and StartVidco generated. StartVideo' is wire
- ORed with circuitry on page 16.

,

-

The

counter is used 1n Local mode to generate quadrille paper by providing signal XLinet
every 64 bit positions for the duration of four bit posjtion~.

nit Clock

~.

~egister

,and Scan Line Counter - 12

A bit dock regi~·ter is loaded with the value that det~n'!1ines the corr~ct .nu~lb~r of bils per
scan line.. A counter counts up from this value until It overflows. lndlcallng end of line.

.

.

.

"

.,

.. -

------ ------"-- ..

--.--.-------.----------.--~

'., :

..
r:.

,"
•

;.

. .... .
'"

...

. ,

..

6'
~

"

-

.

Command SetBitClock loads the Car into' the bit dock register nCR. A t\velve bit counter
similar to the page and line sync delay counters is injtializ~d by RHClockHcsef and counted
up every Sc:lIedRitClockl4. This counter records bit rate for a scan line. and when it reaches.
1171B. signal EOLCount is generated. arresting c~unling. In addition. 6'~ bit times prior to
, EOLCount. the EndScanBeamOn flipflop is set (count 776xB is decoded) in order to force
the laser beam on just before end of scan is to be detected. Again. nCR loading is.
asynchronous. with EOL register counting.
-

'.
(

. ~

• 0

•

.. ~...

:.

.

. . ...

Video Control Logie.- 13

0

• •o . '

..
•

.

,,:'

:

..

...

...

..

~

0

-

.

.

.......

.

..

...

.-

"-:,.
:'

.

.-

~.

:.

. ........
. . :... SOS and EOS are received from the ROS for. Start of Scan and· End of- Scan line•

~

-

.

..

-

... respec~ively... Various printing engines provide either leading edge or" trailing edge
... significance for tbc:se pulses; that is. the ~can line is to be active from leading eege of 50S
.. : ·to leading edge of EOS or from trailing edge to trailing edge. The MC231 fJipfJops and
... associated gates produce a window pulse over both cases. Leac!Sync· and TraHSync'. The dual·
. . .. ..: mUltiplexer uses SelectLeaalEdge (a mecha.nicaJly switched level) to create the desired
. . .. LineSync·" whenever Testl'vJode is· inactive. PageSYiic· is selected -directly from the
:'.:. RosPageSync· a.s well. In TestMode. these signals are ignored and TestLineSync· and
. .. .. ~ TestP3geSync are gated through the multiplexer. LineSync: is buffered and inverted and the
. ..0 ..• inverted version drives two 5C nanosecond delay lines in series wh ich prod uce !.S50 and
.. !SSG·. complementary versions of LineSync delayed by 100 nanoseconds. The time window
- between LineSync and lS50 is decoded to produce BitClockReset•. which is fanned out to
... initialize all logic concerned with scan line activity..
. .
....
9

0

••

0

-

•

• •

0

·0

to

The parallel Vid(!o bus pr~vides ~our bit nibbles of video bit str~am
theYidc(} shift
, register. which serializes the· nibbleS at the ScaJedBHClock rate. ScalcdBitClcck/4 is
.. produced by clocking a four bjt counter with ScaledilitClock and parallel loading 14B each·
. time· it overflows. This parallel load also loads the next Vide& nibble into the shift register•..
Note that ScaJedBitCJock/4 makes a positive transition at the same time that the Video bus
, is loaded into th~ shift register_ Also note that when BitClockReset occurs. the counter and
.. shifter are cleared to Zero. The counter wilr count up to 14B and begin cycling normaIIy
. during the line sync delay time.
_·0.
.:.
.. _ _
··0
-.

//,";1 Jd "
f"o
..
I

f

\f ~.

~

-

. .

str~~~ ~t i~'wire"OR~d 't~e quad~i~Je p~~er -b;t

Signai TestVideo.OO is the noimal video "bit
to
stream created by XLine' and YLine',_whene,,{;r Local or CmndLocal is active and Local mode
is ente:-~ . In local mode· thO; Video bus ahv~ys··sourc~_zer..QJ!$.) VideoPoJarity is selected
I~ul icatly an may invert the senseortneweo bit stream to create Beam. Beam may be
forced to the active state by a CmntlBeamOn from the EIP~ a StatusBeamOn or PrintiVlode
from the ROS. or by the requirement of EmlScanBe3mOa by the scan line control logic.
.

. Data Buffers - 14

.

.. -.,

.

. . . Packets ar~ formatted as sixteen 4 bit video nibbles. ·In order to properly· buffer and service
these packets. at four element ring of ~buffers is implemented. each buffer capable of one
. packet of data. Data buffers all recei1fe the BufDat3 from the EIP. and nlay at any given
- time have either
read address RAdtlr or write address \VAddr gated to them. Only one
buffer at any time wilJ have a write address gated by the ScI sign:l1 for the selected buffer.
The write control rogic provides the appropriate ~el signal and the correspo~djl1g \YEnb
signal. The read control cycles through the buffers acquiring video data for the Video bus.
As each buffer is ilddressed. read select signals ReadScJcct2 and HcadSclect J multi plex the
desired butfer output for the Yitlco bus. Det;lils of the write and read control logic clppear
on the next two' dr~l\vings.
-

a

"'0

-.

~-.-----~--------<-------------

-

.. -

--------- ..--- -- ..

.

,. -

~.:-

..... _....

_-_._-

.

.0

·0

"

..

7.

.....

..

....
6

• -.

.'

....-..~....:'"

:.

:

0'"

.. -

.~

. -0
o

...... -

.- ..

..' .
.
:~~;:~ ... .;~~:- .; •..•....

. ,..

.....

.-;,

....

.-

•

•• a

o·
eO'"

.

.' .

.•

.0.

..

,

.'

.

"

".

.

...

. ..

. ..

.-

..

.. "'.

..

.0

..'.

.~

-...'

--:."

,.

":

• .zoo:.':'''

- - ...
..

. 0- ..

.....

..

" , " III.

..

..

'

:

....-"'.' .~ '"

..

•

.er

.'

:-:-~

..

..

00 O. •

.

.. :

..

.

....

..
~

....0:

~."

: .
'

.':.

."

.....

.... -:,. ....

_...

::.

"

.. . ".".0 .. : ...

.• .. -.... ..
~....

....

e.-

..
•

o.
.'

..

.

.

..

(Il
......

,0

.

-.
- - : ... _ . _

...... ......,-. _ _ -

_____•

_ . _ _ _ _ _ _ 4- • • - _ _ _ - - -

.:

...... ....-

o

.... .

-.

".'

-......

..

..

.

- .-

-

'.

. .. ".

- ...

0" ....

..

..

.'

."

".
."

~

'

.~

..

.'

. ..;..-:.

..

.. " ".
.. ~

.'.....

....

".

...

...
-.'" ..

.

.'

",""

.:

.•

. -..

.,

•

.

,

. .

.

.;

. •.

-. .

.

8

....

.

Data Buffer \Vrite· Control' - 15
"

e

The RcydClock from the EIP. running at the nibble rate. is delayed by approximately 8 .
nanoseconds and then buffered to provide LatcllClock. The RcvdClock is fanned out adapter
wide as EipToRosClock. The window formed by the trailing edge of RcvdClock to the
trailing edge of LatcbClock is \VriteClock·, the buffer write strobe. The trailing edge of
LatchClock captures RosData and l'acketSync' (page 17) in the EeL receiver latches. This
. data is then double buffered by two hex D flip.flops. If two consecutive bits are detected on .
the l)acketSync·. line. t~e Pack€tFJag is raised to indicate the start of a· pac~el
"
'
.'

.

As 'soon as a packet is' flagged.' the \VAddr' counter is enabled and counts up the write· ,
addresses eacli clock time. In addition. the RosData is transmitted to the DufData bus each,
clock time for writing into the selected buffer. Buffer selection is done by the Sel shift
register configured as a simpie ring with a single active bit in it at any time. pointing to a
, . , single active write buffer. This ring shifter. ·is initiaIiz~d by the Buffer-Reset command to
, -';.,
.' point to buffer 0.. Buffer selects are unary decoded and gated with the WriteClock· to
_..... provide write str:obes \VEnb to eacb buffe:-.
".
.
.,

".-.

.

"

'

...

As long as any \VAddr bit is true. the write address counter continues incrementing and data ~
is written into the currently selected buffer. \Vhen the last buffer word is .being written
.. (WAddr=17B). the SeJ shifter is parallel enabled and the PacketError flipflop dock enabled ..
". When the 'VAddr counter rol1s to 00. the Sel shifts to the next buffer, write address.
. incrementing ceases, and the Pa~ketError flag is saved. Pack~tError occurs when not exactly
4 OR not exactly 12 bits were detected on the PacketSy.nc· line during packet receipL This is
.'. implemented with a· four bit counter which is preloaded with 2 whenever \YAddrCounting is..
.. inactive. V/hen \VAddrCounting is active. the counter is enabled· to count whenever a bit is '
detected on the ).acketSync· line.. The three low order bits are checked for the value 4 .. and
if not equ~1 to 4 the error .is set. PacketsOK is sent to the status multiplexers.
.

c

If the number of PacketSYl7c· bits is eight or more. this signals the last packet in a sequence
of packetS. This fact is duly recorded in four flipflops, one for each buffer. so that the last· .
buffer written into is known.

o..~''iii', - .-

,

,

-._

0-"

-.

_,:0 •

"

..
.. ~ ............. "..::.::-:-~

:.1i!

:.- ~ -.o

'

-• • -

.;.

e.

:

.

. . . -.
,

. Data Buffer Rea:l Address and Status Logit' - 16

..
-

1..; .;

:

:. ...::,

'

':..

_: . .." .... _......: • : -.. ~ ~-:"..--.
.•

:

:4O • '.

-....

.' The buffer read addresses are simpJy created by counting two four bit ·counters.. one t~
, sequentially address the buffers \vith' RAdus. the other to provide a two bit encoded read
·buffer number for the address comparison and mUltiplexing logic. Command BufferReset
.' initializes the read address logic to select buffer O~ Every four bit times, ScaJetlBitClock/4
. increments the uddress counter. and when it reaches 17B. the ReadSelect counter is enabled
to count to "the n~xt buffer. This enable "also allows the StartVideo· flipflop to detect the
presence of a final, packet (see below).

.

to

, Three "address comparisons are performed between' the read and write addresses
control
buffer sequencing and packet requesting. If the ,vrite address is three ahead of" tbe read
address or if the write address is two ahead of the tead add~and is bpjng fiUed'
. (\VAddrCounting). then l)acketJ~cquest' is deactivated and the E1P should not transmit any
more 'packets to the adapter. If the read and write addresses are equ:ll. then data has not
been supplied to the adapter rapidly enough by the. EI P., This condi lion is signalled by
lluffcrUmJcrffow. HufferUndernow is only relevant during actual page transmission as .
windowed by DeI:lyedPageSynC-•

..

Sf:lrtVidco· is pr~vjded to enable the video bit stream to the videoscriatizer. The conditions'
for aJlowing the enable are a Dchlyt'(JP:l~C'Syne signaling p:lge in' progress, a
I>cJayetJLincSync timeout (from page 11) inqic~lting tine in progr\!ss •. a llilClockUcsct

..

--_

,......

--.,.."

_---------------- -_.--

.........

..

_--- '.--.~-----'

-:-

,_.

-- -

..----:'""------ ...

-

.. .

-•

..

.

. . .....
;

•. - 9"

......

•

of

synchronizing the s~art
a line. and the' legitimacy of video data" in the ~urrent buffer.
-These conditions are implemented with the StartVide&" flipflop_ which is released by
DeJayedJ>:tgeSync". activated by BitClockReset; and deactivated at the end of a page or by .
detecting via the LastP;!cket'multiplexer th3t the currently r.eading packet buffer is the last
one transmitted from the EIP. A buffered version of BitClo'ctReset is wire ORed onto
StartVide&" as well. This assures thatStartVide&· is inactive during BitClockRcsct and
prevents a spurious enable to the RAddr counter while global resetting is in progress.

r..

.-"

..:,,"

..

... : ..

. EeL Drivers and Receivers - 17

..- ..

-.

"

'.

-.' .
.. ' ,An EeL h:veJ signa)sexcept short cable signals are received with MCl650 differential .
. :: receiver/latches terminated wjth a 100 ohin resistor across the"differential inputs. Receivers
... ·..:~~SOS, EOS. and Comma:rur are always el}abJed; the' EIP data receivers are controlled by,
... ", , LatchClock. Driver gates send P2cketRequest and SerialStatus to the EIP and test data to the ..
"
. RIS or other testing, dev-ice. Test data consists of a test version of LineSyne: PageSync:
"

.'

BitClock. and Video nibbles. It i,s intended that the ROS adapter by able to simulate the •
. . output f,rom a RIS 01' sim Bar device j n tes~ mode.
.

An' off" board ~ sPecia~ '.bjt·clo~k is contr~l1e~ by signals PumpUp. PumpDown, a~d
, . BitCfockReset. The bit clock is variable and is slaved to the SOS-EOS wjndow ~inle in order
:. to provide the required bits per scan line-for the particular printing engine attached•
BitClockReset" is created (page 13) in the window between: LineSync and LSSO and is used ,to
shut the clock off at the beginning of each line_ The clock is "pumped up" jf EOLCount
. remains low after the trai1ing edge of LS50; this indicates ,that the bit dock counter did not
, terminate before the end of scan. However" if EOLCount' is activated while lSSO· remains
, low, the bit clock is pumped down because the EOLCount was reached before end of scan
. occurred..
,.' .
..
.. .... ;-..
.....
..
, BitClock must be received with a high speed gate. MCI0216. in ord~r to run at a
... .
maximum 100 MHz.
..
'
•

r.

(r

0

.~

..

-

0

'

"

...-

~.."

-..

. '., .

'- ..

",,'

ECL tn TIL drivers :.. 18 and 19

.-

-

,

:-:::-.::~~.. ~ ,~.,

...-

:-

.

...

"

..

'"'.

'.'

.- .. -

.

~:

.

,'Exte~nal Commands 1 and 2. their strobes.·and the TIL control signals for the R0S are lever
. shifted and sent to the RQS._ Sf!rial video is provided in true and compliment form \vith,
.higb fanout 74S140 dr~vers.
'.. -'
. ; ..
..
'

..•

."

Crystal Clock Clnd TIL to EeL Receivers - _20
. AIlITL level signals are received differentially with opto-isotator gates in series with a 120
" ohm resjstor~ The opto-jso}ators are open collector output which are ench pulled up via 1
. 'Kohm to +5 VDC. All signals are' then converted to EeL levels with translator gales. The
.: BulkStatus bus is wire ORed to the StatusOut bus when RosStatusEnable is issued by the
status' control logic.
'
,'
" - ~,
.'
A 25 MHZ oscillator is provided and converted to EeL Je-{eJ CrystaJClock. Th:s signal. is
used to do~k counters which need to run continuously.
'!

Power On Control Circuit - 21

This circuit senses the

pr~sence

of either EipTonosClock from the EIP or a PowerEnahlc

...,

.j

i.

----,.-----=---... ~----.,...-.-.- .. -.;_--~---.------.--------.;,.."i

...
"

......

v

e.

..: . . 10

~

•
~

·r

f.,'··

status bit from. the ROS and provides a PowerOn- signal (-5.2 VDC) intended to drive
.power up relays. Refer to the auxilliary schematic (page 23) for a schematic of this circuitry.
All of this circuitry is intended to operate from a single standby power supply of -5.2 VDC
which is on aU the time.
.
.

\'

EipToRosClock is differentially received and converted to RcvdClock after powering up. The
~1CIOl14 also receives the differential clock. and provides true and complement versions to
two RC networks: Both of these networks should eventually charge to near -0.5 VDC when
the clock is present. In addition. the center point of the EipToRosClock differential
. termination is applied to the base of a pnp transistor. \Vhen the .dock is present.. this point
.' . should average around -1.0 VDC and turn on the transistor. The transistor turn on will
..
.charge the output capacitor to near -0.3 VDC. Each of these levels is applied to the·
.: .. ' ...• complement input of a differential re.ceiver. MCIOl15. and when they are all in the
. ~.... : . detecting state, all the outputs will be low. The outputs are wire ORed. and when all are low ~
, ."..: ." the RC network attached to their· outputs will eventually chaige to near ....1.7 VDC, thereby
... ~.. ~.. turning on the MCIOl14 to indicate Clocking. This' receiver· has a hysterjses feedback for .
positive switching:' Clocking is applied. to a SN52111 differential ·comparator that will
operate with the single standby power supply_ It is turned on and -5.2 VDC applied to the
Pow~~~ signal.
,; .'.
..
..
." .
. A second 52111 is w'ired to the PowerOn- signal. It .is activated on command f~om the ROS•
.... ·PowerEnable. PowerEnabl~ is'received ~'ja a 120 ohm resistor (page 20) and sent to a special
'... opto-isolator wired to work between GND and -5.2 VDC instead of. as the TTL level
receivers. +5 VDC and GND. The isolated signal ECLPE is sent to a voltage divider which
. ..
provid~ a corr:ct EeL level signal to the PowerOn- generator.
A power up reset signal IReset is created by circuitry which detects the presence of 'VEE
.. ' (-5.2 VDC) and VIT. the -2.0 VDC terminating. voltage. At power up time. VEE comes on
. '. but vrr has not yet charged the RC network to negative pot~ntiaL Thus. Tl is off and T2
turns. on. placing G ND at the top of the voltage divider (51-510) and providing an EeL true
'... to the IReset differentiator input. lReset' goes true until the vrr attached RC network
cbarges sufficiently negative to tum Tl on. which in turn forces T2 off.. The IReset input is
inactivated..
.' .........
.
. ..: .
.' .. . .... .
..'
...
...
....
...... ,,- .'

. -. " :.
~

.- ....
••!'" . .::...

:

".

,,-

'

.......

..

..

.

:;..

...

-

...

.. .......
..

.-

..

eo

'.

:

.

-

::'

.

..

..

..

....

;

~~...

-"."

.. .:. -:.
...........

.

".

......

. ~ ..'. '.

.. ":

.

. .."

...

-"
.' . .':~:.; ..~

,"

..

..

...

.."

~ ..

;

.."

.

.

.....
......

1:" _ .

~

'.

..~

~

••

#~

II.

...

.".
. ...

..

.. "

..

',.

.

..

.

.. ..
..

..

...

~

-.".-

........

~

. ....

.~

..

_.,

.. "

•

..

:

..

,

':'-

...... -. :- ....... .. ......

..

.....
0"

.,~ ~ : . ~ :.. •~

-!'

.. -- ---_._-. ---. ....---...

--. _ - ......._

_.......

...

...

-.;-

._ ..... _..._.... ..-..-_.-.

~

-:

•

~• •

.
.'

,

..

•

.- •

'-. .
....

~.

..

.......

'.

. ...

~..

-~.'"

..

. ..

•

..

~...

. :- ..
.<.: ::.>. ::~ ~ ::".
:.......~

..

...: ....:.

~

._

...... ;.-

....
...
.-. .. ..

..

.

:'f ~~ .
.
-...... :':,"

.~

...

0"

...

'

,

I

4
-

.....

..

...

COMMANDC

l

COMMAND +

Command Adapter • p.6

Video Adapter, p.10

car 12R

car08R

car04R

carOOR

car 13R

-

carOSR

-

car05R

-

car01R

car 14R

-

car10R

-

car06R

r-

car02R

car 11R

'-

car07R f--

car03R

car 15R

-

..

I

I

t

I

-

-

.

.

Command Adaptor. p.S

Mismatch-

.')D

I

I>

Mismatch

FLAGBIT

II
I

16

II

DEAD TIME ~4B bUs)

16

I
I
t
I
I
I
I

n
'11111111

16

II

CONT.
FIELD

FUNCTrON

000

Buffer Reset

001

Set Scale8

010

Set Bit crock

011

Set Motor Speed

16

'-

Command bIt 00

Clock

(Flag and Commond bib
must remaIn high for
throe consecutive crocks)

•
11i1 II 11 I
•
•••
•

100

Sot LIne Sync D$'ay

101

Set Page Sync Delay

110

Externor Commond 1

111

Extornal Command 2.

10

12 13 14 15

Clock

I

I

. I

CA~

••

00 01

(I

02 03

04 05 06 07 08

Control
Fiord

09

11

RegIster Data Flold

COMMAND INPUT TO ROS ADAPTER
commanJ-lnput.sJl

st

:=~
;::

I--

;:::

(Command
Adap.tef. p.1 8)

==

D7

r---

Row 1
Enable

::::

D1

r----

Row 2
Enable

.;:::DO
......
~

(Command

'--

:=

Adapter, p.20)

Row 3
Enable

07

I--

D7

==

Row 5
Enable

D7

Row 6
Enable

.

(Not used)

07

=00
;=

-r-oo:=~
-

=r;)'O"

=
==

==

==
~

01

r~

==
;:::

;::roo:--

r---

r~

==

:=

07

~

.....
==

~

.

07

==00"
;;:

= 07
==

I---

07

=roo"
~

==

=07

r-

r~

~roo

::::00......

-~
=
~
=

==
~
==

r---

~r-oo

==

~

=

r-

07

r--

=D'O
=
==
==

D1

r--

I---

07

'r~

~r~

=
~

=

D1

r~

r--

.

~

00

r--

07

._r~

=.roo-

;::: roo-" I - -

~

:---

r"--

r"--

D7

--

r~

-~
:::
DO

~

01

07

~

I---

==

r--07

r~

...... 00'--

::: 01

:=

g
==

r~

~

Row 8
Enable

.rio.--

-roo==
== 07 -

:=

(Not used)

07

::::00......
r--

t--

07

;::"00
.==
==
t--== 07

:--

~

r-

Row 7
Enable

==
~
==

r~

==
==
==

.

FLo..-

=

r---

r~

:=

Adapter. p.S).

[L--

[~
~

(VIdeo

==

[L-

:=

~ DO

roo

-r~

=
;:: roo

-

:::.

;:: 00
f-

01

-roo-

:=00~

.

==
==

~roo
;:::

;:::

(Command
Adapter. p ..2 2}

=
- roo-

:::

= 07

.

D7

r.......:-

Row 4
Enable

07

r~

=

Adapter.p. 21)

=00
;:::"
I-;:::

!----

r~

~

(Command

==
==
==

r~

-;::r-oo
;:::::
10-

(Comm3nd
Adapter. p.1 9)

:=00-

==
::::

07

07

r--

·.ro.-

r~

."

L

Serial
Status

00··07

SERIAltZER

Add rosslng
128 64

O' 0

I

32

16

0

0 ·0

8

4

0

(Video Adapter) P.7 8r p.10)

2

0

1

=256 bits

o (counter bIts)

I I

.

D

Status Status +

To

Orbit

COUNTER

SERIAlIZER COUNT
DO--07 AOOR. COUNT

Row Enable Count

ROS ADAPTER STATUS FLOW

statu8-flow.sll

I

Revisions

lAl

x

A

Chk

Description

Rev

Approved

Date

RLF Jan78

ENGINEERING RELEASE

I

Dist Code

These drawings and specifications
and the data contained therein,
are the exclusIve property of
Xerox Corporation and/or Rank
Xerox,ltd. issued in strict confidence and shall not.without the
prior written permission of Xerox
Corporation or Rank Xerox,ltd. be
roduced,copled or used for
ny purpose whatsoever except
the manufacture of articles for
Xerox Corporntion or Rank Xerox.

Drawn

Notes Unless Specified

R.FREEMAN

Xerox Corporation

XEROX

1------------+----------...,..---1 EI Segundo, California
1. Tolerances
.xx + .03
.xxx·:!' .010

Check
Angular
0

.+ 1/2

2. Break All Sharp Edges
.010 Approx
3. Mach. Surfaces

SPG

Appr.

ASSEMBLY, P.\V.

Material

ADAPTER (DOVER II)

a

COMMf\ND

\/

4.AII Dim. In Inches

Model No.
First Use

Next Assy.

DOVER II

Finish

Code Ident

Si2e

18338

A

Change Lette r

Dwg. No.

A

217152

I Sheet

1 of

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

1. ASSEMBLE PER MODULE ASSEMBLY SPEC. DWG NO. 216207
2. ITEMS 30 AND 40 MOUNT DIRECTLY TO P.W. BOARD ..
3. PROMS IN LOCATIONS 13E AND. 13F SHOULD BE BLOWN

FROM AN APPROPRIATE SET OF THE FOLLOWING FILES: .
DOVER II -- NDOVlOCA.PROM AND NDOVLOCB.PROM

PIMLICO -- PIMLOCA.PROM !\ND PIMlOCB.PROM
4.· DO NOT POPULATE SPARE LOCATIONS.

These draVlirl£s and speclflcations.and the data
contained thlHein. are the exclusive prop&rty
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox.LtcJ.
issued In strict confidence and shall not. without
the prior written permissIOn of Xerox Cdrporation Rank Xe"cx.ltd .• be reproduced, copIed or
used tor any p~rpose whatsoever. except the
ma.!'uf~c.!ure of.~r!lc.res for Xerox Corporation

Title

ASSEMBLY) P.W .•
COMMAND ADAPTER
(DOVER It)

Xerox Corporation

XEROX

El Segundo, California

A

217152
Sheet

2

Of

..

v
.'
- -.-.. -.-.~.~----~-------------~~..~~-.-

~---------------------------------....

3 REQD

...

®"'-0 N~r------.Bt
-~

Baf

...

i~ ~I

D~I

B;I

DJ

I ~~___ ~~L.----JB
~.&...-..I_.D~L--I____D;l
-

~~l

b~

D;I

D·

. 1I

J . - -_ _

Bsr___D~I
~~I

:.

~-----"

D;1

D~)

D~

·B~I------..£ ~!I

{3 ~~I B~I

Bgl

D-

-1)5f'-00- B~I

!

. !

.- j

.i

·.
.-

-.--J

·D E)

B~I.&...---.1'£ ~&..-I_B ~I___ £J~

~

D~1a..-DJr

~ ~,---f

{3 ~

I ~51.
DEI
I ~

I ~i~ ~I

I~ ~

~. ~

~

:)

Bgl

B~fl' B~

.:. ". =1
I
I . til

D~J
{Jal

c=:~~.

.~.«,..

-£{-»-

Er..-!- - '

8,---1_

B;1

t ..---,

B:~I____D~L-------'~ i~L--1_ D!I

-BlID-I .. onl.:f

D~J'

tJ=

B~l

e~

D~f

e~

~~I

.-"J -..
tJ~ '~~ID
"

{~~~

D~

D~
{3 ~I

~~l

£J~

D~

{j~
fl~

.......--I

u

ASSEHBLY) PRIHTED
CO}r.-IA.!'!D ADAPTElt

J~

•• ::>

.-II

It
~ __________________

T~t::c dr.lwi~l9.. ;tnd sp~cific;ttions. and th~ d:.ta cc.>n·t~tncd l'!r.rC:lIl. 3rc the cxd~ts.;·.m propr.,ty of XNC.~
COrVClr&\t")/I :tnd/o r B:'Ink X(;(o>=. ltel. i:;~lIcd in !.tric:t
cOllfl~lt:!lt(.! :lI\d shall ,'ot. w,tlt(Jut tnt: prior w(illtm
pr;rml~slon of X~rox Corporation or Hallk >:crc.x.
Ltd .• Lc reproduce,S. copied or tI~ed for .,ny I)U'PO'.c
~·~ha.\'>(.~YI~r. cY.~(:Pt tl~c '~l~,~ur~r;tt!re. 0 f :Irlich~~ f (Ir

B~

D1
. . __ ~r" Dil
!I____-.AD I___ {3 (
~) I

~ ~I'

~

D~I
.
D~I

J

'D ~I---.-_ £lsI
~jI·_
___ {J ~l
D fI :1
B;IL--.-...--'-i)gl
'

D

D~

. . . h-IH~"

£s1_____--'tJ ~I
01 ~~f
D~,------,D ~I D~~J---'fI ~I
.: ~~E:] ;,____~e ~r..__I~D ~a_---...£J~I
I J! ~I

,..

).

'i3 ~I

{J~

---....I

~.~~D ~I

I

a

0, • ..... ~;-,

(

i
J

. ·
."f.·

{3 §I___---'B~

~---'

.'

,•
•f
I
f

e~

DEI

@-

0\.._ _ _ _ _ __ J

~--~--------

--

D

These drawings and speclfications.and the data
contained therein, are the exclusive property
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox,Ltd.
Issued In strict confidence and shari not. without
the prior written permlssrOn of Xerox Corporation Rank Xerox,ltd., be reproduced, copied or
used for any p~rpose Whc~ts_~ever,!xce_~~!~~_

Title

ASSEMBLY,P .. W .. COMMAND ADAPTER
{DOVER II}

Xerox Corporation

XEROX

El Segundo, CalifornIa

A

217152
Sheet

Of

Xerox COrpO""2tion
701 South A,-i.ltion Boulevard
90245
EI Segundo, C'llifornia

I I

.' I A

Rev.

Drawi;l9 TlUe

~~

\

ADAPTER (DOVER II)

2
1

S

2

I

.

Date

Model No.

7

1

217152

These drawings and speclfications,and the data
contained therein. are the exclusive proparty
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox,ltd.
Issued In strict confidence and shall not, without
the prtor written permIssiOn of Xerox Corporation Rank XeroJC.ltd., be reproduced. copied or
used for any purpose whatsoever, except the
manufacture 'of articles for Xerox Corporation
or Rank Xerox. U

ASSEMBLY J P.W. - COMMAND

No.

.

Item No.

1

IR;Y~

Drawing No.

Ml

MATERIAL LIST
....

XEROX

-

Title

BOARD,P.W.

.

No .

217153

Sheet

1/12/78

DOVER II

..

.....

No.Req

4

Of

_

1

2

ML

--

.'

"

(T.t)

2

8F.190

1

16B

74S04

5

6F.14D,15C.16C,17E

MICROCIRCUIT.

74S08

S

14B.14E,16E

7

MICROCIRCUIT,

74H10

1

·18A

8

MICROCIRCUIT,

74H11

1

15A

9

MICROCIRCUlT,

7411

3

6A.7A,8A

10

MICROCIRCUtT,

74H21

2

7F,16A

11

MICROCIRCUIT,

74H30

1

5B

12

MICROCIRCUIT,

74532

2

15E.19A

13

MICROCIRCUIT.

74S37

1

14C

14

MICROCIRCUIT,

74S86

1

16F

15

MICROCIRCUIT,

74109

8

16

MICROCIRCUIT,

745138

1

130

11

MICROCIRCUIT,

745151

1

7D

18

MICROCIRCUIT.

74lS153

1

170

19

MICROCIRCUIT,

74lS151

4

3

MICROCIRCUIT.

74HOO

4

MICROCIRCUIT,

74S00

S

MICROCIRCUIT.

6

..

20

MICROCIRCUIT, .

74lS161

21

MICROCIRCUIT,

74S161

22

MICROCIRCUIT.

74lS174

23

MICROCIRCUIT,

74LS175·

D.14A.
150 .. 180.198

15

6
14

1

9E,10E.11E,12E
[1

_3A.

~~ ~n ra. ~~ ~n

11E.8E.13B.15F.17B.18B
1F.3F.5F.8C.10C,12C
'?A '?~ '?f'l ~r:.4A 4~ 4n AF
7(':

~R'Q~~~ 1C.17A"'

7B

,

,

160

~~

5

9F,10F,11F,12F,15B

24

MICROCIRCUIT.

74119

25

MICROCIRCUIT.

74S251

(T.I.)

26

MICROCIRCUIT.

MC10125

(MOTOROLA)

1

17F

27

MICROCiRCUIT.

K1100A

(MOTOROLA) 12.5MHZ

1

6D

28

MICROCIRCUIT.

82$23

(SIGNETICS)

2

13E.13F

20

?A
---

1B.1F=

'?R?J: "Hl ~r:.dR.dJ: OA

98.90 .10A.10B.100.11A .. 11 B.
11D,12A.12B,12D

NOTE3

XEROX

Xerox Corporation
701 South AvIation Boulevard
90245
EI Segundo, California

.

MATERIAL LIST

\~
No.

IML

Drawing Title

ADAPTER (DOVER II)

1
ModeJNo.

7
5

-

Item No.

30

.0.

DELAY LINE

r~·

217152

These drawIngs and speclflcations.and the data
contained therein, are the exclusive property
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox,ltd.
Issued In strlct confidence and shall not. without
the prlorwrltten permissiOn of Xerox Corporation Rank Xerox.ltd •• be reproduced. copied or
used for any purpose whatsoever, except the
manufacture of articles for Xerox Corporatio.n
or Rank Xerox. U,

ASSEMBLY, P.W. - COMMAND

2

1

I

._No.

DOVER II
.,

Title

...

No .

Date

1/12118
No.Req

...

1

17C

117160-331

1

C4

#OOU-4-5100(OATA DELAY DEVICES)

Is~el

Of

SEE NOiE 2.

2
31

Ml

-

32

CAPACITOR•• 330 PF. POLYSTYRENE

•

33

CAPACITOR,

.•01 UFo CERAMIC

188483-001

111

ca-C116

34

CAPACITOR.

22UF TANTALUM

114491-226

3

C1.C2.CS

35

CAPACITOR,

.05UF CERAMIC DISC. 10V.

1

C3 CENTRALAB#UK10-S03

.

36
37

SOCKET. 14 PIN DIP #514·AG11D (AUGAT)

24

SEE NOTE 4.

38

SOCKET. 16 PIN DIP 11516-AG11D (AUGAT)

79

SEE NOTE 4.

39
".~.
:~.

40

OIPSWITCH

41

SWITCH. SPDT,

/I 206-8 (eTS)
117101 (C&K)

1

14F

1

S1

1

P2

SEE NOTE 2.

42
43

CONNECTOR,CABLE. BOX

#3-87516-4 (AMP)

44
45

114P800S4

TEST POINT.

9

46
47

RESISTOR PACK, SIP, 470 OHMS, # 750-S1-R470 (CTS)

3

R12.R13.R14

48

RESISTOR PACK. SIP. 1K OHMS, # 750·S1-R1 K (CTS)

3

R15,R16,R17

49

50

RESISTOR,COMPOSITION,1/4W,5%.

100 OHMS

116447-101

2

R9,R10

51

RESISTOR. COMPOS1TIOl'l. 1/4W, 5%.

470 OHMS

116447-471

1

R1

52

RESISTOR, COMPOSITION. 1/4W, 5%,

1K OHMS

116447-102·

S

53

•••

54

HANDLE

216529

1

55

STIFFENER

216530

1

56

RIVET

156111·002

3

1:

57
58
1;0

.

R2.R3.R4.R5,R6,R7.R8.R11

.-1J~4'~n...;,2=--_s:::..e::;.;r:.;.:la~l.=c..;.:.m;;.;.;n:..::d;.,;;;B;.;.:;t:....'

i-l7e1'ia
Herald

3

CmndStart

4

SerialCmndBit

6
03
11
04
13
05
1~ D6

Command

5

LS174
2
01
a17
5
02
02

D1

CmndResQl

03 7
04 10
12
05
06

SerlalCmndBit
OualBit
CmndStart
CmndBeqin

CmndBe~ln'

pu2

J5

CU< CLR

91

CmndReset

C)

.

1

1~3
2

2M
1E/'

BltError

f16

13 H11

J

Cmndlsln'

11
12 14

1 pr r2

~

J S 0

10 LlneNoise.

N109

12 ...

C
a14b
pu2 13 "..,
K R Q' ~

'"

"'"

15Y

CmndClkEriab

55

•

rM

EJpToRosClkB

6

ElpToRosClkB'

r-~~r-----~-------+--~-----------+--~--------~~~~LJl~~-r--------~~~~~

CmndBeQin'

.

~~

Cmndlsln 3
Gnd

i

2

4

J S 0 ~6:::..-..-!-:---=C:.:...:m..:..:n.:..:d::...:T:..:.;im~e.:.:rO::;.;n:.:..

~t~R:. : e~s~et:. . ,

pu2
~

7

O·~-..;.-....

1

1~1______~

________

Compare
Mismatch

~

5

H21\6

4

5~

2

~
3

pu2

CmndReset

12

Comm an d R
· r
ecelve
HosAdaot Control and Error Detection

----

2

Cmnc!Exec

't

J S 0

6

CompareError

N109

C
a14a

~ompa reError'

7
.... K ROt

n

~

ASSEMBLY, P.W.-COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)

I. XEROX 1'P,o/ecl
T T.
L

o·
c1

1

M-.11 TimerRst'
13

SPG

CmndExecuta

N109.

:: C
a13a

CmndDe-adTtmeDone' 3 "
.... K R

10

: H~~.\6

~~~I~~~~~

Designer

File

Dr3wing Numbor

. 217152
Rov

I

Adapl1crn'o6.si
--_____
____
~

~

Ron Frecrnan

A

1/5/78

6

~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L _ _ _ _ _ _~

Cmndlsln

6

12 Cmndlsln'

1

r3

RC

12

QD 11
12

CmndStart

2

Cmndlsln

1

CmndOeadTimeDon9'

Compare

CmndTim&rOn

~oRosClkB

EI

15
RC

14
3

CmndClkEnab

I----...::...JCLK
S 161
J----I----.:::...N

ul-

~--4-----4-----~nCLR

J S o~10~~_C_m
__n_dF_F____
• N109

12

C
a13b

;::;.G.;.;.nd=--_1~3~ K R 0' ~.

15

6
CmndTimerOn

I

XEROX
~pr,

I

Project

.....TT ..

5

Drawing Number

ASSEMBLY, P.W. ~ COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER ll)
COMMAND TIMING
• RF~ISTE:R

File

Designe-r

Adaptlcm07.si "Ron Freeman

217152
Rev

A

Date

1/5/78

Pi1ge

7

Buff&rR!ts&'-

8

•

10

Cmodlsln

L

13

~f ....
! .. r

Car.OOR

14

Car.01R

15

Car.02R

2

CaL03R

3

EipToRosCU;B'

6

SH

00' ~2

D

OD

N179

OB

112

B

OA

A
I'

.
6d

Car.01R

7

Car.02R

5

Car.03R

SOl

R

~8

9

CLK

~

Car.02

2

d14a

... 15
YO IIV'
I... 14
Y1 IV

AO

A1

13

1__ 13
Y2 IV
12
S138 Y3 IV'
11
d13Y4 IV'
[,.. 10.
CorlStrobe 6 E1
Y5 IV'
5_
Car.OO
Y6
E2
""
4_
Gnd
Y7
E3

3

d14f
3

d14b
10 SotlineSyncDela
11 ~ S04

.

pJLpJ

d14e

6 SetPaQeSvncDela

5 -S04

d14c
.

Local

10

L

13

3

~a1

Car.04R

14

Car.OSH

15

Car.06R

2

Car.07R

3

Oot

SH

OC

C

08

111

B

OA

A

"
LocalSw

9

Car.OSR

7

Car.OSR

5

Car.07R

12

CmndLocal

Car.15

S3
13 e15

4

D1

CLK

11

4
Car.13 12

. Note: .05ul is
connected from

Car.12 13

n 18 togrount:l.

10

(C3)

,

13

locallntt

Car.08R

14

Car.09R

15

Car~10R

2
6

00' ~2
11 Car.08R

SH

oC

C
B

OB

f10

OA

A

9

Car.09R

7

Car.l0R

5

Car.11R

SetStbFF

*

J S 0
N109

12 ,..

"'"

Gnd 13 _

~

"'"

10
CmndShEnab13

9l:o/

11
9~
~32

no

8 CorlSt Fe

10~

.

).

.

C
d15b
K RO'

[j

Car.12R

14

Car.13R

15

Car.14R

2

Car.15R

3

00

N179

0

OC

C.
B

ExtStrobe

00' f-a12

SH

08

f09

OA

A

1'(

1'1 Car.12R

9

Car.13R

12~
508 11

7

Car.14R

13~

5

Car.15R

!

~

L...t..
pu2

EipToRosClkB'

41

13
15

Gnd

SOl

J.Q...

L

10'\
-l586
Car.OOR 9
(16

_

8 Mismatch'

Mismatch

1 S04 ~..J.

00

OC

C
b15

B

3

6 ,.
'-

OB

11

~1 ~ 10

7

13 504

~~
5

QA ~

A

12

c15f

eLK
SOl

41..

1

COMMAND ASSEMBLY
tU:r:I~TI=R

N179

0

R

Z

I

00' ~2

5H

I

CmndExecuh:

~pr,

TestP'ageSync

CmndExecute'

R

I

Test~ClgeSynct

l

6 , elK
-..

p"olec.
TTL.

CmndLocal'

ClkStrobeFF

L:{SDB\8

XEROX

CmndBeamOnt
Cn:tndLocat

15

lReset'

-....

CmndB9amOn

14

CmndStb

CmndClkEna ble

SerialCmndBii'

3

LocalSt robe

11A

SOl
4

1Y

9(

lResel'

Gnd 14

R

Cmndlsln'

TestMode
TestMode'

11
03'
15
04

04

SetScales

elK

..

2

ClK CLR

00

N179

0

.,.

01

04'

L

3

Car.l1R

11 LocalVid90:nable~

1
LS17Sl '
7
02
02
6
d16Q2 '
10
03
03

5

Car.14

SOl

R

SetVld&oGate

4

S04

c15·b

rJ2
11 Car.04R

00

N179

D

6
18

.ExtCmnd1

8

d14d

3

J~32

SetMotorSpeed

4

SO 4'

9 -S04

1

,
SetBitClock

12

S04

A2

"

~

4

1Y

1

Car.Ol

11 Car.OOR

oC

C

Car.03

SetScal es.

2

1-S04

~nr1

lReset'

~

c16~

Drawing 1'IlJmb~r

ASSEMBLY) P.W.· COtv'iMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)
File

Designer

Adap~~c~08.si Ron Freeman

217152
Rev

A

D ..

,o

1/5/78

Page

8

.

"u"up 1Kohm

'0 application.

No'e: Blow PROM's according

'0'

Typical
lJlIPROM

Use liles PIMLOCA.PROM and PIMLOCB.PROM

outputs

for P/MLlCOi files NDOVLOCA.PROM and
NDOVLOCB.PROM 10'

Swltch4
Swltch3

DOVER".

10
11

ladr.01

12

Ladr.02

13

ladr.03

14

AO

80

A1

81

A2 e 13 82
A3

83

A4

84

S8223
15" _

local'

2

4_
.".

........ 1.

3_

'"

IReset'

3

Car.02l

4

Car.03l

5

Car.04L

6

Car.OSL

7

Car.06L

9

Car.07l

N109

7

locatlnlt

~
~
~

r--!.
2

...... 4 ... .,

3 S04

OD

D
C
B

11

V1

Car.OO

4

14

7
A4 Y2
9
3 lS157
Y3
81
12
6
Y4
B2
10
83
13
84
SEl

Car.07R

2

Car.06R

5

Car.05R

11

Car.04R

14

f1S

A

QC
08

13

1S?

A2

A3

~~

011
V1

4

CLK
lS1S1
LD
-"

I.....-

1

tJ.

-'" elR
CEP CEl
pu3

f)ipswltch
Pi
Pi6 ~6
P2
PiS ~
14
P3
P14
13
P4 '14 P13
12
P5
P12
~
P6
P11 t-P7
P10 ~.
P8 PLATP9

10

Swltch4

10

Switch 3

11

~ 86

~'6

AO

80

A1

81

1

J.

6

f16

~,'17

Car.09l

3
82
A2
4
AS f13 83

Car.10t

ladr.01

12

ladr~02

13

Ladr.03

14 A4

84

Car.11l

5

Car.12l

6

Car.i3l .

B5
4 pr r16d
S8223 86 7
15 _
9
local'
B7
-" CE

"\7

~r169

God

1S?

V
LocatStrobe

Car.i0R

2

Car.i1R

5

Car.09R

11

Car.08R

14

L!.
6

~
.-W

13

A1
A2
A3

e10

Y1

4

7

A4 V2
lS1S
9
Y3
B1
12
Y4
B2

IP-rf&L'

Car.10
Car.11
Car.09
Car.08

B3
B4
SEl
1

Car.14l

ST

15'(

Gnd

~"

Car.1St
Car.14R

2

Car.iSR

5

Car.i3R

11

Car.12R

14

A1
A2.
A3

e9
Vi

4

Car.14

7

Car.i5

A4
V2
lS1S7
9
Y3
81
12
6
Y4
B2
10
B3

3

Car.i3
Car.12

~ B4

mJ

SEt
1

ST

1SY

Local

I

Car.04

~~

r-a'161
SelectleadEdge
VideoPola rit v

Car.OS
Car.OS

ST

e:~6

Car.Oal

2

Car.07

84

14 ladr.03
QA

o Local 9 ,.

Car.01

Gnd

7

1

13 Ladr.02

Car.02

A1

SEL

12 Ladr.01

Car.03

ST

·A4 Y2
lS1S
9
.~ B1
12
6 82 Y4
10
83

e17e
Ladr.OO

5 pr r16e

l

A3

1

~6

1S
RC

1Y

7( 10

3
4
S

-L:f--l

A1
A2 e12

Y3

b19a
K RO'

IReset'

}

11

C

e

Gnd

Car.02R

Car.OOl

Car.01l

6
J S 0 f-et

2

5

Car.01R

~r15b

2

SA

CrvstaIC'oc~/2'

CrystalClock/2

86

87

CE

""-

ladrCrv
Du1

85

1

Car.OOR
Car.03a

Gnd

~

ASSEMBLY, P.W.· COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)

.

XEROX
LOCAL MODE LOGIC AND
SPG Rn<:.Arl~nt COMMAND ~IlULTIPLEXER

File

Des;gner

AdapJlcm09.si Ron Freeman

Drawing Number

217152
Rev

A

D:Jle

1/5/78

Page

9

DeJayedPaQeSvnc

..

3
.... 4
1---..;;;;...aS04 ".,
1Gb

~.

DelayedPageSync'

15
3

Car 09

4

Car 08
CarOS

lS174
01
01

02

Psdr.OO

6

2

_-----~:...r.

02 5

r-i1-_ _
P_Sd_r_.O_1_ _-=5:.J

I

7

6

0314 03
11
04 10
04
12
13
05
05
15
14
06
06

RC 11

D
C

00 ',a'
OC )2

__PS_d_r_.O_2_ _. . ;.4..... B 15 08 )

~~-1--~~--~II _---~2~ClK

Car.04

Car OS
~7

SetPageS'/flcOeJav

ClK

ClR

9

1~

Psdr.03

3

A

9

3

OA J4

lS161

_--=~"",rllO

rt<: CEP
ClR
CEl
71

10

15

RC
OD .J 1

Psdr.04

--......-+--!I--+-~6:..1 0
_ _ _:..P::.:sd::.:r~.O:::..:5=----!I--+--I--.!:5~ C
1..-_ _ _

OC J2

__----=P"-"s:;.;:;d-=.;r.:.;:;O~6~-+--I---4--4..:..r B .3 OS ~3
__---=P"-"s:;..:d;.:.;r.;.=O:.:..7--+--I---4-....;3::...1 A
OA ~ 4
1---1--4-.....=.2,., eLK

9

lS161

s.-~:;"'''\.i'''''LO

r.1.c eLR
CEP. C:r

71

~
.~

Car.15

3

Car.13

4

lS174
01
D1

02

02

2
6

0

5
4

C

11
.00 ...
12
QC ...

~~~~~-~-4--+-~B

.1 OB~13

3

A

?sdr.08
Psdr.09

6

11

Car.l1
Car.14

Psdr.10
Psdr.l1

OA~14

1---f---I---==2~ CL K

ClK eLR

. SetPageS'l!lcDalav

15
RC

5

7
03f2 03
04 .1L
04
12
13
05
05
15
14
OS
06

Car.12
Car.l0

10

lS 161
... LD

• _..J-.!:9:...ri

....

91 1~5

~CLR
CEP CET

7

__
1St-+-"
~ 0

ra. C
~

-.!t

OA 114 lIneCount.03

\.1"2

~3
_..-L:..=..
..cr"'i

~=~=+---';"':::.J.·ClK

-

r~ U~·S161
~

r7

Jj-~ J S Q-1Q...

l' lIneCount.01

8 b13OB 13 LineCount.02

~
~ A

UneSyn c

1 pr

I)..

00 '11 UneCount.OO

OC

pus

1.;1

RC

10

1

Nl09
C
c13b 9
K R O' f-15

Y

~~---~

CLR

CEP eEl
10
.pu1
~_-1----J.-_.L..-..r---JJ

71

11SA

~ J

PaCle$vnc

~

~S08

~S..;..e~nd~V~i~d..;..eO~P~.J~I~Sa~'__~~2~J~e1

1
\;"0TTL.
0<'

N109

C

~,.. e13a
7
- - . K R O'~·

etPageSync :>,,-·~;...;I..;..aY.L..t·_ _1:..J"'1.

.\ XEROX
SPG

4

~=::;..L;.:':::----l(.--:....,j",:1

S 0 ~6::'-'_-L..:P:...:a~Qt:::e.::::S~vlnc:::..:C:::..:o:::..:u:::.!.n!!.t=.:En~a:!!b:!.!l::!!ed~_.

3

PAGE SYNC DELA Y

BosAda.tGENERATOR.

11

DrawIng Number

ASSEMBLY, P.W. - COMMAND

217152

ADAPTER (DOVER 1I)
Filo

Page

Designer

AdapJlcm10.si Ron Freeman

A

1/5/78

10

• Test Poln,
OelayedUneSvnc

5 504 ..... 6
16c

15
Car.09

3

Car.OS

4

Car.OS

6

Car.04
Car.OS

11
13

Car.07

14

;

LS174
01 . 01
02
03

~

02
03

04d404
05

05

06·

06

5

I

7
10

12

I

lsdr.OO
lsdr.01

6

lsdr.02

4

lsdr.03

3

I

15

sy

RC

00 ~11

D

OC f-12
B d5 OB ~3
14
OA
A

C

r-

2

CLK
9,.. LS161
lO

"

..!..c

CLK ClR

SetUneSyncDeJay

5

47

OelayedLineSvnc'

1~

CLR
CEP C:1

71

10

15
lsdr.04

6

lsdr.05
lsdr.06

5

4

lsdr.07

3

2
9
~

RC
00 f411
OC f412

D

C
B d3 OB f413
14
OA 'ra
A
CLK
S161

U!r

CLR
r-Lc CEP
eEl.
7l 10

Car.15

3

Car.13

4

Car.12

6

XUne

LS174
2
01
01
5
02
02

15

7

lsdr.08

6

lsdr.09

5

Car.11

11 ·04 d2
04 J.Q.12
13

lsdr.10

4

Car.14

14

lsdr.11

3

Car.10

03

03

05

05

OS·

06

15

RC
C
B

11

00 ra

D
dt

A

OC f412
OB f413
OA f414

2
elK ClR
Setl.lneSyncDetay

9

9j1~

CLK
LS1S1
'" LO

r-l-c ClR

CEP eEl
10

71

1 pr

r5

pu4

pu4

111
~ J S 0 10
95

ScatedBitCIock/4

12 v'"

~
BitCtockResetA'

I

XEROX
SPG

I

ProJect

TTL

loadLfneCount'

N109

t
b6b
9
K R O' 'r-

15Y

ASSEMBLY, P.w. ~ COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)

LINE SYNC OELA Y

On~ft~~~4GENERATOR

File

Designer

Adapllcm11.si Ron Freernan

Drawln9 Number

217152
Rev

A

D.-.te

1/5/78

11

.1

f

SDeedClockEnabJe
1 SO
f6a

15
Car.09

3

lS174
2
01

Car.OS

D1
4
D2

Car.05

S

Car.04

11

Car.OS

13

Car.07

14

•

02

D3 c 4 03
D4

04

DS

05

D6

06

rL
7

I

10

Msr.OO

6

Msr.01

5

Msr.02

4

Msr.03

3

I

12
1S

RC
00

C

OC }2

.J1 .
)3

QA ~4

A

2
CLK
9_ lS1S1

"'"

~

CLK ClR

LO

ClR
CEP

9Y~~·

SetMotorSoeed

D

Bc5 oB

_ 2 SpeedClockEnable'

C~

7~
1S
Msr.04.

6

Msr.OS

5

Msr.05

4

Msr.01

3
2
9_

'"

r1-c

RC
OD ..11
Oc J2

0

C

Bc30B J3
OA

A

.J4

CLK
S161
Lb
CLR
CEP CE~

71~
Car.1S

3

Car.13

4

Car.12

6

Car.tO

11

Car.lt

13

Car.14

14

lS174
01 'r-2
5
02
02
7
03 c 2 03
04
04 ~

D1

OS
06

OS

06

. 15

f

I

12
1S

t

Msr.08

6

Msr.09

5

Msr.10

4

Gnd

3
2

eLK CLR

9-Y·1~

SetMotorSpeed

9_

"""

~7

~

0

OC ~12
C
Bc1 oB
14
QA
A

J.3

CrvstatClock 12

eLK
LS161

lD

CLR
CEP CEJ:
10

71
Osc connects to 1-7 and
10-16. GND on 7; Vee on 16

RC
00 ~1

"u4

K 1100a OSC-12.5 MHZ

.

P16 f--~6
P1
P15 ~5
:~"" P2
P14 ~~4
P3
41'"
... P4d6 P13 ~~3
P12 f.w~2
P5
11
P6
P11 t-1OCrystalClock
PtO
~ P7
it- P8 PLATP9 ~
.~

.

:,.....
...

I

Drawing Number

ASSEMBLY, P.\V ... COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)
XEROX
SPG

I~
c

>,o/ecl

:~~~·rI~

]

.. ,

MOTOR SPEED CLOCK
GENERATOR
-

File

Designer

Adapllcm12.si Ron Freeman

217152
Rev

A

Date

1/5/78

J

Page

1

~

1~
1

"

YQwrCarry
~--~5~S04 ~~~6-r
____~V~'~~'w~r~C_a_rr~'v_'~____
...,

f~.

c.1Sc.

~ -,

1S
Car.09
Car.08
Car.OS
Car.04
C~r.06

Car.07

lS174
0,1 ...L01
4
02
02 5
7 •
6
03
03
c11
11 04
04 10
13
12
05
05
1J;;.
14
06
06 I3

RC
00 J 1
OC )2

_ -....VJJoM,. ;.'w....r.-.O'-'o----------6-. 0
......-=-V~g'w~r.:;...n...;.1______
5~ C

__-v.;..rg....'~;.;..I_r.~O=-2----4__t B c1?oB J3
~V~Qlw.:.;...;.;r.:.::;;O.;:::.3_--='3_1 A

I

QA J4

_--_2""1, ClK
,9...
lS161
'" lO

r1<:

Clle ClR

ClR
CEP CEl

~s.;:::.et~V~id~e~o~G~a_t_e______g~ 1~

7

Ygwr.04

6

VQwr.OS

5

Vgwr.06

4

VQwr.07

3

2

10

.

15
RC
0

OD ~11

C

OC J2

B e10QB J3

OA ..J4

A
elK

9" UJ-S161

'"

ClR
r1< CEP
7

~

Car.1S

3

Car.13

4

Car.12

6

Car.10

11

Car.l1

13

Car.14

14

lS174
01
01
02

03

04

c9

2

DS'

Q5

06

05

6

0

Vgwr.09

5

C

Vgwr.10

4

Vowr.08

--llL
12

c8

r--+--~~.:...;...:~-t---lf--~B

I ____V~..-....;.;.'w__r.;...;.1-"-1+-+--+-...;;3-1 A

15

9 _

,;: ;s.: ;.e.:. ;tV:. :.id;: ;.e:.:O: ;.:G: :.:a: ;.: t~e_ _ _9--,J1 ~

I-~;"""n

YLine

2

1~3
e15

30uadVideo

U

RC

ooJ1
OCJ2

QsJ3
OAJ4

rJ-<;

lS161
lO

ClR
CEP

c.1;]

7 10
__---~~----r_~----r---L-----~p~'U::;.:6~--r_--~1~pr r4

9 ~

_E~x~te~n~d~V~id:.:e: ;.:~ '__~1~O~~ 8

1

t-11---t-..;;2~ ClK

ClK ClR

VgwrCarrv

XUne

15

02 S
7
03

04

C~

10

I

5
J

,
s 02-

N109
LlneCount.02

4 ,..

.;::.:..===,;;;.--=;----"---~.n
....

C
. 3 _ .d8a

pu6

----1-1~r---------=-o'"
D~~edPaaeSvnc

~

2

K 1R O'

I,n.,.

,r--------_

\.. 3

SendVideoPulse"

rn-:~--==;:;..:..~.=...;=.;:;...-

E/

14 J S Q~1~O~~S~e~n~dV~I~·d~e~o~-~-----~--~--~------~-~-----~-~68

13,., d8b
9
SendVideo'
13~
h--------------~~n K RQ'~~~~~~--~Inuu \~1~1~~B~e~t~w~e~e~n=P~aq~e~B~e~a7m~O~nt----~1~0~
0
12
EndScanBeamOn·
9~
15 1
~f8d
12~H21

...

~
'

1>.3
SetvldeoGate·
72

Pri'ltMode

XEROX
---

r

7estPoint

.....

':~

I

~

1__+-----....;1"-1~HOO

N109
12_ C

lineSync

~

1_

Project

TTl

1;J=~:

11

V

StatusBeamOn·

CmndBeamOn'

rJ

13

r8
_ _ _ _-:.:B.::;.ea;;;.;m~O.=..;.;.n_·--I 93

~f7b

r--

~~------------------------------_r------------------Drawing tlumbN
ASSEMBLY, P.\V.· COMMAND
217152
ADAPTER (DOVER

in

VIDEO GATE WIDTH

File
Arl!:lnltr:m

Designer

1 :l_~iRon Freernan

Rev'

A

DOlte

1/5/78

Page

Car.06

3

Car.OS

4

Car~04

6

Car.OS

11

Car.09

13

Car.07

14

-

lS174
2
01
01
5
D2
02
03
03 7
e7
10
Q4
04
12
05
05
15
06
06

BitScale.02
BitScale~v1

BitScale.OO

94
97

~.

26

MotorScale.01

..;:Ca::.::..:.r~.1:..:::0:.....-___...:;2~ J

4

MotorScal9.00

.-p..c

N109
C

3
L.2..c

elK CLR

9

o

d1sa
7
ExtendVldeo'
K R Ott-'----=~~~_
~

1~

9

S O ...6.::::-._ _ _ _E_x_le_n....:d_V...:..id.;"..e:....:o:..-

MotorScale.02

1

SetScales
IReset~

.

RC

~

0

OD~1~1

~

C

OC~12~

~

____________________~~~~____~
4
DO
__________________~~~~____~
3 01 S151
Be? QB~13~__________________~~~~~__~~
2
02

3

r"stalClock
'1\ ~ A
C
~"1.::.:.':::;,:::::;:,::.:::.:.;..._.....;_..:2;..&
ClK

1

14

QA~,;.--------------I--I--l~--~ 03
15

r----=-9~-a LI~'S 161
1 ""
t-----:;.,.,:;n CLR

7~
RC
Q(.l

V2
. puS

9_

~

I

470 ohms

1 P' ,1

PolvClock Ret u rn

SELA
SELB
9
SELC

11

Gnd 1_

I~ C
OC
r-.1.. Be8 OS 13
OA

06 d7

~6

10

12

~ A

13

y'

12 Poly~on Moto rClock

•aSf

11

15
0

04
05

12 07

CEP CEl

,J..

14

5 13 N1

Y

~

14

CLK

."

,

STR

TestUneSvnc

lS161
lO

CLR

CEP CEI
SDeedClockEna ble

I

71

10

ASSEMBLY, P.W.· COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)

XEROxlpTOJect

SPG
.

P'~;~daPt
.
.

POLYGON MOTOR CLOCK
SCALING REGISTER

File

Designer

Adapllcm15.si Ron Freeman

Drawing Number

217152
Rev

A

DOlle

1/5/78

15

Allpullups on 7417
outputs aTe 470 ohms

({.

ExCmnd1.00

1

46

ExCmnd1.01
Car.OS

3

Car.OS

4

Car.04

6

Car.08.

11

Car.09

13

Car.07

14

LS174
01
01
02

45

2

02

ExCmnd1.02

44

03b7 03

D4

04

05

05

06

06

10
12
15

ExCmnd1.03

43

11

r13c

13

~=-_-4-

____,.,-::E::.;x::.;::C;.:.;m;:..;.n.:.::d:...;:1...;..;.O~5=---I 41

ExCmnd1.0S

·1

40

.~
ExC.mnd1.07
Car.12

3

Car.11

4

Car.10

6

Car.14

11

Caf'.15

13

Car.13

14

lS174

01

D1

D2

02

03

03

04

05
D6

b8

04

as
Q6

39

2
5
ExCmnd1.08

7

38

10

12

~r129

15

ExCmnd1.09

m:J

elK ClR
IReset'

·I

ExtCmnd1

9

ExtShobe

10

XEROX 1~)lojec,
~pr,
TTL.

11

ExCmnd1.10

13

ExCmnd1.11

11

8

File

35

~~__~________~E~x~C~m~n~d~C~lk~~34

Drawing Number

ASSEMBLY, P.W. - COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER Il)
EXTERNAL COMMAND

36

Dvsigner

Adapllcm 16.si Ron

Freem~n

217152
Rev

A

D,,'c

1/5/78

16

50S'
TrailS nc

6

7

EOS'
DDU-4-5100 DelayUne located
In1-7andto-t6.
.Gnd7; Vce 16

Test Point

1CO
1Y
1C1
1C2 d17
1G
1C3
. lS153
2CO
2Y
2C1
2C2

15
14
13
12

1

11
~~8~~_______________~l~S~D~1~O~0_'4

10

51

9

2G

2C3

TeslPoint
6

B

A
SelectleadEd

16

7

BitClockRes&tA'

&

TestMod&

~--------------------------+----------------------f73

Note: 330pf Is conn~tltd
'rom Pin 2 t to GND
~3~~B~itC~I~o~ck~R~e~s~e~tB~'~52

(C4)

r__--------------. Test

P2
1

EOS-

10

100 ohms connected
between + andInputs
(Rg)

2
S

6

Point

EOS+

EOS'

_---------a Test Point

SOS-

8

100 ohms connected
between + andInputs
(RIO)

SOS'

+5VO
~~---~-----------~------~----~ 3

SOS+

C1~~C2 ~C6--C115

~~G_n-d----- ---_~

~

__

1o---:rr:J

.....----1 53
'----[El'

-5.2 Volts

-5 VOL

~I~~II-'---------"-----~---O[J

C5 ~

IXERoxlpfoiecI
SPG

_TTL

~

DU-Jwlng Number

ASSEMBLY t P.W. - COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)
START OF SCAN-END OF
, . . _ 11. ....

r..r--rr-_...-.r..t..1 • r\.r"Ir'

File

Designer

Adaplicm 17 .si Ron Freernan

'"---'[}E]

C116

217152
Rev

A

Data

1/5/78

17

1

114

~r8

I ExtS'5!tusBea m Oo"

1~\~

~.tStatusBeamOn'

} S8
f16

SI

•

"~'0
oe

11

h

~~r11

r

13

I

Car.12

4

Car.08

3

Car.04

2

Car.OO

1

StatusBeamOn'

00
D1

S251

D2

Y

D3

5

StatOut.OO

66

Car.13

4

Car.09

3

Car.OS

2

Car.01

1 03

y' ~

15. D4

14. 05
Status BeamOn

13

SendVideo

12

StatusAdr.05'

11

StatusAdr.04'

10

StatusAdr.03'

9

StatusRow.OO'

7_

D6 d12
PrlntMode

07

00
01

S251

02

Y 5
Y' .f

StatOut.01

r
L

15. 04
14. 05
13. 06 d11
12
07

i

48
49
99

92

11

SElA

I

SEtA

10

SELS
SELC

SELC

t

.'" STR

I

SEtB

9

STR

I

I

I

,.,

".

Car.14

4

Car.10

3

Car.06

2

Car.02

1

DO
D1

S251

02
03

15. 04
14. 05
Local

5

y'

..6

StatOut.02

9

-

7,.,

Car.07

2

Car.03

1

DO
01

1'\.
89

07

10

81

4
3

02
03

1-;',o;OCI
TTL.

BeamEnabfa

9

SElC
7

STR

SElS
SELC
STR

Drawjng Numb~1

[:." .... "

,.I .........

ROW 00

I

217152
Rev

Adapllcm18.si) Ron Freenlan

A

Designer

•

I

Y' ~

05 d9

I

File

StatOut.03

SEtA

10

SELB

5

07

11

SELA

,ISTATUS MULTIPLEXER

Y

13... 06
12

ASSEMBLY s. P.VJ.· COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)
XEROX
SPG

S251

15... 04

13. 06 d10
12

11

I

Y

Car.15
Car.11

Date

Page

I
I

1/5/78

t~

A.
~

...

50

Msr.08

4

Msr.04

3

Msr.OO

2

SelectleadEdq&

1

Bcr.08

15

Bcr.04

14

Bcr.OO

13

VideoPolarlty

12

StatusAdr .05'

11

StatusAdr.04'

10

StatusAdr .03'

9

StatusRow .01'

7_

t~.
\],
..
,

.""

Msr.10

4

Msr.06

3

Msr.02

2

""otorScale.01

1

Bcr.10

15

BCf~06

14

Bcr.02

13

BitScale.01

12
11
10
9

00
5251
01
02

Y

03

y'

04

5

4
3

Msr.01

2

MotorScale.OO

StatOut.OO

J>

05
06

Msr.09
Msr.05

b4

1

Bcr.09

15

Bcr.OS

14

Bcr.01

13

BitScale.OO 12

07

11

SElA

10

SELS

9

SElC

01

S251

02

Y

03
05

5

M5r.11

4

Msr.07

3

M5r.03

2

b2

Bcr.11

15

Bcr.07

14

Bcr.03

13

BitSca!e.02

07

10

SELB

9

SElC
7

"'""

p;'OJOCI

I

STATUS MULTIPLEXER

TTL".-I_ ..• ROW01

r. __

12

11

S:::LA

7" STR

XEROX
SPG

1

Moto rScale.02

StatOut.02

y" ~6

O~

06

01

S251

02

5

03

Y

04

y' ..6

StatOut.01

05

06

b3

07
SELA'
SELB
SELC

~STR

STR

DO

DO

DO

S251

01

02
5

03

Y

04

y. ~6.

StatOut.03

05
06 h1
07
SElA
SElB
SElC

STR

ASSEMBLY, P.W. ~ COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER n)

DUHving Number

Fife

D.:>te-

.

IDesigner

Adapllcm19.sil Ron Freeman

217152

1/5/78

'.[iQ@-

Psdr.08

4

Psdr.04

3

Psdr.OO

2

Switch4

1

Lsdr.OS

15

Lsdr.04

14

Lsdr.OO

.13

Swltch3

12

StatusAdr .05'

11

StatusAdr .04'

10

StatusAdr.03'

9

. StatusRow.02'

7,..

00
5251
01
02

5

V
V' ~6

03
04

StatOut.OO

-

D5

e4

06

Psdr.09

4

Psdr.05

3

Psdr.01

2

CmndLocal

1

lsdr.09

15

lsdr.05

14

lsdr.01

13

4

Psdr.06

3

Psdr.02

2

CmndBeamOn

1

Lsdr.10

15

lsdr.06

14

Lsdr.02

13

ExtendVideo

12
11
10
9

01
02

Y

03

5

StatOut.02

y' ~

04
05

e2

Psdr.11

4

Psdr.07

3

Psdr.03

2

TestMode

1

lsdr.11

15

lsdr.07

14

lsdr.03

13

TesfPaqeSync'

D7
SELA

[

SPG

-roject

00

D1

V

04

yl ~6

07
SELA' SELB
SELC
STR

ASSEMBLY, P.W.· COMMAND
ADAPTER (DOVER II)
Adapllcm20.si Ron Freeman

StatOut.03

e1

06

7

Designer

5

03
05

9

File

S251

02

12

SElC

STATUS MULTIPLEXER
:osAdapt ROW 02

ETTL.

SELB
SElC

10

SElS

.... STR

r

07
SElA

11

7,..

:XEROX

06 e3

~STR

S251

06

StatOut.01

05

9

SElC

V
V' f-6

04

10

SElS

5

03

11

SELA

DO

02

1'.

07

-'" STR

Psdr.10

00
S251
01

Drawing Number

217152
Rev

A

D.'ltg

1/5/78

'P;"lge

20

Vgwr.08
V9wr.04

3

V9wr.OO

2

LtneCount.OO

1

ExCmnd1.08

15

ExCmnd1.04

14

ExCmnd 1 •.()O

13

LtneNoise

77

12

StatusAdr.OS'

11

StatusAdr.04'

10

StatusAdr .03'

9

StatusRow.03'

91

4

00
01

Vgwr~09

4

V9wr.05

3

V9wr.01

2

llneCount.01

1

S25 1

02

Y

03

Y"

04

5

StatOut.OO

6

ra

05
06
07 b12

ExCmnd1.09

15

ExCmnd1.05

14

ExCmnd1.01

13

Comj!a reE r ro r

12

4

V9wr.06

3

Vjlwr.02

2

UneCount.02

1

ExCmnd1.10

15

ExCmnd1.06

14

ExCmnd1.02

13

Buff9rUnderfl~w

12
11
10

9

01

Vgwr.11

4

VgYlr.07

3

V~wr.03

2

UneCount.03

1

02

D4

Y 5
Y' ,..0

StatOut.02

D5
D6 biO
07

XEROX
SPG

P~erox. Ltd. i!>sued in strict
cO/lfi~te!lc(: ifllll stlatl not. without lhc prior wr;tlcn
pcrml:;'io.CIIl of Xerox Cor(Jortttion or H.tntt X':I (JX.
Ltd., be rt:prOdUCf:d, copt~d or \I~!:d for rt <;;,:
Wh.ltsoc\'cr. excel" the m.uUJfill.:turc of arlicl~ for
Xerox C:O:'l.oriltion or B.mk Xerox. ltd.

SIDE

...

_.J

---------------------.------~--~

._>;.C!.9!:_~~~J~.'!~~~.iC>o_

T itl(:

ASSENBl.Y, P

\~

)/Et,~;-)~'

[ l Segundo. CCllifo:nia

\.

Slicer

3

Ii.

~~\.tJl~~:

2·-1-6-5-5-(..·----=c~--~.

VIDEO ADAPTEn
..J-_ _ _ _ _.:..------~------'-----

t[,1:L(:I'13)

~~7~
iO}i:ONENT

'"-------------.-------------------~---

r

0

l.-:..:

$:
~

j

"I
I

.

REF.@)

-Ii

_0_'__).:.~___-=---j

.

r ...... ----- .. - ------ .. -- ... --- .. ----------------------- ... ---....
:
.
:

...•

,: :.

'.'

.

PACKET SYNC

15 14

13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05

00

DATA 00

15 14

13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

DATA 01

94

03 02 01

1S 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

DATA 02

14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00

DATA 03

15
(Input from
Orbit)

(DATA PACKET)

p.11

p.11

p.l0
R(}SOATAOO·

,....-

c

r---

BUF DATA 00'
BUFOATAOP

ROSOATA00
ROSOATA01
ROSOATA02
ROSDATA03

ROSOATAOO +

(TYPICAL. 4 PLACES)

R"F nATA n,'
RUF DATA 03'

---.

~

p.13

-

Radr..
r--

.
p.g

p.g
..--

r---

S
E
L

A
~

III

I '

A

u·
F

I

-

4

,

,....-

S

B

I---

C

r-- A
r-- 8
I--

B rr-

II/I

B

01

video 01

U

F

C

vJdooOO

D

J .

Read 5012

-

p.14
video

WEnbB'

SalB

.

00

Read Sol 1

~I-

L

A

~

r--

B

E

-i===

~

t-- D

p.g

p.9

I

4

WEnbA

SelA

p.g

f--

B I---

"--

.,.....

'1--

r------

.

p.9

p.9

-

Ii-

roo--

r---

S
E

L

C

C

~i-

~iB I--U
F

illil

4

,

WEnbC'

Sefe

(Output to
ProgrammableModu1ator)

p.9
I---

A

I--I---

C

~-

B 03

video 03

D
Clock

D

..,

p.g

p.9

.S
E
l

4

..--

I----

r::-t-f.-

()

i-

I--

II/I

B

U
F

I-----

Read Sol 1
Read 5012

WEnbD'

SaID

A
8 02

C

.

video 02

0

J
-

.

.

p.ll
I

Wadr.

0= WRITE
1 = READ

VIDEO ADAPTER DATA FLOW
vldoo·trow .~IJ

12864 32 16

o

2 . 1

4

8

000 o o 0

0

L

I

1

Ring counter bits
Scaled Bit Clock

(SerIalizes buffordala nibbles)

RadrQO--03

(ShUls buffer data to output)

(Scalod BIt Clock 14)
Read So-teet 1 & 2

(Selects buffor to be read)

Scaled Bit Clock
(To video so-rIal·
Izor,p.14)

00

01

10

Scaled BIt Clock/4 t p. 14
(TO Radr counter.

(To Buf output

Radr

=0000

00

n

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...J

p.13)

Read S911 8. 2, p.13

11

00

11

I

Radr

=0001

10

I

Aadr

=1111

Read Select 1 & 2

BUFFEH'S OUTPUT SELECTED

00

. A

01

B

10
11

c

o

J

L... _____

A Buffer
',•...1
A Buffer
. - nJbblaOOOO -----=.:1~<~--- nlbble0001 ~

J

1

o

1

o

1

o

o

1

I

r---=--

I...

A Buffer __ __ _ ......1
nlbblo1111 ~

~J

1

r--

L.._____ r.tbbJo1111
B Buffot
Video output, p. 14
(Alternate ts & Os)

J

1

rVideo output, p. 14
(Altornate 1s & Os)

J

1

o

1

o

~I".,

CDuflat
nibblaOOOO

1

0

1

0

o

C Buffor
nibble 0001

1

0

o·

1

1,'1

0

1

o

-J'

1

r--_
.r--1
1.....

1

o

o

I

---~

1

C Buffer
__.
......1
nfbblo1111 ~

o

1

o

I. . ______

IL__

J

,.

-4

~ 0 Burror
. - - nJbblo1111

0 Buffor
. - nrbble 0000

Vldoo output, p_ 14
(Altornate 15 & Os)

11

----------~~.n
tOUNT

Video output, p. 14
(Alternate 1s & Os)

01

....- - - - - - - - - - - - -

select, p_ 9)

•

'. '--_--.In

10

01

1

o

1

o· ,

1

o

1

o

1

o

VIDEO ADAPTEil DATA CONTROL
vldoo-cooLsl!

·
lAl

x.

Chk

Description

Rev

I

217145

RevisIons

o a\.9

RLF Jan78

A

ENGINEERING RELEASE

B

REVISED MIL ITEMS 29.34.60,62,64. ADDED MIL ITEMS
66 AND 78. ADDED NOTE 5. REVISED SHEET 16 SCHEM.

RLF

29Mar

1978

I

Dist Code

These drawings and specifications
and the data contained therein.
are the exclusive property c;>f
Xerox Corporation and/or Rank
Xerox,ltd. issued in strict confidence and shall not,wlthout the
prior written permission of Xerox
Corporation or Rank Xerox ,ltd. be
reproduced,copled or used for
any purpos'l whatsoever except
the manufacture of article:;. for
Xerox Corporation or Rank Xerox.

Notes Unless Specified

Drawn

R.FREEMAN

XEROX

EI Segundo. California

Check

1. Tolerances
Angular
0

.+ 1/2

2. Break All Sha rp Edges
.010 Approx
3. Mach. Surfaces

S PG

Xerox. Corporation

I----------~t----------___I

.xx of .03
.xxx·! .010

B

Approved

ASSEMBLY) PpW ... VIDEO

Appr.

ADAPTER (DOVER II)

Material

\/

4.AII Dim. in Inches
Model No.
First Use

DOVER II

FInish

Code Ident

18338

Size

Scale

B

217145

Next Assy.
First Use

Change letter

Owg. No.

Do Not Scare DrawIng

I

Sheet

1 of

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED .
1. ASSEMBLE PER MODULE ASSEMBLY SPEC, DWG NO. 216207
2. ITEMS 29 AND 54 MOUNT DIRECTLY TO P.W. BOARD.

3. DO NOT POPULATE SPARE LOCATIONS.
4. PROM IN LOCATION

68

SHOULD BE BLOWN USING FILE

ROSREAD.PROM.

5. RESISTOR R40 (100 OHMS, 1/4 W., 5%) IS MOUNTED ON
ETCH SIDE OF BOARD BETWEEN 2011 AND 306.

Those drawings and specifications,and the data
contained th'~letn, are the excrus.lve property
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox,ltd.
issued in strict confidence and shall not, without
the prior written permissIOn of Xerox Corpora·
tion Rank Xerox.ltd., be reproduced. copied or
used lor any purpose whatsoever, except the
manufacture c·f articles for Xerox Corporation
or Rank Xc rox. ltd ..

Title

ASSEMBLY s P.W.· VIDEO
ADAPTER (DOVER II)

Xerox Corporation

XEROX

EISogundo. California

B

217145
Sheet

2

Of

These drawings.and specifications.and the data
contaIned theHctn. are the exclusive property
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox.ltd.
issued In strict confidence and shall not, without
the prior wriHen permissIOn of X&rox Corporation Rank Xcrox.Ltd., be reproduced. copied or
used for any purpose.whatsoever. except the
manufacture of articles for Xerox Corporation
or Rank XerolC.ltd.

Title

ASSEMBLY. P.W. - YIDEO

ADAPTER (DOVER II)

Xerox Corpor.ltion

XEROX

EI Segundo, Cali(ornla

217145
Sheet

3

Of

XEROX

Xerox Corporation
701 South Aviation Boulevard
90245
EI Segundo, (;alifornia

I Rev.

~
No.

Drawi:l9 Title

These. drawIngs and speclfications,and the tSata
contaIned th~reln, are the exclusive property
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox,ltd.
Issued In strlct confidence and shall not. without
the prior written permissIOn of Xerox Corpora·
tion Rank Xerox,ltd., be reproduced. copied or
used for any purpose whatsoever. except themanufacture of articles for Xerox Corporation
or Rank Xerox. Ui

ASSEMBLY) P.W.· VIDEO ADAPTER
(DOVER II)

2
1
7

1
4
5

Model No.
Item N.o.

1

IR;V.

_-:No.

IML. I 217145

MATERIAL lIST

...

. Title

BOARD. P.W.· VIDEO ADAPTER

DOVER II

I~h.el

Date

1/11/78

""'-~"'_"'''::1 NQ.

No. Ren.

217146

1

Of

2

ML
"'---

te

'.

(

tt' ..

3

MICROCIRCUIT

13101A

(INTEL)

4

130,140,150,160

4

MICROCIRCUIT

13601

(INTEL)

1

68

5

MICROCIRCUIT

MC10124

(MOTOROLA)

1

17D

6

MICROCIRCUIT

MC10125

(MOTOROLA)

3

2D.17B.17C

7

MICROCIRCUIT

74S00

tr.l.)

3

7C,8C.11F

8

MICROCIRCUIT

74S02

1

5E

9

MICROCIRCUIT

74S04

3

98-,10D.14E

10

MICRocrRCUfT

74S08

2

Sf.110

11

MICROCIRCUIT

74810

1

15F

12

MICROCiRCUIT

74H11

1

9C

13

MICROCIRCUIT

74532

1

16F

14

MICROCIRCUIT

74537

2

10F.11B

15

MICROCIRCUIT

74S74

1

10

16

MICROCIRCUIT

74586

1

120 .

17

MICROCIRCUIT

74109

5_

5C,6C,6E,6F,7E

18

MICROCIRCUIT

74S138

1

12B

19

MICROCJRCUIT

74S140

2

14F.17F

20

MICROCJRCUIT

74S151

1

4C

21

MtCROCIRCUIT

74S153

3

22

MICROCIRCUIT

748157

4
10

SEE NOTE 4

.5B,15E,16E
13C.14C.15C,16C
?~.!H·~5n.~n.10C.11C,12C,

23

MICROCIRCUIT

74S161

24

MICROCIRCUIT

74lS174

1

16B

25

MICROCIRCUIT

74lS175

1

15B

26

MICROCIRCUIT

74179

2

78.10B

27

MICROCIRCUIT

74S195

1

13E

28

MICROCIRCUIT

74S251

(T.I.)

4

1B,2B,3B,48

29

MICROCIRCUIT

MC1658

(MOTOROLA)

1

3D

30

rJilCROCIRCUIT

NE536T

(SIGNETICS)

1

3F

12E.13B.14B

SEE NOTE 5

Xerox Corporation
701 South Aviation Boulevard
90245
EI Segundo. California

I

Rev.

.~

I I

.

MATERIAL LIST
Dra\'/il'1g Title

(DOVER II)

1
Model No.

7
4
5

DOVER II
31

. Title
REGULATOR.

21 7 14 5

These drawIngs and specifications,and the data
contained theretn, arE~ the exclusive property .
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox.ltd.
Issued In strict confidence and shalt not, without
the prior written permissIOn of Xerox Corporation Rank Xerox,Ltd., be reproduced. copied or
used tor any purpose whatsoever, except the
manufacture of articles tor Xerox Corporation
or Rank Xerox. ltd.

ASSSEMBLY» P.W ... VIDEO ADAPTER

Item No.

r;'

Drawing N,>.

ML

2

1

XEROX

nr~\Vlnn

N.o.

LM320H5.2, (NATIONAU

I

Is;eet

Date

1/12/78

.
~

.No Req.

1

,,';

Of

.0 .
Ol"'~

02

32

ML
i---

•

33

RESISTOR, COMPOSITION. 1/4W • 5~. 39 OHMS

116447 390

1

R17

34

RESISTOR. COM·POSITION,1/4W ,5%. 100 OHMS

116447- 101

2

R11, R40 SEE NOTE 5

35

RESISTOR, COMPOSITION, 1/4W, 5%. 200 OHMS

116447- 201

4

R13,R14,R15.R16

36

RESISTOR, COMPOSITION, 1/4W t 5%, 330 OHMS

116447- 331

1

R6

37

RESISTOR. COMPOSITION, 1/2W , 5~

105220· 681

1

6S00HMS

w

R12
iR4,R

I~R?O,R2

38

RESISTOR. COMPOSITION,1/4W. 5%, 1KOHMS

116447- 102

11

39

RESISTOR. COMPOSITION.1/4W ,5°k, -1.5KOHMS

116447- 152

2

R8,R9

40

RESISTOR. COMPOSITION,1/4W, 5%, 3.0KOHMS

116447· 302

1

R7

41

RESISTOR, COMPOSITioN, 1/4W ,5%, 3.3KOHMS

116447· 332

1

R18

42

RESISTO::t. COMPOSITION. 1/4W, 5 0"-. 4.7KOHMS

116447· 472

1

R3

43

RESISTOR. COMPOSlTlON, 1/4W. 5%, 10.0K OHMS

116447· 103

2

R1,R2

44

RESISTO~.

116447- 153

1

R10

45

RESISTOR, COMPOSITION,1/4W, 5%, 100KOHMS

116447· 104

1

R5

COMPOSITION,1/4W, 5%. 15K OHMS

23.R24.

,O?"- Q?~ R~7.R28

46
47

RESISTOR PACK, SIP,

100 OHMS

# 750-S3·R100 (CTS)

2

R34,R35

48

RES!STOR PACK. SIP.

1KOHMS

II 7S0·S1-R1K (CTS)

4

R30,R31,R32,R33

49

RESISTOR PACK, SIP,

470 OHMS

# 750·81-R470 (CTS)

2

R36,R37

1

01

1-

13A

1

10E

.50

51

TRANSISTOR, 2N4275

52

TRANSISTOR. DIP PACK

II M PQ3303 (MOTOROLA)

53
54

DELAY LINE

II DOU·4·5100 (DATA DELAY DEVICES)

SEE NOTE 2

55

-.

1N914

56

DIODE

57

DIODE. TUNING

IIMV1401

(MOTOROLA)

6

CR1.CR2.CR3.CR4,CR5,CR6

1

CR7

5-8

59

SOCKET. 14 PIN DIP

II 514·AG11 0 (AUGAT)

19

SEE NOTE 3

60

SOCKET. 16 PIN DJP

# 5i6·AC110 (AUGAT)

42

SEE NOTE3

XEROX

Xerox Corporation
701 South Aviation Boulevard
90245
EI Segundo, California

IML

MATERIAL LIST

I

Rev.

.#

B

{~

Orawil19 Title

(DOVER II)

2

1

1

Model No.

4

5

ML
'1--

DOVER II

h

Item No,

I

... ...

Title

217·145

No .

I

;

1/12/78

No.Req

...

Sheet

...

117180·101

1

62

CAPACITOR,

.01UF. CERAMIC

188483-001

75

63

CAPACITOR.

.1UF.

CERAMIC

159487·013

8

64

CAPACITOR.

22UF. TANTALUM

114491·226

11

65

CAPACITOR.

47UF. TANTALUM

114491·476

1

66

CAPACITOR.

.OlUF, 5%, SOY.

MD5R103J

1

67

CONNECTOR, BNC

101931

1

J3

68

CONNECTOR; CABLE

1

P2

C22,C24.C25··C97
12.C14.C15.C16
C17.C20

C1~,C1~

.C4.C6.C7.C8.C9,C19

C5
ELPACCORP.

69
114P80054

5

(.

72

ANGLE. BNC MTG

216544

1

73

HAND:..E

216529

1

74

ST!FFENER

216530

1

15

RIVET

156111·002

5.

76

RIVET

156111-004

4

17

WIRE. SOLI D. INS 20 A WG

130123·920

AIR

78

LOCKING POST ASSEMBLY

206514-1

71

1

AMP INC.

.

.•

.
:

..

Of

C23

100 PF. POLYSTYRENE

TEST POINT

6

..,-'.,.."0.,,;,

CAPACITOR.

I: 206817-1 (AMP)

I

Oat.

61

70

r
e

These drawings and specifications,and the data
contained therein. are the exclusive property
of Xerox Corporation and or Rank Xerox,Ltd.
Issued in strict confidence and shall not. without
the prior written permissiOn of Xerox Corpora·
tion Rank Xerox.Ltd., be reproduced, copied or
used for any purpose whatsoever, except the
manufacture of articles for Xerox Corporation
or Rank Xerox, ltd.

ASSEMBLY, P.W. - VIDEO ADAPTER

7

I

... No.

•

rLElr24

I

Dul

~~'86 11 StatusGo

6

~~_____'~11~22~I d12

Gnd 5

9

S04 ~ 8
o10d

.,.,

4 ~

4

r-_Z_..:::s:.:::ta:::.:t.:;:.U.:::;SA::!,;d:::..:r:..:.;.O:::.:2::....--I-..:.1-1 AO

3

J...!.::!-_-I-_--I-_ _.::S::.:ta::.:t~u.:::.s!:!A.=:.d:.:r'.:::.0.:..1_-+-=2:...{ A 1

I1-_t-_--:::S:.:;ta:::.:t:,.=u,.::;S.;..:A,;::.d.;..:r.,.::;O.::;,O--t--:3

.--____--=2~ CLK

100uU \... 6

~lc8br

~

:;;.".c

9" LOS161

StatPrim&'

YO'- 'i5 StatusRow.OO'
~

I

...

r-----r------1~a:CLR

L.:!

L.!

r-'

13 StatusRow.02' '5
..1..:::
. V3 h 12 StatusRow.03'
S138
r, l.:!
V4
11 StatusRow.04 '1
A2

Y2

b12

h

r-

r-a:

..,

~ E1

CEP CEl
7
10

'4

Y 1 ..... 14 St atusRow.O 1 • ~

Y5 ..,
.... 10 StatusRow.OS

_~4...(~"1 E2

V6 :; 9

5 ,..l-c....
t-----.

Y7 ~ 7

E3

, U

'7
15
Gnd6

C

4

B e1l0S 13
14
OA
A

2
9,.,

....

ac

StatusAdr.03 •

12

5
3
"li7

RC
11
00

0

StatusAdr.04

GfS37\.3
2EY

StatusAdr.03'

6:M

Statu$Adr.04'

13~

CLK

'lrP 161

1 ,.

... ClR

StatusAd r .05

7

11

r,:-is37\8

CEP eEl

'49

~

'1i9
~

I

StatusAdr.05'

~O~

rn:

10

15

iM

RC
0

OD~1

J--~5~ C

OC ~12

Gnd6

4

H11

.1Q...
6 StatClk

13

I

3 l/statout.oo 14
t-----=4~ B c 100B ~1.:..:3::...-_ _. J
StatOut.01 15
~_.,.;:;3..... A
OA ~1.:-4.:..-._--.,-_--J
2
StatOut.02
"17
~E~IID~'T~o~R~o~sC~I~k_'_______I-~____~____-~2~CLK
StatOut.03B 3
lrJ>161

1---I-_ _ _ _ _.-...:9::;...,n.....

.'"

~

-

t--_ _ _ _ _ _1:..Cj" eLR

L

SH

StatOut.03

10

00 11 SerialStat
OC
b10 OS ,1

B

OA ...5

A
CLK
R

U1.9~SOO
8

rJ2

N179

C

CEP CEl

7

00'

0

SOl

o

1

5 S04"n...:6~_+-_______________1.:.;!O::"'.cJ..11e8c
9c

EipToRosClkA
IReset'

ASSEMBLY J P.W. - VIDEO ADAPTER

I

(DOVER II)
XEROxlpl0JecI
SPG

n~~~

..J _ _

.1I STATUS CONTROL LOGIC

File

.

I

Designer

Adapllvm07.sil Ron Freeman

Rev

B

Drawing Number

217145
D;)te

1/6/78

Page

7

I

1 K Ohm Put/up If~sistor typical
10'·~"
in ur sIgnals
1 pr r33
.

."...

470 Ohm on outputs
are returned to Gnd

95

10.00'

4

DO

91

10.04'

3

01 5251

87

10.OS'

2

02
83 ~1:;.;:;;0;..::...1.;.;2:;..'_ _~1-1 03
SN.OO'
15 04
SN.04'

~r37e
5

y

r. $tatOut.OO

16

SN.01'
SN.05'

78

14 05

70 ~S;;;.;N;..;.;.=O.;:;.8·-_....;1:..=;3-1 06
SN.12'
12 07
66

4

86 ~1=0~.0:;.:9;;...·~_--=2__1 02
82 ......1;. ,; .0. .;.,. 1.;. .;3;. .·_ _..-.;.1... 03

Y' ..6

79

74

1D.01'

94 ~...;..;;...~--.....;...r DO S251
90 ~1:;.;:;;D~.O:;.:5:...'_ _...-;;;3-.1 01

73

15 04
14

5

yl

r.r6

J~ StatOu\.01 ~i
~

05

SN.13'

65

DZ

.. ?12

..

.--_ _--...;1;...;;1....

____________~1~0~SELB

.-_---"1...;::.0...

SElB

~S~ta~t~us~t~.c_·r~.0~3~.--T-~~--------------~9~SElC

....-__.;:;.9...

SELC

f.o

_-------:7;....n- STR
~

y

'

69 ~S::;.:N~.~0.::..9·--.....;:1=3__1 06 b2

b1

~St.;.;a~t~us_J_••c_r~.O_5~______r -____________~1~1~SELA

~S~ta~t.;:;.us~J_~.~_r~.0_4~__~r-r-

~r37f

----.-I

SELA

STR

StatusF:cYl.OS P

..
•>;

10.02'

4

~10.06'

3

ID.10·

2

93

~:"

85

m:J 10.14'
77
72
68
64

SN.02'

SN.06'
SN.10'

SN.14'

1

92

DO S251
01

~'37d

02
D3

151 D4
14
05
13
b3
D5
12

Y

Y'

(![J

5

StatOut.02

84

[IT]

SO

..6

75
71

67

07

11

10
9
7~

...

62

4

10.07'

3

10.11'

2

10.15'

1

SN.03'
SN.07'

14
13

SN.15'

12

~,'37C

02

Y
Y'

03

04

5

StatOut.03

...6

05
06

b4

01

SElA
SElS
9
SElC
~ STR
10

SELC

STR

BosAdapt NUMBER MULTIPLEXER

DO S251
01

11

SElS

MACHINE TYPE AND SERIAL

15

SN.ll'

SELA

ASSEMBLY) P.w.
(DOVER II)

Ix~~gx I;TiL~

10.03'

File

~

VIDEO ADAPTER

Dc.signer

Adapllvm08.si Ron Freeman

Drawln9Number

217145
Rev

B

Dale

1/9/78

8

-GQ

.

._-

'./~ .

,.

..
Radr.OO

2

Radr.01

5

Radr.03

11

Wadr.OO
Wadr.01

4

6

4

BufOata.02'

10

7

SufOata.03"

12

Az. '57

Y1

A3

!-.

Radr.02

BufOata.OO'
BufOata.01'

A1

1.4
3

6

A4

V2

81

V3 ~
2
V4

B2

Wadr.03

10

Wadr.02

13

B3 c16

1

rl

15
14
13

B4

11

Radr.OO

2

Radr.01

5

Radr.03

11

Radr.02

14

Wadr.OO

3

Wadr.01

6

Wadr.03

10

Wadr.02

13

1sT

V1

A4

Y2
Y3

B1

Y4

B2
B3

c15

11

it
~

Radr.OO

2

Radr.01

5

Radr.03

11

Radr.02

14
3

Wadr.OO

6

Wadr.01
Wadr.03

10

Wadr.02

13

4

BufOata.01'

6

BufData,02' 10

7

BufOata.03' 12

JL

1

2

15

rl

14
13

82

BufData.OO·

4

BufData.01'

6

BufData.02' 10

4

Vi
V2 7

BufData.03' 12

V3

~

Y4

~'2

1
15
14
13

84

'.

2

Radr.01

5

Radr.03

11

Radr.02.

14

ST

Wadr.OO

3

Wadr.01

6

Wadr.03

10

Wadr.02

13

S157
A2
V1
Y2

B1
B2

SelD

Y3
Y4

\

BufData.OO'

41\

BufData.01'

6

7

BufData.03' 12

~

1

15

n'2

14
13

3

A2

ABuf.OO

10

BBut.OO

11

CBuf.OO

12

OBuf.OO

13

A3
..

1Project

I

1G

1C3

p.!-

2CO

2Y

2C1 .

Video.OO

9

.

2C2

2G

pJJ

2C3

A .,5 8

01

01 ~

02

02

5

1-7
~

..,.9

D3

03

04

04~

~

BBuf.OO

ReadSelect1

SBuf.01

ReadSelect2

141

2

BBuf.02

11 BBul.03

StartVideo'

.3101A
AO
A1

diS

A2
A3

5

CBuf.OO

7

CBul.01

,.9
..,

CBuf.02

ABuf.03

6

11 CBul.03

SBul.03

5

CBuf.03

4

DSul.03

3

ASuL02

10

BBuf.02

11

CBuf.02

12

OBuf.02

13

01

01 v

02

02

03

03

V'

I-

04 tv
04
13l01A
AO

:

A1
A2 d14

3

1CO

1V

ie1
1C2

1G

lC3

Video.O

7

P-i-

S153

A3

0

2CO

2Y

Video.O

9

2e1
2C2

2t?

2e3

~

e16

5
01 ~
.... 7
02 :v
02
..,.9
03 ~
03
~ 11
04 ~
04
13101A
AO

01

OBuf.OO

ReadSelect1

OBuf.01

ReadSelect2

B
2

141

OBuf.02
D8uf.03

A1
A2

d13

A3

Gnd

2

3

WEnbO'

(DOVER II)
Y&=Q())(

1C2

Video.01

S153

ASSEMBLY) P.W.· VIDEO ADAPTER

I

7

1Y

1C1

CS W
~y c,)

~

" ..

4

OBul.01

1CO

A

41\

ST

11 1SY

CBuf.01

WEnbC'

BufData.02' 10

B3 c13
B4

SEl

5

d16

2

A

A4

6

SBul.01

IV'

A1

~y

Gnd

15Y

A3

ABut.01

ABuf.03

11

CS W

*
Radr.OO

04
04
13101A
AO

r,...

WEnbB'

S3 c14

11

ABuf.02

~

~

Gnd

A1
Af'157

61

03

03

CS VI

~

SEL

Sele

8ufData.OO'

4

1St

A4

ABuf.01

[..,.9

02~

02

WEnbA'

ST

A3

ABut.DO

7

~

~

B4
SEl

SelB

Gnd

A1
A~157
A3

5

r~
IV'

CS W.

SEl ST
SelA

01

t>1

File

Dr;:, wing NumbN

217145

IDeS;9ner

16

t}v

Date

I

Pil9&

:

... ....

-

.. .....

... ..

i

..

. - ....

....•. -

~­

. ...

:E - ..-- .•.

....

....

.____ t •

.. __ :'4 __... _•...~
•

_. --- ------

-: .... _--- - - -- -- -- .-- ~- --~.---=:::- -.- _. - + -- .. - ._- _-- .... - -- _. -.
t.......,
•
. ....
,
:
.
. .....
---.- - ... -_ . __ .- ---..------:r.-----_
. - -- - ..- ------ . .. - ..... - --.-.-.- ... _
.
.- .- - -.-- --.----- . ---_.-.- .. -- --------.---.
,...... _-------- -_.. --_. .---_... - - -- ..
--- .... -.-_ -... _.- ... -....... --. ----- ._._--_._--_.=-------.....
.. "
. -.
:
,
.
---------------:------:- - ---------------.
.
!
.0._
------.--, ...... _-_._.. ---.-.------- .....
---: .. _.
•
..
:
'. .... --·-·-i -.
...............
................--........
------- --.-------_j4 ...
-.... . .--.
;----J---=--- _. . _._-- -. -...
. ...._--- .. ---.
I
.....
-.. _. _._-,-._.
. .. -.-_. -I---- - --_.
. _.:..... .... ; ........_,
. _.. --- - -..-.. - -- "----- --..J .--~ --:. ,- . -o
--_ .. :-- --- ...
....=
--rt----1--

.... -

....

..

.

~...,.
~

'

-.~

~

--..

...

t-

• -S-

.

-

_0

_ ._ _ -

-

- - - - -. . . . . . . . . . .

-.~-

~--

•

--.--~-------

--,:----

---:-.--~

·-·-r"~-:-"

;:

0

----.----~-

~-

~

~:-

.-.

-~-

~-...-..

.0

..

-. . .;.

-·~~I·-

~

_

--:-:.......:.-:_-_.-- -1-" -~.1-~-:'J--. .

----."rr---,.. ----...

·.-

•

~.,.

.

-------- --;.--.. __.-: --~--.:' ---.. :. ~; . -_.. r':' . .-:...~

.,

..

;~~.

... -__.. -.. --: .-~. ~: ...-.. _- ~.--= _..:-. -- f\. _ v .. -~ .
-

l.~

_

.... :->~.
...-... ..

·P -...

: . .!

'.

:

- - - . : - - - - - - - ...!.-

·

--- -_..... ..--

·

~

-- ------....--• -: --

-

J

t

I

&"

=

I

• .

•• ,

•

: .

•

l i t : '

i;:

.:.

._- .. __ ...... .

... --- -._- •... ,.

:

---:..--!-- !----.:... --.:.....-.:--.--=----..!...----.

. '
I
;-.!

I

:

.;

J

••• •

--:------~-:·-_r:-I--·~-- :--·--1---~

·

•

•

•

I!

•

•

•

;

:

:

:.

--.

---- --_ ...

i:

:
•
. --!---_... _- ... - - -- ---

I,
"
.
,---:".--~ ---:- ---;. ~-. -----:--: -..: _:!._ .....- .-. -_.
IJ
! '.
i:
;.

-~

I

~:.

I

~.-

--:

t'

__ ~ •..

-.----.~~-~~:~~ li)~.

. ._. .

- - ----... -- -- .-- -- - .. _-.. ---

,

.----"-: --~--.;.---.! - .-=

•

.

..... -- J.........

-.-

. -- --- ------- --- ... -- - -- .:. - -:..- ---- .:.. - --..--. ---- . :. •• --~. __ ..1 _____.... v ~
:
...
f
i
I
.
!
:
•
! ....
•
.'
.•
f·
I
.

_.
~(-'
~~~~ ~~~~~=~~~~
I~'~

-·

..

.

- - --

1
1

1 .
. ~ :.
"
-i- -- --·1----" --:-- -;--,-_·-:-·.-·;--r--, . ·..,. ;---·i--: -- -..-- -•• _- ..
,.
. : . : .,! .
~
; ! . :. : . .:
..--- ------- -- -- -- ..... -.- _.......... -- .. _-.------_._---.
...-...•:-.-......•-. --;
•
,oo.
; .. -

--.-,;. . ~. ----------;---·-·--i--- .. -- - ---- -.- - -_.

· O·

•
I. t
•.•

•

.... - --~.--

~- '-

I
I

__ -__ ._._410-_ - - -'-" .• ~-: - ..._--.;--- :....-7--- :---.,;.,. --;"-.1 - -.- -. ;

.-.~~: -_._.-

-~
.
J

I

~<-I-

...

:

.-~p.­

'.-~'()

-

--- ----------- -- - --- ---. '-

.

J

'- ~-

\Y

J .\n

. ...

.. .

.-

.-T~k'---·

'--Q-:

J .

...., -I

r

-

-..:- .:~': -:..:-- - ---=- -- : --_. (1..
UI
..
•

..I. _ _ _ • _ _ •

.'41
.

..·t

-I

f

:"

:

....

~ __ .L __ -; _. __~___ ~._

.-..:...---:....-.-----.!.-.
.

•

!

~

·

i-

I·

..

..

-----,-.

I

....-.
,

,

•

- -- ..... . . --·-.-~-;--_:T---.--·------:--:- ---;

... ..

:

--:--T -;-.
t
.,: .
:

":'--~--.-

:

-:-:-____ .. : ___.,__

!

- r - - - - - - - - ....

.- ...----• -- ------i!
I

I
--..: - -!
-.
---:----:--......-.--..._--. - ..__ .. _- ..... - .. -.:
::.
.'
. j: ! .
.

...- .. -:.- - ._.-_ ..:-- .- -- --!.--.. !---- - -. -- . -.. _.!
•
:,
a
:

... _-.

(WAKIOA¢)MOTORORTIMOIA..SIl

S

£D

EA

••

10

D

01-----1

------------~-----;IC

a~----~

.

1a

t---.;..;;,;;PHASE1

It
ClK/2

POlYGON

ClOCK::CLK
000.

GND

20

GOO

PH;'SE2

DRJVER2'

.sHOT

WD

GND

11MS

30

PHASE3

WATCHDOG

30·

CLK

~

~~
~V~L.______________________________________~() ____I
_
1 SHOT

TIME-OUT

EA=1Q2Q •

U

u

.u

LJ---------~(}------------

I.

£B"'EA-Q3

11M3

-------'------1( )

-------t(}
10

n . . ___

.

I

_2Q
_____

_30_ru
I

PHASE2

PHASE3

-,--------

'---.---"

ru

I

I

}
{

n

}

I

( ..

LJlr.---_

._.Q~'_I

-

-----it}

L--_ _ _ _ _ _.{

U
30'

"-----""'1( }

1

I

1

c)
,

,

I

.

COHPO~ENT

SIDE

r

Ie

I
I
J

I
I

I
,

JI:
I

I

.-

II :
•"

lei ..
I
I

J

C•

•

C't

•

I

c.

•

I

c.

•

I

M

I

•

,

-p-~..(<-...

~

n ..

..:n-

~_

-t:.t~"i}"

.
-.

I

.
.

I

N

.I
I

I
I

I
Io·'

I .

~
28

3 REQD

LI

~

,

·fh(:sc dr.,win!t" and ~pr.cificat;ons. and the d.lt .. conbined therein. cue the f!'xdu~ivc l)ropert)' of Xerox
C V1 1l ora,ion :mcl/or Rank Xf;rOx. Ltd. is.su~d in strict
r:onfidcncp. and sh:lll not withClut the prior w,.Ucn
fl!:rmi!:sion of Xf:ro)( CCI;poraciofl or H.tOk Xf!rox.
Ltd •• be reproduced. c::o:licct or tJ~ed Jor any purpo~
whatsocI.'t:r. exc~pt the nla'nutaelur!! of ~rliclcs for
Xf:rc.x Carpor'lli!)" or R,ml{ Xerox. lltl.

ASSEHf)l.Y) 1'\-1-

)'FnOV/,

J'!~!P2<_c.~!e~atioo
[I Segundo. California

\~l"\

}jOTOR l>RIVER
Shi:cl

3

OJ

7

E

A
-

._- - ....

-----..

--.~

El Scsundo. California 90245

.

.

213 679·4511

J

.

~ Dtawing Title
-',

11OTOR DRIVER

If~

e....
:E

..

-

1

":

.

..

.

.
-

-

Board~ Pt~ -

.C

Motor Driver

•

,.

..

.

No.

216551

ISheZ

Of

7

.....

No.Rcq.

1
o'

2

Microcircuit

RCA ICD4013AE

2

A2~3

3

lIicrocircuit

ltCA ICD401lAE

1

Al

'4

MicrocircUit

RCA :J!CD4047AE

1

A4

5

_.

HP #5082-4350

1

6

Isolator
Zener' n..; nitA IOVZ

7

Diode

8

Transistor!» NPN

TI iTIP51

9

Transistor!» PNP

. RCA #2N6211

10
.11

Transistor!» NPN

..

-0-

1N961B

Transistor ~ NPN

13

22.tL

CRl TIIRU 4.6

6

Ql't2, 7 ~ iO .. 13 .. 1 l ..

3

Q~.8.15

3

Q5,11,.18

6

Q4.6 .. 9 .. 12 .. 16 .. 17

116447-961
100111-220
100111-101

1

R5

6

100111-181
. 100111-331

3

RIO_11,16.17 .. 22 .. 23
R8 .. 14~20
.
R7 .. 13 .. 19

3

R9 .. 15 .. 21

3

III

100111-27.1
110996-472

R6 .. 12.18
Rl

i/2 n

100111-103

1

R2
......,

4
1

C1 .. 2 .. 3 . . S
C4

flo

C6.78.9

1

FI

.

.

:ff.TIP47
RCA #DTS410

TI

.

1/2 l~

100

180.rL 1/2 11
l~

330.n. 1/2

17

270.0- 1/2 11

18

4.7K
...,.

.

.

p-

..... -~t-n,... ..

O.01uF~

-,....

...

Capacitar .. 407uF,,,
..... -~tor.

ow"

.

• t>

100.0.. i/2 1-1

10K

A5

10

Motorola'11N4005

Resistor ~ _960.1).. 1/4 l~

Resistor~

.

CRS

16

19
20
21
22 -:

.

.

.

1

..

.
12

.

.,

I-

......... , ,.... , ... ,

......

50V

,

SH~lt.~~

114491... 475

50V

20..1F.. 150V l-f:ll1.orv #T1'150X20

23

p",,»

24

Fuse.l 1/4. Amp,Littelfuse 13131.25-3AG

25

eliDa Fuse

3

1

.

Tlmu

11

.

I

i
I

I

I

.
..

.

Drawing Title

· ·14
15

:..

390101

m~o
:Item No.

216549

loate 2/24/77

Modal No.

..::t
lI)

I~~

tReY.

Drawing No.

e,iOt

0\

•

"-

These drawings and specifications. arld the data contained thereIn. DIet the exclusive property of Xerox Corporation Il.ld/of Rank
Xerox. Ltd. issued in strict confidence and shan not .. without the
written permission of Xerox Corporation or Rank Xerox ltd
e reproduced. copied or use.d for any purpOSe whatsoever·, ~xcepi
the nlClnufactwe of articles for Xerox Corporation or Rank Xerox. Ltd •

0

. ASSEMBLY:. PRINTED llIRING

.

II

. ML.

V

r,\

.;

..,.

.

.

t~~aterial List

_

.

,

'R... ~C"m~n

I

2

#IAll19-5

26

.~

.
lIodule

21652.9·

1

27

lIandle~

28

Rivet

156111-005

3

29

Stiffener:. PH Board

216530

I

,I:
...

30
. (~~..

.

31
33
106[1(3113)

I

.

·32

A

!

•••

r•
.,

2

10VDC

1

8

2

1Q

12

10

DRJVEF

R2

•
6

AS

CLOCK INPUT

.13

3

2

5

. 2()

20

DRIVER

8
~-r~~9~DSO~1~3~~~_____________3_Q
___

A3

_

12

11

DRVIER

30
0·1---------.,.--.--...::.;:;:..--

~----~~~~C

R

.10V

~~------~------~

+V

CR4

~--~--~l'·~~--~--~--~-----------------CR2

CR3

1II I

94

.10VDC

~.

216549

ASSEMBLY PW MOTOR DRIVE

r -__~__-r,________~__________________________~__-~----------~--------------~--~----------T-----~
Page
Rev
Date
File
Project

DOVER

MOTOR CLOCK GEN.

DOVER12

ED.WAKIDA

c

5/12/77

50F7

.v

·It
eR6

10

02
04

10
01

R9

96

R6

CR7

R7

GND

•
CRS

20

20
~------+---------~98

CR9

R13

GND
POL YGON DRIVER

I

XEROX
. PARe

File

Project

DOVER

MOTOR DRIVE

DOVER 13

ASSY PW
MOTOR DRIVE
Designer

ED WAKIDA

216549
Rev

C

Di.le

5/12/77

Page

60F7

•

.v

CR10

30

3 OUTPUT

30
~------+---------~100

...•....
,....

'

~~
CR11

GND

POL VGON DRIVER

I

XEROX

PARe

I

ASSY PW
MOTOR DRIVER

Projecl

DOVER

File

MOTOR DRIVER

DOVER14

Designer

ED WAKIDA

Relf

C

216549
Dale

5/12/77

Page

7 OF

MALFUNCTION

PRINT

1STSEQ'

PRE-SEQUENCE

3LS

448mSEC'
CHECK
fvlALFUNCTION

1LS

•
632mSEC
CHECK

38LS

.PHOTOCELL
LOSTPOV/ER

MOTORBRAKE

OIL DISPENSER

PRINT

...

IF

DISRENSER
ON
"~

~________
O_IL_D_J_S_P_E_N~SE_R~·~

l.

,'I .

"

. DISRENSER

OFF
J\

.
53

•

53 on engine controJboard sets length of time oil dispenser motor runs.

.

""1

I

.

.

;,

.

/'

\,
~:--.

.-

PHOTOCELL

~

TP2

I

PHOTOCEll

-

HIGH
LIGHT

...
-,F

-

1-

CH1
~R6
..

V

I.

PHOTOCELL
MALFUNCTION

.

...

LOW
LIGHT

...

-~

TP1

.

•

.

.
TP2 ..

R6 on engine control board is adjusted for 6 VDC between TP1 and

~;

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

-

.

'.

.

.

.
..

'"
.

...

-iJ

-

.

.
.

\.
~.~

.
VIDEO

~,.

"

.

.

BIT COUNTER

...
/

.

DISPENSER

...

ENABLE

1

.

S1
'.

.
TONER

CONTROL

SSt·
...

...

.

ON

./

.

.

DISPENSER

7

S2
t

~

.

..

.

.

-.

S1 determins number of bils between dispensing Urnes.

.

.

52 determin~ amount of tirne toner is dispensed.

.

...

.

-

.
.

.

~.
..

~.. ,

.
.

.

'.
TEtv'PERATURE CHECK

R5

-t

TE1VJP. MALFUNCTION
OVER ..TE~JlP.

RT.. 8

.

RT·80PEN

.
REA OY TErv1

t

".

OPERATING TEMP.

R4

~

.

.

.

.

..
R4 On engine control board adjusted for ready telnp. at 285-300 dcgres F.
R5 adjusted for teolp. malfunction. at 400 degres F.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.

.

'.~

~;~'
METERS

768mSEC.

8-lS

~

M-1 COUNT PULSE

LJ

.

.

,r,
54 1

...

_

I

~

~

M2

M·2 COUNT PULSE

:J

.. CONTROL

.

.
•

S4 on engine control board determins when M-2 starts counting •

.

.

t.
...

.

.

.

.

.

0

.

...

"
..

~

.

/'

~REF

~F~'
•

.;~~_

.

'0 _ '__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

, ENGtHE

CONrnot

~~~--C-O~-W~·O-N-E-NT--S-I-DE-·-(-RE-F-)-------------~_~~~F
.

.

JSS't Ug. 2:8684

.

P\vB tlO. %I06tS

•
••
•
(~a!. . . - -....( ~!J-.- -....( 0_'------,( ;

..

-"

.<~~('
<~al
oJ..

(~~
II

'ft,__-:..,. .!"",:t---.! ~--...."

..

'.

(3""
~_~(~ ...~
~

3 REQD

°

(q:J

.

'0'---( ~ t=3 Q:t
( y~r
~

It

(y
~

<=:
D"w

·CI)-

(~ ~

• •
~~
<~ ~f::::=:< ~:l

( "'y" ~,..l'."_-_-_-_-....-.

(A27)

•
( ~ SI

-- (~~.,.__--...< yI- __

---r

~:....

.....

<~ ~1

--.,

... I ~

.'

-~--J------. o_--·---°

~-

~c tJrawin~ and spectfications.. and the data conincd thf!rcin. &>te the exclusive property of )(f:rox
..;orporation and/or nank Xerox. Ltd. issued in strict
confid~"lce and shan Ilot withottt the prior written
rlcrrnission of Xerox Co;poration or R.tnk Xerox.
. ltd •• be fI:~produc/'!d. copied or used for any purpose
whatsCtPover. except the manufactvre of articles for
XCt 0)( Corporation Of Bank Xerox. Ltd.

t!iU6(:J173)

n

I"'~

I

..

...

..- - ..... - . - .- ..._... -.. - ._.

Tide

---...

REF

__._--

XEROi\

ps..rox...f!?!p~~'tion

ASSY ~ PRINTED \\tIRIN

ENGlt-!E

EI Segundo. Californin
~-----------------------------~------~

II

CO~:TROL
St~et

A

3

or

16 .

.

Xr;rox Corporation
lUI South"Aviation Boulevard
EISegundo. California 90245
213679-4511

""'"

- .

0

Title

No•

I

IShe~

3/3/77

No. Req.

r.

."""

.. .....
~

-"

or 16

~

4

SN7416IN

5

7

SN74390N
SN7420N
SN7l ,.08N

'5

A74, 65,28,61~ .20

8

SN7404N

6

~ 7~31~81~19~23,8

9

1

A79

10

SN74164N
SN7416N

2

Aio~41

11

SN7432N

1.2

SN7410N
SN7400N

1
1
3

A47,75,37

SN7402N

1

ABO

1

A2

4

A{t-4)o46~ 76,88

SN74l74N
SN743 ON

1

A25

3

A.6,24,43

1

A49

20

SN7425N
SN7486N

1

A32

21

SN7417N

1

All

2

AI07,108

5

A50, 83,27,109 ,A33

10

t8£. 67~~J~~4:~9100
.

6

.

216564

3

2

.

IF~ey.
'i1

Drawing No•

Board, .p 1-1 - Engine Control
l-licrocircuit ~ T.I. :ffSN7474N
SN74111N

1
0

:E

Et-10 390101

....

..

Item No.

0

XEROX.

. These drawings and specification$. and tha data contained therein. are the exclusive property of Xerox Corporation andlor P.iln~
Xerox. Ltd. issued in strict confidence a·nd shalf not, Ylithout"the
priot written permission of Xerox Corporntion or Rank Xerox L.td
be reproduced. copied or used for any purpose whatsoever ~xcepi
the manufacture of articles for Xerox Corporation or Rank Y.e;ox. ltd"
D2te
ModeJ No.

ASSEHBLY> PRINTED 1-1IRING-

\0
• !f'l

tAL

V

ENGINE CONTROL

t.W'
"
;:
P
- -I

I I

..

1/1aterial List

I~~

.,
J
It

.,

~ Drawing Title

..

~

13
14
15
16
17
18
19

22

23

.

.

.

~

o •.

l-licrocircuit,

216565

.

.

"

If.~
1....-

:!.~

~MC14490VP

~

"

i\.. ..I

!,"
i\..

~o

25

Photo Isolator H.Po 15082-4364
Photo Isolator Honsnnto IfNCT2

26

Crystal Clock, l~IHZ Motorola :ffKll11..Ar~lNHZ

27

Diode

TN113

28

Diode

TNl23

29
30

S\'litch, Hexadecimal AHP t153137-1
Relay
Teledyne t61f3-1

31

Tennina1, Test: Poi.nt

24

15 ~ ~gj:5~8~~=_g~5."70

0

T.I. IL'H2901

Microcircuit, Motorola

9 ~~~~Z4:g~~58 "·.42 ,l~5~
A5S' o.
1

[~)

SN74157N
. SN74191N

V"

.. .
101154
111516

.,

3

A4 38 21

2

A56~82

0,

. r..... ."'

.0

1

~

0

~~9~~29
0

~

_

..

.

00

0'

A63
0

A60

0

.-:

.....

.

2

AlO5,106

1

A3

2
1

CR3,4
ACROSS A3!t-7

4

Sl,2, ,It-

3

A93, 9ll ,"95

If-

TP 1 , 2 ) 3' > /f-

)
& 6

·0

eTC 112027-2

•

00

i
~. )0,
.,
6

~8 o~

o.

I'

32
33
10ii0l3/1J)

Resi.stor NetHorlc
Resi.stor ttctHorlc

CTS 1750-8l-R3 3K

3

Alt1 7 112,.111.

CTS 117S0-Sl-Rl.OK

I.

AIIO,.113,l15,.116

0

A

9
~o9

0

-"

I,Crox. orpora Ion

:to, .Soutt; Aviation Boulevard
f] Segundo. California 90245
213 619-4511

~~aterial

'.

List

r) __~ IDrawing Title

These drawings and specifications. and. the data contained therein. are the exclusive property of Xerox Corporation and/or Rant(
Xerox, ltd. issued in strict confidence lind shaH not, without' the
prior written permi:>sion of Xerox Corporation or Rank Xerox. ltd ••
be reproduced. copied or used for any purpose whatsoever .. except
the- manufacture of c-rtictes for Xerox Corporation or Rank Xerox, ltd.

•

ASSE~mLY:t PRINTED \~IRING-

_

ENGINE CONTROL

Model No.

...:t

I~~
I.W~
~

~~O

r:J

P

~

...J
~

Variable~

3l.

Resistor,

35

Resistor~ Variable~

36

Resistor~ lK~

.....

500K

42

... ""' .... ,.

_~~...

......

~

..

-

.

.

~

- -. . _.......

.... , ...

t"'1~" " ,

.-'

1

116447~201

116447-182

Resistor, 1.8K,. 1/4 U '
'0.

R6

.

l.t
'

, .. I" I

46

CapC!citor ~ Tant' o 2~F ±20%, 15V

47

Canacitor, Tanto 407JlF +20%,!) 50 V

48·

Capacitor~

Ceramic

49

.C~n;}c; tor,

Poly.

50

r. ...,

r:::'11.

.',

-,,'" T

117160-221

!!J.lpacitor, Poly.

1000 PF

117160-102

52

Connector, 24 Pin

Amp 12- 87655-4

53

Uire, Solid Ins (28 AWG)

54

.Socket, lIicrocircuit

Rl
n1">

-

1
,..

'01

r:::

.. ,

·2 . R9 , 15'

T-~~--------------~~~~

_,

",,-, r

3

83

220 PF

.

R13

,'I "

114491-226
114491-475

0.01 J.lF ~ 50V

R8,12~14,

RIO,ll
R7

116441-151

.

43

1

.

~

IR"w~ ..
m:1IU.... t~t~ce:

R4~5

-4

or 16

....

2

....... . .. ,... ...
--- . ,". - -

150n.) 1/4l~

41

." ..... ~'"'... ,
"In. 0",,.

116447-562

.

40

"44
1.5

"

IShseet

3/3/77

,..,...,

~

5.6K" 1/4 W

39

I'

. ".,.. ...
---

'..

-~

."v.

... , -

166956-QI0
166956-015
116447-102
116447:"332'

10K

1/4 W

38

•

............. '!J

37

.

oa1e

....

o.u ...;; •• ~ Title

•Item No,

l

390101

C3't6-12"

---'---

-

(: 18 - 52,54 - 99, 16, 10D

2

Cl~C15

1

P2
El to E2

51

.

55

Socket t l-licrocircuit

5"6

Stiffener,

57

Handle.~

58

Rivet
S"t.Jitch

59

~i

116741-928 AIR

Jumper

(14 Pin)

39

Augat #514-AG11D

(16 Pin)

28

Augat *516-AG11D

Board

Module
C&K

U7101A

216530

1

216529

1

156111~005

3
1

[

~.,.

S5
I·,

"

tOGB(3n3)

.

A

,..'

1 f;-'T" SE~

~'

~--------------

.. -- --

CS5
10
~F~'R~I~N~T

__________~r-____________~~____~______~13

vce
4

C EEP CEE-

256

13
12

12-8
64

10
9

512

_Jl~' ~o.

-

8

-

• 1:5

RtC:

[)

. vee
10

~ pSO

9

C

R

0"

C!

f J.A22-0 E:
1\
0./1 •

2

A40
11

..
..
..

-

8

OtC:

-1

~>

+
8

.~

R5~

l

1.
IC7

r
S
4

7
6
p2-3

-.
......

FeT8

C6 ~~+
"r-

S S
•
~

A114

1\114

~>

Cg

A113

>

>A113

<

l

I

3
L~900

-J ........

2

~~

1

.

-I .......

~
-I

14

11
10

-J .......

......

13

~

8

--1.

5083-4364

2
4

9
8

)R2

~

I

A99

TEt PMALI N

7

6

3

')P31

READYTEM p

is

A108

\

~

12

28'/GNO

1000HZ

256

2

2
5
11
14

A2

3

81

6

10

14

128

A1
A3

Y1 4

A4

Y2

82

Y3 9

Y4

'128'

12

83 A2

1000/500HZ
+5VDC

B4

SEt

SOOHZ

255

7

ST

A116

15
MODE SELECT

SEl =0= A

E1

SEl= 1 = 8

JUMPER"
E2

I

ASSY. PW
ENGINE CONTROL

Xl
Q,..·I

XEFIO
OA

Project
n()\Ir=Q

TEMP CHECK

File

nnVI=RdR

Des;!lner

FO.WAKIDA

216564
O"te

3/14/77

piJge

10 OF 1

•
v( C
.
4
2 ._Hl..._
r--.. 0 S

~

ACMONITOR

--------~----------~--~9~i.~~~8
.:. •

,J'~O __

QI}--5_---,~~~ ~
•
2
24

--=P:..:.R.:.:.:IN:..:..T~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--!1~(Vn=:----------.

~ A42
_ - - - - - - - I C Q'~

MOTOR BRAKE

"Cr
R

_1.::,.:6:....-_. _ _.:.3-.1A23

1

4

vec

·

~

"128"
256

lr-.l.

B

r1?

A

4\13

M/M RC
9 0
001-0
10 C
QCI-

"

~S~1~2~__.:.9-.1A23~~~__- -____--~

as ~

.

OA~
A76

4

r--'"'\.

EN

~

U/O

~7

l

.CP

11°

14

4'

vcc-tl:
10HZ

~

Er

8
..,...,...--1f-1--i-_
_ _ _ _ _ _ _-:;-_1~

16

2

~.:
.... '"
..;;:.::.!--If-I--I----------64~~A24'

3
I--+--I----I~----If--I----'--=---I 01

2

01 J..:------I--...=....J A8

4
02
6. 03

8

02 5

_.. ..-12;;;.,;8......
• +-+..,.;.1....
1 A23

Q4~

'-+~~-_I__- _ _--+.---=1:..:::..13 05

_--.:....:..t

0

11

Q5~
Q6~5

_ _--:...14.;,.c 06

3

A8

1

A8

~4_ _--I80

2

PHOTOCELL

-n;;~-

__-I

75

A25

2

_00.:;;,2;;.;56=4-'+ - I _1.:;.;;:3;;.. .j A23

lS38

Q3'r-7

_+-_--""11.;..", 04

'.

PRESEO
81

~6_____-f

5

CLK CLR

9

512

1)

91

_ _....;1~A8

~1.;;;.2

LS3
__
_[f[J

VCC
LS27
1 A8 ,..
'---_-..::1...:..1
.....,\Oo1..: ;.O_ _~ 7.8

-

1~'
_~__.~1In~;tA49~8~--_----------~

r

-LOSTPWR

L---~~9~A8 ~~~8------~77

11

ACMONITOR
PRINT

12Du-

vee

..::.1.:;;,ST.:-:.SE=.;O:::..-.___1;.:3~U--

.4)~
5-J 6 .

I

'I.

12

~
oSo

A32

9

t

MALFUNCTION
73

A42

11

It . . :.;. P=.;. ;H= O=~T=O~.; . D=: . E~~~-_-_-_=
-38lS

•.

~2=2t~.S~

.1

_______

A20

rp'biecl

DOVER

1\47 '\--11'"--_ ______

nCTCr'Tn 0

8

.,.,. t Ct

13

6

MALFUNCTION

O.

~}-

__ - - _ -_______________________~1~2~

XEROX

PARe

~
L-l:-___-----....;-:::
1----=1~3...tE1

e

Fife

DOVER5B

ASSY.PVJ
ENGINE CONTROL
Designer

Rev

ED WAKIDA

H

216564
Dille

5/12/77

PiJge'

11 OF t

do

.r

~

10f0

CS12

9~

ilS

A37

PUFFING

8

vee

rn:J

10
SLS

REJECT

6

30

9lS

9LS
VCC
M/M RC

9

0

10

1

C
B
A

A46
EN

d.\,

UfO
14
10HZ

vee

A11

3lS

5

FUSER PRESS

6

31

s~ l::M
TEMP. MAL

2

A10

10
3'-1
h -_ _ _-::::

PRItJT

I

POWER
; ( : r - = - 4 - - - - - -MACHINE
-_ _ _
_-I=28

9

ASSY. PW
ENGINE CONTROL

XEROX] Pro/ecl
PARC
DOVER

I

File

CONTROL CONPONENT

DOVER9C

Designer

ew

ED WAKIDA

Rev

216564
D,lIte

H 5/2/77

Pi1ge

120F1

A41

1STSEO"

.~4~______~_______________________
C_L_E_A_N_IN_G_B_R_U_S_H____~37

3

1

A10

~

9

SHUT6
2
______--------1~3~A77~~~1-2------~~~~

D

1
SHUT 0
CS5

5
2
4

vee

-

CORO&OEV PS

.......8

27

A11

A82

9

6

•

:7

'

~8:.-..------_-P-A-P-ER-F-EE-P-----_r 32'

10
12---l-

OIL DIS &OEV DRIVE
~--~DSO.~9--~~------------------------------~--------~~~~~~~~---A71

100HZ

11

C

+fVDC

Qt;..

R11

R

~...,A...,

13

PRINt
SHUT3

~

3

A77

5

1~D·'
11

'

..4. -

A41
.Ji

1~U

~91

A74

.

~ 0

RC
00 ...

--.?.

C

QCI-

~ B

OBi""

3
GN0 • A

QAf-

2

.

vcci

4

A105

iJND
. vec

4

"'2

7

J S 0

S

1

•
f>;2

::: C A55

1

2 CLK
9,.
A73

:-- K R A' 1--

Lo

....

38

+ MCT2

1sL

vee

1HZ

DEVDR1VE

5

1

6

"3

CLR
CEP eEl

71

J 10

+5VDC

11 A19 .,.....10

•

E)-

CLOCKWISE
INCREASE IN
ON TIME ON Tt-:E
~
DESPENSE MCTOR
5 A,74
0:: MOMENTARY ~

.
9

1()

HEX

~
11

--43

S3

15
7

~

4

~
~5

f!'=CONTINOl-S

6
S

3

I

2

I

D

RC
OD-

e

OC

+5VDC

B

OB

A

OA-

>

CLK

~

r
7

(,.".-

r----=:---IE!

1

~

R10

+ MCT2

ClR
CEP CEl
1'0

J

OtL DISPENSER
....5______--1 35

1

LOA72

J

~________~2~.___A_l_0_6__~~

vJc

28GND

ASSY. PW -ENGINE CONTROL

I 'XEROX I

Project

I

~()MPONENT

File

216564

I .,

Rev

1Sr

..(

3

151

RC

RC

RC

. - 0

00-

- 0

00

- C

OC~

• C

OC

- C

oe-

- B

OS-

• B

08:-

- B

08

OA-

• A

OA

• A

d.

OA-

00

'. A

~ lOA18
~ eLR

V~ClR
CEP CEl

V:e10

~
~

7

Vee

CLR
CEP CEl

1~ee

7

• D

• 0

00 ..

• C

OC-

• C

oe ...

· c

• B

QB-

• B

OBr-

• B

OBf-

.. A

OAr-

• A

OA

-2.
Vee

Vee 9 .... lO A53

lOA35

CEP CEl

RC

RC
00-

• A
OA
a...-_...;;2,-t CLK

~ ClK

~- CLK

ClK

V.s.EJb to Ai

7

• D

1Sr:

1sL

is!

...t

Vee

ClR

..

a.

7'

I

lO A52

Vee 9~ .. 0 A69

ClR

Vee ~ J'aLR

CEP CEl
7 10

CEP CE]

101

10

.5VOC
~

'TONER'IIOEO
82 ~________~__~3~. A19~-~4------J

1STSEQ
13

I

Er

E

9

=MIN BIT COUNT
HEX

6

7

C

QC t-

B

OB

4

~ ..._------1---=3... A

OIL DIS 8. DEV DR

~

V~C

I

---1..

-

9

~

OA

-

;~1

CLK

lO A70

V~ eLR

~~.

_ _...:;;;2~O S

10

RC
00 l-

D

S

~~----~----+-~

51

CEP eEl

7

~5~·

0= MAX BIT COUNT

{ A115

I).

~ eLK

CLK

-t

•

CEP e~l

O~5~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--I

7

10

~

A71
3

co,'?
R
-u:1

La~·

~TIN_C_R_E_A_S_E____________~____
.~13~IA37 )'n1~1~.~_______________________________~

L../

.5VOC

0

= LONGESTONTIME

I

>A115

~.

>

E :: SHORTEST ON TIME
9

HEX

O~

-0
A54

~ cr.
fi A19

8

3

C

S2

6

O'~

R

~

I

V(C

M/M RC
7

9

0

~C
~A r---L B
1LJ 15
~~A

L

.001-

r--'

OCr-

IE!...

1l o s

8
---1Q..~
r-2
A20

10

Q r""'-"''A54

OB-

11

OA
A88

4

r--() EN

r-!b
--~D6

40

10HZ

l'

I

1:}3

1HZ

'7

:~6

U/D
t ·cp
11-)
~4

47

r

ASSY. PW
ENGINE CONTROL

Xl
I DOVER

XpER 0
ARC

PToject

File

TONER DISPENSING

DOVER6D

Des;gner

ew

EDWAKIDA

Rev

H

216564
D .... te

PiJge

5/12/77

. 14

OF~

..

~

2

512
256

"4

"128"

5
1

. lS8

CR
6
Vee

CS5

2

14
643-1
A94

+ 23VGND

8

+SVOC
A115

vee
+ 28VDC

6 D
5.
C

HEX

4

S4

3
2
9

vec1

2

B

A

OA

ClK
lO A91

1

elR

CR3

P2,5
6

PRINT

14

METER 2

643·1
A93

+28VGNO

8

vce
vee
1--_---.;6"-1 0

13

•
~1.=.2_ _ _- I

34

00

e

OC

----+--~ B

OS

A

OA

1HZ

4

15
RC

LASER CONTROL

---------------------+--+-~~ClK

LOA57
I----+-fl

CLR

LASER· ON

~ C13

r

XEROX
PARe

I

ASSY PW
ENGINE CONTROL

Proleel

DOVER

BILLING METER AND

File

. DOVER7C

Dcsignel

ew

EDWAKIDA

Rev

216564
Date

H 5/12/77

Page

15 OF

i

I

•
. AC MONITOR11

C,.

12
11

CHECK

10

21

13
2
READY TEMP

1

12

READY

1

23

13
MALFUNCTION

NOT REA-DY

2

1

20

PTDISOROER
PAPER TRAY

13

PAPER PATH

3

+5V06

LED

14
+ 643-1

6

5

22

2

4
PRINT

19

.

A9S

R9

8

p2·7·

28GNO

vee

.•
' ' .....

1HZ

PRINT

A114

+5VOC
8

+ 28VOC

5083..:4364

7

A113

t-:-+-....a...,--"'J'\..~_-

R8

A98

A113

~6~____~~, ___

C12
5

LM2900

~----.....~-L------~~-----------r~~4~~1~~__~2~~

V

7

5

ASSY PW

I

I

216564

ENGINE CONTROL

Project

nnVJ=R

+SVDC

3

P2-1

XEROX
DliRr

+5VOC

INDICATOR DRIVER
ANn PHOTOCELL DETECT

File

DOVERBC

Designer

ED WAKIDA

Rev

G

Dare

5/12/77

Page

160F

I

:'.

\

t'

II

."

"-

...

~

~

EI
.-

..)

r-~--------------~~

I

..,.

J

--cs-Q
...

L -__________________ ~

...,r---------------~-, •

.-

~

c::»

~

L-______-----------J~

.-----~~--------~~

-.:t

4-C4-o
L -________________

~~

=r

...,.

-t3-

~-----------------~~

...,

I

L~~
ICsn

r==3
I(SI6

~
I

---- I

I ---- ----

~~----------------~

and spccificetttons. and th·! data coni'lrf! the cxcllfsiv~ property of Xerox
CorporittioJ\ ;,,,d/or Hank X(!roX l.td. issued in strict
(:ollri~h.·!lCC and shall 'lOt. with~ut the prior "'IritH:n
p~rnllssl(ln of Xerox Corpo:alion or H.mk Xerox.
l. td •• b~ r~prod\lccd. copied or u~f~d for any purpo:;.e
wlaitt,>ocvf:r. cxc.:pt the 'llL.'.n Aviation Boulevard
EI Segundo. California 90245
213 679-~511

•

'

l'llaterial List

.

Drawing Title

!~,

~

ASSEl-mI~Y:.

.

t~ ~

I?~ r\0I

If:

~
~
-l
.:;

0

.

•

I

Title

Isrs

•

P II - Relay :r-rodule

0;1

No.

•No.R~q •

216538

.'C"IQ'~

Board~

2

Relay

Teledyne 1601-1401P

13

KSl thru 13

3

Relay

Teledyne #643-1

5

KS14·thru 18·

4

Relay

1.

Pl

5

Capacitor ~.

Teledyne :fi675-1
24tF~ 15 V

187720~OO5

5

cl thru

6

Resistor~

116417-511

1

R8 .

7

Resistor:.

Sl.JL~

100111~510

3

R3~4,7

8

Resistor~

220..tt.~·

4

Rl~2,5,6.

9

Connector~

18. Pin

Amp #1-87655-8

1

32

10

Connector~

14 Pin

~mp :f!1-S7655-4

1

33

11

.Jack~

12

Support> Circuit

510..tl- ~ li4. loJ

Connector

1/2 l-l

.

1

0

AoBoflHB-221-l0

eTC #450-3718-01-03

-:1

:1
5

.

~0
[o~o':l

~:. ~1

~ ~]

-.

57

Ricbco :fICBS-I.N

Bo~rd

Of

~

1

2 \01

r1ec

No~

0;uo

216536

1

...

Item No.

~

Those drawings and specifications. nnd the data contained th~re- s·
in. are th& exclusive property of Xerox Corporiltion andlor P.im:t
Xerox .. ltd. issued in strict confidence and shall not .. without t';e
prior written permi~sion of Xerox Corporcttion or Rank Xerox. ltd .... f
be reproduced. copied or used for iJllY purpose whatsClever except I
the Illc")nufacture of articles for Xerox Corporation or Rank Xe;ox.ltd. f
Model No.
e1
Date
~~O 390101·
3/3/77
6

..

PRINTED UIRING-

~

IMLr

V

RELAY :HODULE

-

.

~~1

4

.

.
o.

..

.

.•

-

...

0

)

.
-

..

,

.

,

..

I

.

.

..
.5VOC

11.1 .1 .1 .1 .1
3

53

t--_ _ _1
=--I •

PAPERfEEO

32

£EJ

t-3=--_--=L::.::1~~...:::;..~ J3-1
KS1

1--_ _-1-_ _--=2:...) _

t-4
__-rU;.;...,.J;..=('-'--1..;..7_---">~ .12-10.1 t.12

-----'~

~3__f--...;:;L;...;4:...--_...:::....~

1--_ _--.::1-1 •

,.

REJECT
30

1--_+-_ _-..:.2=-1

Ct

..svoc

T C2T c;r c4[ c;r
.5VGNO

J2-17

KS2

-

57
fUSER PRE~
31

L5

1--_ _-=1-1.

t-3""--+-_ _ _...:~~ J2-16

I
"

KS3

1--_ _-1____.-.::
2=-1 -

+SVDC
JlOY

1

3

CORO toDEV PS 1------=-1 .. •

27

2

I-----I---~=-I-

1CS4

33

DIS

1--_ _-1-_ _--=2=-1 _

..

UUE125 ... :'2-2 3 16

.'

4

S11

~ J2-14

RE~OY

KS5

u ..~

R1

14

'

-AA

...

KS14

23

S9
~3_+--I-_ _-=:::::":::" J2-9

t -_ _.....:
1:.....t •
TO~R

1

PAPER PATII

~

14

..

R3

t--.:..~--I--_A"

1<515 "

~

8

22
LS61

39 1----r'_.........,_ _---=1~ ..
36 1--I-_~~----=2=-1_

,

3

816 ...

J2-1

ICS9

CtJECY..

~.

L -_ _ _- - '

DEV

.;!-.:,
~~

omvr
1--_ _--=1-1

LEANING BJJ

r......

"''''

CHECK
B4

1-3=---I-_+-_~;"~ J2-4

•

37 1---1-_-1_ _ _--=2:....&_

KS6

14

JeS16

mJ-~L -_ _ _

...

8
~

4

00"1"
1...,
1--_ _--..:.

36

1---1-_ _1-_ _--=2=-1 _

t-3~-+-_+-_--.::>~ J2-5
K57

1---1-_-1-_ _ _--=2.... _

~ ..

teSS

...4~-+-~F~5~-;..=;..'>J2_15

---.,.~

1

3

K6

4

UNE21

~~O'

LNl?

I~ J3-6

MOTon nRAKE

24

T3

1---1-_-1-_ _--=2=4 _

1<511

1.---.._-=-1.....

34

1----+_ _ _--,..,,.......::::2'"-1 _

KS12

iC

DOVc.:n

Lim: 134

3

u\&:R

I

). J3-3

pwn

AC CIIECK

4

1

lIt,fE 5

J-=.-"I------>~ J2-7

PI

5

....

2

n3

~.-lf----7 J2-6
1<513

I

4

J3-2

1-=---1-----=):::.. J2-8

_______-=1'-1 ..

r xp[:A"rtIOx rPto~cr

~8

~3_.J--_ _ _..;;:::..~

1--_ _--=-1-1 ..

~

I\SSY P\V
BELI\Y MODULE

I

Fi!c:

RELAY MODULE

DOVf.:nnf:lJ~ YC

ED \V J\t(\DA

I

.I

216!J36

-~-r;;
Hell
O.ltc-

C

5/12/77

p~"JC
6 OF

1

v

5 REQD

4 REQ

o

o·
(81

S2

~~Q :f.)~
S3

0'0 D~

o

o

~I

•

S4

I

I

N

o

01

o

J

r

'\

Byes!! clr.,wi~)!J'i and sp~cific;}tion~. C)ncl Ih;; d,.ta con
t?uH.'d tl~c,cllt. Clrc thr. €:.crJu!".i ... c pr(:p~rtv (}f Xerox
Corp.oratlOn &Ind/or Barlr( Xr:roy., I.td. issu;:d ;n ~lrict
o

I .

conf':!t'!1CC and .~hall not. \/ithout l!,e prtor wrItten
"cr.OlI~sHm of X'.!rox CorporJtion .or BaTik X(!roJC.
br. ,cpro~ucccf. copi(:d or us·.:d 'or any JJtlrpo~.!
SOl'vel. cKn:pt tlte rn.lnuf~,cttlr~ of in tide-> tor
x Corpor.,tion or n .. nk Xr~r()x. ltd.

f.

1

0
,

lti~

ASSENULY > IJRINTEJ)

•.X.<:~(>~.C:g!p'or;.!!!.~~
l1IRI~\G··

n SC911fld.:>. Callf.:>,n:"
D

216572

110TIlER BOARD
Sh::i'l

3

or

5

1

Ts

'
ru

S1

T4

~1

T3

• '" .

J2

51 POlYMOTCl.K

r--

7t

S1
LS0100
1
P=----------!..I
52 nIT ClOC~ RES·
2

1

r

. S.P.OWOo·
S~ roLvcu11 S'

J7

SS28

+28V

SU12

17

67

17

67

Stu 1

68

LOCt.L

18

66 .SEtD VIDEO

68

Stuo

1~6~9~__
SSO
___
' __________~19~

69

SU09 •

~-7-0---R-E-·A-O-V-TE~.t._l-P---~2=0 ~ 70
Syt~C

21

71

~

70

stJoa

21

71

SU07

72 PnINT t.1

721

ptl!tlf M

22

72

StlOS

23

73

'At.I.FtltlC nON

23

73

UNE SYI'.!C11

23

7')

$U05

241-~.::..7..:.4--t,-~O-T_O-R_I!_R-A_K_E-------------2_4-1-

74

AC MONITOR

24

74 STATUSBM O:J'

24

74

St¥.).~

251---J.7.::..5~_m_'NT
__PO
____V,_~E_R
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __!2=:.::5~

75

PHOTOCO.1.

25

75 VID POLARllY

2-S

7S

StY.l3

26

76

<>ND

f&

~

76

GI0

77

LOST PWR

....2-7-1--l-7-7-1.-0-S-T-P...O-'.-"-F.R--J 27

77

S:J02

73

READY LAMP

23

7G

AC CHECK

26

79

AC CHECK

29

fSS09

78

lS27

28

78

8$05

28

78

St~1

79

LS3

29

79

SS02

29

79

Stx>O

80

LS3n

30

ao

SS30

30

CO

tn15

31

PSlESEO

31

81

IO!4

ill

62

1013

33

83

64

to t 2
1011

65

JO!O

86

100~

37

87

mo~

....8~1_ _M_E.,;..S...:.r:~O
_ _ _-=.3..;11

~U::OUl.1-_ _33;:';32=4

33

83

TONeR DJSPENS.

33

34

84

LhSF.R-Ot.J

34

35

85

On. OJ$PEN

35

35

36

86

PUfF lUG

36

r-

76 GND

63

COtJtJT

I_A ~~IDr~)E~c-c-~r-~l~r--~
.~ EXCt.t:.:I)CLK
34
ElP STABT

35

r

:32 TONER ViDEO
SS07

<.>

~~~~~~------'~32:4~

S_S_3_1_ _ _ _.:...:.I
J.=:C::.:;4.:.____

.Q5

SS27

3S

~~-----------------~~l
86
SS23
35

8 G . EXLCMD1.10

'36

87

EXLCM01.09

37

87

38+---l1-8_8_.;::DE~_.::..v...;o:.:.:p.:.::.I~V:.::.E______________
3_fa

88

EXlCM01.08

38

86 PACKET OJ(

38

86

to07

39

89

89

EXLCM01.07

39

89

BEAN EN

39

89

1005

40

90

40

40

90

STATOUTO3

40

90

1005

91

41

91

91

lS61

•

39
I-

90

EXLCM01.06
EXLCM01.05

41

92

42

92

EXLCMOt.04

42

43

~3

43

93

EXLCMOt.03

43

93
94

err Cl{)CK
S. nIT CLK/4

S.ROWOO·

~5

45

95

EXLCM01.01

45

95

46

96

46

96

EXLCM01.00

4&

96

47

1-97

47

97

4 -7

.:

48

_98

48

98

·49

~9

49

99

CHASSIS GNO
OUTPtTr-2

J

OtJrPur-3

50

_I
nElA Y '·f;OD.

Pwr-cf
nf"\\lcn

,

S.JlOW03·

42

45

L

100
J.-

"!lOTon Dn.

-!
It

EXlC'.101.02

OUTPlf(-1

SS19

_I

.. I

37-1-__IJ.:::8:.:7--C- LE
-,-'A-t.J-Il'-IG-O-R-U-St--I---------3-J7

94

no x

20
STATOtJTOt

22..... -f.::..7.;:;:2___P._"_P_E_R_p_A_n_I___________- -__2;::.2=-1-1

44

ht.1f'

S.110WO"!

18

4 1_ _ _~6::.:0~V;:.:A:.=.;c~n.:.:.ET.:..:_:..:.._ _ _ _ _4::.4~__I1-=94

-·' ,I
k

Stl13

LS26

44

10

6S

67

. 71

60VAC

-

SNf .$"

17

20.~~-7-0---NO--T--J-tE-A-O_V-UU----~p~-------...-~2~O~
:'U .....-+7~1.:.___C_tl_E_C_K_LA_M_P_ __:__-------~2~1=+_

21----~~~~~---------~~4-

7
6

64

15

66

~~6~9--~Pr~-D~JS~O-P.-.O-E-R--~1:9J

41

C

14

•

16

32.t--::f_=.8_2__
P_fl._P_EIl_F_E_ED
_____________3=-'-;;.o.•_

~-

SSO

65

66 STATOUTOO

301--~8~0~_R_€_JE_C_T
___________________~3~01-

y

64

15

16

3~ __ l-n':::..:1~_FU
__S_L_R_~_R_E_SS
___________________--=3~1

o

14

~

LS09

28~-t-7.=..8~~t;.;.:
.. A..;.;I.:..;:N:-;D:::.;Jl:.;:lV:..::.=E_--_ _----------'2:::.;8,

p

lS4

19~~~6~9---P.-~-P-E-R-T-R-A-Y--LA---M-P-------------1.::;.;9~

29

\

~

66

27~_+.=..7.::..7-----C-O-R-O---~-O-E-V-P-S---~--------'2::;;.7~

\:

I\l

8

16

t8t--t-6=8_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _1.::;.;8=+_

i ."•

N

'57

I~t-+':-::-----:;-::::-::;-----d_-I'r=,--I
11
61
+15V
11
61

65 LS24 :'lS31

~-f~----------------------------------------------~

l

ILOCAL VIO HI

I~~~~__~~L~~'.~~______~~_.

o

\-

~

60

1S~-----~~-P~-----------~~--~~-------~~

N

sn

7

_____1~3~___~6~3~~-~1~5~V~__~1~3~r-_f6~3~_-~1~5~V__~1~3+-~6~3~___~-~1~5~V____________'~3~~~6;~3~__~-~1~5~V__________1~3~~63

'---

o

r

eJ'J()

1t~U
12

G

S7

8 ~_____9-r__+5~9~~-~5~.2~V~_____9~__~:5~9~~-~5~.2~V~___9~~.~5~9~~~~5~.~2V~________~__r5~9~___-~5~.2~V~_______~94-~S9

131-_ _.=.'1::::.5f--46~S~_·_2_8V_G_N()
_ _..!.1::::.51--I-6~5~·_2_8_V_G_m_,_,~5

L

(;tID

50

100
___

ENGINe: CONT.

I

s.nrr

91

too~

42

92

IDO=3

.43

93

tOl)2

•.

mot

44

95

GND

97

41

I

1000

46
LCU~

47

n

I

97

r1--. naf\VfO lU!t: Sv::c
'41J
. ~~-i:Ot.cu-r--. ---.mr-- $f'

c.:. __
4~

~Ir,

50

'00

C.__

.

:JSTATUS J..l

S.l\mH-!,.J

__

S HOWO?

CI-L-.

COM'~,1J\ND

014)!J9

I'..O/'PlEH

~;'OTHEn BOJ\nD
F,:c
·-o-o-v-[-n--J LNC;£Y»~{
~
----_-~-".-.-_-_o-"..---------- nl'\'lJn!~!,","
I"':"
'I\'A'J"I~J\

11l~"

5{"

=-'-S.HO"',O-l
100

_.:::::::1"
S. flO·"";O 1:
"----

I

VIDEO f\Df~PTEn

I~::~c

{l41rc

.w'"

I ... ""-

1_-.

,..

<

_

,

•
DOVER CONSOLE WIRING

...

i'-oFF

"

0

COM

A

A
DS6
B

P2-1

-3

•

DS9
ORANGE

J1-A

814

Jl-B
ON

P2-1

LASER LOCK
SWITCH

BRO'lIN

J1-M

METER 1
BLACK

J1-N

METER 2
REO

o COM

START PRINT

S21

>

J

,

Jl-T

/

.

BLACK

REMOTE.!
LOCALSW

S4

J1-X

BlUE

•

28VGND

Jl-Z

REO
..

"J1-P

..
ORANGE

STOP PRINT

..

J1-Y

~28VDC

LOCAL

DS7

~

-<,

Ci"

-.

"..

B

A

DSG REMOTE

B

A

.

S1

;---t

POWER ON/Off

'-1

0 A_
__

11

L1

t

BLUE
ORANGE

2

·YELlQW
DS3

A

B

BRO\~/N

B

BLACK

B

REO

J1-c

:

Jl-J

PAPER PATH

DS4
A
A

. 'f'

~-~ ..

"

J1-H

PAPER TRAY

DS2

B

ORANGE

J1-K

NOT READY
OS1

8

A
RE/..OY

1

J1..:.b
J1-F

CHECK

DS5

J1-a

VELlO\V

\

>

'i"

'-\

FIlE DOVERCONSOL

J1-L

I

K

J

H

...; .

,

G

F

·1

t

[

--------~-------

I-Jo-r

Ell

6 ..... 'Gl. rrE.)J J\,LL c;:;.c..~E-WS S'TO IZ ItJO-i POUtJt>:s...

~ ~b.e~ CI-lA.t:..t.CfEes. .12. ~IG.H &t..Ac..~ P:::Cit.

L!..d )ts,£:O)(

o-Pec:;.

fOrG.2,.4

2.1

•

"8

LI

), "I

l
..

.

.~
~

a-3Z
.,. PLACE..S

SlARl "'Rnn

2RE.QO

(""I.M2)

£E.F

.

~

:

.

..,,,

SEP-VICE. t..!X>P
APPP-O){ ~"cx:> ItJ.

(lVP D51,H2lJ OSS)

".

P2
s.~-c.OM

~2~-N"O. eeF

.'

r:-,

t

Wire No.
i

......erm

-1

From

DS8 .. A

3
4

15

5

6
7

15
15

8

lS

1'3-1
P4-1
DS3 .. B

P1-M
P1-N
Pl-F
P1..,J

DS5-B
DS4-B
D51-B
DS2 .. B
DS7 .. B

P1-L
P1 ..K
54-3 .

15

S~-1

D86 ... B

16

D56 .. B

10
11
12
13
14

26
26

I

17
18

I

19
20
-21
I

1

I

S2A-COM
S3 .. COH

27

S1A-Ll
SlA-Ll
S1:3-2
S1A-l

S113-L1
P1-c
P1-a
Pl-b

27

Wit" tYPO

RED
RED

-I-28VDC

31

17
17

18

ORANGE

31
31

18
18
19

31

19

ORANGE
ORANGE
BLUE
BLUE

tASER-ON IN
LASER.ON IN
LASER-ON IN
'rOP COVER SW
METER 1

31
31
31
31
31
31

19

BLUE

METER 2

20

BROWN
BLACK
RED
YELLOW
ORANGE
BLUE
YELLO\y
YELLOW

31
31
31
27
31
31
. 31

21

17
22

18

19
22
22
17
18
19
19 . . .
18
22

Chg. Let.

StgMl

Notes

of. 28VDC

. CHECK.
PAPER PATH
PAPER TRAY
READY·

NOT READY

LOCAL LANP
LOCAL .. H

.r(

LOCAL .. H

RED

START PRINT.R

QUANGE
BLUE
BLUE
ORANGE

STOP PRINT -t
S8-L1
S8-L1
LlNE1~l4

YELLo\~

LINE 5

I

23
24

26
26

27

22

P1-H

P1-Z
P1-P
Pl..,!

27

Term

'DS9-B .
DS8-B
P1-A
P1-B

1'2-2

9

To

DS9-A
DS7 ..A

DS8-A
DS8-B
P2-1
DS8-B

2

I

,

I

25
26

t

TN!So! ~r1win~ and ~eifieatjons. and the data conbin~ ~!,~in. :1ft the exclusive I"o~rty of Xerox
CcrP¢':ti~H' and/~ Rank Xerox, Ltd. iuu!!d in rtrie1
co-nfid4!N:P. and s.1311 not, without the prior written
~mi\~ion or Xerox Corporation 01' M3r:1l< Xerox,
I. td •• b~ r!~rO':1ue(!d, eopi~d or u~ r,r any PIJ"'oStJ
wh~t\¢~r, !xe,pt tM m:muhetvre of .rtk:l~ fot'
v.~"y ~_.,nr:rtion or R~nl< XefOX. l.td.

1. Ref Item No's In Apolleabte
Materiat List.

2.

Rer Designations Ate AbbrevIated.

.

Prefix

E~11

Oesignatlon With:

Title

AS SEHBLY , CONTROL PANEL

-

-

-

,.

B.

216537
Sh~t

~

XEROX1

Xerox Corporation
EJ Segundo. California

4

Of

5

",,<':'J~
'~c'

Wire

I

~o.

crm

From

To

27

DS4':'A

DS3-A

28
29
30
31
32

DS5-A
D52 ...A

DS4-A
DS5 ..A
DS2..A .

I

DS1-A

-

16

15
15

33

34

r·-..
..... -,

~~~~~~

Term

26
26
26
26
26

DS1-A
D86-A

E1
P3-3

E2

16

P4-3

E3

16
31

-

35

36

P1 ...Y

DSG-A

DS7-A

84-2
S2A. NC

S2A-NO
S3-NO
Pl-X

Wl.pe .
17
17
17
17

17
17
17

17
17

Signal

Notes

~

C-=<
0-<

C-<
cy

:". 0¢L
~
.)

17

I'

RED

+28VDC

RED

+28VDC

RED

+28VDC

RED

.;..2SVOC

RED
RED
RED

+ 28VDC

C1"lJ.l.tt.

.

+28VDC
+28VDC

RED
RED
RED

+28VDC

BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

+ 28VGND

+28VDC
... 28VDC

37

38
39

26

40

53-NO

26
26
31

21

D~

21
21

0-<

. D=<'

.f-28VGND

+28VGND
-C

•

)

I

I

'.

I

Thr? "--I~ I.
~'-€)4

(4J

([) 2 BEQD

TIP
BEQD

VIEW

Those drawinS$ ar.dspeeifieations, and th~, dota con- I Tltle

t:JiMd therein, :mt the ~xelu$ivfJ pro~ny of Xerox
Corporotion :md/or Ronk Xerox, r..td. issued in strict
confidenCe! ond sh~lI not, witheut the prior written
pcrmi~!iion of Xerox COl'porOltion or Ronk Xerox,
, Ltd., be reprodu~ed, copied or usee;! for any purpose
who':!.o!!v,ar, except the m'.)'
-VI
'180276-0oi OR EQUIV.
1717 V
RING TONGUE
TERHINAL~

100343-009 OR EQUIV

r - l!a.oO"-'r-1

fJ r-10.OO'.!-l

N-ru-A-LTO~R ~- \ -£:;O-

~O ~~~R NO

\ ' >==r....

-A;1.....T-TE-·

COAX

COAXDRIVER
, - - - - ~2.00"
~
~=f:=====;;::==========::U.::rt. . (TO LASER PHR SUPPLY)

'=C~AX

~-'-ENe
~

.

COAX

"-=BNC PLUG

PLUG

44.00tt _ _ _
'~1
(TO CONt·lAND ADAPTER NODULE)

tt ____________________~---------------~---------------______~

~\.

.t: dr;' ..·.. jl.'~ .mel spcdfic;lfiuns. Otnd till! d.lta con,·..•• u·" tl!':'(:I!l. 'trf.: the exdu~i\!,! property of X(~r()y.
Coq).,".llInn :tncl/or B,ml( Xf:r()x. ltef. iss-lI(~d ill :\tr;cl
COl\f,~r':!lCf: ;1/\,1 !;haU not. wI1r.,ml thc l',iC'T writ ..:n
pelllll~~lcln. (If Xerox Corpor.tlioll 01 Il.mrt Xerox.
Lttl •• III! It'prc.rtllccd. cnpit!d or ....rd for -"W IHlrpW.A:
wlt;tt·;Ol:w:,. t~y.n:ltt the In:muf.tc:turc of 'ttltdl:So fur
Xt:rux Curpnl.tliun or Ibnk ):(!IOX.lld.

r .1 h~

XERO)(

_Xe!o>: C(lr.r!~~~tjo_~.

SPEC~
•

pnOCU}~EHE~T-

SLOT HEAD ASSENBLY

~_~~-=~ 2.;~E2==--=--[-_ C -~__
!'h. '(:t

'A

_

[I $eHII;do. C~lh(omia

I,

Of

5

.t

.r

··P7

••

Tnl

--'+

BLACK

T

1+:
.+ .'

l·

~'~.

I

I

I: I
·•

RED
l.JHlTE

~::.
--

•I

·9

! __ J

SHIELD

.

TO DOVER
BACK\-1IRING
BOARD

-1------;

1-IODULATO~ •

O++-------f~EN:' J----ISnPI~~El:Rv

L ~ _--..---..

! ~~~rr
L__

__

__________

i

MODULE

m----

P39 J39

}

~PW__R_S_U_P_P_L~~_C_A_B_L_E______~____~~
GREEN

-

SHIELD
--

--

8

,

BLACK

t

6
I I-+-------~--------------------------------------~
I 1
I

I

I
I

I

I

G
START

OF

+15

GND

SCAN_ _

IJ

I

•

H
G

I.

END

•,

WHITE

v-.+-----ll
l-r______~

r--.-

I

I

I

~ --,

I

TO LAS:eR
Pt~R SUPPLY

l

I•
•

5

4

TO

CON~·1AND

: ADAPTER

NODULE·

r--

~!!IELD

f r -- RED
.1
II
• BLACK
L~T1.:~~-+--~·------------------~

~L-J-i-+---+----+-+-i._RE_D_ _ _ _~

:--'-- - - - - - - - ~
RED
+ 15 I-+----f--f-----------+--'-I'II----;BLUE;:----~+ V4

I

GREEN'

I

I - · t - - - - - - - -III 0 -V4

GND

'-

-15

~~----------------------__- -__--_Tt--r-I~~~~----;II

BLACK
______________
+--I-I,i---Y=:~Ll~O'~
- - ---- - - - - - - ,

WIlI'n;'

L -_ _ _ _ _- - I I .

SLOT HEAD ASSY

•

CABLING DIAGRAH

;~~----------r----

:\.
~n dr&lwiu(j'i mati :;pf'cifir..ltions. :mrJ the d~'la con, ·.:•• flf~d tl!cf(:in. :'rc tI ••! (:xdlf~ivc Ilrnpr!rtv of X.:ro)(
(;tJtpur •• llUll "nd/ur rb"It XI!ro>c. ttel. issued in !.trict
t:dllfl~lc!\c'! .,,,rJ sh:lll not .. without trw prior writtl!ll
1H!"I\I~~IOn of X,:,ox (;orl''''oI''OI) or Ilanl\ X~rox.
Ltd •• be wprodUC.-d. co,,'.!d or It'~f:d for .mv PUIPO?:
wh""""!."':r. c:l'.~·c:.~t thc 111<1"U';'ctuu: uf .. rtic;h:s It),
y'.:ru)( C()fpur~.lluli (J, H;mk Xerox. Ltd.
1'.I1o.I.t I.u

DC R.JR
(TOP HARNESS)

P2

1----:1 rl
I

TO VIDEO ADA

Iii',!

SPEC)

PROCURE~lliNT-

Sl.OT HEAD ASSENm ..Y

TO
0 -B3

0 -Vi

Lo.GIC
P.S.

--, - - .. (s'over .dcsc.

Page

1

10..

DOVER

If.

General

lbe Dover is sirip-dowD Xerox 7000 Reduction Duplicator. All optical systcm. electronics, contact reiay
• • $. top harness. control console and .. elated c.omponents are el iAinaleci fror.t the Xcrox 7000-.
Tbe paper
•• reeder. paper transports. engines. solenoid. paper path sensing s\'1itches and related components are n
•• ot disturbed. Tbe list below are the basic components the at has been eliminated and added.

ADDED

ElUUfJATED

Optical Syst.em
Control Logics
Contact Relay

Control Console
Top Cover
Top liar ness

Laser System
Engine Co.ntrol Hodule
. Solid State Relay
New Control Console
lJew Top Cover
Hew Top lIarness
.5V.-5V.+15V.-15V.~28V

PWS
Transformer ( 30 to 88VAC)
Chassis
A~apter Module (2)

+.24V PWS

Specification
Temperture: 60 to 90 degree F.
lIumicJity Range: 15 to 85%
f.laxir.lUJil Elevation: 5000 feet above lsea level.
Copy Page: The machine uses 20-pouod loog grain bond paper. The paper size is 6 1/2 by 11 inclws.
Expendable Material: Toner and Silcone Oil •

.

.,~

ELECTRICAL Or~cRIPTlorJ

The Dover electrical control circuits are divided into six major modes of operation as shown below.
1. Circuit Breaker
2. Power- On and \.Tarltl-up
3. Print
4. Timed Shut-Down
5. Malfunction Shutdown
6. Toner Dispenser Circuit

. Circuit Breaker
The Dover is equipped \'Jith t\'lO circuit breakers. CSl and CB2. mounted on the rear off the housing_ Thes'
•• c breakers provide fault protection 00 each of the major input power lin~s. C81 is for all machine ci
•• rcuits except the fuscr. which is covered separately by C02. In ~ddition. ~ost motors havo internal
•• ther~al protection to shut them down in the event of an overload.
Power-On and Warm-up
·Pressing the POt·IER OU switch Sl (on the conrol console) energizes J'llain po\~cr rclays Kl. cooling blowers
•• 811. B12 and a18 if following conditions are net:

1.
2.
3.
4.

Main Power 58 (on the developer housing) switched.
Front doors closed (actuate lS19 and lS20 switch)
Reo"isler Stop Drawer closed (actll0\-1£:1'

Supply is On

Solid State Relay Ksn is energized by thc· control logic.

K'\-l closes and april ics power to 1 inc ·21 "/hich (:oergizes:

1. Conpressor n13 until thc prcssure actuatcs lS21

....

r!.:~\-

llover.dosC.

Page

l4-Sep-76 11:48:21

2

2 •• Paper tray circuity
3. Start print circuit.-y
Kl-3 and Kl-4 close and apply power fo fuser trilnsformer Tl. fuser conte"oller PS2 ilnd fuser c!l cmell t nL

At this point. the fuser is warming
•• until RTt senses the temperature
•• T1 to f,laintain the temperatuJ"~ at
.~ready condition and energizes the
•• DY lamp. This signific-s that U.e
•• tima the machine can be put into

up under the control of PS2 and nTl. The fuscr wit continuo to warm
to be 350 degrces. At this time PS2 will regulate the voltage to R
350 degc(!s. When the fuser reaches 285 dcgrees the logic senses a
ready relay. turning orf the IIOT REAOY light and taurning on the RE/\
r.1ac:hine h(ld COMpleted wan;l-up and is ready to maJ:e copios. I\t lids
a print condition.

Print
The macbine functions during print are controlled by the the cycle control assembly and paper path switc
•• l1e5. Prior to entering the print cycle ilnd making a copy_ ce."tain interlock requirement.s must be met:

••
Laser Power orJ lock Switch must be on Otl position.
Left Top Cover Dust be closed.
Drun' and developer must be in pl ace.· acutal "ing interlocks lS26. lSt3 ~ and lS61.
The paper tray must have sufficient. paper and be in the UP posi t ion wi lit the paper feeder top covers

1.
2.
3.
4.

•• d closed.

Laser on indicator should lite.
The READY light ~ust be OR. indicating the fuser is at operating t~fi1perat\Jre .. -

6.
6.

.

When a start command issued by the Alto II or pushin9 Ule Start. P,-int. switch SA. Ute Solid State Relay K
••SlO is energi:zed by the contl~ol logic in the engine cont"ol tlodule.. 1_

!

1~~

_ _ _ _:

2

JMCA7

.1

!mn: Ii ~ cbnt (01
modulo

FlU: OOVl:mIPAPF:~f[)

..

..-" ...

.

.

~~•.. 0.·
.

.

..

~

t

..

..

"',.

.
e

..

. .. .

-

e

.'
• •tI

1

~

.... ..

o·

..•

_.

...

:
•.. _ _ _ . . . __

--

. .•

..

'

r.

.

0

J

.~

:

-.'

..

... '.

;

o ";'°_

° .

..

. e.

.

•

, .,•.

I.--- -.

J

0

I
-0

•J

fl.:

~~

,

.

-,
0

•

'0

0.".1_

•
0

I
.I .

o. ..

I

e•

.
--L
'.
.
0--0
0...--.----..-:;---ii·-~--A
z
-;1>8 Cn'la . U\~
e
S\fJITLH
.

J
~-

ll'L1(

··~/JrTc.\_\

..

o •

.

..

I

-.

I

,

·0 .

.

DE t,n '"( "I OT££C.C.l~I··2\:C:~
.'

Lstp/ - l>.3,V£LLY"'"g~ FROA// /)VTc;CLOC/c
LS 73 - £/CI/ELOrCP- -L.,vT~6....c<
. LSz~-

l~
.........

O£u/n

..-

~

•

r--r-----'-.--,..-._ _ _--=--___

.

.
.

,.

'.

.

.....

•r

•

//.//~cL-Oc/c

-

."

~

FJ) . \': 1{':. '(" \ 9 f\
.

• .. I

; ...

...
__

.- ...

=P2

.. ·.JI

,

'-j,:.

.J

f

...-----------.

Teet PoInt

[OlCount
13

3

COlr.08

4

Car.OS

6

C.,r.04

11

Car.06

13

Car.07

14

lS174
2
01
01 P - 02
03

D4

02
G4

03
04

5

I

7
10

12
05
06 15

05
06

If

5
4

U

ncr.03

3

A

2

1F3
9

1

;r1~

SetBiIClock

.ffi:]

oo~

oC

Ber.01
Bcr.02

Cu< crn

£OlCounl'

RC

6

Ocr.OO

12

-~

.~
Car.09

ko4'-.-

OC 12

a5

OB

13

OA 14

CLK
u}S161

:!!,Ii

CLR

CEP CET

7~

11
12

1.L
~D
~C

RC
00

Ber.06

4

OC
B-8 3 08

Bcr.07

3

A

2

OAt-l1.!.:4~_ _ _-+_-------,

CLK
S161
9.r.
~

(

ut

P-oCLR

C(P CET

7~
Car.1S

3

Car.13

4

Car.12

6

Car.l0

lS174
01
01
02
03

D4

Car.11

13

Car.14

14

02
82

05

05

06

06

eLK

9j

SetBitClock

03
04

2
151

5

I

7

~
12
15

I

Ber.OO

6

~cr.09

5

bcr.10

4

lkr.11

3
2

C

5'

RC
.00 ~1

J S 0 '6

..J2

OC

N109
C

BalOn rJ3
A
OA ~14

3

CLK
lS16l

9
rLcClR

CLR

1l

0

CEP

I

C~

1WI

EndScMBeOOlOI

1

",",LD

004

I

b6a
K R O· 7

EndScMBeomOI

004

ou4

ScaJedBilClock/4
loa::!

_--..I__

ttO.

0

J21

0. CO.'''' 0

lS22n

K1·'

~

KSO

2

-

.

813

l

-·UNE4
II

. .

GND

lINE21 - -

,....

'.

J57-43

~3_~KS10

I
I

'" -,
.. J51-14

I
I

PI

...

.,

--;.'

I

'~I

I

l..S15

..

:-

0

DS1

U'

r

.

~

I

I S6
I

, ..

'

.

81

'0

0-

Cl

•
P1::. I\CVOlTAC!:S~NCF.:OEVJCE
•
Cll1:: OVUI ClHlft~N.T CIRUJT nnEAKEn
51 = COf.JSOlF. POWEn SWITCH
SO::. MAIN powr:n OFF/ON
S6:: PAPErl TIM Y POSITION CUll.POWN)

__--------~

CR3
•

"-

lS1.,::. SENSING UMl SWITCH
LS15::. pJ\PEn TIIJW DOWN SWITCH
LS19:: DonH INTEUlOCK
LS20::. Doon INTEHI.OCK S\'/JTcn
LS21 :: UNO(ll PH[SSUHe SWITCH
lS2211:: nEGISTOn STOP nflAWEfl INTEnlOC
K1 = t.v~1tJ POVlEn CONTACT
KG:: t.1J\JN J'BlNT CONTACT
f5::. rUSE
Ill:: EI.EV f, TOll l>nWE MOTon
011 ::. COOtlNG Ill0WErl (LOWEn)
012:: COOll~JCi BLOWEtt (lJPI!(:Jll.F.FT)
'IH1:: COlU:-:c; IROWEIl (ul'pc:n OleIn)
1113:: CONI'J1(SSO'l t.\01'OO
Y.SB= SOl.l!)!:iTA-rr::I;ElAY
K!;tO:: !,iOt.Hl S'fA-IE; UElAY

hS1:: [nAst: I.I',Mi~
CI'.CH3.Ui\ ~ AtJft'CO/\ST ASSY.

I

f)M"!JIJOI

1.0\'/1:11 JlAHt·I($S

.-

+u-

~

LS14

--------I'~t~
.......

.

.

UJ>
R4

[

.

7-

JS7-11

-

+

f

.....

n12

G

..

::'::C1

. +)~~I

.

J:'

D'NN

\ n2
_\

.-

.JI'"

~

J57-12

I

I

....

....

"""
J57-11
"

,

,,~

I

,

011

J4'"'-

J57-1

DWN

.

,

K6

J19-2

0

,.

1<1

....
J3-5

.

1~--

17

.. .

I

•

.

J2·13

0 "1_0. 0
0 - - 0 - F5
.'"
J14 COM
1

J20

m

.

J2-15

•.110

I

LS21

COM

.."

LINE 5

s: y->

Jt-C

lS19

..

(0

CAUlSlU

.-.
'4

5

K6-1

.157-158.24

....

K51

o---tJ--!,..,

-

I

KS 3

.

>

I

r{2
,

J2-1

~C

• J8-10

...

.".

.

-

J57·12

.

....

816

L

.".

"i"

"'

..

.123-2

.-

,.

"

J57-11

83

,J57-40
....

{I

j

J57-33
J6-3

t,.

J57-39

J2-6
K6-2

....
".-

I

......

...

KS 13

J57-1

I

.,

....

-

LO

~

.".

ItS 9

-

I

J16-2

....

1

I

<

J2·5

itS 7 •

.

L5

J57-3S

.12-18

.

N

,.,
L

,.".

~

L4

J57-20

.

KS 2

oN

~

.....

.".

J2-17

,

L1

J57-63

J3-1

....,

85

LINE 125

..

•
BG

,....~..

I

.

..•....

\'

~

-1

89

I
I

.

-

..

,.

t.

.

-'

J22
"......

J17-2
......
"'"

J2-4

....
.,..

KS6

n
.

:

0-05

Ne

J ,
Tl'

F3

-o-r05

-

I

.151-11

.....

DO

....,...

PS1

?

-I

J57-53

.~

.".,

J57-49
.".,

....

J57-11°

......

B4

.

..

••

..

LCND

KS4

J2-16

.J2-14

....

°

....
~

~

S11

COM

J12·12

'--_.<;

OUTLET

.. -

J51·11

J26-l2.

J57·59

--EJ
PS3

J57-1:!
->---

~

.19
~I

o

KS1 :: SOLID ST ATE FlElA Y
KS2 :: SOli 0 STATE RELAY

KS3 :: SOLID STATE REt A Y
J-'-IT
-~l--------.......,.--r---O
"
J57-51
.'
1
I

...":i

.'

I ....... __ ..

1

II

T3-A

--.

rK6-1

8

1

. 1--1

40

•11

197

1
3

~

82

._----

I

lINE47

r-

.. l -

I

I

-.

C2

I

_-I

1[11

12
I

I

I

K8

I
31
I

J

BRiOGE
nECT1FI~R

-..

- -- -

-

- -

-

I
.I
.

-

..

I

r

-'

-

~
~

JS7-31

...-

I I
U7

1 - - - - - - - - ' - -_ _- - -

. -.

-----------------=----1

1--_ _

rr

.12-10'
___ __
~

1;:55

59

J7-V.
2 -9
;>----<-0
tlO

I

J57-1? ...-

.J..----;>'">--- I

nI711--____--....;:.7~.1-5-7...,...1-2-.---f

'0---1 \l-------........,
810

CO~.l

....._ _.

C2::' STAHTlNGC.!\P,\CITOH
KG:: MAJHPntNT
~a:: tl.OTOn linJ\t,€ nEll' Y
1'3:: UOT0H Hru.la: 11l,\USFOflM
IJ2:: M/\1N :.~{ll·()H oruVE

111::. A llnMJ~;POrfrvJ\CUUr/lf:10TOn
U1(}:: TONEnmf,pa:S£HMo·tOH
011:: rUSCltCU!U,:.10·.0H
,.,.:: /.HTI!il ,YflC HV;\lll0M,J5t=O;lUEn
S~J::

-rO:iUl C(J;·fn,ot. OFf/O". ~;\"II fell
KS!,;: ~;(JU() ST ,nT HEU\ V

f~

\;;

l~S 11

:: SOL Ii) S1" I\'IE HD.I\. Y

. .,

R-1

CD2-A

3

K1 ·3

_L-

0---0

•I
,..,---tl
0

~

0

200

·2

)

0-)

• K1 .4

0----0

RT.. 1
~Vv-

.

I~)
~)

o

•

)~

PS-2 .

-r

220

I

)
0-)
)
240
230

OJ
250

PBOPORTIONAL
S\I'lITCH .

"

)

DC
SUPPLY

0"-

T .. t

~

~

ZERO
VOLTAGE
SV'/ITCH

.

'.

GATE

:-> CONTHOl

o

-'57-42

-

..

'if
·SENS~

.
TEI',1P •..

~-

LASER PIS

...
.,

....

."

...
,

-'2-7

_

.

i~

.

5

.

".

I

P/S-4

.
80V

.

-----

TRANSFORf'.J1ER
T-2

j Tlnv

.

I

.-.'

: .....

I..~.

,~

DOVElt COMPONf£NTS

,

A-I

Photo Cell

MOTons
B-1

Elevator (Paper Tray) Drive l\1otor

B-2

Main Drive Motor

B-3
B-4

Dev. Drive lvIotor
Brush Drive t1otor
Brush Vac. Motor
Brush Vac. Motor

B-5

. B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9

'.

"A- Transport Vac.
·D' Transport Vac.
Air Pump

B-10

Toner Dispenser Motor

B-ll

Lower Cooling Fan
Upper Cooling Fan (Left)

B-12
B-13
B-14

Compressor

B-15
B-16
B-17

B-18

Oil Dispenser Drive Motor
Fuser Curl Motor
Upper Gooling F~ (Right)

CAPACITORS
. C-l
C-2
C-3
C-4

Starting Bl
Starting B2
Starting B3
'Starting B13

C-7

Bl Anticoast Assy.

C-14

Starting D4

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
CB-l
CB-2

Over Current Protection (1\'1 ai n Power)
Over Cu~rcnt Protection (Fuser)

RECTIFIERS
CR~1

CR-3

Surge Protect (C3)
Rectifier (HI Anti Coast)

CR..5

Surge Protect (C3)

CYCI,E CONTROL S'VrrCHES
CS..5
CS-12

Cyc1e Control Sw (Paper Feed/Timing)
Cycle Control Sw (Puffer)

LAMPS
DS-l

Ready

DS-2

Not Ready

D5-3

aieck
l>aper Tray

DS-4
DS-5

DS-G

Paper Path
Remote

'.

2

DOVER COM.PONENTS

DS-7
DS-8
DS-9

DS-IO

Local
L-.scrOn
laser On
Dnun Discharge Lamp

".

FUSES
F·l
F-3
F-5

Motor Driver
Convenience RccepL'tc1e
Cooling Fans

CIRCUIT BOARDS
"PCB-CA Command Adapter
PCB-Be Engine Control

PCB-MD Motor Driver
PCB-RB Relay Board
PCB-VA Video Adapter

PLUGS/JACKS

P/J-!
P-2
"J-2
J-3
P IJ-3
P/J-4

P /J-5
P/J-6
P-6
J-7
P/J-7

P/J-8
P/J-9

P/J-ll
P /J-12
P/J-13
J-13
P/J-14

P/J-15
P/J-16

P/J-17
P/J-lS
P/J-19
P/J-23
P/J-24

P/J-25
P/J-28
P/J-30
P/J-34
P/J-35

P/J-36

Control Consrrop Harness
. Top Harness/Engine Control Board

Top Harness/Relay Board
Top lIamess/Rc1ay Board
Register Stop Drawer
Upper Cooling Fans
B8 ("B~ Trans. Vac.) .
lS-38
Logic Pwr to Mother Doard
SOv to Mother Board/Output to Poly Drive
Developer liousing
B3(Dev. Drive MotQr)
D2(Main Drive Motor)
9A't Transport
Bl (Index Motor)
Bl (Anti Coast Ass.)

Up Har to P/J..3
LS-9
Photocell
Puffer Sol.
D4 (Bnlsh Motor)
PS2
El Strip
Oil Disp. Motor
Thermistors/R-l
RT8
Cycle Control
Laser Power Supply
SO\' Transfonncr In
SO\' Transfonllcr Out
SOv Transfvrn1cr In

..

I

,
DOVER CO~iPONENrs

P/J-39

lv1odulator Driver

P/J~51

Top J-Ianless To Lower lIarncss
Paper Tray To Lower Harness
L-S 26 Druln Interlock

P/J-58
P/J-90

RELAYS
K..l

Main Power

K ..6
K ..8

. Print
Motor Drake

SOLENOIDS

L ..}
L:4
L ..S

Paper Feed Sol.
Reject Sol.
Fuser Pressnre Roll Up

L . .8

Puffer

S\VITCHFS
LS-l
LS-2
IS-3
LS-4
LS-8
1$-9
LS-13
LS-14
IS-15
LS-19
LS-20
lS-21
lS-22
l.S-24

LS-26
LS-27 .
IS-31
LS-38
lS-61

Jam Detector (Reg. Stop l\1od.)
Left Top Cover Interlock
Mispuff Detector
Low Paper
Count/Reject Delay
Multi Sheet Sensor

Developer Interlock
Sensing Dar
Paper Tray Down
Door Interlock
Door Interlock
Under Pressure
Drawer Interlock
Back Up Bar lnterlock
Dnlm Interlock
'A"l"ransport Jam Detector

Sensing Dar Down
Fuscr Jam
. .
Developer Front Interlock

}\.1ETERS

Ml
M2

Total Copies Meter

Dilling }VIeler

PO\VER SUPPLIES

PS-l

Corotron Power Supply

PS-2

Fuscr Controller

PS-3
PS-4
VS-6

Developer })owcr Supply
Logic Pwr. Sup.
Ivlotor Dr,tKC

PS-7

. Laser. Power Supply

)'S-39

l--1oc1ulator Driver

.-

4

DOVER CO:MPONENTS

.r

..C"'
~;.

RESISTORS

R-1
R-2

R ..4
RT-l
RT..8

{".

Fuser RolllIeater
Phase Shift (8-1) .
Bl Anti Coast Assy..
Fuser" Controller Thermistor
Fuser Over/Under Temp.

.'

l\1Al\TfJAL S'VITCIIES
8-1

8-2
8-3
8-4
. 8-S
8-6
8""8
S-9

. 8-11
8-14
8-33

Power On/Off Console
Start Print
Stop Print
Local/Remote

..

Paper Tray Position (UplDo\vn)
Developer Houseing On/Off
Toner On/Off
Corotron Test Sw..
Laser On (Key)

Logic Power On

TRANSFOUMERS

T-l

~

·T..2
T-3

T-4

Fuser Roll Control
80 Volt
Motor Braxe
Anti Static Bar

("

.

'

'. .

,.

2

(':
B9 (AIR PUMP)

"

Ji'"
'"

PIOS-l
PI05-2
PI05-3

\VHITE

1

BLACK

232

BND

GREEN

.

~IO crONER DISP. MOTOR)

WHITE

101

11601

-.

P/J7-T
S9

ORANGE

Bll (LO'VER COOLING FAN)

lK3
134KZ'

\VHITBP112-1

Pl12-2-

ORANGE
B12 & B18 (UPPER COLING FANS)

IN10
134N3

P/J4-1
P/J4-2'

\VHITE

ORANGB

)113 (CO!\lPRFSSOR)

'.
~:J.

B13-1
B13-2 '
'B13-3

. C4 (-)

.I

lKS

GND-2

;n13-GND

tft·

. C4(+)
TB1..l

'VHITE
GREEN

(

B16 (OIL DISP. iVIOTOn.)
P23-1
P23-2

...

. -. ..

Cl (BI STARTING)

.
30Fl
30F2
33Fl

Cl(+)
Cl(+)
el(..)
:

C2(+)
C2(+) .
0(-)

..

••

BLUE
BLUE;
RED

R2
:

C2 (n2 STARTING)

.

.197G1
197G2
97Gl

BRO\VN

!).

LS-14 COM
P12-6

..

. ,
~

BRO\VN
BRO\VN J57 ..27

,

..

J57-21
J57-25

C3 (B3 STARTING)

.

.: .
C3(+)
C3(+}

,
€

(

C3(-)
C3(-)

99
99Gl
100
lOOGl

RED
RED

. i

ORANGE
ORANGE

C4(-)

25GZ

J57-33
t

l'

C·4 (STARTli'\G 1113)

C4(+)
C4(+)

P8-2
J57-39
P8-3

13RO\VN
-D13-2

. ! . \,

TBl-2S

1313-1

'(j

.

•

3

~.:: ..

"'

. -(0'

C..7 (Bt ANTICOAST ASSY)

..
.~"

148

0(+)
C7(-)

1

R4

DLUE.

E-1 PAPER FEEDElt.

'VHlTE
CB-l

TDl-2·
TBl-3

3Gl

BLACK ..
RED

402

ORANGEKl-l
ORANGE"

CBI-Ll

2G1

CBI-L2
CBI-TI "

4G1

CBI-Tl
CBI-T2
CBl-TI

.• J! ;..)

SGl
SG2

..

YELLOWYELLO\V

".

... ,

K6-1
Kl-2
K6-2

CB2

CB2-Tl

G2
3G2
6G1

CB2-T2

101

CB2-Ll

CB2-U

BLACK
RED
BLUE
BRO\VN

TBl-2
'rBl..3

!!

Kl-4
Kl-3

.

.

t.

DS-l (READY)

.

30
12

DS1-A
DSI-B

PI-Y

PI-L
;t,.~

.:
DS-2 (NOT READY)

r
I?

,.

• '\! t·)

RED
YELLO\V

~..

I

29
13

DS2-A

DS2..B

. DS3-A
DS3-B

27

,:

9

RED

ORANGE

. .,
DS~3 (CHECK) "

RED

: I

l'.)

DRO\vN

-

»S-4 (PAPEU TRAY)
DS4..A
DS4-D

27
11

RED
RED

Hl

PI-Y
Pl"l{:

.

("

..- .

-' .-

PI-Y
PI-F

. ::.:

a;:·:
PI-Y

PI-H

DS-S (PA PER PATlI)

DS5-A
DS5-B

28
10

RED

BLACK

PI-Y
PI-J

DS-6 (REIVIOTE)

DS6-A
DS6-B

4.
-,

~

"I'

..

\:

32
15/16

RED
YELLO\V

PI-Y
S4-1/PI-Z

DS-7 (LOCAl,)
DS7-A
DS1-B
.

36

14

RED

BLUE

PI-Y
S4-3

(}

..

;-.

5

..,-

C

LS9

\~

l14-2

1S9-COl\'1
LS9-NO

l14-1

LS14
LSl4-CO~1

LS14..NC
LS14-NO

BLUR

30Fl

BRO\VN

149Fl
29Fl

YELLO\V

Cl(+)
P/J13-A

P/J13-F

ISIS
LS15-COM
LSlS-NC

BLACK

32F2

BRO\VN

31F!

0'.
LS21-COM
1.S21-NC

21Kl
25K2

.

P12-2
P58-HH

.. -

lS..11
. RED
DRO\VN

TBl~21

K6-7·

LS..24

re

~o\

LS4-COM/J58-H
• LS31-COM

LS24-C01-1:
LS24-NC

(0."

lS..26

LS26-COM
LS26-NO'

. 524T
525M

BLUR
BRO\VN

J90-1
)90-2

lS ..21

LS27-C011
LS27-NO

12F
11F

BLUE

YELLOW

JII-B
JI1-D

LS-31

.

LS31-COi\1
LS31-NC

LS24-NC
J58-\V

S1 (CONSOLE ON/OFF)
SlA..l
SlA-Ll
SlB-Ll
SAD-2

20
22
19
21

BLUE

YELLO\V

BLUE
ORANGE

Pl-c
Pl-b
SIA-LI

Pl-a

S2 (START PIUNT)

"

(~.

,.\..

S2A-COM
S2A-NO
S2A-NC

17

38

39

RED

BLACK

·nLACK

PI-P
S4-2!
S3-NO/PI-X

(

.j.

6

(

(~O

83 (STOP PRINT)

-.

to:

S3-COM
S3-NO

18
40

ORANGEPl..T

BLACK

Pl..X

54 (LOCAL REMOTE)
S4-1
84-2

S4-3

IS·
38

14

YELLO\V

BLACK
DLUB

DS6-B
S2A-NO

DS1-B

.

86 (PAPERTRAYUP/DO'V1\1

S6-Ll

192Fl

86-1

348Fl

S6-2

28Fl

BLACK
BLUE·

ORANGE

P58-E
P58-K
P58-P

88 (DEV. HOUSING ON/OFF)

S8-Ll
S8-1

. S02
315Dl

BLACK

RED

P7..p
P7-L

89 (TONER ON/OFF)
89

t.
t:- .

338Dl
216Dl

BLACK

ORANGE

P7..V
BIO
-

(" ..

SI1 (COROTRON TEST S\VITCH)

Sll-C011
Sll~NO

. Sll-NC

228Cl
283Kl·

126Cl

ORANGE
YELLO\V
RED

J57-59
F3-2
J57-53

814 (LASER ON)
814-COM

S14-NO

P2 CONSOLE-l
P2 CONSOLE-2

(

~~e

))/JI

,~

de
\
~~
~.

,~e.

(?

(CO~'lJtOJ.CONSOJ.}:)

TO

FROIl!
ORANGH

P2-22
J32-No/P90-3

llLUE'

BRO\VN
RED

J3-12

J3-14

BLACK

J3-11
J3-13
J3-10
P2-6
P2-S
P2-12

YHLLO\V
BRO\VN

P2-23

ORAl'lGE

ORANGE
Bl.ACK
RED

DS8-B

A

n

P2-2(COIlS) TOR COVER S\V

C
D
E
F
H
J
K

...
DS3-B
DS4-B
DS5-D
bS2-11

DSI-ll
1)3-1(iVI-1)
P4-1 (?vI-2)

L

1.,.1
N
P
R
S
T

S2A-COM

S3-COiVI

U
V

J57-38

(J31-+ V5) 2SVDC·
P2-24
J57-51
'l57-42
J1-P

nLACK

'XV

YELLO'Y
ORANGE

Z
a

YELLO'rY

b

llLUE

c

REO

Y

S3-NO/S2A-NC
VARIOUS
. DSG-B

.

Slll-2
SlA-l

SlA-Ll

P·2 (TOP llA!tNESS TO ENGIN;~ COi'ff!:OI. nOAUn)

SIGlvAL
PIIOTOI)ETECTOR

1

115-2

RT-8

2
3

J24-F

4

tAETERII
l\1ETER I

5
6

l.ED

7

PUFFING
LS-4
LS-24 &. LS-31
CS5
STARTPRIN

8
9

r

(

lS-!
LS-9

I_S-'J.2A
·rOl"ant JNCRE/\SE (S7)
I . S-38
LS-7.'/
LS:-8

10
11
12

13
14
15
16

17
18

19

11-N
Jl·~-1

115-1 '
128-CSI2-'NC
J57-1
J57-50
J23-CSSNC
J1-1'
J13-5
J57-65
. Jl!I·CO~.'t CS-12
J>/J1-E
l'/J6-~NO

.157-77
357-71

('

2

1..s-3
I ..S-61
l.ASERON
STOP PRINT

20
21
22

LOCAL

24

23

J13-3
J11-28
JI-A'
Jl-rr
JI-Z

J2 (ln~LAY nOAUD)

DHV.l)RIVE (D3)
LINE12S
LINE 125
CLEANING llRUSII (B4)

PUFFING (LS)
01I... DISP. (BI6)
LINES
. LASER 01'-1
1"ONER l)JSP. (B10)
L1NE47
LINE 47 . .
JJINE47
lvIAIl'l PO\VER (Kl)
S11 (COH.OTRONTES1)

FS-O
~

CORO. &.l)EV. PIS (pSI &PS3)
REJECf(JA)

t

FUSHR PRESS (L5)

fi.
..

~

'"

1
2
3
4·
5
6
7
8

..

J57-39 & J8-2
. J57-r 10
J2-16
J17-2
..
J16-2
J23-2
J57-42 & 11-13' .
.J30-3

10

9

P/J7-V
J57-23

11

J51-24

12
13
14
15
16
17
18

J57-14
J57-53
FS-2
J2-3
. J5,/-20

J5'/-35

JJ (iC~L:\Y nOARD)

PAPER FEED (LI)
"'IOTOR nRAKE

LINE 134
DSl
LINE21
LINEl
·'R EA 1)).... LANIP
··Cl.HAR"
"CHECK"
·'NOT REA nyu
'·PAPEB. TRAY"

1
2
3
5
6
1
8
9

J57-63
J57-18
J57-52
J57-7 & J19-2
J57-43
L1NEIA

12

JI-F
JI-K
JI-II

10
11
13
14

JI-L
J1-J

.. \

..
·3

•

r

i?:(.)
.

~~"

'-

.

1>/J5

DS
D8

'VHITE
BRO'VN

us fUtTRANS. VAC.)
JY1-ll & J7:T

A
B

J51--19

JG(lS·3S)
]~S38-NO

. 1..S38-CO~1

ORAN(jE

P2-8
28VGND

1
2

1>·61\;!.R (LOGIC rOWER TO 1\-!O'l1Ii~R nO:\!~D)

if}
It

~)

(

TO (PS-4)

PltV tVO.

1
2
3
4
5
6

+Vl(+5V)
+Vl(+5V)
-1- VI ( + 5V)
-Vl (-1-5V GND)
-Vl (+5V o NI)
-VI (+5VGND)
1
TD2-1/+ V2 (-5.2V GND)
8
THI.-?I-V2 (-S.2V)
9
TB2-5/+ \,4 (+15VDC)
10
."B2-6/-V4(-1-15VGND)
11
TE2-tl/- V3 (-15VDC)
12
TB2-3/+V3(-15VGND)
13
T1l2-S/-V5 (+28V GND)
15
T1l2-7/+ V5 (+28V))C)
JUlvtPER (-V4) + (-V5)

•

•

.'

.

s

F-

""'

JIt ))EVF.LOl·ER INTJ·:RI.OCK

\ .....

. ]tED

1..813 CONI
1_S61 COwl

+ 38VDC

1

BLUE

2

P2-21

Jt2 CO~tO. l'OWl~R SUI'l>l..Y

Ll

\V.l-llTE.

JJ2
CI-IAS GND

DRO\VN.

A

LINEIA
J57 59/J26-B

n

M

C

CHAS·GND
'0

P/J 11 (IA· TRANSl)OR1)

P58-J

A
D
C

. P58-19

P58-N

i>58-nn

LSS-NO
LS27-NO
LS8-NC

D

P58-X

E
f"

If

8~~.

ISS-COlVI
LS27-CO~f

P/J-12

lNDEX l\lOTOR (n·l)

N01"E: PAPER 7~t?AYNOJSESUPPRESSOR (fJH'R 1;0. 216630) INSEln:<; l1HTJYEgN
P-J2&J-J2.
.

P-12

J-12
1
2

R2
LS15-COiVI

131-3
Dl-3

3
4

El (PAI>ER FEEDER)

Cl(+)

131-2
B1-1

5
6

P/J·13 lNDEX j';IOTO!l nnAK£

J-13

P-13
R4
C7 (-)
CR3
CR3

A

n
c

J)
E

F

lS14-NC
El (PAPER FEEDER)
1>5S-AA
LSl·i-NO

JU (!U~\U Oit"}>/JJ)

. llLACK

J5'/-38
N/A
P2-20

1
2

BLACK
BLACK

P2-13

J57-38

3
4
5

6
7
8

LS-I CO~,:1 .
IS-) NO
J..5-3.NC
IS-l NC
LS-3 CONIILS-l NO

P/J14·(LS·')

P14
P58-CC
P58-Y

J31+V5

1
2

RED·

DLACK

1

2

lS9-NO
LS9..COi\:!

+28VDC
PHOTOJ)ET
l,ED
·1-28VDC

J.l2-1
P2-7

DRO\VN

3

J31+V5

RED

4

L8

\VHITB

1

L8

13RO\VN

2

J2-.s/CS12-]~O

114

\VHITE
BLACI(

1
2

J51-11
J2-4

84

I,lNH II\. .

",

7
.'

(~~

PJJ IS l'·US:·:t! co:{ntOJ.l.1~n (PS2)

PS-2
PS-2
PS-2

PS-2
PS-2

YELl..O\V

DI.UE
llRO\VN
DLACK

REI)

C

J57 -41 (11-230)
J25-1/J51-21. (Rl. Tl-O)
J1.4-11 (RTl. RT8)

D
E

J1.4-C (RT!, H.T8)

A

n

J24-)) (RT1. RT8)

•

J!lJ 19 ELSTIU1~(I)Sl)

'VI-lITE

ORANGE

1

2

LINE III
JS7-7/J3-5 (K6-Cl)

P/J 23 OIL D1SP. r.,.:OTOlt

D16-1

, \VHITE

B16-2

BLUE

J57-12

1
2

J2-6

P/J 2-:! Q-11) ,ViCK

J24-B
J24-A

RTI-RED
Irrl·RED

RTSBLUE

, RT81JLUE

124

J\

124
122
121

11
C
D

501
5<16'

F

R-l
J18-C

JlS-E
. J18-D
P2-3

P2-3

P/J "l3 CYCl.l~ coxrnOI,

CS5-CONl

CS12-CONl
CS12-NC
CS5-NC

BLACK

1

llLACI(
BRO\Vl'!

2

llLACK

4

3

-

+28\,(jND
+28VGND
P2-S
P2-14

I

)57-8

WHITE

1
2

llRO\VN

3

\VHITH
YELLO\V

1
22

elIAS.

G~lD

J2-3

J57-16
PS4-AC

. P/J 39 iVIODULI\TO:!\ D1UVER (?S39)

PSc1-+ V4 (+ 15VDC)

1

PS39
PS39
PS39·

2

. PS4--V4 (+15VGN)

3

P8-2

P/J-18

(f1-230)
(Rl) P/J-25 (J57-22)
124-B
124-D

A
B
C
D

J24·-C

E

F

P/J57

1>2-9
. 28,: (rNI)
J9-2
J35/J19-2
J30-1
J31-ACC

l{~

(

\

DLUE

llJ~ACK

ORANGE
ORANGE
\VHITE
\VlIITE

J7-T
J26-1..1
J2-13

'VIIlTE

J3tJ-1

\VIIITE
\VIIITE
ORANGE

j)-7

J2-11
J9-3

\VHITE

RED

nED

1
2
3
7
8
10

RED
nRO\VN
nLACK
URO\VN
\VHITll

11
12
It!
16

'''lIITH
\VIIlTE

\VI1 ITE

URO\VN

\VI1 ITE
\VI-IITE

17
7.0

YEII.O\\'

21

BRO\VN.

J58-U
J58-1vl
K8-1
K6-Cl
rrnl-l
Tlll-S02
·fBl-502
·nn-502
KI-C1
TBl-l
TBl-l
J58-FF
Cl(+)

~

.. I~-r

;~.

·oJ

;..

J225-11JlS-n
)2-10
J2-11
J9-1
. J22-2
2Sv GND
J8-3
J27-B
J2-18

J33-NO
2Sv GNl)
12-1/128-2

12-2
JlS-A
11-6/J2-1.

J3-6
28v GND

~'"
7

U

J5-D
P2-10
. Jl-a
J3-3
J2-14
J26-L1/J12..L2
J3-1
P2-14
P2-19
Pl....IS
J3-2

REi)
YELI.O\V

22

1l1..UE
YELl.O\V

23

YEI ..LO\V
111 ..ACK

24

llLACK
UltO\VN

32

Yr~LI.O\V

YEl..l.O\V
YHLLO\'!
YELI...O'V
llLACI(
}lLUE

)lRO\VN
YEI...LO\V
YHLLO'V
RED
lll..ACI(
llRO\VN
DRO'NN
ORANGE

YEL1.O\V·
lU!O \'1 N
YEL1 ..O\V

27 .

31

Yl~LLO\V

33
34
35
36
38
39
ltO
41
42
43

ORANGE
YELl.O\V

49

BRO\VN

IJ1,I\CK
llLUE

nED

RT~O

BRO\VN
YBLl..O\V
YELLO\V
REO·

ORA~~GE

44

ORANGE ..
ORANGE
ORANGE.
RHO
ORANGE

50

51
ORANGE 52
53
ULACK

. BRO\VN·

RED
DLACK
RED
ORANGE

DLUE

59
63
65

. ORANGE
URO\VN

DLUE

71

'(1

nLU1~

78

ORANGE

Pfl-O
·fJll-41
prnl-47
C2(-)
1'»1·41
J58-BB
C3(-)
efDl-47 .

LS
JS"/-tl2
J5S"CC
C3(+)
1."Ul-125
'"1-230
K6-2/J51-36
'''n1-21
J58-X
·rnl-125 .
J58-\V

',-nl-134
1131-134
Sll-NC
Sil-COM
J58-EE
J58-Y
J58-N
J53-T

pr3

.(~

(l·,\PER "rnA).')

P/J 53

A

'rnl-134

C
D
E
F
H
J

'rnl-125
1105-2PfDl-21
J51-79

n

P58-D
P58-C
86-1.1

l..sSO-NO
E- 31)APE~~ FEEDER
PI I-A
S6-1
LS50-NC
E2 I'APER FEEDER
PII-C
S6-2

LS50-CO?v1
El PAPER FEEDER
I'11-n
1.Stl-NO

••t"
(

l.S-311'!C
I!ll-E
P14-2

l13-E

J57-2

K.
L

J57-71
J5'J-73 (.l58~I-I I-I)
J57-4

P

J57-71
J5'/-56 (J5S-AA)

}.,1
N
R

S
1"
U
V
\V
X
y

Z

AA

9

pr1l1-1
J57-17
J57-1

J57-50
J57-1\:1
)57-65
J5'/-16 (.158- P)

.•

10

nn

PII-D·
))14-1

cc

J51-32
J51-38

EH

J57-63

l)D

Ll
L4
lS15-NC

B9

n9

]39

FF
lIl-I

\VI-lITE
DLACI(
GREEN·.

1
2
3

J5"I-20

J51-5 (J5S-K)

•..nl-l
J58-D
GRND.

lVJ 112 (LO\YJ·:n COOUNG lc'A1\"')

"Bll
" Bll

1
2

TBl-l KI-Cl

•

PAPERFEEDER SWITCH INTERCONNECT

J58-U

J58-H

HC

o

lS4

COM

o

o

COM

NC

~--I---+---'

NC

LS24

lS31

COM

o

0
NO

NO

lS4

=LOW PAPER SWITCH

lS24 = BACK-UP BAR INTERLOCK
lS31

= SENING BAR DOWN

PHOTOSENOR
J1-1
.28VDC

J1-4

• 28VDC

.,.

1

< p2-1

-

I

MCA7

FILE DOVERIIPAPERFO

It

[)EV ORIVE B3

•

PAPERFEED

1

J57-39&J8-2 Bl

LINE 12.5

2

J57-40BRN

LINE 125

3

J2-16BRN

elE 6.N_BRUSH B4

4

J17-2 RED

PUFFINGlS

5

J16-2 BlU

6

J23-2 BlU

LINES

7

J57-42&J1-b YEl

LASER ON

S

J30-3 BRN

TONER DISP S9

9

J7-VORN

LINE 47

10

J51·23 VEL

LINE 47

11

J57-24 YEL

LINE 47

12

MAIN poweR K 1

13

J57-14 RED

S11-NC

14

J51-53 BLK

F5-2

15

Jl0-2 YEL

COft&DEV PS 1 s3

16

J2-3

REJECTl4

17

J26-L2 J12·L2
BRN
J57-200RN

FUSER PRESS l5

18

J57-35 YEl

Oil liSP B16

,

J3

J2

1

MOTOR BRAKE T3& T8

2

J57- 63 REO

J57· 78BlU

3

J57- 520RN

DSt

5

J57- 7&J19·20RN

LINE 21

6

J57- 43 RED

LINE 1

7

LINE l.A WHT

READY LAMP

10

J1·L YEl

CLEARLAtJlP

11

J1·J BLK

CHECK LAMP

12

J1·F BRN

NOTRDV LAMP

13

Jl·K ORN

PAPER TRAY

14

J1·H RED

LINE 134

J57

J57
1

P2-9BLU

lINE21

43

J3-6 REO

LS4-LS24-COM

2

+2SVGND BlK

LS8-NC

44

2SVGNDBL

K8·1l

3

J9-20RN

lINE125

49

J5-B BRN"

K6-C1

7

J3-5&J19-20RN

lS3l-COM

50

P2-10BRN

L1NE1

S

J30-1 WHT

lINE134

51

J1-aORN

52

J3-30RN

"36

J33-NO YEL

LS4-NC

P2

L1NE1

10

J31-ACCWHT

LlNE134

24

J1-Z YEl

LINE 1

11

LINE 1A WHT

LINES

STOPPRlNT

23

Jl-TORN

L1NE1

12

LINE 1BWHT

S11-NC

LASER-ON

22

J1-A ORN

K1·C1

14

J2-13 RED

LlNE134

lS61-NO

21

J11-28 BLU

L1NE47

23

J2-10 YEl

LS3

20

J13-3 RED

L1NE1

16

J34-1 WHT

S11-COM

LSS

19

J57-71 RED

L1N~1

17

J3·7WHT

II

63

J3-1 RED

L$27

18

L4

20

J2-170RN

lS9-COM

65

P2·14 BlK

LS38

17

J6-NOORN

C2(+)

21

J9-3 RED

LS8-COM

71

P2-19RED

16

.J7-E YEl

Tl-0

22 J25(R1)-J18-B BLU

LS27-COM

77

P2·180RN

LlNE47

24

J2-11 YEL

T3& K8

78

J3-2 BLU

C2(·)

27

J9-1(B2) BLK

LlNE28

28

LlNE47

31

J22-2(B17) YEL

LS27-NC

32

28VGNDBLK

LOCAL

INCREASES7

J57-770RN

lS22A

15 J14-COMCS120RN

lS9

14

J57-65 BlK

13

J13-5 BLK

12

J1-P RED

CS5

11

J28-CS5NC

lS24 & lS31

10

JS7-S0 BRN

C3(·)

33

J8-3(B3) BRJ':'l

l54

9

J57-1 BlU

lINE47

34

J27-l2 YEl.

LED

7

J15-1 BRN

l5

35

J2-18 YEl

METERI

6

Jl·M BRN

LS9-NO

38

28VGND BLK

METER II

5

Jl-N BlK

C3(+ )

39

J2-1 & J28·2 BtU

lS1
ST ,\RT PRINT

RT8

3

J24·F BRN

L1NE125

40

J2-2 BRN

PH010 DET.

1

J15-2 BLK

T1-230

41

J18·A YEl

PUFFING

8

lINE5

42-

J1-b & J2-7 YEL

J28-CS 12-NC

P,oJect

XEROX

PARe

File

Des;gner

Rev

53

_----- - -_ _-..

"-"

..............

_.............. - .

DOVERIITOPHARA

EOWAKIDA
-----~-

---------_. .-.

A
-~-.

I

J2·14 BlK

58

~2-16 &J26-L2
59 &J12-L2 BRN

o.. re

P;Jge

TOP HARNESS

DOVER

.

BRN

.

I

JUL6.1977

-

--. -- .... ...... .
~

10F4

S14-COM

1

S14-2

2

IE1AWHTA

1

S14

2

J5

J6

LINE 1

lS38-UO

LINE 125

J57 -~9 BRN B

P2-a ORN N.O.

lS38-

28VGNO COM

COM

88

lS38

B-TRANSPORT

220RG

A

LASER-ON

BlU

B

TOP COVER SW-NO

J7

P
J3- 12BRN

F

J3- 14 RED

H

PARER TRAY

J3- 11 BlK

J

pAPER PATH

J3- 130RG

K

NOT READY

JS-10YEl

l

P2 -6BRN

M

CHECK

V

S9-NO

llNE1AWHT

T

810

E

S7·NO

+ 28VGN DBlK B

P2-12 REO P .

START PRINT
STOP PRINT

28VGND BlK X

+2SVGND

+28VDCRED Y

+2SVDC

C3(+)

J57-33 BRN 3

C3(-)

J-e BlU

P

S8-l1

J21-A BlU

L

S8·1

83
DEVELOPER MOTOR

59-TONER CONTROL
B10-TONER OESPENSER MOTOR
S7-INCRESETONEH
S8-MAIN POWER OFF ION

J9

J10

LOCAL
C2(-)

LINE 134

2

J57-3 ORG

Ka·11

LtNE5

f5
J2-15 YEl 2

..

J57·2 1 RED

c

2

+ 28VGND

J57·2 7 BlK 1

J7-P BlU

J57-39. J2-1 BlU

UNE1

DEVHOUS

P 2-230RN T

57-42 YEl b

lINE1AWHT 1

METER I
MeTER II

J57-510RN a

J8

J2-90RN

P2-16

READY

P2-5 BlK N

P2-24 YEl Z

FUSERJAM

VACMOTOR

J1

C2(+ )

3

S8-L1

fUSE

82
CONSOLE
MAIN DRIVE MOTOR

P90

LINE 1A WHT J29

J32·NC VEL

2

J32·NO BLU

1

J1-B BlU

+28VDC RED1

lS26

lS13

3

818

....
J34·2.J 31·AC J4

VNC

COM

----------~r---_o

UNE 1

J11

U

N .O .

~COM

r

N.O.

°r

Wooo

SSR

lS61

J33 ·3
LS26-DRUM INTERLOCK

FAN

P2-21 BLU 2

COM

lS13-DEV.INTERLOC

"

lS61 DEV INTERLOCI

l

I

=l

File
DOVERlIl OPHARD

Designer
~nWAKIDA

0"'9

Pilge

JUl777

2

OF

LINE 1A WHT A

J14

J13

J12
L1

P2-13 BLK

5

28VGND BLK

1

LSi-COM

28VGND SLK

6

LS3-COM

P2-20RED

3

LS-WO

P2-150RN

LSi-W.O.

28VGND BLK

J57.59 J26·B BRN B
I 2.
J2-16
CHASSIS OND C
CHAS OND

COM
NO

lS22A·COM
LS22A·NO

J10-1 VEL

CO..,

LS22B·COM

J20·NO BlU

N6

LS22B-NO
LS22A&B

PSi
LSi-PAPER FEEO SOLENOID
LS3-MISPUFF OET~ B TRNSPT

COROTRON
PWRSUPPt.y

• 28VOC REO

1

• 28,VOC RED

4

P2-1 BLK

LlNE1A WHT

LEO

3

• 28VDC

J2-5 BRN

1

LINE 1

2

CS12-NO

J18

J17

J16

J15
P2-7 BRN

REGISTER STOP
DRAWER INTERLOCK

LINE 1

LINE 1A WHT 1

+.28VDC

J2-4

REO

..

2

SSR
B4

L8

MISSPUFF OETECTOR

R1-T1-0

J2S-1.J57-22 BlU 8

PHOTOEi

2

T1-23.0

J57·41 VEL A

J24"S. BRN C

RT1.RT,8

J24-1) SLK 0

RT1 & 8

,J24-C RED E

RT1 & 8

BRUSH DRIVE MOTOR

PUFFER SOLENOID

PS2
fUSER CONTROLLER

J20

J19

'PUNE1

BWHT
ORN

J57-1

.13·5

LS20COM

J21-CO M8lU COM

LINE 1

DlSCHARGE

DOOR
INTERLOCK

J24

J25

RT1 A

RT1

SSR

J 18·C BRN B

PS2

J 18·E RED C

PS2

B16

J 18-0 BlK D

PS2

OIL DISPENSER
DRIVE MOTOR

FUSER CURL CONTROL

J26
LINE 1 B WHT

J57-22 BLU 1

1

J51-59 J12-B
J2-16

J1a·B

+ 28VDC

F

ECM(RTS)

L1

BRN

U

L1
L2

-----1----S11·COM

CHASsrs GND
GRM

R1

+ 28VDCREDE

P2·3 BRN

B17

lS19

DOOR
INTERLOCK

J23
LINE 1

LINE 41

J57-31 YEL 2

COM

COM
LS20

DS1

J2-6 BlU 2

LINE 1BWHT 1

lS19-NO
LS19

(l S20-COM)
J2 O·COMBLU

(LS19 ·COM}

LINE 1B W HT 1

NO

J7·-L BlU

(lS 22B·NO}

K6·C1

2

LS20·NO

NO

J14-N.O • BlU

LINE 1

1

J22

J21

(S8-1)

FUSER
ROLL ELEMENT

SSR
PS3

DEVElOPEF
PWRSUPPLY

RT1-FUSER CONTROLLER THERMlSTER
TR8-0VER.UNDER TEMP. ntERr.~ISTER

I

XEROlCrPloJecl
PARC-' DOVER

I

File

TOP HARNESS

OOVERIITOPHARB

Designer
NISHIMURA

Dille

Rev
A

JUl777

Page
30F4

tHolE 1BWHTl1

LINE 1

J57·3 4 YEll2

LINE 47

CHA SSISGND

J30

J28

J27
• 28VGN o SLK

CS5-COM

• 28VGN DSlK

CS12-COM

P2-8 BRN

J57-8 WHT 1

LINE 1

J2-8BRN 2

SSR

CS12-NC

P2·1 4 BLK

CS5·NC

T4

G RN

PS7

ANTISTATIC BAR TRANSFORMER

CYCLE CONTROL SW

LASER POWER SUPPLY

CSS-PAPERFEED
CS12-PUFFER

J31
.157-1 OWHT

ACe

J33A YEl

J32

LINE 1

28VGN DBLK

AC

LS-COM

Jl-Y RED

.V5

+ 28VCD

Jl-X BlK

·VS

+ 28VGND

J39-1 BLU

+V4

+ 15VDC

J39-3 BLK

·V4

+ 15VGNO

J33

CON lS2-eOM

J34·2 YEL COM

J31-AC
J90-1 BlU

NO

J90-2 YEL

NC

NO

COM

COM

J4

J57·36 YEL

lS2-N.O.

3

lS2·NC
SViB

LS2

LOGICPOWEA
ON/OFFSW

TOP COVER SWITCH

PS4
LH POWER SUPPL Y

J34
J57-16 WHT
J33·3.J3 1-AC
J4 YEl

1

LINE 1

2

SW-COM

J39
J31- + V4

BLU

J31··V4 BLACK

1

3

+

15VDC

• 15VGND

T2
BOVTRANSFORMER

XEROX

PARe

a.-_ _ _..J.

Project

DOVER

J=:
TOP

MODULATOR DRIVER

File

HARNESS

DOVERIITOPUARC

Designer

EDWAKIDA

Rev
A

Date

JUl7 77

-

p.,ge
4

Of

4

·DOVER PARTS
DRJV. NO.
216599

ASSY, l~OP l-IARNESS (printer)
CATCI-I, KEYLOCK ARM

4//vlacldne

216476
101$1093

RELAY (K8)

~1~1251-1Y3Y3Y6Y/115

PO\VER SUPPLY, +5V. +15V. +23V 350\V(PS4)
. l\1FG., LI-I RESEAltCH lNC., JRVINE CA
AIR SPRING.
lviFG .• GAS SPR1NG CORP.,
MONTGO~1ERYVILLE, PA

01111A-45 POUNDS

21AIacl!ine .

ASSY. CABLE-LOGIC PO\VER S"UPPLY

216580

ASSY. CABLE-SO VOLT INTERFACE

216589
9505-2

STUD, BALL. 5/16-18 TIl READ
~tFG .• GAS SPRING CORP.,
lv10NTGOblERYVlLLE, PA

·•

.!i
.
><'

t(

CLIP. VIIRE SAFETY
},tIFCL. GAS SPRING CORP.,
IvtONTGO~IERYVILLE. PA
"

PART NO.

9501-2

41 A/achille!

ASSY, CABLE-PI-IOTOCELL

211182

11OP1248

S\V1TCII. INTERLOCK Q--S-2)
ASSY. CADLE PAPER TRAY "NOISE SUPPRESSQR

216630

ASSY. Ct.BLE. ORBIT

217165

BOARD, EXTENI)ER lVI0DULE

216545

BOARD. COwIMAN1) ADAPTER

217152

nOARI). VlfJEO ADAPTER

211145

BOARD. l\·IOTOR DRIVER

216549
3131.25-3AG

FUSE. MOTOR DRIVE

11/4 Ai\/IP. LITTELFUSE
BOARD. ENGINE CONTROL

216564

nOARTJ. RELAY IvIODULE

216536
601-1401P

RELAY (KSl THROUGI-I i3) TELF.l)YNE

643-1

RELAY (KS14 THROUGH 18) TELEDYNE

675-1

RELAY (PI) TELEI)YNE

<_
\

HOARD. (vIOTHER BOARD

U',MI'. +5V. -5V. +15V. -15V. +2gV

216572
1911422-00:l

:

2

...
216478

PANEL, CONTROL (OVERLAY)

110$743

S\VITCH. PO\VER ON/OFF (Sl)

110$745

S\VITCH. START PRINT (S2)

110$741

S\VITCH, STOP PRINT (S3)

IllP283

~IETER. (~Il. ~12)

1076899

IIOLDER. LAMP (DS6. 7» 8. 9)

LAlv1P. LED (DS6" 7)
MFG., ELDE~IA DIV•• GENISCO TECH. CORP.• CO.tvlPTON. CA

PD-123 "

SWITCH. LOCAL/REMOTE (S4)
MFG.• JRT INST•• INC.• NE\V l-IAVEN. CT

J..Al-AP. 14V RED (D32)
MF9.• PENN KEYSTONE CORP.• ANSOl'~A,
l~t\MP.

CD93-RCD-2810

7541-2..2

cr
7541-5~2

14V GREEN (OSl)

MFG .• PENN KEYSTO~-1E CORP•• ANSONA •.

cr

. LA~,,1.p. 28V RED (DS3. 4. 5)
lvIFO .• PENN KEYSTO~{E CORP•• ANSONA. eT
l,AwIP. LED A~"InER (DSS. 9)
MFG .• ELI)ErYIA DIV., GENISCO TECH. CORP.• COrvIPTON. CA

ASSY. SOV TRANSFORMER

.

".

216579
ATS-3-50 50 OIIIVIS

ASS)'. ATfENUATOR
lvIFG.~ HOPE ELECTRONICS~ 'VANE. NK
SLOT HEAD ASSY.

CD93-ACD-2alO

216607

MFG .• EOS PASADENA
Consists of: Slot I-Icad with motor driver harness
L1scr power supply
Modulator driver a,ssy. ~md cable
S\VITCH. K.EYEl) LASER l)OSER ON (SI4)
MFG .• GRAYBILL INC.• Ll's.GRANGE.IL
SV/ITCH. TOGGLE SPDT (S33)

D~u."-'\ C'-~,,\ \~~\. ~~'5\\

50L60-01-02N

132426

"i4fi'H;6 ,,~~~

".

(" .. ~

(0.

(

(

(

(~

(

:(

(

(

.

..

(0

(

•

1 PARTS LIST

1-1

.~-

-.

."~

'<.

......

~

.... :,., .•-.........--f
- .- ; . ..
: ..... -.:
-~

...

.- .

•...

~-

,,"

1-2

Revision E

600PSOS78

1. DRIVES AND CYClE CONTROL
. PL 1.1
Main Drive MotD"
and Gear Box

, e(I?-.n.
10[200.201»

ttl-

Ref_ 226010
PART

DESCRIPTION

2

26P1137
26P1138

Screw·
Screw

3.

19S413

DrumCtamp

..

14P1122

Spxe:r (O.OeD)
Spacer (0.090)
Spacer (0.100)
Seal
GBs'kttl

ITEM

1

14PU23

5

14P1124
3SS493

6

3SP43&

)
8
•
10
11 .

2ap422

End Pl3f W..sh9P

28Pla~

Shi)ft Relaining Ring

28?419
3P094
3P693

End Plat Wa,her
Brw.herPlug

(

(

•

T_IS• .,...9",
200.2<».21_

.-

Drain Plug

C C'

C

(

PART

DESCRIPTION

ITEM

251589
3SP051

G~ar

, 2ta

2a?518
29?63a

16
17

'lPl158

Wash&r
Key
••ain Olivet s~,ockel

30?153&

Bracket

18

702'1oV02";:tOS

19

6OU$415

ITEM

12

13
14
1!J

BOll Cover

Main Drive Molor
-Capacitor (C2)
Scan Cam Follower
ltepairKit
Sean Cam Follower

19b

Gasket
Main Dri,,& Motor
ftepilJrKit

600S1534

20b
21

251W12102
256Wl2302

C

132\'129392

D
E
f

~SW11102

locJ-.w3,h~' No.

251W22S02

Was.hor:r. Pbin No. 10

121W2840'

Setscrew. S&l'-Lkg
Cup PC 10-32)C 1/4

G

"3W16~2

Screw. PAKh Pan Net

H

3S1WO.$303

Retainitl~

..

O-Ring

20a

tAain Olivet Motor
600S29~1

Milin Drive Motor ctnd
Geat Box Kit

Washer. fbin 318
Lockw..,h~' 31&
~eps\:n~w. "tlen Het
1D-32 x 1-114

• A
B

(IncltJd~~

19a
20

"~ain P,iv& Motor and
G~a' Box /cJs&mbl)'

K
l
M

13W/384\>2

256W11902
251\V10a02

255Wl09-n

C·

(

....

('

~~.

'-

PART

DESCRIPTION

N

113W23002

Screw. "~ach Pan Hd

p

103Wt9S02

Screw. Mach Ha\ Hd

It

"2W3s603

Screw. Mach S9m~

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

PART

Seal

Hardwale)

(

C·

.~

(.

&-32 x 516

&-32 x 1/2
&-32 x 3/8

1()

1/4-20 x 316

Ring.
Ext 7116
Cepscrew. H,x Het
5/16 X 7/8
Loc1!.washer 51\&
\\'as.h&r. Plain No.8
loc~.w"$har No.8

~

1. DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL
600P80878

Revision E

1-3

.....

• .. .. !
.. -:
'

.

~

••

•

I

. ,....
: ... _.,;;
.... ... .
.-:~:

••

-.-~;..

."

-~.

; :.:.••!~.~.." :-:.,,~;~~

..,.....
-;::

-

..

"

'"

"
..

..
~,.o;-,..: . . . .
~~r·:r"
~
."~

.

l

."

.....

'"
600P80S18
11'"

Revision E

1. DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL
"Pl 1.2
Main Drive Chain

1·4

Re'.22S011
ITEM

PART

1 32S287
2 JPl68
... JP1300
3 23519-$
4
& DU&

a

~

8
9
10

)Sl1S9
14Pl(i68·

1SS3115-

)P22n

11 ~ ''''i9?431
12
13

Co

8P262"
5$1300

c-

DESCAJPTIOH .

Sp,ingoro~ded Id'er
l.H.ldfer
1.f1. Idler (AltemalliP)
Mai.. DtiyCt Chain "'sembi,
1-/0 Item 3
Connecting Unk •
S;»roclet AssembJ)'
Spacer
PJOItetn9
o'

~ti. ~
>

,"::0...::: .........-fil'

0

0

Mounting Plate AS)embly

Id'e-r Sptocftel

.. ":""

·:Eeeentr'c· Cam Clamp
Eccentric: Cam
'8. Transport Sprocket

co

:t

.....
...
..::,I);!
.......
••

~
~..

a:J

.'

~

-.I~.'

2'0/'2'"

..
&

(~

(

C":

(

(:

Co

(

C"

(~

.~ ~

4t: t

-

..
Revision E

600PS0878

1. DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL
PL 1.3

Dev~top@r and P~p~,
Feede, Drlye
ftef.~26012

ITEM

PART

PESCRIPTION

lP6'70

DeV'etoper Sprocket
Deve1op&r Idler Yoke
DHetopw Chain ASS9FIlbl,
Chai,. (?/O 3)
Connecting LI~
Tension Spring
Pa~t Feeder SprocJltlt

1
2

31$55&

$.

23$201

"
•
••
$

23Hl&
9P7S2

)'

1P66&

10

23520&

C-

-

315559

(

ITEM

PART

16

Paper Feeder Idleof' Yo1t.

C·

(-

(

(

(

c·.

3OP7635

Mounting Bracket

102P252

Ca;>acitor (e3 Oe¥eloper

devetopaf fe~~' drj'ola motors.

6OOS3712

Drive)
Idler Sproc'ket rJ'1/
TAG -<31 and Bodin:t

_ .-' _. :- ...
~~
--.".L~

lYg~~

Mo~ors

A

286'1132204

8

134W44001

c·

2a6W2970S

D
E

251'1110902
2S5Wll102

f

'I32W2~sa2

G

112W3S603

(

..

Co

0-

On1t}(Sescfew. Aflcm Hd
10-24 x 112
Screw. M3Ch Sems
8-32 x 318

'1. DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL
. 60.0?30B18

(

DESCR1PT101+

NOTE: Th;~ kit pr~ents developer'
feeder motor $haft bac'ltup on
d\J~ticalols cont~;ninJ Bodine (black)

~~
14
1.S

DeveIop9tlFe-edet Driv.
"'OIM·CB3) ASSElmbJ)'
Paper Feec!er Chair)

• AssembJ)'
Chat,. (p/O to)

11
12

......

MO~M'P/09}

1215529

Reyision E

1-7

"

.It."
. ."~ ,' . :"
':~.

.

'.

'.

'~r.

~

'~.

.

.;~

.-

...
"

.a

Revisitm E

1-8

GOOPB0878
1. DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTaDt

tt 1~4

,,
E

Cycle Control ASSSttnbty
Ref. 226f}13

.•.

~.;..:.

J.::.
ITEM.

,

.'

PART

DESCRIPTIO~

lP1619
lP9n

Sprocket Assembl)'
Sprockel AssembJ)'

3f4 Tl>,p 13

CAlternat&)

a

2

29P815
1105113

$

2.¢Pl.¢4

..
.,
6

19?943
2OP830

.~.

llD\-\\\\

•

10

14PU62
&?120

(

(

Key
Cyc:f& Control Assembf>,
P/Oltem3
Switcb Mounting nod
Rod Retaining Clip
Adju5ting Screw •
Cycle ControlSwitch

CS5.CS12)
Spacer
Switch Sp,in~

c .c

11
12

14?1009
11a?257

Sp3cer
Wash.:r

tl~~fij

B.'q~~$.~

120?35&

Switch Actuator
Swi~ch Spring
Aetuator:Clamp
Setscrew. Allen Hd
Cup Pt 8-32 x :va
Wash~r. Plain 114
loc~washer 1/4
CapscrEtW. Allen H::f
1/4-20 x 1
lockwash~ No.6

15 9?S59
16 19?7SO
A

121W2250)2

8
C
D

251\'111502
25OWI1502
132Wj2502

E
F

250'1110702
132\1'/19502

•

' •.

"

• T\6 :.

'.'"

,.

(

c· c.

:1: .~~;::. .
.

.

(-

I

,

•

~~ ®~@'~V'
10 •

ceS»· . .....,

t. - t.

(

o

e.

",'

1
I

DESCRIPTION

PAnT

14

'c-".sfJ~·.~. ,

.

..•

~.}
-..

10 II
fC'..~ ~.....~~~lJt
~ ~~~-:~..._...~~
.
~..
. ~
....
~.
J
('"5'2)
'''. • • ,
'I~ / - , er~

·)5

:f43f.lLA$1it In..S~~:.:r;~

ITEM

ll,

tW/HD.WE

Jr'~l. ~'.': .
r" n S~,e;<~,
I! . ~~,r.l&-; ~~
I·,~:1I2~.

r.~

C9ps.erew. A!len Hd
&-32 x 31&

1. nRlVES ArlD CYCLE CONTROL
600?a{;3i8

Revision E

1..9

.'

. ~.~~

""l:',

~

.. ;i

-; ~.~

.",

I

:

600P80818

2. CONTROL CONSOLE
Pl 2.8
Main Po~v!r Pane••

Teranin31 Boards
and Ccnveniante
Receptade
Ref. 226027

ITEM

PART

1
2
3
..

l2OH121
120H14
116P1497
116P152S

~~

6
7

a

1055190
109P203
110po20

IlESCRIPT.ON

•

Harness Clamp
Cable Clilm~
Termini.l18lock (TBI)
T~minat 8lock (TBS)
..,-..~·tt
'
Transformer (T3)
Rela)' (t(1.K6~
Convenie~e

Receplacla
(J9)and
- eorot,on-Dev&topw Test
Switch (Sl1)

'C.

(
E-

.~

PART

ITEM

•

113P~

10
11

....

12
13
14

106P68
3OPS92S
108S60
108?11
1OSP72
73S30
3OP8930
19P1301

15
16

1035435
1035"35

20

30?14074
103S411

'1

70aW02001
1l3P354

22'

DESCRIPTION

Circuit Brea\er (CSl.Co?)
Circuit Brea"erCAlternate}
Pcw~rCord

Clip
Clip (for al:ern3ta-

breakers)

Re$istot (R23)
Resistor (R3O)
Re-sistor Bracket
Resistor Assembly (R23 t.
R30)
fuse, S Am~ (F3}(WITAG ~3)
Fus~ Holder rtlfl AG 23}

(

(

(

PART

'23
24

30;>14314

Bradu~t

11SpeOl0;

Shrink Tubing

g

f:S:~

~¥-~-::'ltVS~:~'C::~# .~

2&

120Pll SO
110P1931
UOP1924

21
21J
29

(

(

DE.SCRIPTIOli

ITEM

Ci~it B,eaket(Ane,nat~}

2. CONTRO l CONSOLE
600P80878

c

(

Fuse Holder Ass~mbly
C.ap (P/O 9)
Nut (P/09)
Fuse. 8 Am~ (F3)
Moun1ing 8racket

ci~~uit

11
18
19

c·

(

30
31

A

112W35503

8

112W33503

C

112\"/37(03

D

112W39310

E

112\"139510

r.VrrAG 23)

Actu3tor-Switch lWITAG 39)
Switch (OC}(WITAG 33)
Switch (AC}(WITAG 39)
Sj:lacer-Mount (P/O 2S)
(WITAG39)
Sj:lat:er (P/O 25)(W!TAG 39)
Bracfl.et. Timer-Switch
(P/O 25)(WITAG 33)
Scr~.·,. Mach Sems
8-32 x 3.'8
Screw. Mach Sems
8-32 x 31&
Screw. Mach Sem!oo
8-32 x 1-1/8
Se'c:w~ Mach Sems
8-32:1t 112
Screw•••tach Sems
8-32 x 318

Revision E

1-23

. !';.(..........

.. ~; --

.~

tL·

';,' t'" ,
:-

(

(~

(

.

(

.("

tornptete Paper Feeder

PART

DESCflI?TtON

1

22S10,7

..

22S193O

..

22S2026

..

2282021

Paper r ee.ter A$semb~
Clneludes ON Transport)
Pa~e, Fc~der Assembly
(lnerLldes oN Transport)
(Tag2!)
Papa, Feeder A~embt~
CAltHnate)CTa9 2 1}
Paper Feeder A$semMy
'Altelll-ate)twi~h Textorec

2

113'.Y4039-)

3

713W4S3Z)O

4
A
.8

6OOS6-":l31
~W112t02

132\.·/.;t602

(~

c-

(

:t'OI>"'r:n1G1

~:»~9J

~t"~

~·ss

-

P.mefs)
Connector (PS8)
Conll~tor (JSS)

Pa;>er Gujde
W,,$het. Phtin 3/8
Capscrew. Al!enHd

3. PAPER FEEDER
600P80B78

(

"'~l"

Ref. 220030
ITEM

\.

~-:;~~~:o.~:

3. PAPER FEEDER

Pl 3.1

c.

~

\.

3!8-16 X 1

C

o

251\'''1902
131W38802

Washer. Pbin 11132
Capscfew. Bel( Hd
- 5/16-18 x 1-1/4

Revision E

f"\

lOMe), ..

1-25

.1

'1

to.

.. .

....

..

".
600PS0818
3. PAPER FEEDER
tL 3.2
Side> and BottolD C()y~,S
Ref. 226031
rEM

1

:.

PART

DESCRIPTIOH

28P4$S2

Washer
Oulbosrd cover
Outboard Cov~·
Outboard Covet
(Altern;)!e)·Contro' CovCtr·
Control C2
251W 10302
113W22702

Nut

D

11311'#'23202

1:

103W19503

o

Co

(

(

(

c

Nut. Tinllerman 8-32
Washer. Plain No. 8
Screw. Mach Pan Hd

W2x'1/1S
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
8-32 x 1-1/8
Screw. Mach flat Hd
6-32 x 318

·Smooth panels

··Textured pan~'s

".

3. PAPER FEEDER
"600?B0818

Revision E

1-27

."

'. .:.

............

~,

-:.

~: ..:.:.,:~:~

·s·

~\jJ:ti(~'~':
I. ..
.2-:t.-

1-28

Revision E

600P80878

.....

3. PAPER FEEDER
PL 3.3
Top Covers and
Backup Bar
Ref. 226032
"EM

1

-

I

PART

DESCRtPnoN

2S2Ot8

Top R.H~ Cover·
Top A.H. Cover-·
Top t.H. CoverTop LH. Cover··
Top LH. COVet (Alternate)··
Bracke:
Shaft
StopP;,.

255309
2S2019
2S6303
25143S

..

£P1l20

5

29?69-l

$

85332

Cam Assembly

)'

l1OS334

8acltup Dar Interlock

8

12?162
11P412

link
EccentrIc

3

3OS400S

Switch (LS24)

•

C'

(
ITEM

PART

(

C.

DESCRJPTION

(

(

ITEM

(

PART

(

(

(

(

(

".

PESCRI?T'ON
I

10

29?615

Pin

11

3CS~52S

Backup Oar As~embTf

3OS13327

Backup Bar Ass,/ (A!t?tna!e)
Washer. P!ain 114

A

8

251W23102
3:>9''-';02503

C

265W11502

D
E

25CWt0702

Retaining Ring.
Ext 114
Washer. Spring 1/4
locltwa!.he-t NO.6

113W19502

Scr~...... Mach Pc:n Hd

F

\Va~er.

G
H
J

2S1Wl0S02
256'N1OOO2
355'1103102
113'1122502

K

113'1123002

l

256Wl1502

Scre...... M.lch Pan Ud
8·32 x SIS
lockwasher 1/·1

6-32 x 5116

Plain No.8
lockwasher No.8

M

35fjW03102

Rt'taining fling.

N
P

251W22502
113W23:Y.>?

Washer. Plain No. 10
Screw. P.!ilch Pan Hd

o

28SVl230')~

Pin. Spiro!

R

2S~Wl0302

3132 x 5/3
lockwasher No.

ExtS/15

8-32 x 5/8

a

·Smooth Pc1nels

··1 c~t"r~d Panels

E·Hing 5116

Screw. Mach Peen H:i
8-32 x 318

3. PAPEB fEEDER
'600?B0878

Revision E

'·29

.~.

l, ...

..

;~--:

.'

.

..

•
't·:{O
600?80a79
. 3. PAPER FEEDER
Paper feeder Controls
PL3.4
Ref. 226033

,

lSP18S

2

14PU89

3

3P251

4

15P1S:»
29?a2S

ITEM

5

a
l'

••

10
lOa
11

14PtlD

14PU81

!PSO&
14Pl190
600S1931

Sca'~~ment
Bae~up Dkx:"
Ad~pter lock

Stoppfat&
. StopPin
Adjust~n9 Bleek
Backup aloe"
ConOl'
Billcttup Bloc"
Data Plate Kit (Contain!t

91P690
29P827

12 lPl55
13 9P947
14
15· 31PS09

•

.(

......

DESCRIP.TlON

PART

C'

5 nata Plat~)
Data Plate

1D11O;o

~ 19.20.~J

Pin
Pawl
PawtSpring

DElETED
linkage Arm

(

1&
17
18

PART
1~10S4

6$>1050
UOS29'J

19

20

3Pi67

2'

3P166
14P 1254
565193

2223

..

565430

24

140?V...o

25

3OP7927

26

21

1l0?aOl
2P220:J

28
29
A

3?90!l
26P1OS1
113W20202

B

256Wl()102

(

DESCfUPTlON

Shouldet Spacer
A~t\Jatin9 Shaft
Up and Down Switch
Assembl.1 (S5)
PIO Item 18
Down Du:ton
Up Button
Spacer
Bf:2el
Bezel (Alternate)
Insulator
Brac:'et
Legal-letter Switct, tLSSO)
Covet Handle
Button
Screw
Screw. Mach Pan Hd

ITEM

Lock .... ashet. tnt Tn
No,6

·'C

(

C

(,

0,

DESCRIPTION

PART

(

(

ITEM

PART

(-

C'

PESCiU?T1OK

Setser..:w. t'aUdog
Pt6-32 x 1/4
Se~screw. Atten Hct
Oval Pt 6-32 x 1

S

286W29.;o!)

Pin. Spiro'

'J

11lW23202

Screw. Mach PaD Hd

Nut"HelC6-32
loc'twash~ No.6

U

F

2O'W10702
255'1110702

G
H

251\'110702
142W20202

\'/asher. pr3in tJo. 6
Setscrew. Allen Hcf

V'I

201W11302
251Wl0902
142W29302

Oval Pi 6-32 x 314

X

113'11 1960l

J

113W22102

Scra.'l. Mach P.m Hd
1::i2x 7/16

y

K
l
M
N
P

25S'II1Og.)2
251Wt0302
251W20302
2SSW10302

LO(;.~washer

Washet. Plain No.8
Was.'ler. Plain No.2
Loc':twashet. No.2

201Wl0~02

Nut. Hex 2-55

Q

113'1113302

SereN. Mach Pan Hd
t-55 x \/2
Setscrew. Allen Hd
Cup Pt 4-40 It 1/6

C

144'1119';01

D

142W20S02

E

&-32 x 314

R

14W1l6?02

3. PAPER FEEDER
600PB0878

b'4M,,,

•

\

ITEM

-

Revi~ion

E

1/8x 518

V

8-32 x 1-1/8
Nut. Helt 10-3~
Washer~

PI31n No. 1()
Setscrew. Allen Ha
Ova' PI 10-32)1 1-114
Scr~. "'itch
Hd

'''"n

&-327:318
2a6W2~205

Pin. Spiro'
V8.x 3.'4
DELETED

M
,.8

2SGV/l1·~02

Loc:"wash~

132W32202

AC.

251Wl1S02

AD

?'5GW10~!J2

I.E

13~Wle:."02

Capscrew. Allen Hd
114,20 x 314
Washer. Plair. 1M
lockw;\she, No. ,.
Capscrew.,.Uen lid
4-40 x 114

No.8

Z

1/"

1-31

.'

,~:-

'

.

..-:'".

~

"~~:.

~i

..

·~{i· ~.;
e ••

~~

fi · -'

600PB0818
3. PAPER FEEDER

PLJ.5

Revision E
~

Pa~er Feeder. CaUl;

[fjJJ

and Clutch

~.

PART

DESCRIP1'JON

a

121$296
2SP489"

Retaining Ring

26PIOOO

Stud

4

2OPS12
·1S726

Washef.

,.
2-

•.,
•
8

&

10

11

. I---J.:·
f~~_
·1:~~"

POlper Feed Soteno... (L1)

SP114
5S7~

13?SSS
S?310
8?294

1-32

:;~-..::- ... :-

~~1·" .,-,~:~.:

y

~".
..........: ...... '~.
.,.
-..
1$
~

.,"I'~~
.'" - -- . ;v.. ..;::;,.
c.~
~

~-\~.
~.::~!.
..... --0 :-:::~f:......
_~.-- "'.. ~
i.
·r:;r-·I
t~;;.~:. ~r.
.. • r.. . ....( . ..,;. -.- ..... " ; .G
A-a ~o-:~
~.. ..J. •.• ~,fD
"... ......

.""\.~.. ~

• .~;~
> .... ~~' ... - .'

- ...~'-0:......
~ D·., r ..{.."...
•
.

U·

~

It

"'

~_-

~earin9

Bi)cld..sh Cam
Sensing Oar end Sniffer
Cam Assembly

. -

.

·~_;:·L·.'· __ ~_

_ _..
IO"D

~

''''HOWE

'-i

1( '~i.>. ~5;::.~->'-..&l~
~~,_
2O~:?t~,~.

CMchPaw'
Pawl Pivot Screw
Pawl Sprirl9
Clutch Assembfy

26POO~

•

lU)

.~
••~..
If. "'\

Ref. 226034 ,

ITEM

·~·M

•

19

.

I()

.

9

Ott-'lJ

~lUn

(

C'

(nEM

PA~T

12

17~90

13
14
15

315531

Stop Ass~mbly
Eccentric Cam
Bacfdilsh Arm
Spring

2?311
S?79J

P/Oltem 14

11

2~~74

18

13?5S4
22S1oaS

.

22S2-J2a

20

(

DESCRI?TION

16
'19

C·

21
A

120H12
2Ei?1164
113W2S802

B
C

25&//11102
2S1Wl09-12

D
E

251\'110302

156W22302

3. PAPEB FEE'DER
GOOP80878

(
ITEM

f

e~Olring

PART

(

.J

286W3220·J

k

20 tWl1 S02
2S9W11S0Z

l

C.

(

~.

t.

'(

DESCRIPTION

H

G

(~

215W1131)2

Nut. SefHkg 10-32
355'1103103
E-£ling 318
2a&.v2900S . Pin. S;>irol

Washer
CQmp:e!e Paper F~t1'd~
Control AsS9iT!bly
Compfe:e Pap~ Feeder
Control Ass,/ CA.It~rniJ!ej
Clam;>
Shoufder Screw
Screw. Macb Pan Hd
10-32 x 112
LocStwasher No. 10
Was~H~r. Plain Np. 10
\Va:.h!:r. Pl3in Np. 8
Screw. lappIng Pan Hd
8:'32 x 1/2

(

tlax 5:8
Pi:). Spiror
1lax 31'4
Nut. Belt 1/4-20
locltwJsher. Exl Th

V.;
M
N
P

251W23102
351W02503

Washer. Plain 1/4

Rebtr}ing Poin;;,.
bl1/4

R

355WOlOO3
201\V21002
2S6Wl1802

S

255Wl1S02

T

113W32~C2

Sc,ew. M~ch Pan Hd

U

251Wl0602

V

113\1'119602

Was!'Jer. Plain 9,'&1
S::rC"N. t!.act) Pan Hd
6-32.l1t 112'

0

E-£long 3.'15

Nut. Hex 5'16-18
lOCltw3she,S/16
lockwashe, 1/4
1/4-2i))t 7/8

Revision E

1-33

.

.~ "'t
j

l
~
.~}

I

~

\:

·t

..
i.

Pl 3.6

'·34

Revision E

600JtBOS18
3. PAPER FEEDER
El2YJtQf D.jv& Sh-.fr..
PiJper Cuid!J and
length Adjust'n,
linbgt

Ref. 226035
JJEM

PART

DESCRIPTION

.-

,

26p a98

2

EOOS3691

2a
2b

2OP2044

'.

2c

:.

10S363

4

9P161
5P19S
12P28o

.
5

7

•

11S38O
1451803

c c.

C·

(
ITEM

C

PART

DESCRJ?TIOH

ITEM

Adjusting lin"

10

12?2B7
2S 1657

H

Ct)ver

11

6Pt894

J

12

385712

$

13 385711

E'evalor Drill~ S~a:t
Oulboard Paper Guide
Inboard Papel Guide

14

Bearin~

13H2JOO

1S 600S1525
lSa 28P;29
15b 3OP1OS9-J

Cabta Retain9t Kit
Cabfe Retainer

Brac:Cet - L.H.
BrackEtt - R.H.

1Sc
A

285\V23405

8

11SW28602

Pin.Spiroi
3132 x 7/8
Sere..... Mach Self-Ug

C
D

256W11102

lockwasher No. 10

3O?105S:J

K
l

,.,

C~
PART

C·· .C·

C.

..

(

C-

C·

-

~~

....

DESCRJPTION

354W04303
13ZW29202
2S1W23102

E·Ring 7116

Capscrew. Allen Bd
10-32" 314

112W20603

Vlasl'l!1'. Plain 1/4
Screw. Mach Sem~
&-32 x 318

113W19501

Screw. Mach Pan Hd
&-3~J(

Sflo

NOTE: If both p'Jrleys fai,. order
two pune)' repair kits.

Pan Hd 10-32 x 318
E
f
G

2OtW11302

Nut. Hel( 10-32

355W02503

DELETED
DElETED
E-Ring 1/4

3. PAPER. FEEDER
()OOpe0878

Revision E

1-35

~.

:

'i'.,.

l
~:~

.~
.-t ~l~

3. PAPER FEEDER
taper Trav
tLl.1
Ref. 226035
ITEM

i",

,

i' . .

~', .
..-.......... ~}'

I>ESCRIPTIOH

PART

~".

505S90

Pape, Tra'l A$$9Illb11

22?1160

holfer

£cce~McPiQ

S' 29P1212

4

2~74~

Wa5het

$

28P141
29Pt211
22?nSl

V/asher

6

1

•.

12
13
14

325527

15

55S1160

rrEM

PART

1&

l1GS70~

11
\8

~lP222

19
A
8
C
0
£

12P271
15P1957
20tWll102
2S6"N11 t02
~lW22!:!02

256'N1l102
113W29702

F .251W22702
1t3W28802
G

H

3S~W01503

~"

~~;.,...

,10

~

"l"O ....

,.1

:..
Il.'IV!

•

'~.'!4~""

-' f;i.J' ,> •
8.""...,,,,(fs-..

I'

l. ~ '1'

'11

12

"WItI:>'NE

tk"_ l _
: l .•..•
...J . . .
.

............~:

,,:.'f..

~.~

_..
........
"":p,.
....D.",

'3'~r
290
14.:l'I

Ntll

Switch Shield

l

(.

{.

.

P/Oltem 1
OJ.ltboard Tray Guid~
Inboard TrOt,! Guide
Washer

23?-80979
3. PAPER FEEDER
PL 3.8
Index Motor

Revisio... E

fief. 2260)7
rrEM

1
2

3
4

S
6

PART

DESCRIPTION

Clip (P/O 3)
Resistor (P/O 3)
Resistor (R2)
103?29
lO2\OJ()95()& Capacitor (el)
Cepacitor (Alternate)
102?90
Capacitor (Atrerna1e»
102;:»3&4
Mounting Bracltel
30?3174
. Anti-Coast Kit
600S2318

~tlt.2

.:a) 1a
7•

'7In.26

.I

201n•• ~

.

(CR3.R4)(WITAG 435)

7
8
9.
10
11
12

(

1215538
12OH145
2?5441

C.

-

rrEM

PART

13
. 14
1S

2a?4~5

31P654

Clamp
Gear (P/O 20)
CoY?-.

,PI»)

c.

c c.

(
ITEM

PE.SCRIPTtOH

Washer
Arm

PART

C

113'1122002

Co~~r

o

Wash~'

E

251W10802
113W29202

17

1l0S2a9

Feader Down ti.-ni! S ..... itch

18
19

$P901
29;>847

F
G

251W22502
2aSW23605

20
21

lS113

Spring
Pin
Ge3r Assembly

H

28SW29205

3132 x 1
Pin, S;>iro1
118 x 314

J

15&W22602

SCli>W,

28?122

Washer'

ttp:;;.. l."h

~:O·D:I:;;'·'1.~j·

23

120H12

Cable Clamp

24
2S

1?195
110?207

Worm Gear
Down limit Switch

v; qj:5t-t

I(

l

251W22202
25911110902

113''''''28802

Screw. Mach Pan HcJ
10032 x 112
.

8

25&'.'111102

Locf.twasher No. 10

3. PAPER FEEDER
600P80378

•. I

153'1117202

Nut Plate (P/O 17)

26
A

N

112W205.."\S

';"

-

c.

.(
ITEM

P,\RT

P

156'1'1\9$02

It

2eSW22105

Screw. Mach POln Hd.
8·32 x 318
\'hsh~r. Plai,. No.8
Screw. MilCh Pan Hd
10-32 x 314
Washe'. Plain No. 10

13H2SO

(LS1S)

~

DESCRIPTION

5P1S4

A$Sembtl

(C·

(

16

_

..

..

c.::~.
: ~:

Screw (P/O 9)
Indel( Motor Assem~t)l (81)

(

"

~

.~

"'otor (p10 9)

• • It)

(~
..

ilESCRJ?TIOH

.... ~ ~

Scrow. 'TOlpping Par) Hd
&-32x3f8
Pin" Spiro) .004 X 7115

p':'\.S~ro1

Ta;>plr.g Pan Hd

&-32)( 318
\"asher. Plain No.8
Loc~wllshe,. Ext Th
No.8
S'='j:w. Tapping Pilr) HcJ
~:24 x 314
Screw. Mach S&m~
&-32:1t 318

Aovision E

1-39

".

... "

.

....- ..

.

~

...

. : ...-.- ;"_.: .;:.:- .
~
..
, .,;
~""r

ff~,
""
600?80878

itl J.9

:-::~.:'".;-..;::-- ..... ~:::::
I §[-:"....~t-....

Sensing Bar

I~\~.!~:

Ref. 226036
ITEM

1

PART

25S384

2

a

Nut

10

17PS07
8?.505

P.aper Tray Stop
Eccentric Cam

11 1105313
12 " 21H148
13

(

(:"

~
: :'

Switch Assembly

I

(

.(

6P1044
9?7c>4
13?S36
2SPo92

ShaFt

H
,J

Spring

Pin.SpiroJ
1Iax $IS
Not. Hax 10-32

lockwZtsher No. 10
Washer. Plain NO.6
Wa~her. Plain No.6
Cat>screw. Allen Hd
'-32 x 318

. 3. PAPER FEEDEH
600?BOS78

·ITEM

\.

.(

PAAT

DESCRI?TION

K
l

251W10302
1l3W29iY.J2

Vlas."er• Plain No. 10
SereN. M3Ch ran He!

M

113W29-t02

Scre~y. "'ach

"

It."............

.{",...,

I2tl!lltU

N

153Wl1102

10-32 x 7/3
Sc,~...... Ta;>pin9ran Hd
4-24 x 1-1/4

p

1<:4W3220t

Setscrew. HaUdcr.l

o

256W32204

Pin.St>irol
118 x 314

(

t.

(

~',

t.

10·32:11. SIs

"E-Ring 1,"4

20 1Wl13Q2

255Wl1'.o2
201W11502

•

., ••] -

..~
D~"
cu.,,)
'"
ILSllJ

...

W'N01tE

(.

Bearing

Pin

256'1111102

132'.'119502

{ :n...,.. 9

(

(.

16
11

25tWt07C3
2SW/22(0)2

')""

,,_

"OI'In~

Switch Insulator
Swit::h (Tray Sensin9
Switch lS14 ancJ Pr.?Vent
Start SwitclllS31)

C
D
E
F
G

_

Nut PlaIt»
1"/0 Item 11

118?-3lS
110?2S7

355'.'102503
286W3200)-I

:..

t:. '" ~~~~~.

14
15

8

'~l ~' "
"""'-'--<- .

' .......

«10

FJ!Jffer Bar

DESCRIPTION

18
19
A

--ca. .

·•r._~~,,"~(.
iJ'" .~'#.
.. ,'!iI."._
_ ~ . . '"
''''-~~.~t9
:..

PA~T

'rEM

~~t! -.

PtOltem 1

27P291
25P2SS

..

\~~
'-L- ./ ~ \\\

Bar and Cam
Follower Arm Assembly'

Cam Fonower
Screw

__-;;~~

b

S~nsing

e?29)
26P1518

6

'I&~-~J.'

P/Olt~1

4

.,

•~

DESCRIPTION

P/Oltem 1

:.
$

1-40

Revision E
.-""..-- .....~:.' ..

3. PAPER FEEDER

Pt

1I~-20

)t

Pan tid

3.'4

."

lockw3~her 1/4
Nut. Helt t/4-20

Revision E

1-41

.•.( t

"

..

. ----

.. ...
~

6001'80878
3. PAPER FEEDER
fL 3.10 Welded front Fluffe,
and Snubbers

Revision E

1-42

'~k

~ef.226040

ITEM

PART

DESCRIPTION

1

52S412

f'i'per Fluff~r Tube

~

Clamp

-

4

1SPU13
52?442
52S109.J
600S1454

$

195811

6

19S812

,

3OS5701
3056702

.....-:..
:.-

Ass~mb'1

3

7

•

Hose
Tube Assembly (Tag 21)
finger Support Kit
Otltboard FlelCibr!:t Snubb't'
Assembly
Inboard Flexible Snubb9t
Assembly
t.H. Bracket A:o~mbJ)'

Rn Bracket Assembly

'tO/J294

-.

~

(

(
ITEM

9

PART

15?2a33

10
11
A

II

113W19702

C
0

255WT0702
251W21902
113'112a902

E

259W11102

f
G

251\\122202-

H

255W10502
251\\110402

J
Ie

113Wl5602

25£W11102

(.

(

(

(

(

(.

C.

(

(

(

.DfSCRI?TtOH
Washer PlataP/O ItemS
P/O Ilem6
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
&-32 x 7116
Lockwashar No.6
W;:tsf'leT. Plain No..5
Scrcw. Mach Pan Hd
1D-32 x 112
LOcJcw3shef. Ed Th
No. 10
Washer. Pbln No. B
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
1/4-20" 318
lOCJ..w3she:r No. -4
Washer. Plain No.4
lockwasher No. 10

..

~

. .,
3. PAPER FEEOER

GOOPB0878

Revision E

1-43

...

~

..

~

.-

......'
...; ....:~..
'

..

.
:

-.:
"':,. :

~\

~;:\- ....)

•

J

.~

:

~~---.... ~I)
••.~
:u X-'"
~-"l:.~
~..
I

DESCRIPTION

17S559

Corner Snubber

~

15P290l
52S9O'

Nut Platt}
Oulboa.rd Sidt} Flutte,.
Tube Assembly

4

19?1173

Clamp

1
.2

7

255376
2Sn38

9

5ZSS;)!t

6

(
ITEM

10
11

12
13

14

PART

"o~e

5251034
3OS8240
305S241
30?3237
27;>291
251W22Or)2
255'.'110&)1

Ho~e

2Ot\'l10702
355',v01203
103'1/19302

F

13S',v19201

.

II

y

••

-,II'!.

•

5-

".).

·,11

~

III
flur
I

•.1

Ii
I

hI"'"

-

-

:-n
,..,.,,~

.tJ:-::_

_

-

"'-

Oil I

r-t

11

1:(
--

.

d!)

\

,

I"ot.J"lf) .• Coe,.
. !! 'l "'~.J.J-a:s
~
~
"1;;, ......,_..-1..
~~Ij

~It --- ~ ')!)II~ Ib~---_

II
It

,

r ,• .
J.

'I

7

lill
Il

u

_

.{t~ ~
.

0

}j)....... \>"'''' ~~~!'t'
~
...... ~
"'-.);'1. '.~
~.,frIO.
'] I~(;~....
I'I\Jf"'~
• t,;,""'
~J'"'l
\}
Iii ,'4 I'~~-·f;':-~:fl ·
I
r '.i!-'t.
l.'
'-..)
..

q.,ilI--,t" i::---

f

'

\

.-{l..

e

'

"'"

10

_

- 1>.

_"

....,.,

-?-

~~~

l~~-

(

(

(

(

(

(

(

(

•••

\ ..

.{

DESCRIPTION

52?4~?

A
8
C
D
E

(

(

(

-,.~-~
-"\- :",.~. .. -::6
_.l'it . .~'-J..,iP.
.
l
-". ~. -.:-~~"""4-,
~
••P

P/Olrem6
Jtotling Bar Ass~mbJt
Washer
InbOard Side fluff&r Tu!:>9
AssembJt

6

.0-- "-"'.

k

4

• _w
~
. ...
~

______....

ftef. 226041

PART

1-44

WlI'fD"o'IE

Corner Snubbers amI
Roll Bar

ITEM

.{~.7

Revision E

600P80878

3. PAPER FEEDER
PL 3.11
Welded Side Fluffers.

(Tag 21}

OutOOi)rcJ Bracket Assemb1f

Inbolrd Brac\(et Assem:>:y
R.;)fljng Bar- Oracke!
C"~Nut

WastIer. Plain No. {)
loclcwasilet 1'1:>. 6

Nol Hex 6-32
E-Ring 1/8
Screw. Mach Flat Hd
6-32 x 112'

Scre'.H. Shld 4-4) x 114

3. PAPER FEEDER
600f'B0878

Revision E

1-45

,

t.

~

:

.

- -. -':'1':
. :-~: ..

•

. - ..

...

- -_ ....
'·46

Revision E

600paOS1&
3. PAPER FEEDER
Sniffer
PL 3.12

-.

Ref. 226042
PART

DESCRIPTtON

t

S2S79~

Sniffer J\ssemblt

2
3
4

3Pl061·

P/Oltem 1
. Plug
P/Ollern 1

ITEM

5P&16

Con~,

Plug

7

3P132
8P2:,1

8

9?769

$
6

&2$109~

Cam FoUower
Sp rin9
Hose
Hos') (Tag 21)

10
11

13PS42
9?79a

Bearing
Spttng

12

8?4eS

13

2ai>122

flight Angle Cam
\'lasher

•

-

S2?S58

....
.

.'

~OIl~:U.

~~

Co

(

(

(

(

C'

(.

C.

(

(

(

(

z-

f'1>,
it"·

rrE....
14
15
16
17
18
19

PAFt,

DESCRIPTION

6?293
31?551

Cam Followar
Cam Follower Arm
S."i 09
Anchor Pin
Clam;-

9?7SS
29?g93
120H12
14Sg07

~

A

"

201W22302
142\'135002

C ·201W120-:>2
D 131W3OOO2

Block Ass~m~l)'
P/O It ern 19
Nut. Hex 3/8-15
Setscrew. Allen Bd
Ova' Pt 1/4-23 x 1-111
Nut. HelC 1/4-2a .
Capscrew. Hex Hd
10-32 x 1-112

142':;16201

Setscrew. Allen Hd
Oval Pt 4-';0 x 1/8

F

~56W1J102

G

201Wl1302
233'N10902
251W'0302

loc'tw:lsher No. 1()
tJut. Hex 10-32

E

H

J

PART

DESCRIPTION

K

113W23002

Sere..,. Mach Part H"

L

2S5W3240~

Pin. Spiro!

...

2aSW3260~

P,r..Spiro'

201W11702

Nu~

2S5Wn';02

lockwa~C!r

nEM

&-3Zx5l8

N
P

1/8 x 7/'a

1/8 x 1
Helt 1/4-28

tl4

Nut. Tinnerman 8-32

Wash.". Plain No.8

3. PAPER FEEDER
600Pa0878

Rc-vision E

1-47

.- .

.r •

'

.. ::-: .~. ''';•..;
;;. .

..':

;

.~

...

(0'

t·
'.
,~
"

&OO?80378
Revision E
I Itt", VI!'"
4. SNtFFER AND FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM

. rl 4.1

.
24

.....

.'. .

,

DESCRIPTION

535175

Complete Ai, Fifler

53P160
531>t93

ASSoembl)f
P/Oltem 1
Sniffer ReliaF Va'""
fluffer Relief Val".

52?10S

Adapter

~

3

".
•
$

).

fJ
10

3OS1287

Bracket

52P3Z~

Acla;»ter (Includes nut)

52PJ55

'n$ert

5~~838

Hose

52pa39

"lea (Includes two hUts)

-.

<.

~

c-

(.

_~/h.y-U

/)-23

/

:(") .

ro.:,.... ,,2P731
to-:l5536

Fitter Kit (Conta;ns 14

C

113'11316.')2

lilters)
Filter
Mounting Tuba

0
E

2$lW2330~

SClew. Mach Pan Hel
1/4-2\) " 3!c1
Nut. s!,·:r Hg 10-31
Wash!:., Pia':' 114

Ga~\et

Q.1~~~~~·.·
.~

ITEM

(

_-~.·I

t

(

••

(~

(

Sl'm~

8-32,1t 3.'8

220'.Vl1J.)4

filta r BoHle

• 11
18

f>2?~O

Adap~ee

52P734

19

f>2P943
S2P333

Cross
Cross (Alternate)
Tee (Includes nots)

20

52P325

Ada~te'

21

52?32a
S2?329

Adapter (lncJudes nut)
Insert

22
23
24
25
2&

T

>,. .

112'',"/52304

35P524
93PE>9

......

0:>

all . . ~£'t

PART

15

•

ft~,~ ~~7~~~ ". ~"-'

A

16

.

""~ .
'I:li:
•
.)O~~/.' Cf#..r~.,---=. A"
~
. '.c·'~
~t'J
r:J' ".

~-___9~:1·.
_
y /
,_='.--,-.-::::::---'
fj},

2&-t1

Elb!)".... (Includes nut)
Elbow (Includes nut)
(alternate)

S2?~4e

~-'7(E;~.-..-.. I,~~~
.....

I

DESCRIPTION

14

el')O.

, , , " ,{

2&

52?724

f>2?S3

1O""l>'Q. 10

%0/'

PA~T

13a

Jo~

.~... ~-.-....1~~'ChYl"'O~ ~::~T""
_.--.J
·~c..-:.:~V '--~8

.•

PART

~~~.'f~
0. \

-i:/ . /
g.2'!o-~"~
..M___J.;fI{.7

Fluffer and. Air Pump

filter BottJ~s
. (\'Vitbollt Tag 21)
Rd. 226043

ITEM

..

.,

i:.',. \.t

~2P-179

Hos~

52P353

Adapter (Includes nut)

S2P355

fns~rt

52P329

Insert

4, smffEH At-lD FLUFFER AIR SYSTEM
600?80S78

Revision E

'-49

...

-

~,- ~

.;::: .

it,', : .

..

t)~.

.

-i: '~
j.

~

...
.... :. .. ..
i ·~-F;:~~~:~~~i{~l;..;
... .- , ......- .•-..-.--.----.........
: ..... ,.
...:

... .

;.~;-..

~

~

~~

:').-.~

..

~

frEM

1

PART

DESCRlPTIOH

535234

CompJete At, fitter Ass'l
Part of rteen 1
Snirter R9Iief Val\l~
flufler Relief Valya
Adapter
Bracket

2

a

53Pt60.
53PI93
52S>.1OS
3OS12a7
)
4!>2W25S02
P . 52S1098
9 452W34002
10 4S2W 15602
11 452'N15702

"
$
..

12

..

<.,

452'1130502

(

(
ITEM

.

13'

14

Hos~

Te&
Adapler (With O-Ring)
Adapter (With O-Ring)
ElbOw f:.W2 Sprin9 CJip!J)

(

(.

PART

DESCRIPTION

WOS53S

Fillar Kit (g)
finer (One)

52?S3
52p~4a

G3sket

11
18

Cross Ass'l
t'ose
lubricant

52'51097

19 .10?54

Fitter

(

(

(

(-

(

(:

(

aoUl~

A

112'N52&04

Screw. M:tch Sem:>
1G-32 x 1/2

B

113W22502

C

113W3t5v"'2

Screw. Mach Pan Hd
8-32 x SIS
Screw, Mach Pan Hd

D
E

220;'.'111304

1/4-201<
251W2330~

(

Mounting Tu~

1S 3;'P524
16 S3?69
4S2W5200Z

..

Adapter (VI/Spring Clip)

318

Nut, Self lkg 10-31
Washer. Plain 1/4

4. SNIFFER AND FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM

600PB0878

Revision E

1~!)1

---- .......

.•.•..,--:: ..
- ...--

-

:.... z. .~~:.

,.....):

~l

,~ :i·:

..

...

,~

600P8087S
4. SNIFFER AND FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM
Air Pump and Motor
Pl4.3

'·52

Revision E

Ref. 2260·14

ITEM

,

PARl'

DESCRIPTION

1215955

Air Pump and fAotor
Assernbl)'
Mounting Pad

f
3

4?13S

4
&

1275513

6
)
)a

a

3 T~.,.,,'~
{ W'tID"If[

4

(t:). 15. 11

P/O Item 1
*1034
S4P222 .

Air Pump Motor (a9)
fl!t)(ibr~ coupnng
Air Pump

52P353

Adayter

(52W2SS02
52?35S

Adapter (Tag 2t)
In$ert
Hose
Hose (Tag 21)
Adll;»!er
Adapter (Tag 21)

52P~S

9
9a

5251101

10

52?328

10~

I

(S2W2560Z

(

(

(.
ITEM

11
12
13

(

"-

PART

DESCFUPlrON

H?1393

Shim

52?3~

P/Oltem
Insert

52?3-$8

Hose
Hose (Tag 21)
Pia 1I~m.4
PIO Item 4
P/O Itt'm (

A
B
C
D
E

251W233-n
201W11502·
2S6W11502
2S1\Vl1!.02

Washer. Plain 1I~
No•• Hex 1/4-20

F

131W32202

15
15

17

131W32'302

(

(

(

.(

(-

(.

c·

f.

"'-

~

~

5~S1153

14
14a

)O-I!~

Lockwasher 1/.¢
Washer. Plafo 1/4
Capscrew. Hex Hd
1/~·20)( 1-114
Ca;>scre~v. Hex Hd
1/4-20 x 314

4. SNlfFEH At,JO FlUFFER AlB SYSTH.l

600P80B78

Revision E

1-5~

ttl..
\

, .tIl, ......... ~

.: ••••~ .. .,; ..

.-.... .,; ........

~--..?

.... 0-. .:-.. ~
...

.. -.

~

.;-

... : ..::' ; .... :~~

.-.... ..
~

"'-

..
600P80878
5. A TRArJSPORT
PL 5.1
Pincb Wheels and

Multi-Sheet Sensor
kef. 2260S()

ITEM

Pinch Wbeel Assembly

1 ~113S
2 26P'B9S
3' 13P04S

Screw

4

'P/Oltetn 1

$0
6

or

~

DESCRli>T'OM

PART

305&210

8

3?2S7

lock

9

9PB10

10
11
12

9?869

Spring
SprIng

C
ITEM
A

8
C
D
E

,./0 Item 7
flange

SP155

C"

(

PART

DESCRI?T1OS

'I13'Nl6302

Screw. Mach ?an Hd
4-(0 x 311&
lOC~W3$her. No. .;
Washer. Plain No.4
loc:kwasher.1I4
Nut. Hex 1/4·28 •

25SW1O~02

•

Inboard Paper Guida
Outboard P"p~, Guid!:t
M&J1ti-shee\ Sen$.Or •
Assembti'(LS9)

385612
385613

(-

,

PinchWhee1

r

251W21302
255'1111502
201W11702
251WS0202

Wash~r.

G

13tW23002

Capscrew. Hex Hd

H

131W23202

C"pscrew. ~ell Hd

J

253W10902

Locltwash~.

K

2S1W10502

L

251W1110~

M

132W19002

of

It

~~J--

.Yi.

Z;
C'

.
(

I
'-9

(.

(

..

c.

Plain NO.8

&-32 x 518
8-32 x 314

Ext Th
No.8
Wash::r. Plain 5/32
\Vashe'r. Plain 13/64
Cnpscrew. Allen Hd
6-32 x 3/8

5. ATRANSPORT
600P80378

nevi~ion

E

1-55

-.-".

.

...

· . : .•~. Jj.
"

'
•

'C#

<

'

1·56

¥~'

Revision E
600P80378
5. A TRAtJSPO RT
A Tr"Ilsport
Pl52

~ ,:~

-~

Ref. 226051
ITEM

1

PART

t

22$.10&8
600S14S1

~

1105506

4

nS66&

$

5P92G

6

3OP3127

7

a

12lP153
31P621

9
10

13H21SS

11

DESCRIPTION

AT,.ans.port
.8eltKit
Switch AssembJ), 'R€-j~t .
Count lSB)
DriyeRoner
Collar
Bracket
Reject Solenoid (U)
FlelectArm
Reject Leifer
8earing
Searing
8earing (Attarnate)
Mounting Bracket

11S2S'
13?632
13?033

12

~?31S2

13-

30;>3946

(

<-

1!00-..,

Mounting Bracket

(

t.

lit'"

PART

14.

~2141

Cover

F

15

~S~S20

Cover
P/O '!om 1
Reject Sh3ft Assembly
KC)'
Gear
Searing
Swit~h Assefl'.!lly (Jam
Detector tS27)

G
H

Screw

16

17

18
19
20

"
'2

6$1020
29?ero
'JP916
13;>1321

110$506
26PtOS6

23
24

son<~

2S

28?337

A

8
C

D
E

DESCR!?,!ON

P/O Item 1

1t3W19302
255W10702
251WI0702
201'1#10702
132W20002

5. A T RANSPO RT
600?80B78

Catch 'hay
Washer
Sere ...... Mach Pan Hd
6-32 x 1/2
lockw::!sher No.6
\·!asher. Plain No_ G
Nut. Hex 6-32
Capscrt.'W. Allen tid
&-32 x 518

(

(

(.
ITEM

PART

'..

~

l

( ..

(-

.,-

DESCRIPTION

2S5Wl1102
'51'1/10-)02
113W28302

lo~k"H3Shet

No. 10
Wasl'ler. Plain 1':0. 10
S~~.....

Mach Pan lid

10-32)t 112
.J

113W25602

Screw. Mach Pall HtJ

K

113W19602

l

141W19301

Sere-,,·. t.!i!ch Pan Hd
&-32.1t 3!a
Sets~r ...w. Allea Hd

...

150W1 S302

Sli:b>:rew. Sc:f-lltg

N

153W2ZaO?

Screw. T~~pi"g Pan lid

P .

19t\V19~02

Sta~ofl

0

'5&WI0~")2

lO~\\"kt-1
Screw. Mach POin ted
1/4-20 x 318

113W16602

8
C

1.. ~/'\'\

/

600P80S18

5. A TRANSPORT
rL 5.4
A Transport Vacuum.

"
(

-

--~.'
_""".-

~ ,...f~~
'6._
...

1

...

6

"" ....

..

"'J

(.'

(.

('

(

J

256\'110902

Screw, Mach Pan H1
8-32 x 5116
loc~washer No. e

K

201\'111502

Nut. Hex

.'- \,

.•

11~

113w22502

•
,
I!

locJ..wash~r 1/~

.,

- ....

J

Screw. Mact, Pan H:t

I

1/4-20 x WB

i
!

1/~-20

5. A TRl\tJSJ'ORT
Goopaoan~

Revision E

1-61

,~

",

. . r;:> ;"::~}~~i{:f;'~i~

". . . .... >. ..•.-.,.-;;,

- .....
•

.........~

:'";.

-.,:

-.; e ..

.1'-'

60DP80S78
6. REGISTER STOP DRAWER

Pl 6.1

Revision E

tompteteRegister Stop

Drawer

Ref. 226060
ITEM

,

..ART

....

DESCRIPTION

115712

Compfeta negis1~' Stop

17$1008 .

Compl9t& Registef' Stop
Drawer (With Tag 22)

1P158&

LH. Mounting BrackEtt

105201

L.H.Slid&
R.H.Srid,
'loll Mounting Brack9t
DustShi&t6

Drawer'

:t

.-:.
-ol
S

.,

'OS~57

1Pl5S1

• . 5551529

••

Rr.

".I..., .
~

,,::>:~

Hub

28PS29
31P518

Spting \VasMr
loctc.ingArm

.{z 1110.. 22

.

10· 3?739

Knob

11.. e?.¢OO

Locking Cam
Spring
Leveling Bracket AsSEtmh'f

12
13

c..;0...

SP1N3

H[2b.221o.22c.22cS

9P787

3OS32is

(

(
ITEM

"ART

14
1S

29P716

1&

2O?50;

17

5S?1137
555712
120lil0

18

19

'0
22

3sP6-;2
EOCSl5.¢~

(

('
"

DESCRIPTION
Axle

le"eting Brackel J?IO 13)
Leveling Wh~el
Oust Shield
Shie;d
Clamp
Fram", Seat
Register Stop Connector
Kit

22a

t2b
22c

t2d
23
24

25

26
21

1SP1719
110?29S
17?386
191720
2S1aaS

PIO Item 22
P/O Item 22
P/Ollem 22
P/Oltem22
Bracket
Dr.wet Interloc~ Switch
(lS22)
R.amp
Stop Plate
DuslCo\ler

t.• ispufJ Mirror
28
6. REGISTER STOP DRAWER
GOOP80378
62?570

"I>/oo.'~l

.C.

(~
ITEM

PART

29
M
31
31

13P583

33
34

13NaO
1P1595
15P2141
29P793
27P33S

It.

112W21n~

8

112W3~510

C'

C.

DESCA1PTlOli

(~
ITEM

C·
PART

Bearing
Bearing

J

Pin Mounting Bracket

K

132W3220l

l

112W2~210

M

133W25802

N

285W2940S

P

14gW22602

Plata
locating Pin
Nul and W,,$her
Straw. Mach Sem,
&32 x 7/8
Screw. Mach Se:r."IlO

132W26002

112'."139703

Screw. Mach Sems

D

112W6S710

Screw. Mach Scms
10--32 x 7116
Screw. Mach Sem,
10--24 X 1/2
Scre)'t. Mach Pan Hd
8-32 x 7/16
St:r~. Mach Pan Hd

112W57B1O

F

113V'/22n2

G

113\.'128702

1()-~2 X 7116

H

113W2g~02

Screw. Mach Pan H:J
10-32 x 7/8

Revision E

DESCRIPTION
Ca~scre:w. AfI~1l

Hd

Capscrew. Allen H~
1/4·20 x 314
Sere';'. Mach Sem:.
&:-32 x 7/8

Capscrew. Button!
Allen Hd 10-24 x 1/2
Pin. S;>i,01
1/8 x Sl8

W

25GW11502

Setscre...... Self-Lk9
Allen FP 8-32 x 318 '
Nut. Sell-US) 10-32
Nut# S~U-lkg 2-5&
\-'Jash~r. Plain N:). TO
WOlsher. Plain No. 10
Washer, Plain. 1/4
Lockw3sher No, 10
lockw3;her 1/4

X

356W02503

Retaining Ring.

8-32 x 7/1&

E

C·

10-24 x 518

.32 x 51tS

C

(~.

0

2l5W11302

R

220'1110904
251Wl09?2

S
T
U

V

2S1W22~2
2~W/23202

255Wtl102

Ext 114

1-63

....

"

.... ~

.•. ~ :-"'i·~ •.

'.,
Revision E

6tJO?80S78
6. REGISTER STOP DRAWER
Register Stop f",'odulEt
tL6.2

1-64

Ref. 226GBl
ITEN

PART

• (2

DESCRIPTION

~~--A~

'1_"

.(8:tl~ .. 8,ing
Drive Gear S~ment

H

132W23802

Setscrew. Seff-U.9
Cup Pl8-32 x 3116
Cepscrew, Allen Bet

Gear Segment Cover
Washer

.J

,,3W23002

Sere ...... Mach F.m Hd.

CamfOn~Her

K

l~C".w3~her

Nut and Washer

l
M

256'1110902
2S1W7.2302
251W22202

Switch ksembfy (lSl)

14

1S?258

Housin~

IS

eP6~

16
11
18
19.

75733

Registration Cam
Driven Gear Sesment

29?113·
5?923
gpS'O

20

7S769

21

2?t829
28;:>337
8?2S1

21P407

Mour:t;ng

Ket

Assemblt
22
23
24

t

t

6. REGISTER STOP DRAWER
600P80878

Capscrew. Alleo He)
10-32 x 7/6
Screw. M"ch Sems
1!}-32 x 7/6
Ret:.in;n~ Ring.
E)tt5l8

8-32

x 1-1I~

(.
ITEM

(
PART

.-., .

(.

to'
DESCRf?TJO}t

P

285W1370)

Pin, Spring.

0
R

W.,~her. f'lain 9/64

S
T

251Wl0S02
255WIOs.n
251W10702
121W22S02

U

113'.'119502

V

132Wlea02

W
X

2;'6'1-110102

LOcltwil>h~r

251W21(;02

Washer. Plain No.5
Setscrtw. Arlen Hd
O"aJ PI 8-32 x 1/4

~ ",

1116 x 7/15

locJ<.wa>her No.6
Washp.r, Plain No.£)
Setscrew.. Self-tkg
Cup Pc 8-32 x 318

y

142W22401

Screw. Mach Pan Her
6-32 x 5116
C"pserew. Allen lid
S-~" 5/16

No.5

8-32 x SIS

No.8
Wa>t.er. P'aill No.6
Washer. Plain No. e

Revi~iDn

E

'·65

~ '-

......

600P30378

6. REGISTER STOP nRA"~ER
. PL 6.3
B Transport
Ref. 226062
ITEM

1

PART

DESCRJ?T.OH

~2S20S3

BTransport
B Transport (WIrAG 15)

22S14~

~

385450

3
S
6

22S1420

»
It

10
11
12
13
14
1S

(
«(~.

~~.

rreM

653556
235191

23H16
13P193
13P182a
22p~7a

13P1822 .
~17'(9

P ..perGuid9
DriYeRolfet
Shaft Assembly
Orilla Chain .
Chain (P/O Ii)
Connecting link
Bearing
Bearing
"'.mlfold Ass,/ (P/O 1)
Id!er RoUer
Bearing
Driva Clutc1t Shaft

.(~

(

PART

DESCRt?TtOH

29?501

lCel

16
17
18
19
20

42PS8.
3\)59337
110$1459

23

29?123 I

Eecen~,;c

120Ha

WOSl543

Clamp
Be:tKit

23P685

B~'t

23P824
23P82S

Bell (Alternate)
Belt (Pe,rorated)
Belt (Perforated)

19P1353

Brush Clamp

5Pt291

c

Clutch Disc
Brush
Brush Bracket
Mispuff Detector

Swi:ch (tS3}

25
27
27a
27b

23P~95

(AJ~erna:e)

28

29

32
33

35P 1444

DELETED
Clip Nul
Strip A!>sembf),
Plate (PiO 1)
Seal

M
35

f)3}122
117SS5?8

Adhesi\·e
Ground Wire Assembly

30

31

21PS3S
lP3470

6. REGJSTER STOP DRAWER
600?80878

(
rrEM

OESCRI~TtON

PART

t?~g:~~~~S~~1f~

.
38
33
40
403
A

~~~
~~
21?35S
120H7

J~.~Y:!jf~:f,;-:~~!.
\::'~':':~-=-""''':oo...c..-..,.,."..,.,.:,.
1t'U~if.:Q!:l~1:t

GIj:lssCap

c

(

•

ITEM

PART

DESCRIPTION

M

134W32001

Screw, ShJd Allen lid

N
P

25&W11502
251\'122002
112'112571i)

LockwClsher 114
Washer. PI .. in NO.6
Screw. Mach $cm~
6-32 x 7/16

R

131\'119602

Capscrew. Hex tid

lJ

113'1119502

6-32 x 1/2
Scre...... MiJch'Pan U"

v

112W6t>al0

6-32 x 5/16
Screw, Mach Sem~
10-32 x 1/2

Screw, Mach Sem~

1/4 x 5/8
0

Cable C'.lrnp

60053250

B Transport Kit
erac:':~t S:'lhmer
N~!. Hex 6-32

8

201'.'/10702
25&'//10102

C
D

251\"/10102
133111318£)1

E

355W03703

E·nir:~

112'r'1S3510

1¢lW22401

:.va

WI

F

Setscrew, AII~n Hd
Cup PI 8-32 x 114

x

259'.'111102

Nut, Hex 10.32

y

220W10704

G
H

J

201Wlt302
25SWl1S02
113W22102

K
L

255W 10-)02
251\'/l0a02

Loc}.washer No. S:.
Washer. Plain No.6
C ..pscrew. Button!
Allen Hd 1/4-20 x 1!2

lOck .... asher 5116
Sc,~...." Mach Pall Hd
8-32 x 7115
loc'kwasher No.8
W3stl~r, Plain NO.8

Revision E

(

10-32 x 318
Lockw3she r• E>tl Tft
-1-10.10
t~ul, S£:tf-lk!) &-3~

1-67

.--.
,.

... '!:.

......~
.........
'":

~

t~·: .~'.

. j:

.:. -. ;.:".
...-: -........

t(
~

1-86

Revision E

600~097S

.

~~l

8•. DRUM AND COROTRONS
.

PL B.l

Xerographic Drum "nd
Interlock
ftef.2~110

PART

1

SP71!

brumHub

t

1R22

Alloy Drum

.

125154
3S1S4S
35738

Ti~Jlod

~

SPU17

6

11OS13~

?

9SP501

3

(

:. .:l····· :
~

Knob Assemb'),

2!);'N11902

8

~S$W11002

locltwa~er 5115

C
D
E

2!'»1!"1116-)2
355'.'103103
11,w/20001

Washer. PlaIn 5116
E-Ring 5116
Screw. Mach Bdg H:!
6·32 ~ 518

.•

(

(

::.~.

t~'~

:...,; ".~" .:

~.-::o:.

i-t~·"

' t~.l~~:; ;:<:it~,
.A·'··::'-~J:
t.\ ..
~-~--.':--'.!-."~'~'
l
_.........-. ..:17
~:~~:r:....
. ;i~oI.- ~.~l
f$~.cfl '~~_
..:. :~~:~~~~
;-<.r.:'~
'-~ )..1
i~..~ .

Caltern..te)

".

,

Otum st.ol' ede ... ~ion
,tOlogt

-.

Drum Shaft Elltension
Drum InhtrTock Swi:ch
(lS2S)
Drom Cover (not
IIlU$t,aled)
Nut. HelC 5116--18

t...

···~:$-:1:$ ~

DESCRIPTION

rrEM

..........

1

-,<::'jo'••

..

Drum

f>

.....

CLS2 ..)

c·

co

(

t

(

(

,~

'-J.

.....~..

"01»317

<.

(

:',
~

p'

"?{~;:.:~~~~(f;
-.:.;~~.;#

:: . :~ ..·-i
1'-

0- . . ·

-!, • • .

Reviston E
8. ORUMS At·m tORoTROrJS

Pl8.2A Corotrons (\-'V/Tag 40)
ITEM

PART

1

2

25Pl099
19P971
111PJ419
117P2053

3
4

5
IS

.

Clip

10

11

23p;,e.3

Plate

sa

\~

Wire (Carget and TransfEN'
Corotron$ Only)
Cototron Shield (P/O 1)

555712
3OS34SO
3O?1195

8

IWl1H lAG "101

Clamp
Wire

Arc Shi~:d (Alterna~et
Part Item 19)
Shto:fd
Outboard Bracket
In~ard Dracto.et

7

i.

1S?55?
5S?2SSS

Transfer.CoroUon Assembll
(TAG 40)
Screw

..

Charga Corotten Assembly
(fAG 40)

12

(

(

(

(

c.

(

"-

I~.

~

ITEM

13
14
15

PART
1S3112
25P155,

16
17
18

3OS5723

19 ·5SP2551
20 1S2531
21

1255138

22
23

24
25

55P2563
55P25M
6OOS2325

DESCRIPTION
Coretton Shield {P/O 12}
Chann~l Bracket
A:Jjus!;ng Screw
Pte:ra:tsf~r CorotTon
• (TAG 40)
Corotron Shield {P/O tii}
Bracket
Arc Shield
Channel Dr3ckel
Pteclean Corotron Assem!>'y
Corotron Shietd (P/O 2t)
Outboard /,re Shield
Inboard Are Shield
Corotron Wire Shield
fleptacement Kit
(Contains 20)

ITEM

26Pl!)85
lS2145
11851267

Sh~tdtter Screw
Channel DracJ...et
Enda:ock

21S~76

Ca~ AS~f!mbff

33

35P23~~ -

34

1OS14l

3S

lU~Sl~ro

36

2ap533

31

118512o~

33

39
40

21547a
11651210
1OS743

41

1OS74;)

Seal
Slide- Ass.y (TAG 40)
End D1ocl( (TAG (0)
Washer (TAG 40)
End Block (TAG 40)
C&pAssembly (TAG ~O)
End Block (TAG 40)
Slid", Assy (TAG (\)
S!~e 1\'$5,/ IT AG ,(0)
PI"ir. Washer No. G
Nut. SeH-tkg 6-32
Scrt"W. f./.ach Sems
&-32 x 318
V/as!'ter. t'lain No.8
Loc~washer No.6
Screw. Mach Pan tid
8-32 x 7115

~

30
31
32

C

251W22002
215Wl07o;l
112W235-,)3

I>

251\'110S·)2

E
f

255WtO~2

A

It

WireShi~:d

2Sa
26

10S7&91

rn

3O?16~a

28

6P525

Outboard Bracket
Inboard Orackel
Eccentric Cam

DESCRIPTION

PAitT

113W22702

8. DRUMS A~JD COHOTRONS

600P20818

Revision E

PART

DESCRIPTION

G

113W20202'

Screw. Mac.h Pan tid

H

t.ockw~sher

J

2SSW 10702
132W421>:l2

K

251W 10-:;02

\·liI~har.

l

tA

201WIO:'lo'2
256'1110701

N

251\'/22001

r

25W/10i'0~

Plain No. 10
Nul. Hex 8·a2
t.ocl~w;)$he, No. 6\V;J$her. Plain t-to. 6\'/ashe1'. Plain No.6-

It

113WH.S02

Screw. t.\aeh Pall Hd

S
T

354W02103
201\'110702

6-32 x 5/16
t:-flini) 7/3'2
Nut. Hex 6~32
Screw. Mach Pan Hel

ITEM

6-32 x 3.'4

U
V

~

1\3WtG402
113'N1G302

No. &
Ca;>screw. Alief) Hd
318·1& x 1·112

.c-~O x 114
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
I;-~O x 3116

1-91

,. , .. ,
. 6, •
.. :'4 . . . . . . . _

.. ..

.•

~

Pl 8.3

1-92

Revision E

600P80S78
8. DRUM AtJD COROTRONS

A'~J

Adjustable CorotroB
Power SupplV
Ref. 226112

PART

I>ESCRI~TION

1OtP1316

COlOlron Powe, Supp!y
(PSt)

8raeht

5

3O?iS35
11lPS6t3
117P3117
111P5S9S

6

30?341~

A

111P311S
113W2aS02

ITEN

,
2

..
3

.,

Ptetransr~

"il::::';;~1-·--

Cord

Ch3r9~~ord

I'~""
It~
..... ~~ fl ~:.

Transfer Cord
Cord Mounting nracket
Plecfea" Cord
SereNo Mach Pan Hd

I ..~

I,~

\~~!I
~ .. ? ... ~:tQ"Jf~~I,~
'I;.

1G-32x 318

8
C

2S6Wll102
251\'110902

"..t

(

DESCRIPTION

D.

113W32202

E

25&W115-n
2S1WltS.'Z
U3'.'I22002

Screw. '1.ach POlO Hd
1/4-20 x 314
Lockw.,~ha-r 1/4
Wash~r. Pla,i') 1/4
Screw. Mach P,m Hd
8-32 x 1/2
lockw3sher NO.8

F
G
H

J

256W10902
251\'110502

~

""pre

Nc. 1P
Washsr. Plain No. 10

PART

IrEt"

--

~-... ~ ~tf' JUP~I f'S·3

lockwash~t

c. c.

(

-!UI'TI
. em' ,~ctrO'!e

I ~ ~O~ ~,,~ .:d

Yo

Wash~r.

)011)19

c.

(

\

(
~.

(

c·

.(

\

.

.~

...

Plain No.8

8. DRUM ArJD COROTRONS
£OO?80B73

Revision E

1-93

~:
..

~

··0. ---:•• --'::

".~.:,'_O!o!;~
-;, ...
.,.~

.

:'

"

.:... .

-.

.

1-94

Revision E

600P80878
9. DEVELOPER
ill9.t
Complete Developer

Assembly
llef.22613()
PART

DESCRIPTION

253371

Devefopat Assembty
eov." (P/O 1)

30?3602

3Pl0S
3?876

8racket
Handle
Tapered Plug
Plug

l
8

3P16S5

Tapared PlloI!)

2SP1042

9

9?S32

10
11

3S1793

12
13
14

33P~

Sere..,
Spring
Outbo..,d Latch
Inboard hteh
Measuring Paddle
Cte.,islalch
li9htSeal

ITEM

1
2
3
4
6
6

•
.-\

. ~-

3?8S1

351794

115260
66P29!)

(

(,
'II:.M

1~

16

11
17a

"Aft'

Co

(
"t:~~"J~)

(

(
Ilt::M

IV,...

l

t.

\.

(

(

(

"

DESCRIPTION

..AtlT

31S1074
31S1073
600S1517
110?i)7t

Arm
Arm

0

35W/023~1

Retaining Ring,

De.. e:o~r Switch Kit
Devefoper lnt~rbck S-",itch

£

355WO?5~3

E·Ring 1/4

S02?300a7
110?813

Funnel

Ext 1510';

(lSG1)

18
19

Delleloper

rntertoc~

Switch

(LSI3)

20

21
22

23
24
A

P
C

9.

57P72
19;:>:170
26?1298

25?1457
WOS~055

113W22502

25SV/l0902
153W 17202

Insotator
Loeltin;J Clamp
Shoutder Screw
Wing Screw
Toner Oe./alop;:T Kit
Screw. Mac.h Pan Hd
8-32 x 3/8

lockwashe, No.8
Screw. Tapping P.m Hd
4-24 x 314

DEVELOPER

600?a0878

nelli~ion

E

1-95

I

·0
..

~

:..

.

- - ...
..

;:~

...

~

.. t

.~.

,--

\....

RevisIon

6001>00878

t:

9. DEVELOPER
PL 9.2

To~er

Dispenser

Ref. 226131

rrEM

PA'RT

1

19N70

lockin9 Clip

25P893
35P420
5551157

Sc,~w

"
6

94551

A

113W22602

Ii

215Wl090:J2
251\'110302

D
E

25W/1O:3J5
259','i1 O:>O:J2

Shield

(

I,

W/HDWE

A$sem~11

Toner Ojs~nser
Screw. Mach Pan I-Id
8-32 x 316
Nut. Self lkg 8-32
Washer. Plain No. S
Wash!::r. Plain No.8
Loc~wa:;her.
t~o.

(

1

£{' Th,,,:r.

Ga!>~et

P/O itemS

5

c

~:

"1

DESCRIPTION

2
3

'·96

Plio~ct

t.

(

ott "

..

~-~.:l:
~-U=lJ~
--~~"
~VO
-"-,~
~~-.;=-~
IO-""~----~~
.;:;.'. ~~---,-- ~.r""""
:-;:)

r"~
IIQ)
•

h ..

,1.~~
~~_ - ----:-~~~~
...-.::z:.
....- - -

',''1;.\ '\
\"Cf~~_'.

\.

~ ~~-~-:-:~~-::::::=rr

Ext ih

8

\

(

(

(

(

(

I

~~

(.

(-.

"

~ ,.
~

'-

\

:

.

.:

.

600P80S78
9. DEVELOPER

PL9.J

Toner Dispenser Motor
and Controls
Ref. 226132

ITEM

PART

DESCRIPTtON

1

3P892
3P860

8utton

3
4
S

915560
21H171

DataPlat&
Nul

103S281

Toner Control
f'otentiomeier (RS.59}

8

120P238

Knob

7

110;>299

10

15;>1649
110?211
127S530

Incrt-as9 Switch (S7)
Switch Plate
Main Power Switch (55)
Toner Dispenser' Moto,

.2

•.

Button

y •••••

(B10)

C

(
ITEM

(

C~

(

PART

DESCRI?TlON

11

713W20S9-J

12
13
A

3O?S77 1

Connector ~
Bracket

713W25490
251WnOO2
2SSlN1(}5.')2

Washer. Plain No.5
loc:kw:lsher No.6

8
C

113W19:.o2

(

("

(

(

(

(.

?..1

Conn~ctor E~ ~-1

Screw. Mach Pan Hd
&-32 x 511S
• Washar. Plain 1:0. 8

D

251Wa0202

E
F

25&1/10::":>2

Lockwash&r No.8

113\\,22002

Screw, Mach Pim Hd
8-32 x 112

G

259W12301

lockwasher. Ext Tn

H

201Wi~1

,J

2OJWl13-J2

N:11. Hex 314·15
Nut. HelC 10.32

3'B

9. DEVELOPER
600?80378

~evision

E

'-99

. .- ..
~.-

•

.... :..
••••

.•

'"",

1-100

600P80878
9. DEVELOPER
I'L 9.4
Baffles and Developer

Eleclrode

•

Ref.·2261"33
ITEM

PART

t

10181119

2

S

3SS237T
55Stl9S

4

3582378

5

117P4232
114534
111P4233
11¢S119

,.,
8
9
10

DESCftlPnoJf

EI8Ctrod&. Bias eat:••
• nd Ptetran~er Corotron
Power Suppl1 (?S3)
Inboard Seat Assembly
Pickoff aaffret
. Outboard Sea' Assembly
8iasCord

Plu9 Assernbfl
Electrod. Cord

Conneclot Assembl1
Mounting Plat~
Mountin9 Plat.

15S~21

1SS3S20
1452105

11

(

(

(

PART

llESCRI?T:Oli

14S2l0S

Sp3cer Ou!~oard
Sea'
MyTar"Tape
Plastic Shi~!d

12
13
1'1
15

3SPt322
63?2a4 .

16
17
A

l1aP71&

Developer Electrode
Insufat;ns SUip

~lW1151J2

Nut Hex 1/4-20

8

C
D
E
f
G

H

J
K
l
M
N

Putro",'cr

Spacer Inboard

C.
rreM

1OIt32:

255510
115$130

255\Vll102
2OiW11302
2$lW1 O9IJ2
2S1W22602
2C)lWto-)()2
256W1 0!l02
2S1W1Oe02
251W23102
2S6W11S02
251'1/10702
256WI0702
201Wt0702

9. DEVELOPER
600?80878

Loc~washer

·(orotr0,.

(

(

(
ITEM

P
R
S

PART

(

(,

(

co

c.

DESCRIPTION

255Wt0502
251W10402

W"ih~:-.

201WI05~2

Nut. Helt 4·40

loc~ytasher

•
\

No.4

PI ",in N~. <4

No. 10

Nut. H~x 10-32
Washer. P'ain No. 10
Washer. Plain No. 10
Nut" Hex 8·32
Locftwasher No.8

W3sher. Plain No.8
\~/ashet. Plain 1/4
lock ......asher 114
\·/a~har. Plain No.6
loc~wilsher No.6
Nut. Hel(6-3~

Revision E

1-101

,

.{

til

-

-..

......
.. -

'

;-.~.

1-1021

600?80818
9. DEVELOPER
fL9.5
Developer Bearing

Assemblies
Ref. 226134
ITEM

PART

DESCRtPTION

1
2
3
4
5

5Paso

Collar
Idler Bearing Ass~mbl1
Key
Sprocket
Olive B~arin9 Assembly

G
7

A

B

135613
.29?OSS
7P1423

133612
3S?115
23?S59
20W/11502
25S'l/11102

C
D

251W2~o(J2

E

141Wll602

141WJt<:Ol

".
~3
~

Sea'

'.

Washer
Nut. Hell 114-20
Lockwasher No. 10
Washer. Plain No. 10
S~tsc,ew. Allen Hd

...

Oval Pll/4-20 x 114

r.~.
H
~~.<

Setscrew. Allen HJ
Cup Pt 1/4-20 x 3/0

1";>, •

.u.,. . .

t,,:;'I.

r(Ce
~'"

~

f

(

C.

C·

(

(

(

(

(

(

(

(

-

•

--...
,

.

,~

._,.

Revision E

600?a0878

10.

Pl 10.1

10

Compressor
Ref. 22608()

ITEM

..

2

..

3

$
6

PART

DESCRtPTIO~

4?13S
15?1587·

'~un!in9 Pad

J,.~t,~ TI~
f

Ii

~2P32a
Nippre
4S2W2SS02 . Nipple (Tag 21)
S3P73
filter

~

~2P329

Hoselo$eft

7

3O?J174

8

702W09305120?3S
113W19602

Brac\et
Capac,tor (C4)
Capacito, (C4)(Arternat~)
Screw. ~"'ach Pao Her

It.

I
...
I .

~)~~I
ii ~I /-'
,,;- ~',
r---- -1.

Mounting Plate
Compressor (813)

121P139

1-104

---i~~"":;-·~:;ff;};
---=:".:............., 1
....... :...:----;'·"""'1 T
~~ • ..11---. •
........, ---1-- j- I

COMPRESSOR AND PUFfER SYSTEM

~

:

1-

f'...t~~

t..

!

~,.~",

.-<.

..,;re

~32x3l0

P
C
D

(.
"EM

256WtOl02
2S1WI0702

(
PART

E

1 13W25B02

f
G
tt
.J

255Wl1102
2S1\V1 09-n

K

251W11502

25&Wll:102
201\'I t 1502

loc\washer No.6
Wotsher• Plain No. (;
DELETED

.

(

C.

(

(

(

(

(

(

c. .C

~ \.

DESCRIPTION

.

Screw. Mach Pan Hd
10-24 x 1.'2
Loclo.wash&r No. 10

Wa:.her~ P.ain No. 1Q
WOI!:t·cr. Pl'-lin 1/4
loclcw3:>her 1/4
Nut. Helt 1/~-20

\

10.

COMPRESSOn AND PUFFER SYSTEM

600P80318

Revision E

1-105.

J

fi

\ ....

'-

.

"1-106

600?SOS78
10. COMPR~SSOR AND PUFf~R SYSTErJl
PL Ui.2
Accumulator Tan"
(Without la, 21)
Ref. 2260S1
frEM

PART

1 51S10)
2 52P3S)
3 52P3S$
4 ·52;:>347
5 52P542
6 52P32&
7 110?1782
110?10a9

DESCRIPTION

Accumurator Tank
Adapter
Ho~rn$erl

"'

Air Hose
Tee
Ada;>!er
Undar-Pressure Switch
("'S21)
Undut-Pr&s$ure Swite,",
(t.S21)(a1tern:'}t~)

a

ChcckValv8

9

53P19EJ
52P49S

10

52P329

Hos9lns~11

Tee
~.

(

(
o.

(

(,

(.

(

(

(

( ..
...

(

(.

(

....................,.. 1'''''''''.
11

52?351

Air Hose

12
13

~P524

" Air Hosa
Elbo.....

14

52?n4
21?219
5:?HG

1S

52?~~

16
11
18
A

5:W(S

8
C

53?21 0

52?S24
25W/U~02

Ca~

Cap (a!ternate)
R!:duce:

Relief Vallie
Valve
Tee
Washef. Plain 11132

256'1/11902

lockw3sher 5116

131\'133705

Capscre"". Hex Hd
&116-28 x 1-Va

10. COMPRESSOR ArJD PUFFER SYSTEM
600P80878

Revision E

1-107

.

~.

... . ............ .

.,
•..
J"

&OO?80878

COMPRESSOR AND PUFfER SYST~M

10.

PL 10.2A

Ac~umu'atof Tanle
CWltbTag21l
Ref 2261-50

.

~
~I,)

RevisionE
_

1-108

.

\f)-"'.
. ~.
__ ~ . ~,:~"
.
., ~. 'J:::,;:rCl81 .. ~~:;.
....
/'
-C... ~':'."
_ ..,.::"
......... ~
"' .....'.....
.~-=-~----.:::.::-4. € I t..;~.~.:. .-;"iY;.;~~..
~
~.~~.:-/":"'"~i:-..
.
..
.
....

1l...

..

4

DESCR)PTlON

PART

ITEM

o

.

-..
. . ,<
I "~~
c-Y,,,_'2 "t
.

1
2
. 3

515103

Accumulator Tan~'<

1~2W25602

Adap~er

52S1098

Air Hose

452W34002

TeSt

~52W20S02

Ad'it~te;

6
.,

452'1/15602
110Pt762
11OPtCo9

Ada.pter
Under Pressure Switch (lS21)
Under. Pressure Switch (lS21)

~

11

(~
rrEM

5251100
52S1102

12
13

14

PART

I

~\=t

.-

6

\t • .
~. I
.,..-........ A

.~

(.

(

,

010

. j ~~._-{.:-'4

.,..--

0..-12

9v.~'
"'~

i"''6

6~~~:;
..
l~.//,i". Q14..··....
~
...f). •. ,../J

ClS2~~.~,"
". ~ -Ur
't
y l~

'.

!.. . .

.
?O/t5o:l4

(

(

(.

(

( ..

(.

I

~~",o

- '..

<.

.~'

Ai, ,.tler

o~~'!::.blf

co

.

c.

.~

DESCRI?TIO!'t

~5Z'.v3.,s.o2

EI~w

53?21 0

Valv~

21?219
52H"-3
457....20502

Ca;>
Ca;> (Alternate)

53P319

/.da:>!er
fleJi~f Vallie

251WU302

Washer. Plain 11132

256W11~2

C

131W33705

loc.k.wash<;!r Slt5
Ca;>screw. Hex Hd
5116-20 x 1-1/3

10.

."

AirHos~

16
A
IS

15

•

CheckV:l'lIe
Adapter'
Air Hose

$3P19S
oG2Wl50702

(

t

•

CA.lternate)
8
9
10

On

v

..
S

-

.

~..

COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTH,1

600PB0878

Revision E

1-109

'(

10.

1-110

Revision E

600PS0878

COMPRESSOR Arni PUFFER SYSTEM
Pl 10.3 Puffer
Ref. 2160B2

ITEM

PART

DESCRIPTION

-----..

f.i)L~
2
3

5551503

5'PSO-1
q.a.l'~

~ r&i~
t:)
~

7

52S384

52S1111
8
9

52P49!)
52S10~5

11

3O?3Sa9
3O?4210

1~

3OP3S~

10

Inboard Pu:fer Bracket

('

(

!

"'.

ITEM

PART

13

19?12t.(

,,'

DESCRIPTION

ITEM

CI.:L'l'l~

G

H
.J

14

31}?4t~2

Br2c:"e~

1S

52P328
-G2W25S02

Nip;>I'!
Ni;>;:>!e (Tag 21)

16

e>2P..!e3

Insert

17

1215278

18
19

3Q?4013
53?2W

~

1025424

21

121S519

Pvffcr Sot~noi:! Valle (1l3}
MOI.I'lting Bracket
Seal
Ca;>acitor (C37)
Puft~t So~eno;d Valle
A!oSemh:)' (U~}
·~.tI.n~·j1

I

K
L

~~~)j)its~~~~

Q~'!~'

PAnT
20~Wl0502
25SW1~~02

251'1121;)02
201WI0702
113W2Sa02

M
N
p

2S1W10~2

Q

113',"12290:12

~Wll102

"3'1122302

(.

DESCRIPTION

Nut, H~)f! 4-(0
loc~wash~i-, No. 'Washer, Plain No. .¢
Nut. H~" 6-32
Screw. Mach Pan tid'
10-32 x 1/2
loc:kwll3her rio. 10
Wast-aer. Plain Na. 10
Screw. lhch PlIn B.:J
8-32 x 1/2
Selew. Mach Pan tid
8-32 x 9116

•.

.. ' .

It.

2S1WIOS02

Wil-~h~~ pkin No.8

B

~56Wl0rr)2

Loc:~w:lsher

C
D
E
F

(

(

\.

th. 8

Nut. Hex 8-32
"251W22OO2
25CWt0702
132W 19002

Washer. Plain No. G
Loc:kw.l~"er

No. (;

Ca~scr£'w. Allen H:1

6-32:1t 3/8

10, COM?HESSOR J\NO PUfFER SYSTErIl
600raOS78

Revision E

1-111

•.

~

~. "

Revision E .__ e.-,r~

f)OOpa0878

11. FUSING
PL 11.t

1p112

Fuser Pressure Roner
Ref. 226070

ITEM

1
2
3

...
S

.,

PART

55S!2t

Fus~u POtper Guide

22S253O

Fuse' Pressure RoU~

29?67S

Retaining Pin
SelScre-N
Nul

26P2212

21Ple&

I

12P149

•t

2S?251
1P7J2
3054244

10

1PU72

11

3S?766
305424$
13?S03

12

14
IS

bESCRtPTtOI'f

13?~s()

Connecting Rod
Pressure Dar
Sprocket
Svpport Ass!lmbly
Strip
fe1tWiper
Brac~et

Bearioo
Bearing

~~\ r-\
.-tt
"

(

(

ITEM· PART

A

113Wl~502

(

(
Screw. Mach
6--32)( 5/\5

1'611"1

255\"107i32

lock washer No.6

~WOi203

f

141W2Z:)"~1

G

113W19':02

••

Wa:;.h&r. Plain N~. 6
E-Ring 1/8
DELETED
Sebcrew. Allen Hd
Cup Pl8-32 x 3116
Screw. Mach f>an H~
6-32)t 1/4

2SW/22002

Washe-r. pr"in No.6

133WZa401

CapscreIN. Button!
Allen Hd 10-32 x 114

K

251\'122501

WOl~her.

l

255WIl00::n

lockwashel' No. 10
Cap:,cfew. He-x Hd
1()"32 x 1/2

11.

(

(

.(

<-

C.

H:f

~lWI0702

131WZ3a02

(

.-"
I

(

8

...

.(

DESCRiPTION

C
D
E

.J

(

.":N>'>'

Plain No. 10

FUSING

~OO?80978

Revision E

1-113 :

'J

(. t

••••

•'.

·IZ.~.,).6.1O."

Revision E

600P80S78

~IJ·8.1O

11. fUSING
PL 11.2

Pressure Dhc Assembly
'''Vathout Tag 21)
Ref. 226071
,~

rrEM

PART

1
2
3

121S332

PleSsur& Dhc Solenoid Ass,/

52P338

Tee

12'S32a
121S329

Solenold Valli'&> AsS'J (lS)
SofenoicfVat"lt As'S,/ (L5)
(Alternate)

.c

52PS24
52Pl03
52P911
52P330

Tuba

5
6
7

e

•

52P348
52S412

S2P329
11 ·5P6Gl

10

12

J.
~..

DE.SCRIPTIO~

(

35PS9&

<.

Tuba

Insell
'Elbow
Tuba
TubeA'SSy

Insert
Diaphraom Ring
Gasket

(

C

(

(

,.
\..

(

A

ITEM

PART

DESCfllPTION

35$2'55
53?10a

Pressure Oisc Ass,/

A

131W25202

Capsc:ew. Hall Hd

8

256'1111102

lockw~sh~'

C
D

251Wl0902
14Z1115201

E
f

251W22502
201W11302

11.

FUSING

13
15

Filt~r

1(}-24:1t 314

600P80378

'-

No. 10
Washer. Ptatn No. 10
Setscrew, Allan Hd
Ollar Pt 4-40 x 1/8
Plain No. 10

Wash~r.

Nut. Hex 10-32

Revision E

·1-115

.~,

600~80878

11.

0 .

Revision E

FUSING

'-..... -.-

tt U.2A Pressure Disc Assemblv

~
'r~; •D
~

Rer.22G151
D£SCRJ~TIOH

PART

1

1215620

2

452W34002
121S328

Tee
Solenoid VaJvb Anembl,

121S329

~otenoid V~tyEt As~b'1
CL5)(Arf&rnat~}

Pr~u,. Di~ Solenoid

Assemb'1
3

.cS2W15602

Adapter

&

52S1103

Tub& Assembtt
Adclp!er
Elbow
Tube Assembly
DELETED

.,

5

4S2Wt5502

,a

",52"1130502
5251162

11

(.
"EM

5P6St

(.
PART

12

3S?690

13

35S2tCS

A

1311N25Z02

&
C

D

255Wll102
251'1110902
H2W16201

E
f

2OtW11302

11.

fUSI~JG

2$1W22502

600?80878

(

"

•

'-. ...... ~,
'-...

·~I~.
- ."
. ..'
5)-J'.:t-.~.
". .~_
~
..
~:..:
V~~
J2
~.
'
--~
..<. ~--. _N.
~
.

~

A'.
~~

•~
.

'.

•

Diaphragm Ring.

(~

.

r\
~,flT3CU.,J .~I

(

~~~

(L5)
4

.(n_ .......

~-12

(With Tag 21)

ITEM

1-116

i
\

...

~~

¥

(.

(

Co

.

.
--...........

.

___
.

.

............

(~,

l

\.

~-

(

DESCRJPl'JON
Gasket
P/essure Oisc Assem!>l;
(Includes Hard.,.,.ar~)
Caps-crew. Hex lid

.. ,

11>-24 x 3.'4
lockwasher No. 10
Washer. Plain No. 10
Setscrew. Allen Hd
OvalPl 4-(0 x 1/a
\'/asher. Plain No. 10
Nut Hex 10-32

Revision E

1-117

••

\. ~

Reyision E

600P80S78
11. fUSING

Pll1.3

fuser Heat holler
Ref. 226072

rTEM

"ART

DESCRIr-TION

a

2P5365
1135142
12OP1SS

4

9pa~9

Outb()ard Soc'
Outboard S I(et COVel
~at8' Rod ;ke-t Assembly
Spring
1)
Outboard
B e"ting
.
F
user Heal noDer
Fuser treat Roller

,
~

5
5

13N83
.22S1128

- 22Snso

..

.,

II

(Alterna-te)
~ssooas

Arch R39 Bond

153545
1S354O

JUterna:~

1135141

InboardSvroc~et Assembl1

Kit (Alt~n3te\ Heat Roller
fuser Frame I(See NOTE)

c.

<.
ITEM

•

10
11
It.

(

91Pl~Z

113'1123002

8

2S£,W10902

C

251Wt0902

D

\13,?,2291J2

·E

132W~302

fuse' Sproc"e'
.
Inboard S ockftt
'" Assembl"
C
~
Caution L b

S

it

t

(

(

NOTE: To be t:s..
•
A! ~Itt) Rag Bond

Paper Onl)'.

over

-32 x 9/1&
Capsc;rew All
5110.13.
en Hd
l
x 1-1/4

'SS'Nl1~2

fS1W23402

,J

113W22e02

Wa$her
. 5/16
S
..,
• P lam
~.scre-N All
Cu
p'
entia
p I 1()"32 x 1/'
crew M
..
S 8-32'
ach Pan tid

K

350'N2051'J3

flet"ininn80378

•.

(

a •Mach Pan Hct

lit

(

~

el

f

11.

(

crew. Mach Pan H
e-32x 518
:$
lockw"s~I"" tl
\'Ia:;/'}", p-. 0.8
Sere':. rOl," No.8

G
H

141W2z..~01

(

(

DESCRIPTION

PART
)S817
2P19U

(

<.

Revision E

1-119

. -• • j

...

Pll1"~

Curl Control and
Strippinj Finger
Ref. 226073

"EM

t
~

3
4

5

•.,

PART

Clamp

'l9P'711
127P297
3OS7760

CI3mp

9
10

11

26Pl48S

c·

(

c_et'~.,.....

·

9

•

.~,).-£~
~.;

....,_"
,., <-// . / ~"r
•..,;~~
.' \
~......
~,'"
5
....................
~',' ~AV»
~ "i"'' ,- ~..il 4 (an
.......... .... ,8~~-,
c..;;

'"

-,

-r>t:'i7'
. ,..
: II

"11)0·

Paper Curf Duct
Hose Duct

~

/' . /

~,
_~
.,

,/'.

/

: 'l\C.£.,
. ., ~
~...........

IJESCR1?TIOH

1SPl18
54P344
52P819

'1353&
19P15IJ
3OP4939
1105558

a

1-120

Revision E

600P80S78
11. FUSINC

• II

Cud Control Blower (617)

• I •.

",lJ

Clamp
finger Support

0"[

.

, I •
• I

Brackel
Stripplng Finger

."?!<"~. "I:'~{
.

)

6

.
"0/1»'

fu,er Jam Switch (lS3S)
Shoulder Screw

(

(

(

"C

(

("

(

(

("...

-

(
"I

PART

DESCRIPTION

A

112''''55310

Screw. Mach S::ms

is
C
D

lockwa:;her N:1" 8
Nut. Hex 8-32
W

• froo>J

ATS)

11

~

C·

,"'"

.,

2&1260

(-

C·

(

(

(

~ .~

'. "EM

12
13
14

PART

3O?3-J15
5CS5S3

DESCRIPTION

Bracket
Ojl Pan Assembly
Fitting
Oil Hos&

PART

DESCRIPTiON

B

113'1117202

C
D

256W10502

Screw. Mach Pan tid
4-~x 314
Loc\washer No.4
Screw. Mach Pan tid

ITEM

1S

525521
52.?505

15

3034276

Bra:::~et

17
18

120:-i9

Ctcsm;»
Hose Clamp
Oil Pan (P/O 13)

E
f

25€Wl01C2

CableTi9
Confleetor (P1l)
Connector (J7J)
Fuset Oillf'ldicator KIt

G
H

2S1W21~O\

J

113W1691:}2

Clamp
Transparency Smear
Correction Kit

Ie

113W23702

l

25S·.... ,0,lJ2

P.aper Hold Down As':>,!

M

2~tWl0~~2

\'/ir;~

N
P
0

251\'121502
25&W11t')2
113W25&')2

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

2S
2Sa
21

A

2S?1130

1205113
713W(»)OO
713W05190
&"'lQS1S51
3?210';

120?471
60':>05 6O'J21

11755637
112W0250J

11. FUSING
600PB0878

113'.'119:.02

DESCRI?TtOH

113W2~502

S
T

256\'1\0902

Screw. Mach P"11 Hd
.32 x 5/1&
loc~washer No. a
DELETED

6--32:1t !)flo
113'."117702

113Wl~!)?

Plug

Screw. Mach Sems
4-40 x S/16

PART

R

trEM

lockwOtsher No.6
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
4-40 x 1-1/8
Washer. Plain No.4
Screw. Mach Pan tid
4-40 x 1/4
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
4-40 x 9'16
Screw. Mach Pan HcJ
8-32 x 1-112

lockwasher N~. 8
Wa:;tlf~'. Plain No.8
Vt.,>het. Plain No. 10
lockwasher N~. 10
Screw••"ac.h Pan Hd
10-24 x 318

Revision E

1-123

~:
I•.
Revision E

600P80818

11.

9CG~~O·

fUSll"lG

Oil Pan ComponentS

PL 11.6

Ref. 226075A
ITEM

PART

1
2
3

55P690
3054320

..,.
,

5?929

J

~25119

127S487
~3i)50

2$'825

8
II

5P9':9
600S1353;

.

Sa

3OSBS9S

!):...J...o.

0
·...... 8.111.

.....

7

S-.r.:!"~"
~~~

~
• D

(?-_~. . ~.
".
- ......,..,
.

I

9{9a.9b.9c:

~.
.A:;;'~'....
~
- ~.
'.
~~~
~'J:6"~
_Cov.
.tt~}...,.;.Jo"_
k~
~.~ ~
~
"'ounting 8 r..ko.

.
.. ;
" ...... _
90
I -f'

'.

.

Disp......"Rol...

~

Ring
S. . en.", Mo'",
upport
• Kit
O"P A......,-

0,'

Sb

'151387

bOo
.;:.,.'''
....
!>It
Gear
(with
8ushtrl9
1........
'_)
.)

!Ie

355"~Ol503

10

1P793

-,...__ -

_

\ ......
: --

.

_

-."

__

_

C•

. '-..'
.......

"

,

01

••

ITEM

PART

A·

113'.\'23002

8

103W23002

C

~S6\Vl0902

D

25 1\'/10~OZ

E

113W195-'2

F

25S'N10702
251'1'110702

132Wnan

J

132'1123')02

I<

141W16201

(

,

I

::::-- •_____
___ ..:

" .

""-.........' -

•.!

..~:---c.~

.

.--

_

_.

q.

....

...........'''-.i

j

.

Retaining R1n9.
Gear

<-

11. FUSING
600?30878

.!.

;
t

i~! 2
I to
"'..... I noto,(a16)~.
°aI
G .",;
. ~
V
__
.. i-'
Spnog
-,
.,-_
__~
'
Oil .Oispen>." •
.J
;~..~... _ ____ -' J
,

S __ •

G
H

E

~

DESCRJPTION

3OSl02~

(

1·124

7011)))

{'
"

<:.

(

(

(

c

(

;-

l.

'(

I

.~.

-"

(

I

PESCfil?TICS
S~rew.

Pl.bch F'a:"! Hd
&-32)( SIS
Sere.'I. Mach FI:~t H:i
8-32 x 518
LocJ<.washer No, e
Wa$t:er. Plain No.8
Sc(cw,'Mach Pan Hd
6-32 x 318
Lockwashef No. £)

Washer. Plain No, 6
Ca;>screw. Allen H::1
8-32 x 1/2
Capscre.N. Allel"l H1
8-32 x 518
Sc:screw. Al!en Hd
Cup p& 4-40 x liB

Revision E

1-125

,

'\.

~

..
...

6oo?80878

11.

FUSING
PL U.S

Revision E

Transformer and
Controller
Ref. 226070.

ITEM

PART

1

10SP58

10SPa9

\;

fuser 'Trao:;fo,mer crl)
fuser 'Transformer cr1)
(Alternate)

·2
3

3OS7302
14P1119

4

109P4t2

109P413

Alternate

$

3OPl199
3O$198t

Orackel .

i .

t.

DESCRIPTION

J

'l13WOO290

• A
B

2S1Wl0902
255Wll102

(.-

(

ITEM

Bracket I\ss&mbJ1

Spacer
Fus~r ControJler (PS2)
Bracket Assembly

Connector (J8SJ
Washer. Plain No. 10
Washer. Spring No. 10

(.

c·

I>MiT

DESCRIPTION

C
D

2OtWlt302
112"1I559tO

Nut. Hex 10-:;2

E

112W30S02

F

155'.'119:.02

G

112"....30502

H

112W:.46tO

J

2OP/It0902
251W2200n

"

K

(

(

(

(

(

(

c
.J

!

I

Screw. Mach Sems
10-32 x 9115

Screw. Mach Sems
8·32 x 3/8

i

!

Scre--N. Tapping Pan Hd
6-32 x 318
SCI~W. P..bcll Sems
8·32)t 5/15
Screw. Ma::h Sem:;
10-24 x 3/8
NUl. HE:~ e-32
Washer. Plain No.6

11. FUS'~JG
600PBOBn

Revision E

1-129

I

j

i

J

I

.:~
\.

1r130

Revhion E

6005>80378

12. CTRANSPORT
PL 12.1

'(2

Complete C Transport
8nd Mounting

41~

• {'2.-S.a.ls
, {9.1O

Ref. 226090
nEM
1

PART

DESCRIPnON

3OS3742

Uppet Inboard Brac1(el
Assemb1y
I)r.c1l.e! P/O Item 1
InbO."\rd Brae"'!!-I Hang9r
Upper Outboard 9rac~&1
. I)rac:"et. P/O Item 4
O"tboard 8rackel Banger
lower Outboard Brac;kel
Assembly
lower Inhoard Brack~t
Assembly
flelainil'l9 Clip
IJracbl P/O Item 7

~

a

30?3339
3OS374t

4
$
6

.,

3OP3333
15S1619

8
19P438

&

10

(

C.
REM

PART

11
12

225837

"C. Tra."Isport Ass.,.mbl)'

7$582

255253
105?2 15

Drive Sprocio:et Assern~ly
Ouick Discoilr.9'C~
Antistatic Bar
TrCliisformer (T4)

15
16

25?623

Thrust Washer

l2OH14·

Antistatic Cab!e

17

2S?50~

Washer

1S?J521

13

14

DESCRIPTION

A

113W2aS02.

Bracltet
Sere.,..,. Mach Pa ... Hd

8
C
D

2S6Wl1102
251Wl0902
132W23202

Lockwasher No. 10
WClsher. Plain No. 10
Capscrew. Al!en Hd

E

20 tW 10902

F
G

2OW/11102

NL:l HelC 8-32
Nut. Hex to-32
DELETED

18

1~32

x 3/8

8-'32 x 314

·12.

t TRAtJSPORT

fiOOPB0878

(

(

(
ITEM

Clal1l~>

I
•

_.)0,.•

(

(

(

I

PAllT

(

(.

(

(

113W25SQ2

Screw. Mach Pan Hd

J

113W194\J2

Screw. Mach Pan Hd

K
l
tA

255W10702
251W10702
113'N32C>-12

N
P
0

25W/11&02
113W32202

R

113W2aa02

S
T

256W1C902

U

113W22002

V

259Wl1102

••

\.

DESCRI?TfO»

H

I

10-24 x 1/2
·6-32 x 1/4

25S"nl~2

201\"111302

lockwasher No.6
Wa3her. Plain No.6
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
"<-20 x 516
loc1tw3sher 1/4
Washer. Plain 5ftS
Screw. Mach ran Hd
114-20 x 314
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
10-32 x 112
Nut. H,,"x 10-32
Locltwasher No.8

Screw. Mitch Pan tid
6-32 x 318
Lockwasher. Ext Th
No. 10

Revision E

1-131

,

,

""

(

•
Revi~ion

600?SOS78
12. tTRANSPORT
PL 12.2 t Transport Components

1-132

E

Ref. 226091

nu\
1

6OOs.s~

2
3
4
5

3054011

&;

659S7
305(071

8

5~P681

.,

9
10
11
12
13

£OJ.
"-

,

(

PAR"

3054009
13P'S22
22P59:l

3DS(075-

29P4SO
lP619
15883
23$181

DESCRIPTION

co Transport Belt Kit
C4 8elts)
Outbo:-rd Fin9~' Bracket
Inboard Fi:"l9~r Brac~e!
Bearing Assembll
Se1t Tension Ron~r

Pinch Wheel Shaft A~s~bl)'
Outboard Bracbl Assemb'1'
SamEt
Inboard Brac\et Assembly
Key
Driven Sprocket.
Drive Sproc\et
Drive Chatn Assembly

(

(

(

c.

(

(

o~.

PART

DESCR1?TION

P/O Item 13

15
16

23H15

17

32?239

Connector link
Shaa Assembl),
Up;.cr an:! Lower Be!t

ITEM

14
£Sg~

Guide>

18

22?599

19

32P200

20
21
22
23

22?SOO
2a?625

PART

DESCRIPTION

A

113W22~~2

e

25&W 103::12

C
D

2:)lW22312
1(0'.'1233)1

Screw. M3eh P')n Ud
8-32). 3/8
Loc~washer No.8
Washer. Plltin No.8
Setscrew. Sq Hd
Cup PI 10-32 x 3116

E

113','/19502

f

3S4W02lO3
251W220-J2
255W10702

ITEM

Up;>er and tower tdiet
Roflers
Center Btll: Guide
Drive floll
2

.-...f=~1~~~-::;;;:;~~~~;;;1~!:f,~> ·

bmphofder (E.l. Side)
Oulbo:trd Bl~cket
E.L Strip CDS1)
Inboard Bracket

(C.

~ ..~~:'. ~

. _.. I

~p
. ~,-. _...-.. -------.....~~N
~.~~~~
P7.i-....
«:"----. -~:-----~:...:-.::;~.:~.-.,.

••

. ..

(§P

«

((
"

(
"

t

1'OItlbo

l(

((

(:

{.

'"

"-

11

Nut Hex .¢·~v
Screw. Mach StmlS
8-32 lit 318

CLEANJ~JG

Revision E

1-137

•

{
{\
.
\.
.~

•

,

Jlevision E

600P80S7S

13•. DRUr-ol CLEANING
Pl13.J

Brush Cleaner Vacuum
amI Fitter
Ref. 22S122

ITEM

PART

e[" "I'"'' t7

IlESCRIPT.On

2~IA'R ~

Il.

1&.19.. 2'.24

52P999
19?710

3
4

MS2~5

5
6

535331

)

251542

Door

28?426
2S?42;;
9?737
2uP 815
14?9SO
2B?33t

Retaining Ring

,

·9
10

11
12
13

<.
~

\'..

.~

Vacuum Hos&

1
2

(

5OS242
55?St6

(

:.

Clamp
DLtct

. Tray
Filter Bag
Guard

Nylon Wil,h~'
Spring
lock Stud
Spa'cer
.,1ounlin9 Washer

(.

(.

(

(

(

fiflet

14

SOl(

Frly

3O?~2CiO

Sup;»ort Bracht

2t1P;"""()

Washer

35P406

Gasket
Adhesive (AIR on I;ems 15.
16. 19. 21. 24)
Pressure Disc Hose
Ilepl..cement Kit (TAG 440)
(See NOTE)
Screw. MilCh Pan Hd
8-32 x 1/2
locltwasher 1/4

63H22

A

113W22302

8

255W11502

13.

C
D

2S1W103-n

E
f
G
H

It

251'.,"122702
2OW/115J:?
251W21592
255'.'111102
251W22OC2
131\'ilS,,.J2

l
M
N

201WI0102
255'm07D2
25W/l070l

J

131\'n~!:Ol

.

.

(.
'.

(

-.

,.
\ ..

;

"lasher. Plain No.8
Ca.,scr~"". Bel( Hd
1G-2-1 x 1/2
Washer. P.~in No. 10
r:ut. Helt

1/~-2\)

Washer. Plain 1/4
lOc~w3sher

No. 10

Wa;her. Plain tlo. 1()
C3llScrew. Hi!J< Hd
1~24 x 5'8
Nut. Hex 6·:;2
No. G

loc~wa'j.h~r

\'lasher. Plain No. 6

N01E: This kit i;; to pro,,:de an

access o;>ening to the pressure
disc hose ~ncJ fIttings without
,emo.in~ the filter box.

DRUM CLEANING

600?BOEl78

\

\

--- --..... -_.

.

;

"-

(

Revi~ion

E

1-141

~~
~OO?80S7a

nev'SJon t:.

1-142

14. 'COVERS
fl14.1

Front Doors and

. Frame Assemblv
Ref. 226140
rrEM

1

PART

DESCRIPTION

1S2619

Front Doo,s and Frilrn&

1S4122

Front Door ancf Frame
Assembly (Aftemat~) ••
LH. Door A~sem~f)'
(Smooth)
t.H. Poor Assem!>!y

~$$embt)'

2

2$3625
2S6366

9

4

3

"
(

25352&

fI.H. Door Asstmlhly

2S6354

(Smooth)
fl.H. Door Assemhly

4?154

(Te)ltured)
Bumper

10

(

• .,

(

DESCR1Pr:ON

3O?73Ba
26P1O~O

",,.IOW[

(

Fron: Frame Assembly

154638

(Alternate) ••
Front Frame Ass!:mhly

10

3-)57393

l.B. Spring

(Allema!e) ••

22
SUp~Olt

23
24
2S
25
27

13

17P6t6

14

3S15.3S

15
16
11

3:)?Ja~,

Ass:mbly
P/O Item 10
Spring
Sprir)OJ S:cp
Hinge
Catch Sto;> er~c;"et

31?931

R.tf.Arm

lJ

3057<02

R.H. Sprinn Support
AssembT),
P/O Item 11
Cat<;h
Bumper
front Frame Assemb!y

C

S?1321

3P503
(P132
1S2019

(

1S4121

Speed Nut
l.H. Arm

11

(~

(

ITEM

t

l.H. Arm SuppO'~t
ShoulC:er Sere ....

27?2S8
31P93S

14.

",nfO""£

PESCRI?TlON

Bearir.rl

21

2'

{II. 12. I)

PART

13P1371

18
19
20

.!

{ '~.Il.I&

PART

5
6
7
8
9

12

~'....... ~""'

)O/~;r

C.'
rrEM

'UHO'N~

I

.;:- ....--~~:'~I

~~-.,-

{2 Thill 25

(Textured)

A

13H213)
25Pl186
3OP13S10
3OS6282

2SP1705
23P455
,'3WI9502

Be3ring
Shou~d~r

(

Screw

Retaine,
S::r!;W. Mach Pall tid

(~.

PAnT

DESCRIPTION

G

201\'110902

H

113W2~;02

J
l

255'//1 , 102
251W1OOO2
113'1125802

Nut. He~ 8-32
SCfew. Mach Pan Hd
1()..2.;:JI. 7/16
lod.. w;)~er No. 10
Washer.P:ain No. 10
S::rew. Mach f>an Hd

M

201\'111302

Ii
P

251\'/22202
153W22!o02

ITEM

K

R.H. Arm Support
Brac'tet Assembl),
Stud

(

(

I

•
\.

1~24x 1/2
Nut. H",~ 1()..32
\'i3$her. Plain No_ 8

Screw, Tappin., Pan tid
8;-18 x 5!lG

6-32 x 3!8
255W10702.
2S'W21902

D

2~1\v22202

E

256Wl0902
113W22102

f

locl!.washer No.6

UTextured Panab

"/a:>tter, Plain No.5
Wash'.:r, Plain No.8
Lockwashet No.8
Screw. Mach Piln Hd
8-32 x 7/Hi

COVERS

600peOB78

Revision

r

1·143

••
~~

~

~?liff!
........
•• -

,I •

.-.

...

~~'~:.

Revision E

600?30S78

14. COVEns
front Door Jllte.lo.:ks
Pl14.2
and Latcb

Ret. 22G141

P.\FiT

DESCRIPTION

1

30$139:-

Door Intertoc~ Switch

~

110?1219

Door Interlot-~ Switch

"EM

and Support Ass9m bJ:I
(LS19.lS20)
PJOltem 1

.

3?178

Door Lock

24P2~9

Door In:e,Iocf( liltch Ro:f
Door Interlock Handl~

J

11SIJ3S
31S957

3

$
6

"

.:.

.•

8
9

C·

Arm

3O?c.s13

Bracltel

3oJP32B3

Switch Br. 10
Screw. Mach PCln Hd
&·32 Jt 5/1&
lo:kwa~h~ r-:~. 6

II

2!>5Wlll02'

C
I>

251W1Cr-)o)2

I:
F
G

255Wl0102'
251\'/10702

113':119502

H

3;;'1102303
113W2510l

~

255'1111101

K. 252'."-111231

i.

112WOO!)10

1tl. COVERS
600?30a78

'""..:otter. Pl,

C·

.C-

(

(

PART

DESCRIPTION

PART

PESCRIPTJON

23

30S7&5

Bracket Assembty

R

201\'/11102

Nut. Hex 10·32

24
A

19P1243

Clip~

S

113W2a802

Screw. Mach Pan Hd

201W1O;)O?

-r

113'.'119502

U

112'1139510

V

112W3~510

Screw. Mach Pan Hd'
6-32 x 511&
St;rew. Mach S~m5
8-32)t3!8
Screw. Mach S'!ms.
8-32Jt 3/8

W

220'1111504

lYEM

Uounting Bracket
P/O Item 1

(

(

(

Outboard Cover (Alternate)··
Support
Support (Alternate) ••

CO'lar· (Altcrn110
S6S151
3OP4878
121S74~

12OH8
25P1OS.~

.<
ITEM

9
10
11
.12

Coo1in9 Blower Motor (912
.nd 81&)
Clamp
Bal!Stud

(

(

PART

DESCRIPTION

3olS3317
27P211
117S4!t34
117S(535

BrOtcket
Nut

e

251W1Q702
2S5W10702

C

113'Nl9702

0

113W20002

E
f
G

251\'122502

H

113W22c302

oJ

256'#10902
2S1W'Oa02

A

Trim
Bracket

255W11102
113W28502

(

70/1~48

(

(

(

(:

(

(

C.

Connec:or
Connector
Washer. Plain t~:). 6
lockwa>her N;I. 6
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
£-32 x 7/16
Sc,ew. Ma:n Par: Hd
&-32 x 518
Washer. Pl3in No. 10
Loc1<.w3s!ler No. 10
Screw. Mach P.m Hd

10-32 x 318

K
l
M

201VJ10702

251W22002

14. COVERS
600?oOS78

;~

t··

Screw. Mach ?m He!
&-32 x 3!8
Locltw3~h~r No. S
\"Iash~r. Pldin N:>. ti
. Nut. Hex 6·32
W2lsh~r. Plain No.6

Revision E

1-155

-

. .....

"

.~''':.

,

.

...

~.

-.-_ ...- ... - --Revhion E

600P80878

14. COVERS
PL 14.8 Right-Hand Rear Door.
tooling Blower tJlotor
811. and Rea, Frame
Assembly
ltef.226147
ITEM

PART

OESCftIPTIOIi.

..

2$1952
256293

2
3
4

R.H. Rear Door A~sembf)'·
ft.H. Rear Door A~sernb')'··
"'Oltern 1

3?110

lat<:ti

se51S7

Trim

f.

27P211

Nut

6

(?154
1S208S
184124

Bumper

1

,
(.
"EM
9
10
11
12

,Alternate)
PIO Item 7

(
PART
3?7Si
24P!51
19?o53

3053303
14' 351535
15 HP1820

16
11
18

,.

1275744
3OP1~a.

113W\S702
2S5Wl010~

8
C
D

251W10702
113\'1195-'2

E

113'1125802

F
G

255W1\102
251\"1109i)2

H

201W10702

14.

't{e.9. JO

Rear Frame AssemblyRear Frame Assembly

8

.

1(21..... f>

(,

(.

DESCRIPTION

_o.~

(

(

C.

ITEM

PART

DESCRIPTION

Sere..... Mach Pan HeJ
1()"24 x 7/16
Wa~er. Piain

Catch
frame Moun!ing Rod
Clip
Elrackct
Latch Asse.'Tl~:Y
Frame S;>ace.

J

113W25102

K
l
M

251W11502
256'.'111502

DELETE.D

N

113W2l;-"'2

p
0
R

20tW11302
25£JW11102
132W25502

S

220W11304

Cooting Motor (31 i 1
Bracltet
Scr"w. Mach Pan Hd
&-32 x 7/16
lockwasher No.6
Wash.er. Plain NO.6
Screw. MitCh Pan Hd
6-32)t 318
Screw. Mach P.m Hd

10-24 x 1/2

(

113W32002

Lo\:~wash~(

(

(

(

c

.

-I

"4

1!<:
Sc~ew. M3~h POI" H1
1I~·20

•

\.

I

I

x 5'8

Screw•••4ach Pan Hd
&-32 x 5115
Nut. Hex 1()"32
toc~ .... a!>hel No. 10
Ca;>screw. AI!<:n Hd
10·24)( 112
Nut. Set! Lkg 1()"32

·Smooth pan;:ts
.eTexlu~ed

p"ne:$

loc~wa:-.her

No. 10
·Washer. Plain No. 10
Nul. Hel( 6-32

COVtR·S

600?80378

Revision E

1-157

,

\..,

"-

\

Re"i~ion

£OOPB0378
14. COVERS
Pl14.9
ITEM

1

[

1-158

PART
251114
256280

2
3
4

2SP925
28?4SS

Retainer

$

3?1649

Hinge

')

3053710
3S753

Mounting 8racket
Catch
Mounting Catch
Bottom l.H. Cov~·
Bumper
Lower l.H. Cove-r·
lower t.... Cove,··
Mounting Bracket

,
••

10
11

13

r.

t;

\.:

c.
.

3P719
2s1959
'-?71
254501
256288
3O?3391

(

(

°C

.{z~...

t:I>{~.4.IS
~4{2~

rrEM

PAnT

DESCRIPTION

14

3P793

15

251709
256300

Hing9
lower Rcar Cover Assy·
lower Rear Co.... er Assy-FlO 1:e.-n15

EJ
C

Mount;ng Bracket
Mounting Bracl(el

16
17

3.:>PJ344

18

3(1?334S

19

251706

2S5:»1
257434

20
21
2'2

251g33
2516&0)
2S1575

23
24

13S103

25

l1P714

25?lO·l9

17?033
A

113W25e02

lower R.H. Cover·
lower R.H. CC'.te,··
Lower R.H. Co--Ier
(Afterna!~) ••
Bottom R.H. CoYer
Bo!tom Fron~ CO-ler .
Bottom Rear Cover
Stud

0'

Castel" (set 4. includes
hardware)
Caster (single)
Caster (altet03:e)
Screw. Mach Pan Hd
10-24 x 1/2

Co

C. ·C
rrEM

(.

PART

DESCRI?TION

D

25GWll10:?
251\'110:1-)2
113W22602

lockwa:;her No. 10
\'/a~her. P1i1in No. 10
S~'ew. Mach Pan Hd

E
f

251WtOSJ2
113'.'125702

G

113W28502

\'/ashet. Plain No.8
Screw. Mach Pan I-Id
1~24)t 7/16
Screw. Mach Pan Hd

Co

(

8-32 x 318

1G-32 :It 5116

H

201W13102
J 201Wll302
K· 25tW1100.)2
2S6WtCY.>02
l
M 251W11502

Nut. Hex 1/2·13
Nut. H~x 10-32
Washer. Plain 13164
lockwasher No. a
\·/asher. Pli!ill 5'16

·Smooth panels

··le.(tvred

pan~ts

14. COVERS
600P80378

Revision E

1-159

.......

.:::: ;t::,'
.......

•':
--... ------- -_ ..
~

600psb878

hevisionE

'·160

MODULAR AIR FITTINGS
aTEM

1

DESCRI~TIOH

PART

~- BV~
§hO

~2W1SS02

Adapter Assembly-MaTe to
"'ale Pip& (114" • V8
452\VIS602
Adapter AssembJ)' -Ma:e to
Male Pit>e (114'" - 1/4")
452W1510?
Adapter Assem!>fy -Mi!!e to
Male Pipe (11';" • 3/iq
452W30502
Elbow Assembfy (lI.q
452WS2OO1
Cross Assembly with Side
Part Stud (1/4··)
4S2W20502 Ad"ilter AssembJy -Male to
fema'e Pipe (114- - l/S1
4~V20502
Adat>ter Assembly -Male to
fernafe Pi;>e (1/4- - 1141
452\'125502
Adi);>ter Assembly -female
to Mare Pipe (114- - 1/4-)
452W~2
Te~ Assembly tV';-}
ring Clip
M

)

2

s
4
$

G
)

8
9
10
11

(

<-

t

(

(

- ....

-

I .''~O
t. _.

"1

!';;.

~:-

~.~
~ ;1;:-_

.~

~-..."...

. ~.P.mt

••

6

-

~j,

_

..

~1Ei:l

@f3 frllllD
~

CU

~#IJ''')

(

(

(

(

(

(...

"

·1
,.

(

~

~­

\.

~,.. ?~ SERVICE rJlANUAl

>-?~

~

\j,~.:,',:,',""
. "

CONTENTS

'

. . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .
Back-up Bar Interlock
Switch LS24 ...... r ... ~
Sen5ing Bar and Cam

3.1.3

GENERAL DATA

1.

4.
~.

2.

(

,-

3.

l

!'PFr:IFICATI()N~

o

••••••

3.1.4

1-1

Follower Arm ........... 3-14

3.1.5 Tray Sensing Switch.
LS 14 and Prevent
Start Switch LS31 "., ..... 3-14 .
3.1.6 Paper Tray and Guide
'Tracks ......
3-143.1.7 Cables ......." .. or. .. .. ;, • .. 3-14
3.1.8 low Paper Switch lS4 ..... 3-14
3.1.9 Tray Down Umit Switch
LS15 ....................... 3-14
3.1.10 RoUer Arms ................. 3-15
3.1.11 Inboard and Outboard
Paper Guides ..
e . . . . . . . 3-1"5
3.1.12 Elevator Drive Shaft •••• 3-15

ELECTROMETER •••••.•••••••••• 1-7

o

PM. TRIM. AND INSTALLATION

r

1.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE •••••' •• 2-1

2.
3.

TRIM PROCEDURE •••••••••••••• 2-4
INSTALLATION •••••••••••••••• 2-5

REPAIR DATA

................

p

1.

.
~

I.

DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL •••••• 3-1

"-.

1.1

I

1.2

5

1.3
1.4
1.5

'\t

~~

,

t.

.

!

'"

1.6

1.7
1.8

r,..

1.9
1.10

r
~

1.11

Main Drive Motor and Gear Box

Pulley .......... ~ ...... 3.16
3.1.13 Sniffer ..............
3-18
3.1.14 Fluffers .........
3-18
3.1.15 Flexible Snubbers ....... 3-18
3.1.16. Paper Feeder Control
Assembly .................. 3-18
3.1.17 Unilever Stop Plate ...... 3-19
3.1.18 Unilever Assembly ••· .... 3-19
3.1.19 Bezel ....
3-19
3.1.20 Paper Tray Position
Switch S6 •
~
3-19
3.1.21 Paper Feed Solenoid ..... 3-19
3.1.• 22 Paper Feed Clutch
Assembly and Cams ....... 3-20
3.1.23 Index Motor ............ 3-22

Assembly •••••••••••••••• 3-1
Main Drive Motor ••••••••••• 3-2
Scan Cam FQUower • _ •••••••• 3-3
Main Drive Chain ••••••••••• 3-3
A Transport Drive Chain
and Gear Mesh •••....••••••'3-4
Mclin Drive SprOcKets (Deleted) ••• 3-4
B Transport Sprocket Assembly ••• 3-4
DeveJoper/Paper Feeder Drive
fJlC1t'or •••••••••••••••••• 3-5
Cycle Control Assembly ••••••. 3-5
Cycle Control Switches {left or
Right Bank} •••••••.•..•••. 3-6
Cycle Control Switches.
Overtravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6

p.......

0 . . . . . . .

p

r,

2.1

BILLING IV1ETEB

3-1

2.2

PHOTO CELL CHECK

3-7

2.3

PHOTO

ADJUST(\i1ENT

0;

..

.....

3.3

Paper F ceder Systematic
Alignment .................
3-24
3.3.1 A Transport Parallelism ... 3-24
3.3.2 Paper Guide
Perpendicularity ........ 3-25
3.3_3 P> 250 V (max) line-to-line
•
o Three Phase-'l\\'o wires and neutral of 4 ·wire, wye-connectcd
syste-m» plus ground
Voltage: 120 V (nominal) line-ta-neutral;
208 V (nominal) line-to-Hne; 60 Hz, ACRange: 107 V (min), 125 V (max) Jine-ta.neutrat;
. 185 V (min), 215 V (max) line·to-line
Current: Standby Line 2 3A
Line 3 5A
Running Line 2 IS.5A
Line 3 IS.5A
Power Consumption (approximate values):
Standby Line 2 SOOW
Linea 350\V
Running Line 2 1450\V
Line 3 1460\V
Not Ready'
2000\V
Ready
532W
Running
. 3S00\V
Power Consumption (approximate v~lues):
. Standby Line 2 SOOW
Line 3 350W
Line 2 1450\Y
Line 3 1460\V
Power Factor (approximate values):
Standby Line 2 88%
Line 3 70%
Running Line 2 65%
Line 3 66%
.
Sole usc of a fused, 30-ampere branch lin~ termination in a
switch box, located no more than 15 feet from the machine is
required. Refer to Fig. 1-2 for input line connectors.
)

1. SPECIFICATIONS
Machine Codes

Physical
Length:

65 in.
3? in.

Width~

Weight: .
12hU pounds
Floor space required (Fig. 1-1):

~

(..

('

!

'-.

r

"

,.

lrtt

.f.
*,,>1.' .
.
.

(

~t

,

i

~

MOVABLE:

rt.

12"

W
LI-----GND

12"-

r

l

o

24"
}-I~N:.::.E.::..UT..:...R..:...A....:L=__J._---20SI240V
60 HERTZ

FRONT

7011352

Fig. 1-2. Input tine Connecto~s

3S"

1

,t·

r

BASE CASTING

Environmental

70/1:!>~1

(J)

Fig. 1-1. Floor Space

Electrical
fused conductors, netitral 5.md ground
Vo)t,:gc: 120 V (nominal) line-Io-neulral; 240 V (nom.
.
inal) line-lo-ljnc, 60 Hz, AC

Q Single Phase-'J\vo
•

Temperature: 60° to 90 0 1i'
Humidity Range: 15 to 85%
Maximum Ele\'ation: 5000 ft. above sea level
Ht'at Emitted into SurrOlilldill!! Air:
Standby
20 BTUp£'r minute
Running
14& BTU per minute
Exhaust Air Flow
480 cubic feel/minute

'".

1-1

•

•

•

,2. ,PM, TRIM)
1.
1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
(Ja General

~ Preventi\"e maintenance- is an important part of your work and
should be carried out diligeonUy. A planne-d program of mainlf.·nance ensures custome-r satisfaction by ke-e-ping the machine
operating at maximum t'rficiency. Furtber. it not only balances
your workload but also reduces emergency calls and machine
downtime.
'
A Jist of parts required to perronn the PM is provided in
T2ble 2.1. You should check this Jist before each PM to be sure
that you ha\·~ an of the parts required.
The P~l steps, an~ presented in a manner calculated to avoid
backtracking and repeat operations. The norma1 PM should be
perrormed at intervals of 150,000 copies or as close to this as
possible. Additional tasks are required at various copy inter\'al~
as noted throughout the procedures.
Remember, you are in the customer·s office. Try not to disrupt his normal office operation. Keep your work space clean
and as orderly as possible; do not scatter tools and parts around.
Dispose of solvent soaked paper lowe1s in proper receptacles.

CA UTION: Be careful not to spill Xerox cleaning solvent on
floors or furniture.
Table 2-1. PM Materia' Check List

c

Every PM

[~

(

(

(

(

Every
Every
Every
Every
Every
Everv

DESCRIPTION

1

60052591

1
1
1
1
1

35P1736
35P1737
6ooP1547
611P45927
95P478

14
1
2
2

53P63
S3P70
53P68
19P580

150.000 Copy
PM Kit includes:
Paper Towel
Drop Cloth
Tech Rep PM Card
Reorder Label
Vacuum Cleaner
Bag
Air Bottle Filter
Air Fitter
Air Fitter
CJp.~nin9 Pad

1
'&

535173
35P766

1

42P58

1

39533
14P3229
70H23 "
70H4470H4S"
43Hl0·
73546
3951.1-

1
1
1

PM
PM
PM

1

PM
PM
~th

PART

QUANTITY

PM

1
1
3

i-i;,er Bag
Fus~r Roll Wiper
a Transport Brush
Lower Wick
Fuser Shim
lOon Oil
lubriplate
Lubricant
Cleaning Solvent
Meropa No.3 Oil
Oitp.rs

NOTE: The" items should be in your tool kit at aU times.

(
(
(

(~

PM Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

INSTALLATION
fJlAINTENAf\JCE

9. Dump de\·eJoper (vcrify dl"vclopt.'r reptac(.'ment with
c:ustom('r):'

,

INTERVAL

A~D

PRE~ENTIVE

Open an doors and rt'move an covers.
Remove and cover the dnun (8.2).
Disable thl' main drive motor by removing P96.
Re-move leads from developer plcctrode and bias baffll's.
n(.mo\·~· tht' cOl"otrons.

6. Wash corotrons with soap and water using o\·al brmh
(600T79); Shake off excess water and set aside to dry.
7. Hound off the corners of the IlTcclcan corotron if this has
not already been don£'.
8. Lock developer assembly in place. che .. t front door interlock switches, and drum intcrlock switc-h_

c. Spread drop doth (55H51 in front of marhine.

,

.

10. Adjus," C'U1:: ~........ Ulln~ " .. "un (l.l,. ht."VJ~~ \.U41n t."very
10th PM (1.'1).
11~ Chcck and adjust A t!ansport dri\'"l" and chain (1.5).
12. Clean the. drum brush housing~ vacuum ho.se. and filter

bag:
Place paoer on B transport. Remove thf.> drum cleaning
brush., t
b. Dial o·nl' copy. Push POWER ON switch. open developer interlock and push START PRIN'l'buUon. (This
will disable th~ developer/paper feeder dri\"e motor
but will provide a vacuum to the filter system.)
•
~. Thoroughly clean bru~h housing and vacupm hos£>.
d. Push STOP l)RINT button. Remove \'"acuum hose.
, f. Push START PRINT button. Clean out base castin"
breaking loos(> caked tonpr with scre-wdriver. .,
Co·
r. Reinstall hose. Ope-n filter box. remove- and discard
fitter bag. CJl'an filtpr box.
g. Install
tnush and filter bag.
13. ele-an the 11 transport:
8. Remove and discard the B transpol't belt brush and
fuser roll wiper.
b. Clean B transport and belts. Clean loner off transport
drive and idler roller. Using the six inch metal rule
loosen toner in recesses of B transport.
•
c. Check II t.ransport \-acuum seal to St'C that it property
adhert's to the vacuum manifo1d.
'
d. InstalJ new bell brush and fuser roU wiper.
c. Remove B h:ansport hos£'. Clean and reinstall.
14. Clean the register slop drawer. Thoroughly clean constant
velocity arm. gear s('gment. and cam fonower
15. Remove- all' {iltt'T bottles and reph,ce feU filters. Remove
nipple and cap to drain air and moisture from accltmulator.
8.

CAUTION: Use wrenc!l 011 nipple to prevent crac1dnc filter
ossL"mbly.

Hcplacc compressor filler if

r~C}uir~d_

IJ'ARNING:U'ic a piece of doth or similar prutectiol1 wflt'll rc.'11UWillg alld instal/ing t"e flllt~r. The \\'irc c:a..IW o/tlle Jilrer coulel
injure your lumds.

(,'
2-1

2.

~~

PM, TRIM, AND INSTALLATION

t:{~.~~:Yj(~~~,;;:;;?t.

~·~-6oiip817ii},:.
..

1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
16. Cle-3n entire mactlin~:
a. \Vith the brush attacbment on vacuum cll"an£'r,
tbroughly \-acuum de-an the- A and B transports .. pre-transfer corotron, and cle-n~lope-r housing.
h. \Vith crE'vice tool attachment on vacuum cleaner, ch'an
the drawE'r slides, rcjpd tray. under base frame and
under belts on trallsports.
17. Oean the mispuff window. chpck jets for air passage. Use
a clean dry paper towel to wipe thE' window and the
electroluminescent strip.
18. Remove lubricator assembly and clean lower wick:
a. Disconnect thennistor conne-clor.
.b. Remoye lubricator asspmhly.

.~
.~...........
r;."~"!:;.",j.'t~
....~·-,~t
~t::.. ~-" ,
-,..

28. En-ry 6th PlIo lubricate cooTing blowers Bll. IJl2,
B18. u~ing one oiJ~r for eitch mot'lr.

.

.

."7"".'
.

~.:.:

30. Every 12th PM, lubricate the following components using
LO·17·

..

NOTE: Remove the lllf~l:mislor and lue!: itOllt o/the IVay wllcn
cleaning the wicl:.

c. '}srush motor; 5-6 drops.
d. Brush \'7lcuum motor; 5-6 drops.
e~

eo. Upend the wick in a wastebasket and clean all toner
from it. Brush wick lengthwise with a suede brush to
raise the nap.
19. Resaturate wick with (user oil.
20. Clean fuser area using paper toweJs:
a. \Vipe oil from an accessible areas.
b. Use soJvent to clean Teflon surface of fuser heat roJI.
~lake sure aU surfaces are free of toner.

21. Install new duct filters. Install washed corotrons. Connect
corotrons at PSl.
.
.
22. Reinstall air bottles, cap and nipplt-. Do not use sealant
on the compressor. Turn filter bottles untH handtight. Do
not force.
. 2a. Adjust corotron currents (S.lO).

A vacuum motor, 5-6 drops.
Band C vacuum motor; 5·6 drops.
g. Developer/feeder drh·e motor (rear bearing); 2-4 drops.
h. Drive and driven cam springs (part of object mirror
drive); 1 drop on sid~ of bushing.
.
i. Lubricate paper feeder ctutch in the area where it
contacts the pawl, with Lubriplat~ No. 630AA .
Evl'ry 24th PM. lubricate the air pump with LO-17; 5
drops at coupling end, 12 drops at the other end.
Place de\·eloper housing in machine. but do not slide it
into its 'hom~t position.
Reverse drum on sl18ft t reinstall.
Replace P96. Attach de\·dop~r housing drive chain and
lock housing in 'place. Connect leads to devE-Ioper cattrode and bia!i baffles. Reinstall and connect lead to
.
transfer corahon..
.
.
"-

c.

7

. . 31.
32.
33.
34.

CAUTION: Use exlreme caution when replacing lubricator
assembly; thermistor probes are imbedded in this wick.

~

NOTE: j\1ahe sure wicl: is completely saturated with silicone
oil before installing.

35. Install lubricator assembly.
36. Block papE"r tray with unopened ream of paper, turn on .
machine. Statt print cycle and install new developer.
CA UTION: Alachine must be running while installing new
drvcloper.
26. Fill rus~r oit pan and auxiliary oil pan with siJjcon~ oil
suppJird in PM kit. If a littlE' mor~ oil is ne~ded. use oit
.which \Va!) previously left at th~ account. Whrri any oil is
left o¥el ~ pour it all in one can and Jpave it ~It thl" account;
it could bE.' 5tor~d in the filter box housing.
27. Chec:: and lubricat~ the following assemblies as required:
8. Check oil le\·cJ of main drive motor. If necessary ~ fill
to Icvel mark with Mcropa No.3.
h. Chec:k oil 1('\'('1 in gNtf box of deve!oper/fecdel" drh·c
motor_ If necessary. fiil to notch on dipstick with
Meropa No.3.
c. Lubricate driv£' dutch of the regist£'r stop module with
Lubriplah' No. 630AA.
d. Lubriealt> both surf,tces of sensing bar and ~niffer ("am
assE'mbly (double cam) with Lt1bripJat~" No_. 630AA.
(I. Lubricate thr COllst,mt \"E.-locity mill and gear ~ccmrnt
nss('mbfics. wHh LuhriplatC' No. 630 . .\A.
f. Luhricatc drawer handle' with. two drops or LO-I?

SOTL·: Do 1lot lubriClIle chaills. sJ)rocl:cI.<:;. or drawcr slie/f·s.

31. Chec~ snubber adjustment (3,3.9).
3S. Check mu1tisheet sr)}sor c1rarancl' adjustment (5.9).
39. Lubricate sensing bar and cam follower with LubripJate
170B44).

,.;.

"

2.

PM,' TRIM» AND INSTALLATION
1. PREVENTIV& MAINTENANCE

.'.

1-:0TE: Do 'lOt n", cop;,·:; to ,,~at IIJe rol/eno. oll,erLvise 01,
inaccurate ccmtad Ol"C measllr~men' will n·!)ull.

!~

43. Perform billing ml'(t>r cJu~'C'ks as outJiu(>d in (hE- inslallation section.
44. Run blank copies. nrc-ord billing mrtt>r imcl ("opy counter
readings.
NOTE: 7'/Je customer cannot be charged /01" copies Ile--doe.ct "C!(
receive. Also record readings alille end of P.\1 emel allow ··copy
, credits. •• Loacl #lew ream of customers paper ill Iroy ellld rlln

41. Check fuser temperature adjustlllent (11.9). Adjust if
necessary.
When the machine is turned on. the heater rod should
initially be full on (bright). With machine ,in ready. lamp
should either be off or pUlsing on.
IC RT8 bead is broken:
a. No READY light after 10 minul(ltS.
' .
b .. Infinite resistance win bE.' read across the blue leads.
c. Fuser temperature may be too high.
If controJ bead is broken -. RTl:
3. Continual fun power to the lamp. "o~er·lf"·mp." condi·
tion after approximately 15 minutes.
b. Infinite resistance will be read across the leads.
c. Check for lamp control before leaving machine (run
250 copies).
If both beads are broken:

r

...

No READY light.
b. Continual power to lamp (no control).
c. Check for lamp control before )('m"ing machine.
42. Check contact arc adjustment (11.4).
3.

'a81.
l'
l

50copies wilTz document cOI~erdollm. lJil/iug meler.should haul"
;"creclsed by 10 COUIltS. Copy c01l11lcr S/IOllld have Increased by
50 COllll Is.

45. Check copy Qualit.v·
b. rosltion test pattern 82PJ 01 on thE' platE'n and run·
print samples.' .
c. Chf.'ck copy quality..
buckh\ skew ...
resolution
46 Clf.'3n area :iround madllne.
•17: U('mo\'c ch('aters from interlock switches.
48. Close al1 doors and rep:act.' all covers.
,
49. Complete P~l shipping labe1.
"
50. Pack and mail conditionablt' parts. BE:' slire shipping lahel is
propprly applied to carlon. Mail carlon in accordcincc with
Branch procedure.
52. Allow copy and paper cr~diis lo cllstom£'r.

'

..

•
'

:1

.

'''''',

2·3

2.

~;~1'~~-IA_"""

PM, TRIM. AND INSTALLATION

t::::
600P8112z:,
{':~";'·":"-:~-':'--::;:f~~";:'::.i..

2. TRIM

".=..,-, .....

2. TRIM PROCEDURE
thl" following "IU!\l

of Itoutine Jnh~Tim
Maintcnanc~) proccdur~s c1uringcach sen-ice call. 'fhe items indudNI Tt'flC'ct c:hC'ck!. in areas that. if pcrfornu-cl. will maintain
copy Ctuatity ~nd machin~ performanc(' at optimum h.·\"ds be-

Pl'rrUTIll

l \\"('('11

(Techniqu~

l)ll~.

6. CIl('('k5 madl' with mactliu£' in print:
a. nilling circuit for prop('r hilling.
h. Oil displ'll!';('r motor opl'ration.
c. Papl'r traH·1 thmugh machine,

.
.
"~."

....

Adl"(luac:y of fusing.
C()py quality.
g. PapC'r fl'£'cI opl'ration,
h. Condition or drum.

f'.

r.

C..-1lrrION: Before- p~rformillg 7'R/JI procec!ures. remOI:C and
cot..'cr llze c/nlnl_

1. (;h..all:

e. Catch pan
f. Reie-ct tray
2. t.:lpan or replace:
a. Drum cleaning brusl1.
b. transport be-It brush_
('~ Fusl'r pres.~un." ron wiper.
3. nru~h or \Vipt' ct~an:
8. All corotron wirt's. shieJds .. and rud block~.
b. I>e\·~toper pick-orr bafne.
c. Electrotumin('scent strip.
d. Fac(" of (:urn·rl ('ll·ctrode baffiC'.
c. B transport and register stop module area.
f. Rpdundant mispurr dC'h'dor.
g. Puffer tube.

n

4. Visual dwcks:
a. Url1sh hou~ing and d('\'C'}OP(>T hou~ip.g for pap£.'r.
b. Drum cadty and dC'\"e1oprr housing for fori>ign objects.
e. Qmmtity of den·loper in catch tray. Adjust devclopE'\"
spals if nC'cp~sary.
d. n transport manifold vacuum ;.r-al.
e. n transport p:tpl'r path switch actuator caps.
f. n transport drh'C' dog alignment (co:lcenLricity).
f' Main drin' chain for tf'llsion. rust, etr
7

'i. Che-ck pufrel" orificcs for blockagf'.
5. Fusing systC'm dH-cks:
a. R("mo\"(' lubricator a~s('mbly.
b. },ightly scrape off any toner dt'posib,scr2ping in direction of ron rotation.
c. S:ihtratc with silicon oil,
d. Iteptctce assembly.
l'. Chcck fmcr h£'at roHN for visiblE· defects such as
cracks, b1i~t~ring. peeling.
r. Ch("ck and dC'an fU5cr stripper finger,

g.

7. As a machinE' approaches its PM int("T\"al or when p41per .
gl"ts into Un' brush housing. an excessive amount of toner·
build$ up in the- brush housing. Under these conditions,
the drum bru5h \'aC\lum systl'm is not capabJe of removing
the toner accumulation. As the lone-r builds uP. some of
it b("gins to f~n out into the drum cm'itl' and onto the
prect~an corotron. WhC'll thls occurs. lhe drum cavity
rapidly nils up with a cloud of fine toner particles that is
rNtdily combustible. An arcing corotron. es}>C'cial1y the
pr("dean~ can ignite this cloud. 'l'herefoft'. as part of your
TRIM proc('dute on e\'ery service can. perform the fol·
lowing dl£'cks:
a. Inspect brush housing and filler bag ror an excessive'
accumulation of t()llN. Cll'an or replace as required.
b. Clu'ck for papE'f in the brush housing.
c. Make stir£" the Electroluminescent Discharge Strip is
properly seatC'd and ~ecuf£"ly in place. An improptrly
st'_tted E.I ... Strip can b.e pulled into thf! brush bousing.
WhPf£" it celll ignitC' toneT and th£' brush.
d. Round orf tlH' sharp corners on the CE.'ntl'r section
aU pn·cl('~n corotron~. ~l:tk{' sure lhat there ar~ no "
burrs or sharp points rC'maining. An alLernalh'e to
rounding a corner is to place a one-inch pit,-cC' of electrical tctP£" O\'er the corne-r ~tnd pinch th£" l'uds of th~
tape togethrr.
f.'. Makt· sure the pInsure thaf arcing is nol occurring. Arcing is most likely to occur at
start up. )f nrcing is taking plact'. t('movc the sltarp
points that app('ar to be causing the &rcing.
g.' GIC'an tlH'
photoc£'l1

..9'-

Ch(:c~~,,:::~' ','<:l.

""01'f:: n'/zcllcv(Yr D wiclt ((sscm!J/y is rcm0l1ccl from {/ m(lCl1illr~
Ih.e {OllOll.'illg cllcc1: should be ma~lc wlzcn reius/alling the same.
(Jr Cf ncw. wic/; Cl.';s{'mbh':

1. Tum mac1dnc

01;,

2. Ariel" clppro,\'imalcl.)' thrce minutes. 111m ti,e mac1dne off.
3. S"pami(! thc connector 10 the wick asscm/)/Y (T>/J7 J) cmel
l1l('(lSllI'C' the ref>istcl11CC of the thermistor bear/s. The resistttll("c measured ill bolh cases should be less than 25K. If
;Ilfillit(~ res;:;t{IIlCC ;s measured. b(~(ld(s) is broh~n {llld mw,t

be r('plan·cI.

8. Account eondition:
a. Inform ('usloIlWl' of .my Kry OrNatO)' pl"oblrl.
h. If Il('c(';.sary, ('omph'h' ~n nccounl l'l':mme form
·15812 and ret lIrn it to your 1·'5),1..
. ' ,

'T

\.

2.

PM, TRIMs AND INSTALLAl'ION
3. INSTAllATION

~
~~
.

3. INSTALLATION

.

This section covers installation procedures for the Xerox 7000
. .. • . after it has been deli\'f:~red to the customer's location. and un. .
crated. For information on unpacking~ 11andling. placement and
.
other pre1iminary procedures, refer to the Drlivery/TtcmovaJ
Carrier~s Handbook.
Before starting on the installation. verify that the fonowing cartons have been shipped with the machine. Note aU
shortages on JQR form.

Carton 1. Initial Installation Kit
Containing:
a. Package containing keys
b. Drum knob
c. Drum bag
d. Drum flanges
e. Drum sllaft extension
r. Stripper fingers
g. l\Ieasuring paddle
h. Absorbent pad
i.' Paper towels
j_ Developer dump bags, cartons and ties .
k. Reduction chart labels
I. Power cord
m. Forbidden copy instruction
h. l\facbine log book
o. Two reams pap~r
p. Three drum tie rods
q. Forms (service log, PM and drum. key oPerator reference and retrofit jog
l. Funnel
s. Brustl
t. Key operator supplement
u. MirrQr package
v. ~lachine dispatch label with fuser oil
\V. Fuser oil
x. Fuser oil indicator kit 600S1551

Fig. 2-1. Tape locations on Paper Feeder

4. Unlock the developer cover. Loosen two top brackets on
the right side cover to gain access to right top cover rear
fastener. Remove right-side coveT. Ope!l front doors.

..

.
Carton 2. Paper Catch Tray
Carton J. Xerographic Drum
In addition to the above items. developer and toner are needed
for installation. 'fhese are supplied by either the branch or the
customer.

Prepare Machine For Installation
1. Remove tape and plastic cover.
2. Remove' tape from front. rear, side and top covers.
3. Remove tape and ties from paper feeder area (Fig. 2-1) .

..

2-5

-.

~,:::~~r'K;.~..
lit,.: .: ~"'---:''''''''~l~
l:·6riOP817·ii·:~

PM. TRIM, AND INSTALLATION

2.

..

~~~t,:~~:~;;.:;..~..~~r/..~:t:)

3. INSTALLATION

.... ....- . "
~

s.

Unl.,lch de\"elopt'r as~~mbly and lE.'mO\·e dCVl·lopN tit's
(Fig. 2.3). SlidE.' thE.' dp\"clopt'r back against its stops~ and
tight~n the wing-nut on the inbo3rd mounting bracket.

CABLE T.E INBOARD AND
OUTBOARD

4t

F i 9. 2-3. Developer Tie-down Points
TAPE"
•

6.

70/al!)7

F i 9.. 2 -5 . He" Transport Tie-down Points

.

;Jpen the regl:>t.er stop drawer and··
r~mO\'e thre~ caote ties shown in Fig. 2-4.

~.~

,

~1

DUST

INBOARD AND
OUTBOARD ARE
STRAPPED IN
THE SAME rAANNER

.....,·,,~·~J.:w??;~~)~~t~

70/13:>6(11

Fig. 2.4. Register Stop Drawer Tie·down Points.

J;.Jf~V-:::;s,· -

f

.

.

"Jl--

~

.

.

10IJ35S{1 J

~~J.f$;:~~~tii!~~~~
.;;'

1. Uemovc tapc and two cable ties from· C transport
(Fig. 2-5).
8. R('movc lcft side

CO\'CI

10. Rcmo\"c front and rear lower panels.
11. Install stripper fingers.
12. Unpack the luhric.,lor assembly from the filter bag housing. Saturate new wick with oi11>t'fon~ installing.

t{

2.

PM. TRll'vl. AND INSTALLATION
.

CA UTI ON: Eye irritatioll can OCCUI" if you rub your eyes afler
... ~ u'elling your !zands with silicone oil. This irritation ;s very mild
usually disappears within 24 hours. To prevent t1:is dis·
co·mfort. thoroughly wasil your IlOllds lvitlt soap and water
cfter handlillg silicone oil. If you shoulcl lzappcn to forget alld
experience some eye irritation. Ihorougll1y flush your eyes with
water.

,-.Dlld

13. Install the lubricator assembly. Check for broken thermistor beads by checking resistance between pins ~D' and
'Ct and between pins 'E' and 'Ft of J71. Resistance should
be approximately 500 K ohms. ~lake certain P/J11 is connected properly t and the wick assembly spacer bracket
has bel'n positioned properly above the outboard fuser
frame. If P/J11 is not connected properly, the NOT
READY lamp will stay on and the fuser controller will
not operate.

'-.

,....

CA UTJON: l\~hell installing the lubricator assembly. be cQl-eflil
lIot to breal: the thermistor beads or damage the !lose from the
(llser cllrl blower.

r

3. INSTAtLATION

Assem~ly mieromell'r holder, micrometer. and 2· to 3.
inch ('xtension. Set micrometer to 0.117. Position micro.
meter hotder on drum ~haft and chc.-ck outboard side of
lower pick-orr baffle.
7. If Il£'cessary., adjust Il·ft outboard castcr to achic"e 0.117
dimension of lower pick.off barn~.
8. Set micrometer to 0.14·1 and check to see if outboard
side of halo guide is within :t 0.010.
9. If setting is within specification. proceed to step 13. If·
not t check left inboard casler. The cast<-r should be supporting a share of lhe machine weight. As a rule of thumb
be SUT€, caster is sClNved out at least one full turn past th;
distance required to make it touch the floor.
10. Readjust left outboard c2ster to again achie\"C' O~111 set·
ting of lower pick·ofr barne.
11. Recheck halo guide. If setting is still incorrect, adjust
the outboard left caster until the halo guide is within
specification.
12. The lower baffle may now be out of specification: If so,
loosen nuts and adjust baffle to 0.117 ± 0.005.

6.

\..-

14. Install oil level indicator kit. Fill reservoir with oil to the
. Je\"cJ of the notch on the indicator.

Frame Alignment

Leveling the machine can twist its frame and cause the drum
cavity components to be out of specification. This can result in
.....
drum damage-. The foHowing procedure permits a compromise
between machine level and frame skew to provide normal rna·
r
chine operation. Perform this frame alignment procedure on
~~
•
: . new installations, on machines that have been moved from tht-ir
~~
installation position. and on problem machines-assuming the
. ..
factory settings of both the 10\,\,'er pick-off baffle and the halo
:
guide have not berm changed. The maximum movement due to
'-. . frame distortion is in the pick·off baffle area. If the factory
settings of the pick-off baffle and the haio guide have been
changed, the reference point for this procedure has been lost.
Do not rele\"el a machine that is operating correctly.
1. Calibrate the mechanics level.
2. Adjust each caster to three turns from floor.
S. Place Je\"el on machined surface oi outboard base frame
(in front of A transport).
4. Level machine side-to·side.

(

'-.

(

1. Remove dust cover assembly from register stop drawer.
2. Perform the drum cavity clearailce checks (8.3).

Electrical Connection To Machine
1. Obtain power cord from installation kit.
2. Pass power cord through strain relieJ and connect to TBl
as shown in Fig. 2·7.

TBt

G~E[N

NO
-0
1')0

BLACK

WHITE
REO

Fig. 2-7. ElcctricafConnection to Machine

5. Place level on sniffer a~s{'mb)y shaft and )('\'el machine
front.to.back. Maintain sidp-to-sidc level Whi1l' performing thj~ step ..

(

'-

Drum Cavity Clearance

·NOTE: Wizen adjusting casters, tllrn them in equal increments so
that fllll machine weight will be distributed 011 all four casters.
For example. if one side of macizine is low, raise it b;y adjusting
casters at that side but also lower the machille casters at the
other side. If any c~sler requires much more tw·ning fo]"rc than
the others, unequal weight distribution is indicated. Keeping
equal weight distribution 011 the casters will minimize frame shift.

'--

'-

13. Recheck to make sure machine is still level side-to-side
and front·lo-back. At this time, alleast one half the bub·
ble must be within the outside lines of the level.
14. If one half of the bubble is not within the Jines. adjust
casters just enough to meet this specification.
15. Lock down casters after machine lC"eling is completed.

CAU110N: Casters should be I:cpt as close to the frame as
possible. This will prevent the casters fro~n slipping out of the
base and caster stems from bending.

~-

~

NOTE: Adjust both inboard and outboard ends of the pick-off
baffle.

c!'
~

NOTE: Steps 6 anel 7 clctermill. e whether Iltc madli~lr fra~nc$
dis (orted. If clistorlion occurs, the olltlwarcl dllr1CnSlOtlS
from Ihe. picl:·off baffle. halo lJ(t{[lc. c[c.• to Ihe drllm slw{l will
dC('TCOr.;C. The c/zallge in clim('nsirJll is caused by a nlr)l1rmclll of·
the clrum :;Iw{l tow(lrds tile "(lSf' {ramc. thc nla:dmum 111OC'('mcp I bdlll! tuward tlH~ picl:·o[f l}(l{flc CIrca. i''';s mOL1C1)lCIlI CUll

arc

be> 0:; mud,

ClS

O.{JSO illch.

NOTE: 1'he elec/rical r('(luircmcilts for the 7000 arc as [alloll.'s:
111(.' mrll'hinc rNlujr('~ ttl(' SOIl' liSt- of a fus('d. :lO-amp('Tt- branch
line (('rmin:ttiI11~
at wall r('(·t'ptadC'. TIl(" custom~i·s ~\ltE'rn;tt{'
inst'I1J3lion may bl' a fused, :30-;tllllwrt.· br;.mch tirw t('rmjnatint~
in a SWitdl bo~ locat('(l no mOT(' than 15 f('('t from till' machinl'
and wilhilt sii!ht of tht~ opl'ratnr.
A good ground must ttl' pro\-idl'(L

,.t

2-7

2.

f1.iir~~O~~B1"jilI
~~~~.'.'

PiV., 'TRIM, AND INSTALLATION

J. INSTALLATION

0'

.~~~~!i.~ :::.i~:~:':~~~,~ ...... ,

The machine r('quiTl~s either a ~ingte-phas(' (thr~(' wires plus
ground). or a thrl'l'·pha~E.' (two wires plus neutral of a four· win'.
\\'yc·comwcted systi'm). plus ground hookup.
3. Plug machine into wall outlet.
4. ChE.'at the front door interlocks.
5. Set VO:\l to 300 VAC scale. Mectsure voltages at TBl,
pins 1 and 3. RE.'ading should bE.' 120 \' ~\C.
6. Measure betwE.'Em pins ,1 and 2. Reading should be 120
VAC.
1. ~leasure between pins 2 and 3. On a singlt~-phase hookup
rc~ding should b~ 214 V AC to 250 \' AC. On a threephase hookup reading should he 185 VAC to 215 VAC.
s. l\INlsur~ bl"tween pin 2 or 3 and ground. Reading should
be 101 \' AC to 1?5 V AC.
9.l\leasure between Fin 1 and ground. Reading should be
lE's5 than 5 V AC.
10. If tpadings. arE' other than the rangf:'s given~ a dpfecth'e
circuit is indicated. Inform cll~tomer and hayE' a local
eJE'clrician cbeck the- wiring.

....,c." ... ,-

~

=1

:no \~ 0
200.3

zoo

22.3

190

o

SliT~~~

1909

220
210

230:!:IO VAC

''"'''~ 123 KI
2~

,0 t4ot:l

o
=-;;;;z?!I

1CONNECl'

WIRES TO

MATCH VOL.TAGE)

2»:3

'

-L-SGI

0

~O/i360

l\011:: .lTuximrcm ['ollage range is given ill TCtblc 2-2.
Fig. 2·8. A,djustment of Fuser Transformer T1 Outpu't
Table 2.2. Max'imum Voltage Range

Corotron Settings

Perform til£' ("orotron checks ~lJld adjustml'nts (8.10).
LlNE.TO~NEUTRAl

Pins 1·3 or 1-2

LlNE-TO.UNE
Pins 2-3

NEUTP.AL.TO·GROUND

Pins 1 to Ground

SJNGLE~PHASE

Minimum 107
Nominal 120
Maximum 125

214
240
250

0
0
5

Paper Path Check

M,'

1. Block the p:tpl'r fecdC'T by placing two unopened reams of
p:tper llndl'f the.sensing bar.
2. Tape down the,drum intl'rJock switch LS26. 'Turn
POWER 4md console power on.
•
~ ...
,.

THREE·PHASE
Mmimum 107

Nominal

120

Maximum 125

185
203
215

,

'-,

0

0
5

11. \\"ith VO:\l srt to 300-\00It scal£:>, chrck rt'ading bctweE'B
pins 2 and 3 on Till (Fig. 2-7). H~corc! this. \·oHagl'.
lrilRXIXG: Disconllect machine power cord (rum a'ull outlet
be/ort! pCI/orming the next step.
12. Loeall' wire 8Gl onto til£' fusey autotransforn1£'Y top that
most clo5c1y matc1lE's thc n'ading ohtnin£'d in st('p 11.
Plug power cord back into outh,'t. Tum on machin(' by
pressing MAIN POWER button and con~ol£' POWER O!'\
button.
CA U1'JO.\": Be sure /lot 10 short meIer leads wizen mahillg thl'
following chcc1:s.

13. l\}e3Stlrl' \·olt?g(' bl'tween pins A. and B of JS6 at fU5l'r
controJlt'Y or behn-(,ll input \,.ir('s 9G 1 and] 23 h 1 at fusr)"
autotransformer Tl (Fig. 2-8). TIll' reading should be 230
± 10 V.t\C. If not. rE.'localt' wi Y(, SCI to obtain 230.:t~ 10
V AC. Turn maehinC' off wh(·n \'()ltagl~ has lWl'H chr<:k(·d to
ct\"()id ru~C'f' damagt' in CCt~l' of m('llfullctioning th£'Ymi;;tors.
SOT/-:: If 110 l'ea!ling is obtaillC"cl. du:ch circuit br,,'(d;crs located
'mdt'r TlJ J.

a. ,.-....
press STAHTPRINT button
and pel I") III l, ... ,ef cncck procecltJr(,s in the following
sC'qul'nec':

lSl
a} Initial£' jam by insl'rting long scYcwdrin'r up undl'r .
the rif!ht sid(' of the- rcgl~t('r stop module (in the
.roa of tho r~'i('CI Iray) and ~clllaling LSI.
•
r'
SOTE: lk careful of WilTS

/lC'elr

the

SlCll,ch.

~~

,

.-.

'-

Pl\'tJ TRJM~ AND INSTALLATION

2.

3. INSTALLATION
b) Ins£'rt loner mea:morinS! I>addr.~

b) Machine should bt' in a jam condition with CALL
KEY Ol)EUJ\'-On light na:~hing. (If not. r('l)htC'~
LSl or troubh-shoot circuitry.) Clcon jam by putlillg
out and replacing rcgi'ih.·f stop dr~l\ver. p!~~S POWER
O~ switch.

int.)

toner w~1I

(') Pn>:;s the "'on~r Jncrt'''ase nn"'ln. "·au· .... "'Jr· paddle
mO\'Nllt"'n'

LS8
ir~:;s STr\UT PHINT.
b) lJ~lIll! lOng SCf(>WC1rI\"l'r in the r('jl'ct tray arcoa, actuate LSR
. should increaSE- count h,· 1.
il

a\

!llN

!r'

0

\

~ "'r~' s'ffrrr

Drum Installation
1. Remove drum Oangrs. ti~ rod~ t1nd rt~lat~d hardwRr(> from
installation kit.
2. Open carton and CclTl'fulJy remon' drum.
3. Ass('mbll' drum (J.'ig. 2·10). Unlatch developer and slide
back to slops.

•

PItINT.
b) Using long scr('wdriver. actuate. I...S27. Ma..:-l-:ine
should jam.
.
.
c) Clt'ar jam by pulling out and rl'pluc:ing register slop
drawer. Pre5~ console POWER O~ bUUClO.

C.4 U110X: };xposurc to light fatigues tl,~ drum. Do lIoT tcar;e it
lmco1.'cl·cd. Be $11'-~ [lcmges an" properly ll!ik'ucd willi each other10 prct'elll drum damagc.

I

01

OUTBOARD
fLANGE

".

1...

..

DRUM

SLEEVE

lOll362

Fig-, 2·10. DroOl Assembly

t

In~ta1J drum exterision shaft on drum shaft; then. install
drum. Use drum locking nut which is packed in the installation J~it.
5. Slidl' developer into position against the drum and Jatch •.

4.

LS38
a) While machine is running, trip one of the ~tripper
fingE>rs. Th£' machine wil! jam.
.
b) Clear the jam by pulling out and rep!aeing the register stop dffiwer.
c) Pres~ con501(> rOWER ON.

Developer, Toner, Fliser Oil, andPilper Receiving Tray- :""
1. 'fum machine on.
'
2. Placc unopl'ncd l't'am of pappr in the paper hay and push
UP bullono
3. Turn lOIl('r control to LOW. Op~n tOlll:'r dispenser covcr
and load approximah-ly 1·] /2 pounds of toner. Ctos£'
0

CO\Oer.

LS9
a) Pr£'s~ STAHT PRINT,

b) Manually actuale l..S9. Reject fingcr sol(·no!d lA
should ilctuate.
FUSER PRESSURE ROLLER
Whilt· nlac]liue is running. actuate LS3. W.ttch for

rising of pressnrt' rolle!.
TONER DISPENSEH CHECK
a) Wfull' machine is'ruJlning, .

4. R~mo\'E' d£'vl'loprr fili£'r plug.
S. Wh£'H READY light comes OIl, pr{'ss START PRINT button. Whil£' machin(' is running. caT{'fully add d('\,dopcr ..
Rrplacr fill£'r plug.
6. InstaJl oil 1£'\"(-1 indicator kit.
7. FiB oit piln until th£' noat ring Tis('~ (0 tilt" s('cond note-h.
CrHITJOS: f:Yt' irritatioll calT occur ilYOli ,-ub youI' rye's aflcr
I{°ctting YOlir hamls ll':lh sili("{)lll~ oil. This irritation is ,ocry mild
alld moual!.\' disappi'cY:, wit/Ii" 2-1 hom-so '1'0 fJr(,T(~llt this discomforl, 1IlOroil{:lzly lcosh -,"our lliPllds "'iO, soap amI lcotcr
afler lWlUllill/: silicom" ,-,il. J{ you SI'OllTd IWl'/l(,1l 10 forget llm/
experience some eye irrilalioll. illOroll/:l11y {lw:/, .\'our e~"('~ ldlll
It'atcr.

29
0

(
2.

PM. TRIM, AND INSTALLATION

3. INSTALLATION
8. Itt-pta"," h·fl ('utl contra Opt'n p:tper n'ct.'h-inl! tray C:lrton.
rt'nlon' tray. Ih-m()\"(~ hlpr froUl tr:,y and in!o>h,1l t Fig. 2-11 J.

-'

,

7011363

Fig. 2-11. Papp.r Receiving Tray Unpacking

~

-,

'~

Multi-Sheet Sensor Clearance
J><.rform tht> muJti·shppt sensor adjustll1<.'nt (5.D).

Fusing System Temperature Check

J)('rform the fusing sy!'iten1 teJ)lperature check adjtlstm £'nt (11.~).

Contact Arc Measurement
})crrnrm thr contad arc adjustment (1 J A).

Final Installation Procedures
Ch~ck main clrin' motor for oil l~aks.
2. Check flufl'cr relief vaIn'. Undpr normal conditions the
vaIn' should be fully opl'n (approx. 10 turns) to givc
lilt' most reliable paper fl'pder pcrform;mce.
3. )101l11t front.. rear and left lower coveys. CIt'an and
wax lop con'n'. if l1l'CeS5Jry.
-I. Stott' tlll' coroLrOll dl'tllling brush belwc('n the cable
th' cm cam spring from the mirror drive
cam (Fig. 3-3).

1.1 Main Drive Motor and Gear Box Assembly
Removal

(

1. Remove the developer assembly (9.1).
2. Remove the rlevelope-r catch tray and thE' gear cover.
3. Using microme>ter holder 600T753 and micrometer
600T52. take the measurements indicated in Fig. 3·2.
Record the measurements.
.
BRUSH HOUS!NG
TOP 8AFFLE

(

DRUM SHAFT

A--c(\

(

a

CA UTI ON: The edgi's of. the SCD;1l lape Clre sharp.

o.

Disconnect the s~an tape.
6. Use 5/64 Allen key to remo\'c the mirror drive cam.
1. 1'9 obtain slack in the main drive chain. loosen the springloaded idler) press down on the idler and retighten. Lift
ihc chain off the main drin~sprockct.
8. Remove the A tr~n5port drive chain.
9. Disconnect P/J96 from the main dri\'(> ·motor.
~PRING

-LOADED
IDLER

C

(

(
MIRRor?
USIUG TOOLS &0')1"(53 I~ND 600152 MEASUHE litH) RECORI)
OiIJEf.JSIWJS rlot.p.KEO ( •• B AND C [JOTH INElOMW f\f);) OUTHOt.lm. ro,( M(N;tJHErt.ENTS A IV'JO B. USE ? TC 3 H.JCti
[XT[tJSII):-l rOH ".EASlIREr/.f.NT C. USE 3 TO 4 ar·lCH
[Y.IUJ510N I'LlI:; Ht.l.F mot Sf'f.CER.

(

DRIVE

CAM
,/.AIt.: ORIVi":

SPROCKET

701l30~

Fig.3.:t. M.rin Drive Motor _md Gear Box Assembly in
Fig. 3·2. ME:a~lIrcmcnts of Drum Sh"ft Position

O,)!!t

IDLER

6

SPROCKET

o

o

l.).v-FUSER
® SPROCKET @ ~- ~.:::::>
'c"TRANSPORT
as'TRANSPORT
SPROCKET
SPROCKET

CYCLE
CONTROL

SPROCKET
@

1.3 Scan Cam Follower

. 6:...
. Removal

\1

.' '

.

1. Drain gear box t as noted in main drive motor rcmoval
proccdure (1.2).
2. Remove gear box cover and gaskct (Fig. 3-6).
3. Raise scan cam roHower arm and block in place.

CAUTION: Do not allow scan cam followei to strike scan cam.

4. Remove scan cam follower.

SPRING-LOADED
IDLER

/C}-...

A

,"

/

."

"~~CKET

....-0-

~

ASPROCKET

IDLER

SPROCt{o:',[

~~

r
b

.-------.C.{JOLEft
ROCKET •

./rUSER "
SPROCI".ET
'c' TRAN SPORT
·S'TRANSPORT
SPROCKET
SP~OCKET

L.,Y.

~

•

IDLER

MAIN DRIVE

'CL.__

.- -

--

D

. @

CYCLE

CONTnOL

SPROCKET
70/.370

neplCiccment
1. After replacing scan cam follower, lower cam follower
arm gently until follower contacts cam.
2. Replace gasket and gear box cover. Replace the drain·
plug, add gear oil, and replace the breather plug.

1.4 Main Drive Chain
Replacement (Unbrol> around th~ cycle control sprocket
(6)>> and under the idlt'r sprocket (7).
S. Loosen thE' spring-loaded idler and manually rotate the
main drive molor connterclockwhp until the slack is
remo\'ed. RctighlC'n the idler.
9. Replace the A transport drive ct}ain~ and adjust (1.6).
Ucplace Uw A transport CNlr CO\'C'T.
10. Ueplacc the dl'\"ClopC'r catch tray, itlld adjust (5.'1).
n~plClce thl' developer as~('mbly (9 .. 1).
11. Hcplace t.he lubricator assembly (11.11) and fus('r heat
loll('r (11.10).
12. R('plac(' the r('l~istt'r stop dnn.... cr «(;.1).
13. Check drum Cct\'ity clt;lfCmc(' adjustnll'nt (8.1). Rt·plact·
tht' chum (8.1). Clwdc n'l!i::;t.nltioll 1 GA).

3-3

3.· REPAIR DATA
1. DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL
Adjustment

.

1. Loosen the spring-loaded idler and manually rotate the
main ,trive motor counterclockwise until the slack is
removed.
2. Retighten the idler.

NOTE: A llew elwin may stretch os l1lltch cs 1/2- to 3/4-inc1z
tllicr usc. There/ore, a new elwin may require .e-adjustmcnl
during the next service call.

1.7 B-Transport Sprocket Assembly
Removal

~

1. Remove drum and cover with black bag.·
2. To obtain slack in the drive chain. loosen the
spring-loaded idler, press down on the Idler and·
retighten. Remove the chain from the. D t.ransport

sprocket.
.
. 3. Remove the B transport sprocket and bearing housing
(Fig. ·3-9).

1.5 A-Transport Drive Chain and Gear Mesb
Adjustment
1. Remove the developer assembly (9.1). Remove the gear
cover.
2. L005CI:t the two nuts indicated (Fig. 3-8).
3. Grasp tbe double sprocket. and pull down and to the
right until chain is taut and there is only a slight
amount of backlash between tbe gears. Retighten the
nuts.·
.
4. Manually rotate the main drive motor shaft CCW and
insert one thickness of 20-lh. bond paper between the
gears, as shown.
5. Continue to rotate the main drive motor to remove the
paper.
.
6. Check the paper. \Vhen the drive is correctly adjusted,
the paper will be well-corrugated by the gear teeth but
untorn.
1. RepJace the gear cover. RepJace the developer assembly.

701137l(l)

Fig. 3-9. B Transport Sprocket

Replacement

•

}Jefore repJacing the. B transport sprocket assembly, adjust
sprocket concentricity (see below).·
.....

Adjustment
.
(Sprocket Concentricity)

-.,
.

1. With the B transport sprocket assembly removed a sct the

LOOSEN TO
ADJUST

distance between the bearing housing flange and the inside of the sprocket to the proper dimension (Fig. 3.10).

PAPER TO BE WELL
CORRUGATE[) BUT
UNTORN

CLUTCH
DISC
IS'

"ft.

TRANSPORT
SHAFT

LOOSEN TO
ADJUST j

(~ PLACES)

$

10113730)

.......
70/137Hl)

Fig.3·B. A Transport Drive Chain Adjuc;tment

1.6 Main Drive SIHocl\ets
(Oei£:ted)

Fi9.3·10. Concentricity of

n Transport Sprocket Assembly

2. Install the sprocket assembly t but do not tighten the
mounting screws.
3. With the regish·r stop drawer in its operating position,
center the ball on the sprocket sh.tft within the socket of
tho clutch disc. When the baJJ i. (:cnt~rc<1, lhe
turn freely until the dogs touch. Tighten the 1110U
i
screws of the bearing housing. .
~'~ ,
4. Fold C1 2·inch-wiclc strip of p;lpcr 2 inches from one end> ,
J..ay the p:lprf on (he n transport so the folded end coyers·
the socl;el. of the clutch disc. C('ntly clOSe! thc regi$h~r
stop drawer until the s(Jc~et rcachl's the b"ll - bu~ docs
not tcar the Jlilpcr.

shartllr

. 3.

REPAIR DATA

1. DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL
. 5. Open the drawer and check the paper. \Vben the sprock~t
is correctly adjusted. the impression made by the ball wIn
be concentric with the impression made by the sprocket.
6. Cht'ck the clutch disc gap. adjust if necessary (6.18).
/

t

1.8 Developer/Paper Feeder Urive Motor·
Removal
.

1. Rt'mo\"e de,"eloper assembly (9.1).
2. Fonow procedure given in Fig. 3·11.

,..

SPROCKET

,.

y..
DEVELOPER

DRIVE

DRIVE
(INSIDE OF MACHINE)

(REAR OF MACHINE)
70/1')75

Fig.3·12. Developer/Paper Feeder Drive Motor Adjystment

1.9 Cycle Control Assembly
Removal
.

.-® REMOVE

PAPER
FEEDER CHAIN
FROM SPROCKETS

1. Remove the drum and cover with black bag.
2. Remove the developer assr.-mbly (9.1) •
3. Remove the gear cover. Mark both· the main driv~
sprocket and the cycle control sprocket exacUy at the
12 o'clock position ..
4. To obtain slack in the main drivr.- chain. Joosr.-n the.
spring·} oadcd . i"dler. press down on the idler, and
retighten.
6. To facilitate reptacement~ outline. with a scribe. the
position of the cycle control a<;sembly on tIn.- main
frame boss.
6. If necessary, loosen the sprocket assembly and key on
the cycle control assembly drive shaft (Fig. 3-13).
7. Remove three mounting screws. Remove the cycle
control assembly.

Fig. 3-11. Developer and Paper Feeder Drive Motor

Replacement
Ht'verse the proccdure to replace the motor, but only finger.
tighten the mounting screws. Adjust as prescribed below.

Adjustment
1. Check for a minimum of 3/l6-inch clearance between the
clo5est points of eacll chain (Fig. 3-12).
2" Rt'position th€' motor, if ilecessary.
3. Tightc·n mounting screws.

Fig.3·13. Cycle Control

A~s~mbly

3·5

(
3.

REPAIR DATA

,r~~~;'!;&~:-,

1. DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL

;"~'. 600?81722:

~: ':=~·:l;;:,~:s~:.i~~i.~~(

"'...-.......

......

SCREW ANO
RETAINING CUP

Repfacement

1. Replace the cyc1~ control sprocket (if it has been
removed) taking care that the key Is completely seated
In the keyway. Reinstall the cycle control assembly in
aUgnluent with the scribed marks on the main frame
boss. Tighten the mounting screws only enough to bold
the cycle control assembly firmly in position.
2. Check the position of the sprocket on its shaft by
banking a ruler against an adjacent sprocket. If the
sprocket is 110t aligned, loosen the setscrews. realign. and
tighten the setscrews.
3. Adjust cycle control concentricity.
4 .. Replace R5. Replace the gear cover. Replace the
de\·eloper assembly and drum.
5. Loo~cn the spring·loaded idler and manually rotate the
main drive motor CCW until the slack in the- chain is
remo\"ed. Retighten the Idler. .
6. Adjust registration (15.4).

~,..

.~

-.j

\
LEFT
SWITCH

R1GHT

BANK

SPACER

SWITCH

I I Yf

BANK
ROO

SCREW AND

Adjustment
.
Cvcle Control Concentricity

RETAINING CLIP

1. Refer to Fig. 3·14. Fold a 2-inch-wide strip of paper
about 2 inches from one end. Lay the paper on the
register stop module so the folded end CQvers the
inboard end of the l\eyed shaft.
2. Gently close the register stop drawer untn the shaft and
sprocket emboss the paper, but do not tear it.
3.0pe-n the draWN and check the paper. \Vhen the cycle
control assembly is property positioned, the impression
made by the shaft will be concentric with the
impression made by the sprocket. Reposition. if
necessary.
4. Tighten the mounting screws on the cycle control
assembly.

70/1178

Fig. 3·15. Cycle Switch
I

CAUTION: Each bank of switclle$ is spring-loaded on its

rod.

3. Remo\'e
order in
4. Remove
to note

the faulty switch being careful to note the
wbfch switches are removed.
the wires from the faulty S\\"itch being careful
which switch contact each wire is connected to.

Replacement

..

After replacing the
adjustment.

faulty switch. perform o\"crt~
\... ~

CA.UTION: Pry individual switches away· from ouerlravel
adjusting screws when resealing the switch bank.

.I~h\'\\
~
..-.., -;1 \
lJj
~!>>>
~
~~J
~.), ~
[:~\

1.11 Cycle Control Switches Overtravel
Adjustment
1. Use a screwdriver to rotate the main drive motor sllaft

-

,~,
-en.
~) Q'~J
'i~...sv SA~SEM8LY
KE~~~~.

• it 2D'R'
\J.,

'-. .

.

-"

i.

ROCKe T

'-.:3::::..-

!

counterclockwise until the can} is centered on the switch
actuator (Fig. 3-16).
.
2. Back the adjusthlg screw off,. then screw it in clockwise
until the switch just actuates; now turn the screw an addi~
tional three-fourths of a turn clockwise.

~~

SHAFT

V
.

KEYWAY

7011377

Fig: 3-14. Cycle Control Assembly Adjustment

1.10 Cycle Control S"'''Jitches (Left or Right Bank)

Removal

I

1. Loos~n thl' screws on tht' affected switch bank. and
swin{~ the r('t'lillin~ clips C\sid(, (Fig. 3-15).
2. US(' the hcllldJe of optiolla! sprin{! remo\'al tool (600T3f.)
to s; Jlllllli!IH'Ollsty pry all ~witdJ(>s aW~ty from the
O\'l'rlr,IV('! adjusting scn·ws. Hcmo\"C' the switch b~mkJ
bt'iJl1~ c:treful tlHlt the switches do not sprinl~ orf the
rod.

7011379

Fig. 3-16_ Cyclo Con"ol Switche, Ove,t,••el

.,
.~.

\..

3. Ch('ck adjllstml'lIt (timinl~) of cycle control switch cam
(1.12).

I

.

\:

,,3. REPAIR DATA

~"'.•----------:---------------------'-------I
2.1

DILLING iVIETER

bitting mct~r i~ controttc(t by S~l (on engine control' toard).
·lhe 16 positioa switch can 'be adjustc(l so that the billing meter
counts on the 1st copy (position "0'" to the 16th copy (pc::>ilion
"E'l l\'Iost have becn sc.t by malluf.1cturif!g to count on the 3rd
copy.
nlC

2.2

PHOTO CELL CHECK

1. Open top cover.
2. Put printer in local.
3. Open front doors :tnd overrie!t! door interlocks.
4. Remove back covers and cheat relief valvc.
S. l·uru printer on.
6. 'Yhen ready. nm one sheet of graph p:lpcr. Photo edt jam
should occur.
-

7. Jtemove jam.
B. Unplt!~ photo cen aS$y. (Jl5 in back of printer).
9. R.estore relief valve to uonna! operation.
10. Run gr~ph paper. printer should j~!11 after approximatdy six
copies.
11. Pllig P!10tO cen assy. b:tck in.
13. Replace panels and return printer to op~r?tion.

2.3
PHOTO
A DJ U STfv1ENT

CELL

ELECTf11CAL

1. Open top covers.
2. Remove c~nt C:lgc eO\·cr.

~--1

3. Override left top covcr interlock.
4. Put machine in loc4~t mode.
5. Connect meter to rcad. voltage bctw~c:'\ TPI and TP2 on
enrJnc control boan.1.
.
6.}Y.W.!e nmniuz 1:rnp11 lXlpcr Cldjust R6 on engine control board
---lor~ voe between ,[Pl ancl 11)2.
7. St()p print.
8. Remove meter.
9. Replace cant c~'gc cover.
10. P~rform photo celt check (2.2).

•

•

•

3.

REPAIR DATA

3. PAPER FEED

:.:w.

PAPER FEEDER

(

. fi"1'he Repair Data for the paper feeder is divided" into four
main categories as follows:
Paper Feeder Repair (3.t); contains the procedures for
removing. replacing. and adjusting parts of the paper feeder.
Unilever Adjustments (3.2); contains the procedl1r~s required
to establish the corre~t relationship of the paper guides to
eacb other and t~ the optical center of ~he machine.

GEAR MESH

(
SNIFFER

(RIGHT

Paper Feeder S~ystematic Alignment (3.3); contains the
checks and adjustments required for setting up the paper
feeder to reliably feed 20-pound bond paper.
"

MULTI-SHEET
SEtlSOR

tA'TRANSPORT
PARALLELISM

PAPER TRAY
CLEARANCE

AmiLE
CAM

(

tOW

Paper Feeder Custom Tuning (3.4); contains two methods
for setting up the paper fet'der. to handle paper otber than
20-pound bond.

PAPER SWITCH

'tS4)
ROLLING

BAR

The Paper Feeder Interdependency Diagrain (Fig. 3-22)
shows which adjustments are affected when any paper
feeder part is adjusted. For example. if A transport
parallelism is adjusted. then the Gear rvlcsh and the
:Multi-Sheet Sensor must be checked.

(
(

SIDE FLUFFER

n

CORNER

('

SNUBBER

~.1
~J

.

(

"lO/I385t21

Paper Feeder Repair

1'he locations of the paper feeder major components are
shown in Fig. 3-23.

(
Fig. 3-22. Paper Feeder lnterdepanctency Oiilgram

lOP COVER AND BACK-UP BAR

(

(
(
(

ELEVATOR DRIVE

PAPER FEEDER
CONTROL

"'---=-==- SENSING

ASSEM8LY

BAR

70/1~8G

(

Fig. 3-23. Papu Feeder. location of Major Components

(
(
~_1?

•

•

•

·3.

••

,..

REP-AIR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

3.1.2 Back-up Bar

3.1.1 Complete Paper Feeder

Removal·

WARlY/NG: Removal oj the paper feeder requires two men.

Removal
1. R e mo\'(.' the de-\"Cloper assembly (9.1) and devclopt'r
catch tray (5.4).
2. Remove the A-transport gear cover.
3. Loosen the A-transport drive sprocket assembly.
4. Remove the connector link of the paper feeder drive
chain, and remove the chain.
5;. Disconnect the A-transport vacuum hose.
6. Disconnf.'ct PjJ58.
'1. Disconnect the wire-s from the reject solenoid and tuck
the wires and adjacent connector out of the way, under
the A-transport.
8. Disconnect the fluffer and sniffer hoses from the air
filter assembly.
9. Remove the two bolts securing the paper feeder to the
right legs of the machine.
.
10. Remove the four capscrews securing the paper feeder to .
the main frame base.
11. Lift the paper feeder up and out from the right side of
tbe machine.

1. Remove the unitever control cover..
2. Disconnect the links from the back-up bar. .
3. Remo\'c the pin and retaining ring from the end shafts.
Move the cam shaft inboard. Remove the back-up bar.

Replacement
Orient the cam assembly properly with respect to LS24
before repJacing the pin.

CA UTION: When replacing the pin. ensure that the pill
does not hit the boss Oil the paper leeder frame.
Before replacing the retaining ring, adjust the back-up bar
end play and check the adjustment of the back·up bar·
interlock switch (3.1.3); adjust if necessary.

Adjustment
Back-up Bar End-Play
1. Insert a 0.003 shim between the cam and side frame
•
and push ~utboard on the cam (Fig. 3-25).·
2. Install the retaining ring tight against the back-up bar.

Replacement
1. Place the paper fceder iu the frame, making sure to
engage the two mounting pins.
C.r1 UTION: Be careful not to damage the aluminum· side

~L. frames.

~~

2. EJ1SUrC that two stud spacers (Fig. 3·24) are in firm
contact with th£> frame Jeg. Hold each spacer with a
wrench while tightening its mounting boit.
3. RE'pJace the four capscrews securing the paper feeder to
th(;" main frame

b~se.

.

4. Rev£'rse the procedures in steps 1 through 8 of the
re'mova~ procedure.
.

Fig. 3-25. Back·up Bar End·Play

Paper Deflector Position
CA UTION: Be careful not to kinll the hoses.
.5. Perform systematic alignment procedures describE>d in Par.
3.3 in thE' sequence shown in Fig. 3-50.
6. CIH'ck .for clearance between lead·in baffle and A-transport
b€"lls.

7. Operate the machine to check paper feeder operation,
particularly the multi-sheet sensor. rej('ct/count switch LS8.
and jam detector switch LS21.

1. With the top right COYer closed. the bend in each paper
deflector should be at the maximum up position. .
2. Remove the- unilp\·er control ("over a.nd the outboard
cover from the paper feeder.
S. Turn the iubo"rd and outboard eccentrics to the
maximum up position (Fig, 3·26).
4. Check the alir,nnwnt of tlw lop right cover.
5. Check the back-up bar interlock switch. LS24 adjustment
(3.1.3).

LOWER SUPPORT

fRAME
(PAPER FEEDER)

STUD
SPACEH (2)

RIGHT INBOARD I,NO
OUTBOMW LEGS
70/1367(1)

Fig. 3·24. LOwt:r Support

I\.~sembly

of p.,per

Fced~r

Fig. 3-26_ Polper Dcfh;ctors

3-13

(
3..

REPAIR DATA

3. PAPER FEED

(

3.1.3 Back-up Bar Interlock Switch lS24
Adjustment

nemo\'~ tbe unile¥cr control cover, and raise the top
right con'r to the maximum up position.
2. Adjust the switch bracket so the switch aduates with
0.020 to 0.0-10 o\"crtravel (Fig. 3-27).

1.

--.

----

...... ,~-- ----...,...

~V" BACK-UP BAR
.
I I
.

...... _"':--,

I I

P~lUNGER!!

.

"
S2~4'
~
SWITCH ROLLER
U
tr·
(0.020 TO 0.040
~

~.

LOOSEN Z'WITCH

BRACK~T

f>. Remove the two nuts securing the outboard guide track ~
to the paper feE-der frame. Back off the guide tra_ -~
adjusting lluts on the inboard side of the outboa.
~
frame.
6. Manually lift thc trays and remo\"e the cables from the
~
pulley sockets. Remove the tray.
,
7. Remove the- rolling bar. Remove the outboard guide
track.
8. Remove the two nuts securing the inboard guide track
to the paper feeder frame. Hemove the inboard guide
track •

Adjustment
1. Refer to Interdependency Diagram (Fig. 3-22) and
perform required adjustments.
2. To verjfy proper operation of the complete pap~r
feeder,perform the S),stematic Alignment Pro·cedure
(Fig. ·3-50).

3.1.1 Cables

OVERTRAVEl)

70/l39C

Fig. 3-27. Back-up Bar Interlock Switch

3.1.4 Sensing Bar and Cam Follower Arm
Removal
1. RE.·move uniIcver control cover. Remove outboard con'r
. from paper fceder.
2. Dri\':"~ out thc spiro! pin from the in board sensing bar
shaft.
3. R('move thE' r£'taining ring. from the outboard sensing bar
shaft. Remove the shaft_
4. Slide out the cam follower arm with the shaft attached.
and lift out the sensing bar.

Adjustment
1. Ref('r to Interdependency Diagram (Fig. 3-22) and
perform rt'q\.lired ,djl.lstments.
2.
veri fy proper operation of the complete paper
f('eders pcrform the- Systematic Alignment Procedurc
(Fig. 3-50).

"0

3.1.5 Tray Sensing SWitch lS14 and Prevent Start Switch
lS31
Removal
J{('mon' tlw unilc\·cl' control covcr to gain acct'ss to the

tray st'nsing switch or prevent start switch.

Adjustment
1. He f t: r to In tNdcpendency Diagram (Fig. 3-22) and
perform n'q~ircd adjustments.
2_ To verify proV·r operation of the complett' paper
(('('0 eft perform the Systematic Alignnwnt Procedure
(Fig. 3·50).

3.1.6 Paper Tray Clnd Guide Trac1{s
Rr.movaf

NOTE: Before replacing broken cable(s)) identify the C4use .
of t1ze problem and correct it. Also. the entire paper feeder
shQuld be examined for damaged parts other than the
ca ble (s).

Adjustment
1. Refer to Interdependency Diagram (Fig. 3-22) and
perform requirt"\d adjustments.
2. To veri fy proper operation of the complcte paper
feeder, perform' the Systematic Alignment Procedure
(Fig. 3-50).

3-1'1

~

~:

3.1.8 low Paper Switch lS4
Removal

Remove the unilcver control cover and the switch cover to gain
access to the low paper switch. After replacement. adjust the
switch (3.3.6) and switch co\-cr.

3.1_9 Tray Dowl} limit Switch lS15
Removal
Remo\'e the unilcYE'r control cover to gain access to the
tray down limit switch.

Replacement
1. When replacing the switch t position the· switch bracket
as high as possiblE'.
2. Adjust the switch.

Adjustment
1. Position thc tray (left view of Fig. 3-28) by jogging the
paper tray position switch.

~l

PA~ER_~'AY ~~

~~@i
TIE BAR

liB ALLEN
WRENCH (Al APPROX.
CENTER OF TRAY)

HOLDING SCREWS

=

~~

~f

~ITCII ~ K.=®
BRACKETLisI5

1. H('mo\"('

the unilcvl'r control cover) inboard CtrHl
()llloo,lrd paper tray con·)"s.
2. S('t Ill(' llllilt·vt'f to till' miuimum p:tpt'r I{'n!!lh 5(.'llill~~.
3. J,C)\\"t'r tlJ(' pn}H'r hay to the maximum down pm.ition.
IJ. J{,·mo\·p th(' cnhh' rl'laim'rs (if prl'sc-nt on machim·).

~

\
ARM

. STEP
7011392

FiO- 3·28. Tray Down Umit Switch

,~
.-

"

3.

(

REPAIR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

\.

:.
, :-:;;)l..,

\.\;:.

\.

(

'.

(

~.

(

(

2. Loosen tht! switch braclwt and adjust the switch so it
actuatl'S on tht' Jow('r portion of Ult" arm step.
3. Secure tht' switch bracl\ct.

3.1. 10 Roller Arms
Removal
1. Rcmo\,(' th~ papi'r tray (3.1.6).
2. R('mo\'t" roller arms.

3.1.12 Elevator Drive Shaft
Removal .
1. R('mo\'c Ult" right rt'ar door. lower r~ar C(J\"er right
cover, front picture framt' assembly. Oulbonrc1' paper
r~eder cover, lIniJE'\'('r control con·r. and lowt·r right
cover (con·ring the indt~x motor),
2.. Uemove the (."Ornponents shown in Fig. 3-30 ..

Replacement

INBOARD
PAPER FEEOER

1. Replace rol1l"r arms and adjust.
2. Rcplace paper tray and adjust (3.1.6).

FRAME

'~3Pfi:~

I

PIN

ELEVATOR 1 T
DRIVE
I I

Adjustment
1. Position the paper guides Cor maximum Jt'ngth of copy
paper, and adjust the outboard roller arm to obtain the
dimellsion shown ill the left view of Fig. 3-29.
2. Position thl" paper guide for minimum length of copy
paper, and adjust the outboard roller arm to obtain the
dimension shown in the right view of Fig. 3-29.
3. RE"peat steps 1 and 2 for the inboard roller arm.

SHAFT

\

.

I

PIN

PIN

{

I Iii

1

ARM
(L5f
'\,

,

J

.
.

i

~-1 t·t_~i~~--d
~
1 1

COLLAR
(LOOSEN)

COLLAR

.

BRONZE
WASHER

GEAR

FIBER
WASHER. 7011334{0

Fig. 3·30. Elevator Drive Shaft

OUTBOARO
ROLLER
ARM

3. Drive out tht' pins st'curing tilt' pulleys to the elevator
drive shaft ..
4. Rcmo\'e thc shaft from the outboard ('nd of th~ paper
fe('der.

q

I,

1,,.-,_ - - - - ' ' - -_ _--'---_

h-~-.-§

~'

BOTTOM
EW

~

.....

(I)
.

POSITIONED fOR
MAXIMUM . lENGTH

~

~~I~~i~
L_._._ ...

,.;

ADJUST
TOP SURFACE OF

ROLLER ARM

S~

t:JI ~;
VroSI;:O~EO
fOR
MINIMUM LENGTH

OF COpy PAPER
BOTTOM SURfACE
OF PAPER TRAY
rO.003 TO

.0

OF COpy PAPER

~BOTTO:"
SURFACE
OF PAPER TRAY

NOTE: To remove the slw{l from some macTlillcs it may
be necessary to file a small radius ill the bolton; of lhe
main frame so the shaft will clear tlIe frame.

Replacement
WIWll n'p!acing lhe gear (Fig. 3-31), t.'l1surc that til(' spring
is reconnected, and that the thrt·acl£.'d. pin in the gt·ar Jif.'S
just abo\"c the arm lobe~' with the tray in the maximum
down position. Beforl~ tight('ning the coBar) adjust thE" end
play of the dri\'e shaft,

rO.003MIN.
.

i
';:="'~.:

*--.. :'.

;"~.;:--:

t:l\~S'"~:~~~:T

SWITCH
BRACKET

TOP SURFACE OF
ROLLER ARM

THREAOe:O
PIN

70/1~93

Fig. 3·29. Roller Arms

,

3.1.11 Inboard and Outboard Paper Guides
Adjustment

CAM

1. H(·ft.·r to IlIh'rdl'pendrllcy Diagwm (Fir.. 3-22) cwd
pt'rform f(·CJuirt.·cJ ~djustnll'nts.
2. To verify propPf opl'rntiou of til(' compll'h' papt'r
h·t·dt·r, I){'rform the Sysit'malie AJiI!nrnt.'nl Procl'dun'
(Fi~!,

3.50).

70/13950

rio·

3·31. Gear Pin illld AIIll

3-15

(
3.

- ;.~;w.~~

REPAIR DATA

. (l::: ."~..-:-~':..?'f. . :~~~ :. .

;:-::
600~a1722~\
't......
. ~ltf!!Io

3. PAPER FEED

.--' • ..., •••"

•••

--":"~ . ·;'~:~~k ..·;.?,tr."!'

~

Adiustinent
Elevator Drive Shaft End-Play
1. Unlock collar A (Fig. 3-32).
2. Insert a 0.010 shim between collar (B) and the bearing.
Push outboard on the shaft.
3. Slid~ collar (A) against the inboard frame and lock in place.

(6)

.(

8

A

_

Z400-14'6

4

fig. 3-32A. Djvided Pulley. Side View

4

THREADED
CLAMP

SLIDE~

-

Jl

\

DRIVE SHAFT

DRIVE SHAFT

-.010! .005
1.010 StiIM)

e

c

8

A

M~~IN~OO
SIDE

¥

El.EVATOR

. BEARING

(INSIDE OF FRAME)

UNTHREADED
CLAMP

SIDE •

;+-

<

(

D
2400·14.7

70/139S

~

fig.. 3-32B. Inboard Pulley. Edge View
. fig. 3-32~ Elevator Drive Shaft End-Play

4. Refer to Interdependency Diagram (Fig. 3-22) a.nd
perform required adjustments.
5. To verify proper operation of the complete paper
feeder. perform the Systematic Alignment Procedure
(Fig. 3-50). -

2. If an outboard pulley is to be replaced, prepare one half (B.
Fig. 3-32A) of pulley as ShOW1~ in A of Fig~ 3-32C. Insert

screws just enough to connect both clamps and to allow
maximum space between clamps. Note tbat thTead~~d clamp
is on pulley's outboard side and unthreaded clamp is on
pulley's Inboard side.
•.

3.1.12A Elevator Drive Shaft Pulley
Removal

.

1. Lowl'r pape-r tray and observe position of pulley collar roll
pin. Stop tray allowest position that pulley collar roll pin IS
in a horizontal position.
2. If replacing inboard pulley, remoye upper inboard paper
guid~ mounting scr~ws and mo\"e the guide for maximum
access to pulley.
3. If replacing. outboard puIley. r~move upper outboard guide
mounting screws and mo\"e the guide for maximum access
to pulley. If additional access space for removing the roll
pin is required, remo';e outboard paper tray guide.
4. Remove cable retainer from pulley and note pulley and
cable retainer mounting hole position for reference.
5. Rl'movc puUey cable and pulley n-taining roll pin.
6. If a solid plastic pulley is to be replaced, remo\'e pulley by
brt"aking it off the shaft.
7. If cl divided puHcy is to be rcplac('d, remove pulll'Y from th('
shaft by rcmovhlg pulley clamp retaining screws.

Rp.lllaccment

1. If ws just ('nough to conn('cl both clamps and to allow
maximum spaee Detwl'(,11 clamps. Note that thrcaded clamp
is on t11(' pulll'Y·s inboard side and unlhreadl'Cl clamp is on
the puth~y~s outboard side.

-

~
-.....

UNTtIREAOEO
CLAMP
ELEVA10R
DRIVl_

~

OUTBOARD
SIDE

1-'
.~

A

D

C

B

2400-1418

Fig. 3-32C. Outboard Pul1ey.

Ed~e

View

3. Position the half pulley pr('pan>d in step 1 or step 2 under
thE- elevator shaft as ShO\\'ll in H of Fig. 3-3211 or 3-32C.
4. Position the other half pulley (A, l~ig. 3-32A) above the
shaft a~ shown in C of Fig. 3-32C. Insert Ule conar at a
slight angll' into the clamp space so that the half pul1~y will
fall into plael' forming th(' complct~ pulley-.
5. Install the two remaining clamp retaining screws and band
tightt-n.

.

6. SquN'ze both half pulleys logdhE.'r and tighlen ring clamp
tPluining SCrl'W5 (JJ, Fig. 3-.'32B or 3-32C).

1. Position the pulley as noted ill RemO\pal, s~('p 4. Ensllrl' thal
pullpy cahIt' rdainer mounting holE'S ar(' in lht' same rl'lalivc
position Ct." for th(' plllh')" a1n-ady (Ill the shaft.
•
S. S?curc puB('y lo shaft by ins('rting pult('y - relainin
'_..
pm.

_

-. \

,i

·3.

REPAiR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

/~
<'.~!"

9. R~position pape-r l!l1.idE'. Ensure th:l~ guide is ill prope-r
position (Fig. 3-32D) and kfopt sllug against the mounting
" .:~
slide-. Install l.'llidt- mounting sercws.
.
~lO. Hcplacc Ol.ltbolrd paper tray guide. ir rt'mo\'ed.
.
11. )n5t'tll papt.'r tr.ty pulley cabl£' and cable r('tairu.-r.
~2. Pl'rform tht' requirl'd pap('r tray dc:trance adjustments.

Inboard Paper
Guide

..

Outboard
Paper Guide

Outboard
Trav Guide

Inboard
Tray Guide
Paper
Tray
Fig.

~·32D.

Pap:?r

Fe~der.

Right Side View

3-17

3.

"

REPAIR DATA

3. PAPER FEED

3.1.13 Sniffer
Removal
1. R£>mo\-c the outbozel (3.1.19).
2. Reft'r to Interdrpe·ndency Diagram (3-22) and pt'rform
tl'quircd adjustmcnts.
3. To vcrify proper op~ration of the complete paper
feed er pt'rform the Systematic Aiignrnrnt Proccdul"{.'
(Fi~~. 3-50).
7

3.1.14 Fluffers
Adjustment
1. Uefl'r to Int('ro£>pendt'l1cy Diagram (Fig_. 3-22) and
perform required adjustments.
2. To ,'crify proper opPTation of the compktp pZIPl'T
fecder~ perforn} the Systematic Alignment Procc,dur<'
(Fig. 3-50).

3.1.15 Flexible Snubbers
Adjustment
1. R e Cl'r to I nterdrpcnd('ncy Diagram (Fig_ 3-22) and
perform required adjustml'nts.
2. '1'0 \·erify propl'r opt'ration of the comp!d(' paper
fceder. perform the Systematic Alignmcnt Procedure
eFi?- 3-50).

\t

1. Rcmo\'c the unile\-er control cover and be7.~J.

2. RemOVl' tilE' capscrl"W and shoulder spacer securing the

~

cotllwcting link to the linkage arm.
_
3. Remove the thn'e screws securing the papN feeder conlrol
assE'mbly to the inboard paper {('cdcr frame.
4. Removc the 14-inch paprr switch and the harness clamps
Sf.'curing the barnl'ss to the papt:r feeder conlrol assembly
frame. Remove the papt'T feeder control assembly.

~

Adjustment ' .
1. 1\1·0\·c the uniJe\"er to the maxinllun pape·r length selling.
2.. Loosen the screw securing thf! shoulder spacer.
3. A~just the shoulder spacer to obtain the 0.690 dimensioll
(Fig. 3-33).
-4. Secure the shoulder screw while maintaining the dimension ..
S. Perform the unih~\·er adjustment. (3.2).
6. Adjust the bt'zel (3.1.19).
.
7. Reft.·r to InlerdepE'udency Diagram (Fig. 3-22) and perform
required adjllstmt'nts.
..
S. To n'rify proper operatio·n of the complete papf"r fceder,
prrform the Systematic Alignment ProcE'dure (Fig. 3-50).

CA UTJON: U'hen replacing tile hose. adjust the hose
Sllpport so tile sniffer moves· freely but does not bounce.
cl1ld the hose is lIot crimped.

Adjustment

.e.r..:
'{
;,

,J

.~

~

.~

SHOULDER

SPACER

LINKAGE
A

~
~\\-~~:-- ~~~
.,'::-f"ll!r
]Hfo,;::~:::"
,~ '.
!,
,,~

'

~

,...:::'
I
• ...... -..

R > l· M

..

..

I

..... ,

,-I

I

.:J

..
,

....

,.~
.

q

-..

.

"

,"

~I·;~
-~.I~
6~"".!--(
~
IlJ

~

.

~LJ~OG90
~

I"

70"l~7

Fig. 3·33. Link .. ge Arm

-:

' \ l(
-'-.:.

3-18

3.

REPAIR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

,~

~'.
'

"

"

"
\.

c

(

l

,

l(1t

,-

'-.

(

\.

3.1.11 Unilever Stop Plate
Removal
,

Adjustment'

NOTE: Unless absolutely Ilccessary. do not clisturb the settings
o/tlle adjusting blocks.
1. Remove thE" unilever control cover.
2. Remove the collar from the unilever shaft. Remo\-e thr

screws securing the stop plate to the paper feeder control
frame •.
3. Remove Legal-Letter switch LS50 and the stop plate.

1. Use 1/16 Allen wrench to chect~ for adequate clearance·
betwee-n the unilcvcr and the right edg(~ of the opening in
the bezel. Check with the unih~'-cr in maximum and
minimum paper len{!th position.
,
2. Loosen the hardware and adjust if necessary (Fig. 3-35).
UNILEVER IN
MIN. POSITION

Replacement
NOTE: IVhen replacing stop pins. ensure that the flats on new
pins arc facing the DU tboard side.

Adjustment
1. Check collar (3.1.18) and uni1ever adjustment (3.2).
2. Replace and adjust Legal-Letter switch LS50 (3.2.4).

3.1.18 Unilever Assembly
Removal
1. Remove
2. Remove
plate.
3. Remove
Remove

UNIt-EVER IN

the unitevcr control cover and bezel.
the collar from the unllever shaft. Remove the stop
,
the pins securing the unilever handle to the shaft.
the,unHever.

Adjustment

MAX. POSITION
70/1J99Ul

Fig_ 3-35. Bezel

3. Perform Paper Tray Position Switch S6 Adjustment 3.1.20.

,

1. Orient the flat of the coJIar as in Fig. 3-34. then set the gap
between the collar and the stop plate to the dimension
shown, using 0.002 shim stock. (Bias the unHever handle to
. the right.)
2. Check that the eonar does not interfere with the back-up
, block at any point throughout the full traveJ of the'
unilever.
3. Refer to Interdependency Diagram (Fig. 3-22) and perform
required adjustments.
4. To verify proper operation of the complete paper feeder,
perform the Systematic Alignment Procedure (Fig. 3-50).

3.1.20 Paper Tray Position Switch S6
Removal

1. Remove the uni1e\'t~r control cover and bezel.
2. Rcmov~ switch S6.

'.

Adjustment

1. Adjust the papl'r tray position switch to obtain equal gap
between thl' switch buttons and the bezel (Fig. 3-36).
2. Refer to Intl'rdC'pcndency DiagraJn (Fig. 3-22) and perform
, required adjustments.
3. wfo verify proper operation of the complete I)aper freder
perform the Systematic Alignment Procedure (Fig. 3-50).

r - ;

~SHI~

JJ+-O.002

[r.:lr::l]~

-..

a

19r

PAPEH :----. ~~ ::-!POsmON
TRAY' ,- ~ __ -:-:-:-:::-: _ _

roo .e-

PAPER SIZ£ ADJUSTMENT
70/!~OO

7011398

Fig. 3-36. Paper Tray Position Switch

(
~.

"'.'

~

......... ,

I'

(

Fig. 3-34. Collar

3.1.19 Bezel

Removal
R('nw\-ill~

the· paper fl'('(Jer drive <:twin idll'f sprocket \vill
, facilitatl' bt'zc'l n'mo\'al.

3.1.21 Paller Feed Solznoid
Removal
1. ReUlo\'C the uniJl'\'("r control con'T.
2. Remove thl' two ill-Jim' connectors from the paper reeder
sol(>lloid.
3. H{'m()\"(~ Uw rct:lininl! ring and stud from the solenoid shaft.
4. R{')Ho\'l' lhl' scn~ws s('curinl! the sO)l'noid to the pa}>rT
fl,,,cler control f ..,unc'. Rrmo\"l' tlH' soit.'llc)id.

3-19

3.

... -.. ..

~~.,..;..

'

600P8172?~~:,;
..:.'~'.
........... "'' ' ' -'-1/:
~ '.;'-:~~""""''''''''''''''':''l..'''''''~~,

3. PAPER FEED.

--

~;.t'"oo:. .• -, ~ ..,~• .,~_ ..

.... ......

~.

3.1.22 Paller Feed Clutch Assembly and Cams

Adjustment

Remov~·

1. I ...ooo~n Un.' solenoid mounting scrE."WS (Fig. 3-37).
2. nutate tilt:" clutch to local£' the hub at the cloSE."st point to
the pawl. (Fig. 3-37).
3. \Vhil~ bolding the solenoid plunger uP. position the solenoid

to obtain

.

~~~::J;~2~'-Je..
~ .;;~..,.., .~
........
....... , ..\

REPAIR DATA

.

1. R~move the- pap('r feeder control assembly (3.1.16}.·.
2. Note the p~sition of cams. shaft, and clutch pawl for
reft'rcnce during rcclsscmbly.
3. Remove the spirol pins s£'curing the cams to ·the shaft.
4. Scribe the position of the solenoid mounting bracket on the
frame. Remove the solenoid mounting bracket,
5. SlidE' tht' clutch, sprocket, and shaH out of th£! housing.

ctE."arancl~.

NOTE: Keep the solenoid absolutely vertical during
odjl.lstmellt. otherwise tile clearance will be incorrectly
illt"as!.red and binding will occur.

. .

Replacement

4. Refer to Interdept'ndency Diagram (Fig. 3-22) and perform
rcquircd adjustments.
.
5. To verify proper operation of the complete paper feeder I
perform the Systematic Alignment· Ploced.ure (Fig. 3-50).

NOTE: The relative position of the sensing bar and sniffer cam
DSsembly to the paper fced clutch i~ critical.
1. Refer to Fig. 3-38 and reassemble aU compoll.cnts in paper
feeder.

Adjustment
1. Adjust paper solenoid (3.1.21).
2. Adjust unilever assembly (3.2),
3. Adjust bezel (3.1.19).
4. Adjust paper ft'eder dutch.

u

. Because of the in terdepenc1ency of the paper feeder
componE'nts. whene\'('r any repair or adjustment must"be made
to the clutch, the entire paper feeder clutch adjustment
procedure must be performed in the sequence sJlown in Fig.
3-39 to ensure proper paper feeder operation.
SOLENOID
PLUNGER

The paper feeder clutch adjustment procedure is used,.
synchronize the sniffer tubes to the dernergizatioll of the V
fet-der clutch ( L 1 ) . .
.
.. -

CLUTCH PAWL
70/j<;Oi

Fig. 3-37~ Paper Feed Solenoid

d

_SOLENO~D

... ,.-fi::;':·~ . .

lr:~,
r~

·I~
,\ . t-..
_!..--'

I
(..""'1-

--: ~-_to
.. ,.~..... . -. . -:.
-l . .~...

..

~
..~
I ~ J .,

"

_...

4

II
'~~'.,:
,\

'J' ••

STOP

"!:~~"'t

~

~

~~'?'~~

':..

I

,

-;.-.-:

~

.:

I

;~,

~ l\\.'.>

..

.... ,

-'

-.

ARM

'-J

."

"',
~.(I·
...~.>
I.

~

.

'-

_-... ~
."

... ,
.... ,~,
--l
~
,,~

.... "

\..

.
.
'
-#ir

t,

.

:

........

(;;;.:_:..:~
('-~.-~.

\. ••• ,"=,'

"D:

".

ASSEtJ:3!._Y

,

-.:~

~s.~~".1~._~ ~_~ .. ~ -), .... _ '_:;>_..........
..--:.~~
.- \ :\I~ '"""...
. . . '-0
.,

.--

CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

~@ fa.~~@
f\. .,......"-

:.? __ •

.,--- '-~..

I ~'t:!:
,.~. '.',
~~'.",
•

I

.~~-

~~
0~
~~"".
8ACKLASH

e,'---~""':~:...-':"\' ~~J i.1
~ ~;:,-". :":~;~~~
J

;;".~c:,

/ , ,"1': ...

(:~!:. -- .;..--~.-:~~:~;'\~ /f.

.~~.

ii

"'''''''-'',,''
"t. .··1
I " . ..

,'/ I

..

'~'-l

~ ~;:I""

,;,~.-...~.:::.~--t.f·";Ift,

~" '"

' -.:,.,.(

_

r1-b

'\\.< . ~'.:.>,... '.-;.}';! . ' .• ,;

i)

I I""~'~ ~.J~~~:::~~~:
I II
..... ~~.?.?~~::: LINKAGE
I "

I,
II!

I

~\).~J).
!f.:fl-";~X ARII.
~~,~':~~ ...
', ...."

~•.

III"
t I PAPeR F(£D~n
CONT HOL. ASS~ r,IBLY

"

•

DETENT

Fig. 3·3ft P41per Feeder Clut(:h Assf:mbly .\ltd Cams

3·20

70120)1

".

'.

~'

1...

3.

REPAIR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

".

PAPER

FEEDER

CLUTCH

ADJUSTMENT

PROCED\RE

ECCENTRIC CAM

,At.:O NUT

70/2039

Fig. 3-39.

~
.

o Clutch Shock Angle
Alljustment

SHOlJI...DER

I[ON OUTER
HUB
0.067 -..!'O,OIO

CI,.UTCH
PAWL

1. Remove the lower inboard cover and the u!lilever control

c:o\·er.

70/1403

2. Refer to A of Fig. 3-10. Loosen the hub screws and rotate
the hut> to locate the scribed line on the sleeve.
SCREWS

A

Fi9- 3-41. Backlash Arm

2. Check the gap bE.'tw~{'n thc clutch pawl and the shoulder or
outer hub for the dimt"l1sion shown in Fig. 3-41. If
adjustmrnt is requir~d. loosen the nut on the eccentric cam
and turn the cam to incr~asc or dccrt."as{' the gap as
necessary.
3. After adju$tment. rech('ck the gap by rotating the clutch in
thE.' opposite direction of drh'c to the home position.

HUB

b Stop Assembly
Removal

1. Removc the unilc\"t.'r control cO\,l,>r and bezel.
SCRIBED LINE
ON SLEEVE

2. Remove the

bOtiOlB

,
rnd of the spring from the stop

ass<'mhJy.
3. RemovE." tht!' retaining ring. and slide the backlash arm off
, the shaft.

4. Remon' the cflain from tilC paper fN.·dpr sprockel.
5. Position the sprocb·t so that the aCCess holes are aligned
with the stop ass('mbly mounting scn.'ws~ and rl~mo\"e the
mounting screws.
6. Remove the stop (Lc;.s(·mbly.

Adjustment
1. Position the V in til(' backlash cam approxhnatdy 90
degrees from t.ll<' "l'rl.icat (Fig. 3-42).
2. Position the slop il3s("mb!y to just touch Uw backlash arm.
3. Ch('('k the bC'zcl adjuslnwnt (3.1.19).
7011402(Jl

Fig_ 3-40.

~Iutch

Shock Angle

3. Ih'f('r 10 n of Fi~. 3-40. Push the steen' in thc din'dioll
shown to rl'llH>\'(' play without (:ausinr, thc hub to mow,
and ctdju:.t thl' hub to till(> up with ttl(' scribl'd lim'. Ti!!h tt'll
th(· hub Sl:rl'WS•
.1. Adjust till.' bp1.l'J (3.1.19).

D Backlash Arm

Adjll~tment

(Fi~_ :J ..1) ill opposit(' din'etioll of
drivl'. Cnlltilllll' to ro1ah' until the ha(-k};lsh ,!rIll ('am
foJlO\\'l'r spats in the V of Uw backl:tsh C·:t111 (hom(~

1. Jland rolah' til(' dulc:h

Fig, 3-'12, Stop l\50sClllt,ty

po!-oit ion).
3-21

-,
\

3.

REPAIR DATA

3. PAPER FEED

, 'j

~

3.1.23 Index Motor

Removal

1. Rl'mo,·c thc 10\\,(>[ rcar co\"t'r, lower right covt'r, unitcver
control cOVt>r. and right rear door.
2. H(>mo\"t' tht' index motor gear co\'cr~
3. Disconut'ct ind£.'x motor conn£.'ctor P/J8.
.1. While supporting the motor, remove thE.' hC\rdware securing
the motor to the frame. Remov~ the motor.

3.2 Unllever Adjustments
3.2.1 Paper Guide Check
1. Plac€,' th£.' uuilc\'er to the ma..~dmllm paper length setting.
2. Scl combination square to 0.690. Bank the square against
the inboard pape-r guide and check for proper dim.ension to
the lower millcd pad (Fig. 3-43).

3. Placi' a ream or the customer's 14-inch paper" in the pap
tray. Rais(' the tray until the top of the paper stack is ha
way lip the mounting blo<-ks on tilt' elcvator drive shart.
4. Bank the paper against til(> inbo paper tray 1.0 its mid-range position.
2. H£'ll1ov£' the unilc\-er conhol cover. Place the unilcver
handle in th£' maximum pap£'r lcngth po:;ition.
3. Set the combination square 1.0 0.690_ l~ank the square
against th£' inboard paper &t.. :lp so thE.' end of the square is
facing the lowcr lnill£'d pad on the inpoard paper feeder
Cramp (Fig, 3-·13),

Fig- 3-45. (Odctcd)

.

"

'(

3.

!~~.~:::~:.:~~~~~~~.

REPAIR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

~' 600P8172l",~:;~~

\.~.,", ~ _'~:.::';.i...~;;'7

,,-

--,

(

4. Loos~n thc locking screw and back-up screw on the lower
back-up block (Fig. 3-46).
.
5. Looscll tbc nut on the maximum paper lcngth adjusting
block (Fig. 3-46).
6. With the square in position. mo\"e the adjusting block to
obtain 0.690 dimension. Tighten the nut on the adjusting
, ,block.

NOTE: Tile bottom 01 the paper guide has some lateral play.
Keep the guide perpendicular willie obtaining tI~e 0.690
dim elision. If 0.690 cannot be obtained. adjust linl:age aml
(3.1.16).

0.040 S H ' M , ;

,

I~\

~

.

ADJUST OUTBOARD
PORTION OF LINKAGE

7. Turn tht' baCKUp screw in until it just touches the adjusting

c

(

(......

block.
. 8. Tightl'll the locking screw.
.
9. Raise the tray approximately mid-way in its vertical travcl.
10. PlacE' a team of 14-incb paper in the tray. Bank the paper
, against tht" inboard paper guide. Place a 0.040 shim against
the outboard side of the ream (Fig. 3-47).
,
11. Loosen the pivot block screw and adjust the outboard paper
guide to just contact the shim. Tighten the pivot block
screw securely.

, -

~'

1'011406

,Fig. 3-47. Outboard Guide - Maximum Paper length

3.2.3 Optional Paper LCIlUth Settings
ADJUSTING BLOCK

(
BACK-UP
BLOCK

REAM O!= OPTIONAL

SETSCREW

(

LOCKING

SETSCREW

STO?
PIN

701J406

,

The unilever can be adjustcd to accommodate any paper length
from 10 to 14 inches. 'rhe leycr has four positions. each
determined by the location of an adjusting' block. To adjust til('
blocks so the papcr fl'CC}E\T will accommodate the optional pappr
lengths preferred by.the customer. proceed as follows:
1. Check adjustnu,'nt of ma.ximum paper l~ngth selling (3.2.2).
2. With the pap~r tray positiollt'd approximately mid-way in
its \'ertical travcl. place a Tcam of t.ht' dl~siTl'd sizC' papl:r in
the tray. Bank the papt'T against the inboard papt'l guide.
PhtcE> a 0.040 shim against til(' outboard sicl(> of thl" ream
(Fig. 3-48).

BACK-UP

(

PAPC:R

¥.i~ GUIDES

LENGTH PAPER

O~~L

.

\~

. t1

OPTIONAL

PAPER LENGTH

(

SETTINGS

70/1409

Fi9. 3-4.0. Outboard Guide -- Optional Paper Length -

(

<.
(
701140'1

(

(~

fig. 3-IlG. Unilevcr anti Stop Plate Componcnb

3. Mon- the unill'Vrl' handll~ so it latcht's on lht" appropriat£>
stop pin.
4. Loos(~n the" loddnI! SCT('\\' and back-up' screw on the
appropriatl' bad~-up block (Fig. 3-:16).
5. Loosen the nut. on t.he approprjall' mlju:iling block.
6. MoY(> th£> adjustin~~ block until til(' paper guidt's just (ouch
thl' fl'arn of papl'r :111<1 shim (Fig. 3-.18), Hwn Ught£>11 tilt' nut
on tlw adjustin~: block.
'7. 'funt thl' bacl~-uJ) serl'\\" in untit it tuuchl'S tlll' adju:'ting
block.
S. PI'il!hh'n til(' loddn!! S(7H'\\·.

(
3-23

(

OM

~~,:'WI::)~~.~

;;:~. ~~.~... '~.~~r:-~:-~~/~

3. REPAIR DATA
3. PAPER. FEED

~'.::::.: 600pa1722~~

."...:.

~,.~
' .. ' ......:."•. 4:;".'11
•• ...... ~.:... ;;;..fI'A • .

3.2.4 legal-letter Switch

o Parallel

Adjustment

The parallcl bars (600T588) are required for the sniffer ch~ \.
Prpparc the scribe lines for r3ch paraUe1 bar as foJlo\Vs~
. \.
I. Scribe one lint' 0.8-15 from the side, extending to about one
Inch from each end. Make the scribe line as accurately as
possible.
2. Scribe the other line in the same manner. but at a
dimension of 0.925.

Adjust switch to actuate with unnever In 13- to 14-incb
positions al1. 3·,,2).
.• "
Lower sniff('f tube to down position and set the level on the \
drive rolkr, then on the idler roller (to one side of the .
knurling).
.
If th£' n'adings on the A·transport do not agree with the
reading takE.'H on the sniffer lube, adjust the A~transport. .

f-

.tt:
p

PAPER FEEDER SYSTEMATIC AllGN~JlEr~T PROCEDURE
'A' TRAN3?O~T DRIVE
Ar..:o GEAR f-ESH

r MULT!- S;£ET

S=:t~SOR

S.
t5

Adjustment

59

1. Adjust the mounting brackets until the level readings taken
on the roll('rs agn.'C' with the reading taken on the sniffer
tub£'a
2. Clwck th£' llluIti-:-hcet Sf'l1sor (5.9).
3. Restore machine.

3.3.2

END PLAY AND

__C~~~~~~5 ____ ??~
~PEn TRAY LEVEL

(FRONT TO BACK.
SIDE TO SIDE)
.

i

4.

3.3.3

SN!FFER
(RIGHT /.r-:GLE CAM) 3.3.4

TRAY HEIGHT
(LSI4. LS31 AND
CAMrOt.. LOWER)

b

lOW PAPER SWITCH
33.5

-r-

lS4
ROLLING BAR

~~-·-

FRONT FLUHER

AND
SN~EIB~~_~rtACKETS 339

3.3.6
3.3.7

I

~

SIDE FlUFf(RS AND
CORNER SNURa~RS 3.3 8

..

70/1-l1l:1}

10120'00

Fig. 3·50.

Fi!t.

3·~)2.

A. Transport Par.tllelism

(

3. - REPAIR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

Adjustment
1. Adjust the Jocldng nul and the. sbaft·retaining nut so that

:. ---A 3.3.2 Paper Gui(Je Perpendicularity
.
Check
.•.. 1. Set the combination square to 0.345. Bank the square
~.
against the paper guide (Fig. 3-53). The end of the rule
should contact the tie bar.

Adjustment

1. Adjust as necessary to obtain the 0.345 dimension.
2. Repeat the above procedure for the outboard paper guide •.

the end play at the points of closest contact. Is between
0.005 and 0.010. as shown.

8 Paper Tray Clearance
Check
1. Lower the paper trhY. Using a 5/32·jnch Allen wrenchcheck the clearance between the paper tray and the pape;
guide at both inboard and outboard locations (Fig. 3~55),

5/32"

TRAY

ALLEN

GUIDE

WRENCH

TRAY

GUIOE

,-

70/1412

Fig. 3·53. Paper Guide Pcrpendicutari:y
.70/'413

3.3.3 Paper Tray End-Play, Clearance, and level.

o Pap,er Tray

End-Play

Check

.

1. Move the paper tray so that it tOll~hes the inboard guide
track (Fig. 3-54). Check for end play.

Fig. 3-55. Paper Tray Clearance

NOTE: Hold unilcL'er at minimum while cllCcldng clearance.
Ensure that the cllech is made to the paper tray itselfp and not
to the roller arms.
.

2. Raise the papt'r fr papt-'T tray ttlils and move

tray in the required din'dion.
PAPER
TRAY
7011)91

Fig-

3-~4.

P"per Tray End Play

3-25

3.

I."~"t~~.~~:~~~

REPAIR DATA

,

(r;o; ~\;.~o.;,.:
60n~~~?~.~:;.:;
••~~:...::;t

3. PAPER FEED

oj

..... -;....

...

~

1f

'~

o PalH!f Tray level
Check
1. Place the parallel bars on the tray in stack height position
(Fig. 3·56).

NOTE: If the tray stops too high to slide the paraTiel bars u
the sniffer tllbes, lower Ihe tray; then jog the poper troy lip " · •
inserting the tom!r clipstic1l between the sensing bar arm and the
tlctuator of £S14.
.

~

NOTE: Parallel bars must not raise the sniffer lubes.

Adjustment
1. Adjust the paper tray cable nuts to obtain equal clearance
(Fig. 3-58) if the clearance between parallel n and the
inboard and outboard sniffer tubes is not equat

NOTE: Exert'slighl downward pressure on the tray to take up
tlny slack in t~le cables.
.
2. Note the reading of the level at the mounting pad (Fig.
3-58).

o

o

7012043

Fi9: 3-56. Parallel Bars in Stack Height Position

.-.

iUU .

.

,

[

o
2. Raise the tray until it stops; turn off the machine.
3. Lower the sniffers to thE.' maximum down position.
4. Place the parallel bars as in Fig. 3-57.
5. While maintaining the balance of bar B on At slide the
parallel bars b('neath the sniffer tubes.

~

ADJUST

7011416

----', 1

~-~"r>

~";'-~
~.
,.~J~~~~~~~
.
.

SNIFFER

TUBES

.... --

"

PAD

LEVEL AT MOUNTING
LEVEL ON~~
PAPERTRAY~

P;\R/\LLEL

- INOOJ\fW
, ROLLER
70/1417

'-.....PARJ\LLEl. "A"
70/. /"5

FiU· 3·57. P.trly move the inbo4lrd and outboard
eccentric rollers until the level reads correctly.

N07'E: Parallel ban; must no/mise 'he sniffer lubes.
5. 'I'urn thl' machine off.
S. Datum sniffer tubl' should be on the 0.845 line (f'jg. 3-60).

('.

3.3.4 Sniffer (Right Angre Cam)
'fhe sniffer is checked at thrt"e positions: maximum down,
maKimum rise, and mmdmum up.

8 Maximum Rise Po~itioll

(

\

c

In tht' maximum down position. the sniffer is positioned a
certain distance away from the Jead edge of the paper. This
distance ensures that the correct amount of paper extends
b~yond the sniffer tube during feed to the A transport.

"he ma.ximum rise position is the highest point to which the

(

sniffer rises before it changes direction and moves toward the
A-transport.

(

The Dla.ximum rise position affects two things: 1) the distance
that the sniffer backs away from the paper guidc and 2) the
height of the lead edge of the sheet with respect to the nip
between the A-transport belts and the pinch wheels.
ll

(

"-.

c

1'he position of the sniffer in the ma.ximum up (home) position
determines how far the lead edge of the sheet is inserted into
the njp between the A-transport belts and the pinch wheels.

NOTE: The datum sniffer tube (second tube from the front)
must be used as a reference for all sniffer adjZlsimclZ ts. The
manufacturing specification lor sniffer lube alignment wilTz
respect 10 the dalum lube is :LO.OGO. If one of the other tulles
were used. an error of 0,060 could result.

Checks
o Down Position (Sniffer Released)

600T4

PARALLEL 'A·

'0.1~O SIDE)

7011422

Fig. 3-60~ Sniffer Rise Heioht and Back.up.

1. Refer to Fig. 3-60. Lift and hold the right-angle cam
follower into til(' conwr of the right-angle cam. Slide the
parallel bars and lool 600T4 undl'r the sniffl'r tubes and
bank bar B against thc paper guides. The datum tub£' should
be just touching bar B at the 0.925 line.

o Maximum Up Position (Home)
.

1. Set the unilevrr to the minimum paper length s('tting.
2. Place the sniffers in the maximum down position.
S. Place tht" parallt'l bars on the tray as shown in Fig. 3-59.

1. Rotate the sniffe>r cam and pI act" the sniffer tubt-s ill
"homp" position.
2. Rl'fl'r to Fig. 3-61. Hold til(! six-inch rllJ~ against theA-transport belts and check for a diml'llsion of 0.000 to
0.060 inches between the edge of the rule and the small
part of tlu' sniffer hlbt'.

0.845"
SCRIBEO LINE.

SfllFFER
TUBE

".

.

.

S" MECHANICS RULE
SNIFFER TuaE
(HOME POSITION)
~=:;c===~

PARALLEL 'A'

7011421

fig. 3-59_ Sniffer Down

~ IIAU,\'/NG:

\ "A' TRANSPORT DEll

lise only

llOll-UJI!ductitlp'

/Iw

IOller dips/ic/, or some olll.'r

material; LSI -1 has 120-t'o/( AC C01l1l('cl,~d to it.

-1, Jo~~ t!l(' p='Ill'r tray up by illscrtinj! til(' (011('1 dip5tid:
hl·h"".'(·n tlH~ S('n~ini! har arm .'md till' :tCllwtor ()f LS1.J.

RUl.E TOUGHING NECK
(on WITHIN 0.050"-)
Sr.Jwr[l~

TUi.t:-: POSITION

Fig. 3·61. SniffN

TlIhl~

rosition

3-27

3.

~~~~
-';" ·.A·~\'''-b~''~, ~
(}
.:.. ~:;:*':.~-'.~""-!':'~~."":":"~
t.'::
600P81722}:;:J
t-<.. ~ •""~"':\';';'~-;;';/1:;i'o/

REPAIR DATA

3. PAPER FEED

..

(t)

If any of the sniffer ('hecks are not as specified. the right-angle
cam must be adjusted to satisfy th~m. \Vhcnt"ver the right-angle
cam is movccl. perform an ~njffer checks to \'crify that th~y
ha\"'e not changpd.

UP

SNIFFER
TUBE

Adjustment

1. Remo\"c the paper f('('der top covers.
2. Remon- the unilcver control coyer and bf.'zel.
3. Plact" the eccentric cam follower In the middle of the
adjustment range (Fig. 3-62).
4. Perform the Sniffer Checks procedure again.

(2)

BACK '

1;)

o

o
SNIFFER CAM IN MID· RANGE POSITION

PAPER
GUIDE

70/J424tl)

.'~

Fig. 3-62. Sniffer Cam in Mid-Range Position
(3)
OOW~

5. Here!" to Fig. 3-63. Loosen locking nut and back off th~
right-angle back-up scr~w •
6. Loosen the right-angle cam mounting screViS just enough to
be able to mm,·c. the right-angle cam by hand.
'I .. Place the parallel bars and tool 6001'4 on the tray (lor Fig.
3-64).
8. With the left hand r.1oving the cam. and the right hand
pressing thE'. cam fo1lower into ihe corner of the cam,
position th€' cam so the datum sniffer tube is in the
maximum rise position and just touching bar B. Tighten
bottom screw.
9. Refer to 2 of Fig. 3-61. Pivot cam to obtain .025 position.
Tighten the top mounting screw to hold cam. in position.

J\ND L\l

o

.

~

,~~ER\£(~

C0

....;:;;;::,;.

70/203&

(4)

--:!!t'~

BACK

~p SCREW ~·~55O~~~T~~E

NUT

'I

'I

_

~

,'

,
MAX.

1'I " ' ,.........
" ;,.
II
to
I 10 :'50
~~

rr

RISE]:' MI\X. DOWN

SCRi:~E

097.5
(otv.:v.
U,>

t

ur'!E - - ]

posnIO~")

o

HOME POSITION
(ADJUST CAM
... ~ FOL~~~'~ER ECCENTRIC)

:

Dorro~.~ SET FOR
O,84!'i POSITION

1>"1 'A' TRANSPORT

CORNER Sf.:T FOR

o

==

PAPER
GUICE

t'-

6" MECtll\N'CS RULE

lOiJCHI~G NECK
(OH WlTtllN 0060")

,'_
-- 0.845 SCHBE Lli':=:..

10/203:>

',O/1425(1}
Fig, 3,G3. Riuht AIl[J1C' Cam

3-'-8

-t

fig. 3-611. Sniffer night

An~fl?

Carn

.

~

..~., ,~:.~".~::~:~::~\ .
600P81722', :~}

3.

'

.:.

Th
:~

.'
-•

REPAIR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

... .:~. '.~.:if::~~.:f

10. Plact- parallt-l bars as shown in (3 of Fig. 3-6~).
11. The datum sniffer tube should just touch bar B on tht'
0.845 lint-. If necessary, slightly loosen bottom screw.
gently tap th~ bottom of the ("am to satisfy thf.'
requirement. Tighten til(" bottom mounting screw.

NOTE: If the right-engle cam has been positioned correctly.
step 11 will Ilot have changed the maximum rise height and·
bacll-up position (0.925).
12. Jl£'check the maximum rise- height and back-up (0.925).

NOTE: ;\lalle sure the mOltnting screws are tight enough so that
you do not mOlle tile cam wlzile moving the cam follower to the
comer of the cam. If these two adjllstmen Is are performed ;n
the order give1l. it should not be necessary to readjust. If
. n'!adjustment. is necessary. start over and perform the steps
beginning with step 5. After a little expertise is gained in this
manner, these two adjustments can be made without any
.problem.

2. Lower the sniffers to the maximum down position.
3. Place bar B in slot of bar A and slide the paraU£.'J bars under
the sniffl'rs (Fig. 3-66). Ch:arance between the sniffer lubes
and parallel n should not exceed 0.015.

Adjustment
1. To adjust LSI/i. move the adjustable sensing bar to its
mid-range position.
2. PJace the sniffers in Ul(." down position.
3. Place the parallel bars as in Fjg. 3·66 and "jogt. the paper
. tray into the proper position using the toner dipstick to
actuate LS14.

NOTE: Parallel bars must not raise the sniffer lubes.
SNIFfER

TUBES

13. Tighten the mounting screws securely and recheck the
adjustmt-nts.
14. Place the sniffer tubes in the "homeu position.
15. Place a six-inch rule on the belts and check the snifft'r tube
position (4 of Fig. 3-64).
16. If necessary, adjust the sniffer tube cchom£'u position by·
moving thE." ~niff£.'r cam follower eccentric slightly.
70/1415

. NOTE: A small movement of the cam follOlver results in a
_ comparatir,tely large mO!.Jement of the sniffer lubes. Wizen the
~
........
-:.. a(ljustment is correctly made" the majority of the cam follower
t;~~tI10be ~lJill be toward the left side of the machine.
17. })('rform all sniff£'r checks to verify that you han' not
disturbE.'d tlw other adjustments.
18. Tighten the locking nut on the back-up screw.

3.3.5 Paper Trav Height {lS14. lS31, 2ml Cam Follower}
Check
1. Place the parallel bars under the sensing bar (Fig. 3-65) and
rais(' the tray until it stops. Turn the machine off.

Fig. 3-66. Pa?C!r Tray Height

4. Turn the mach ill{' off.
S. Place paralIc) bars as in Fig. 3-65.
6. PlaCE.' th(' sniffers in tllP "homeu position.

NOTE: Before adjusting LS14, ensure tlwt there is some
c1eamllcc bcllceCll the cam follower ane! sensing bar cam. If
there is ,1Oclearallce. bach of[ cam follolf.!cl" eccentric_

7.I..ooscn the locknut on tht' stop
stop screw (Fig.

scrcw~

then back orf the

~1;(7).

PAflALlEL '0'
70114?'6~1)

70n043

fig. :~-()!). Parallel Bars in Stack llci{jht Position

ftu- 367. ScnsiflfJ nar Switch I.S14

3·29

(
rl -'-1'-- ....\- -.#.,

3.

• ':-:~~~:.:1;.~{~~~~

REPAIR DATA

~::~. ~. ~oota ii.~*-~

3. PAPER FEED

' .•. ·'-f.· ~' •.• " ',_ •••.:!~,
.• ••• :....-.J~.,:...,..' ..-

,A'~

S. Loosen and back off the LS31 locknut and adju~ting screw.
9. Adjust the switch bracket until LS14 just actuates. tht"ll
back it off until LS14 just deactuates. Tighten the switch
bracket mounting screws securely.
.

.

J\·OTE: The LS31 OciUCl ting screw must remain cen tered ouer
the LS31 switch actuator.

10. Rt'pe-at the paper tray height check. Readjust if necessary.
11. To adjust LS14 overtravel. remove the parallel bars and
rcturn the sniffer to the &Chome" position.
12. Place 0.020 shim stock between the sensing bar arm and the
stop scrcw (Fig. 3-68).

18. To adjust the sensing bar cam fonower, place the snlffe~, _-'
the "home" position, Back off the locknut on the sen
bar cam follower eccentric, and adjust the eccentric 0 "obtain minimum clearancc betwecn the sensing bar cam and
the cam fonower (Fig. 3·69). Tighten cam follower locknut.

NOTE: 1{ the sensing bar eccen tric stop is removed, the cam
follower can be reached more easily. De careful not to bend the
inboard side fllllfer when raising the sensing bar with the
. eccentric stop removed (14·inch position).

SENSING BAR CAM~
(PART OF DOUBLE CAM)
0
-\
SENSING"
'BAR ARM

_

MIN. 0.001
f}' CLEARANCE

"'

,'!:Jj

(fROM LOBE TO
fOLLOWER)

?Oll428(1)

0.020" SHIM

A-r--

. Fig. 3-69. Cam Fotlower

~ t~

3.3.6 Low Paper Switch LS4
1. Lo,ver the paper tray_ Lay a 1/4 and a 7/32 Allen wrt'nch·
on the tray (Fig. 3-70).
.

TRAY

70/1 .. 27

BAR

F i 9. 3-63. Sensing Bar Switch LS14 Onrtravef

~~
...-:--

•

-

13. Screw in thE' stop screw until LS14 deactuates~ th£.'1\ back
tht' screw off until LS14 just actuates. TightC'j) the locknut.
14. Rt'tnove the shim st.ock.
15. Fro adjust LS31. place 0.010 shim stock between the sensing
bar arm and the stop screw.

(I

-1/

0

\

Q

LS-4

7/32"
ALLEN

WRENCH
(LS4

/\,011:;: Sniffers should be in the "Iwme'n position and the
$cllsing bar $/lOuld l)c hanging free.
]6. ~crl'W in the LS31 adjU5tin~~ sC'rew until LS~n just actuates.
11. 'I'i~htl'll the LS31 Joclwul. Remon.' the 0.010 shim.

ALLEN

ACTUATES) WRENCH
(LS4
OOr:SN'T
ACTU/,TE)

PAPER

TRAY
70/14\0

Fig. 370. Low Pl\ adjusting the vertical
3. SlidE" till' 1/4 Allen wrench out from undef the sensing bar.
height.
The- low paper switch should actuate. causing the tray to
6. '1'0 ch~ck the- rolling bar height, place the paranel bar as in
dE"~cend.
.
.
Fig. 3 ..73). 'fhe rolling bar should fit just below the cutout
4. If thl" abo\·c conditions arE.' not met,lower the' tray. turn till'
in parallel B. Adjust if ll£'ccssary.
powt..r off. remon' the switch co\"er, and back the switch off
enough so it cannot be actuated by the paper tray.
NOTE: Some early mac-1zilles IlOve 0 one-piece rolling bar
5. With the 7/32 Allen wll'nch in the same position as before,
brocket tTzat cannot be adjusted for lleigl11. On these machines
turn the power on and raise the tray until it stops.
it mo)' be possible to adjust for Ileiglzl by tipping lhe bracJzel;
6. Turn the power ofC. Adjust the switch until it just actuatE.'s.
. slightly.
Tightt-n the switch mounting screws (being carE.'ful not to
mo\"e the switch while tightening).
7. Turn lhe power on (the tray should dt$Cl·nd).
8. RE"peat steps 1 through 3 to cbeck the adjl1stnu.'nt.
MOUNTING
9 .. RE"place the switch coyer_ Adjust the switch con'r for
HARDWARE
clearancE" at the upper and lower limits of papt'r tray tran"
(Fig. 3·71). Check the clearance throughout the fun trawJ
of the tray.

(

(
ROLLING BAR JUST
TOUCHING INSIDE
OF PARALLEL'S'

, end of the rule against the paper guidl' (Fig. 3-72).
'rhe rolling
should contact the combination squart'
hl'ad. CIU'ck both ends of the rolHng bar and adjust the
rol1ing bar brackets if rcquired.

3.3.8 Side Fluffers and Corner SnublHHs
1. Before adjusting the side flu frer:>, use- 6·jnch scale to check
the sidc fluffl'r slots (Fig. 3-74)•.

bar

(
I

\

INBOARD
PAPER
GUlDE

(
"Q12041

fitl. 3-14. Sicl~ Fluffer

F(QLUNG

OAH
Fig. 3-12. Bollini) U.n Criu;kct

2. lIst' lhe l'nd of till' G-inch ~(·(tll' (0 dll'd~ til(' opt'nill}! of Uw
slot.. TIlt" ~lots should he Cn·l" (.)f dirt .mel burr:;. If both sll.)t
(1pl'Jlin~~~ ,tn' Ilot Clpproxim:l("ly ttu.' N'l1llt\ l('pl.ICC lhc" sidl'
fJurfl·l-~.

3·3

(
3.

~i;·~·~~~~~~~~,~~
J)
~~::.
~·~~':~·"'4:

REPAIR DATA

.~\'..: 600PB 1722

3. PAPER FEED

••..••" ,;:<;'''.

3. To adjust the side Ouffers and corner snubbers, raise the
tray to the corr(lct paper tray height. (Perform steps 1. 2,
and 3 of 3.3.7.)
4. Position the parallel bars as shown in Fig. 3-75.

CORNER SNUBBER PIN

(WITHIN illS" FfiOM

f)":r:

1. Place sniffer tubes in the uhon1c ) position.
}
2. Set the combination square to 1/2-inch.
~.
3. Bank the square against the paper gujde (Fig. 3-'17). T e .
fluffer tube should be within 0.010 of the end of the rule
4. Check both ends of the tube. .
..
• ~

BRACKET
PARALLEL. ' B'
(NOT IN SLOT OF 'A")

TOP OF SlDE FLUFFER
TUBE (EVEN WITH TO?
OF BAR 'e')
+1/32
-0
Sid~ Fluff~rs

PA?r=;R
TRAY

7011429
701143!>

Fig. 3·71. Front Fluffer and Snubber Brackets

and Corner Snubbars

5. The side snubber pin should be within 1/16-indl above
parallel bar B.
6. The tOl> of the side fluffer tube should be ev!'n with the top
of paratJe-J B (+lj32, -0).
1. To adjust, ·Ioosen the fluffer bracket screws. Obtain both
dimensions shown in steps 5 and 6 by moving the bracket.
S. Ch(lck the fluffer slots (Fig. 3-76). If necessary, adjust by
tilting tht" brackets until the slots ar~ paraHl'l to the paper
gUides. Re{"h~ck fluffcr height and enSUf(' that the snubbers
movE,' (n'rly throughout ti1£'ir full tr.aveL

5. Check that the snubber brackets are c~nter('d between the
sniffer tl\b~s within 0.020 (Fig. 3-78).

CENTER
0.020

CENTER
WITHIN 0.020

WITHI~

~ ..
.

SNIFFER
TUBE

7011430

Fig. 3-78. Snubber Bracket

6. Check that the C'nd slots of tlw nufft'r tuhe extend equally
past the edge of both snubber brackets within 0.060 (Fig.
3-79).

~~.:.:.l

~

fLUFFER

"PAPER GUIDE
(i-INCH MECHANICS
RULE PARJI.LlEL
TO PAPER GUIDE
70/1436

fiO. 3·1G. Flufh:r Slot

~.."

END
SLOT

..

....

\.

SNUBBER

TO? OF BAR)

fig. 3-75.

3.3.9 Front Huffer and Snubber Brackets
Check
t

j

Fig- 3·79. fIuffer Tuhe

,

.3.

REPAIR DATA
3. PAPER FEED

7. Place the parallcl bars under till." sensing bar (Fig. 3-80) and
raise the tray until it stops. Turn the machine off.

Adjustment Procedure
1. Adjust the snubbE'r brackcls to oblain the IJ2~inch
diml'nsion using the f('ar screws (Fig. 3·77).
2. Adjust the assembly .to th~ correct height (Fig. 3·82) and
securE' the low('r four scrc'ws (Fig. 3·77).
.

N07'E: While maldllg {ldjllstmclli. maintain centering 0/ Ihe
snubber brae/lets brlwecn sniffer lubes.
3. Center th~ fiuffer lube (Fjg. 3·79), using the Upper two
screws (Fig. 3-79). Tighten the upper two screws.

3.3.10 Flexible Snu~b2r.s
1.

"0 adjust
the
tray hdght.

flexiblc:- snubbers. raise- the tray to the correct

pap~r

2. l ..oost.·Jl the snubber mounting screws (J·'ig. a-83).
011 th~ tray as in Fig. 3·83. Check
that the sl1ubbE'rs Ji(. flat on parallel B and the snubber ends
an' eVPll with the l'dgl' of the paralJe" bar • .Remo\"E' and
reform the snubbers if nCCE'ssary.
.
4. "ightell the mounting scr(.>ws.

3. Place the paralll'1 bars

Fig. 3·80. Parallel Bars in Stack Height Position

8. l ..owPf the sniffers to the maximum down position. Place
parallel B in the slot of paralle) A and slide the parallel bars
under thE'. sniffl'rs (Fig. 3-81). Clearance brtw(,E'Jl snifft'T
tubes and paralic) B should not exceed 0.015.
N01'E: "his ensures that lhe Iray is at the correct height for
maldng tile fluffer checks.
SNIFFER

TUBES

PAPER GUIO:::S
(14"POSITION)
s~uaBER

BRACKET)

Sf'..'USS::R

BRACKET

SNUBBER
(EVEN WITH EDGE
OF BAR'S')

Fig. 3-81. ParaJlel Bars in Correct Tray Height Position

9. Place the paralJc) bar and tool 600T<1 as in Fig. 3-82. ThE'
bottom of the fluffcr tube should be flush with Ull' top of
600T4 within 0.030.
600T4
(0.750 SlOE)

70/1433

rig. 3-83. n'.:!xihtc Snubber

3.3.11 Sniffer Vacuum

Fig. 3·82. Front FluffN Height

1. Clll'd. the Wit'r hort l\'~ for di rty filt ~'T=, _mel Il·elks. Ciwct:
tilt' ilil" hO=-'l'$ for l:inl:s it:HI h-aJ;s.
2. nisahh· the.' dt'H-!u!l;>r dri\-,' Jlwtt ... by raisin~ til\'
out hoard dr-H·lupt·r Jatc:h.
3. Hot.,h· thl' p:IPl r fl'l'(kr ('am :--0 tll(' sllirrt'r is positimwd
:,( rna~imllm down.

3.

~f£~?1~~~';~7'~~i~'

REPAIR DATA

\

i:!'r: 'SOOP8112l-J;
'< ~: ,-:. '.'.~,: :ri'5"':;-:'~::;'

3. PAPER FEED
4. Conn£>cl vacuum gauge 600TlJ29 to the outboard sniffer
and block the otlll'r sniffl'rs (l·-ig. 3·84). J)n'55 the- START
PRIXT button. Sniffer vacuum should be 12 .±. 0.5 inches.

-

(

be sk('wcd, Paper cut with a dull or nicked guillotine bilade
which crimps lhe ShC'l-[S together prf!\"ents proper fluffing 0 , ]
the sheets_ Fanning will help this situation. In fact, everyl
put into the palu:r tray should be> fanned (c\-cn 402·1).
.
-"V

Papl'r feeding prohlems causecl by c:Kccssin' curl can sorn('times
be reduced by turning the paper over in thl! tray.
Greater paper' rl'l~djng reliability for papcrs whose weight,
stiffnpss. and finish differ from 4024 can be achieved by
custom tuning the machine.

~

1

~

Areas of Custom Tuning
Many paper fc('dcrs have been customized in a variety of ways
in an attempt to improve feeding. You will find, however, that
in most cases you will optimize paper feeding with any given .
paper if you limit customizing to two areas - sniffer· vacuum
and flu fring.

SNIFFER VACUUM:

12! 0.5

~

~
NOTE: Custom tuning should not be attempted until after
performing the Paper Feeder Systematic Alignmerztprocedures
(3.3).

7011439

Fig. 3-84. Sniffcr Vacuum

5. If the gauge docs not read as specified. adjust the sniffer
rdief vah'e (Iocatpd to the right of the filter bottle
asst'mb'y)~

6. II tilt" correct vacuum cannot bt' obtained by adjusting the
n,nef \-alvl'. inspt·ct the \'ah'e for leaks. dirt, and damage.

NOT};: Tile sniffer air path may become bloc!lcd by dirt
around the spirol pill Uwl attaches the cam follower arm to the
sniffer tube (Fig, 3-85.) If necessary~ remOl-'e the plug Gnd hose.
and dean with a paper clip.

Sniffer Vilclium

The correct sniff('r yacuum will vary between clifferent papers
d('pending on various cliaractt"ristics. For example, tlw porosjty~
of paper varies, and with the nlore porolls papcr t the, s . ' · ~
\'acuum (at a givcn pressure) wi~l have a grcatl'r lcmden
attract the second shcct in the stack as well as the fil'sf.. Even it \.
this d.oE's not result in a completc double pick t it can cause ;,
enotlgh of a pjcl~ to puB the second sheet over one or both of
the snubbers. (This is known 2S second-sheet advancement.) In
most cases. second-sheet advancemen t eflds up a<; a skewed
feed. Other parameters that dircctly influence thc sniffer·
,"acuum setting ate the stiffness and thickl~ess of a sheet of
paper.

Fluffing

Fig. 3-85, S!'liffcr Tubc, Outboard End

3.4 P"ller Feeder Custom Tuning
3.11. 1 Introduction
This suh:"I:('tioll l'xplaills thl' modifications of specifications to
optimiz(' till' ff'('dillr~ of papt'rs ollll'r thal1 Xerox ~1021.

P.tPl'T w('i~~h t t 5t ifftwss. cut, curl, and fjni~;h are
dlanldl'ristks whkh may affN:t p=lpl'r fl'Nling rl'li~hility.

,Ill

So Ill(' p"per;; will h·('(l JI'SS l"(·1iahly r('~ardll'~s or whal
adjld IIWllls "n' m till' dcgrl'f.' of separation is
less, and this m~tkes it harder to d£'tcrminc whether or not
the top shec'ls im' mat.h'd under the snubbers.
2. The top sliC't'ts in tilE' stack should be level with respect to
the sniffl'r, so all fOllr sniff('rs can pick the- lop sheet
equally. 'fhis abo helps to achieve prop(,f separation.
Levelness is assun~d Whl'Il lhe top shed is being blown up
against all four snubbers, assuming, of course, that sllubber
hpil~ht is {"orre-d. (It is common practice. to run 13- and
14-inch paper with lht' corm'r snubbers out of the system
for }ll'UN rl'liability.) It is f('(:omnwndc.·d. however, thal
wh(,11 you are- dll'd~jtl~ or adjllst.illt~ till' fluffing, you fto,l\'C
tlt(· COrJ)N snuhlwl's ill plac\'. SOllW thin~s that can caus~.(:
top slu.'pt not lo he }('n'} an~ as follows:
fl.
Kinkt·" fiu rf('r hos('s w hkh f('st rkt ~lir flow.
b.
(:,

d.

Uuclt-rsil.l' or lHll'\'l'U slots in til(' ~idl' fJufrl'rs.
\
Sid" f1urf,')' slots not pl'l'1wndiclll.,r to lIH' paper slack
within fin· dl'l~rt-(·s.
A frout slluhhl'l" hr.u·l;d too c1o~(· to tilt' It-ad l'(t~(.' of
thl- 1):IPl'" !'{ad: :-0 that fill' sht'('(s dr:,!! &I:,!ainst it.

3.

REPAlfl DATA
3. PAPER FEED

. ".~ On till- 7000 thN~ arc two ways to adjust fluffing: lower or.
...
raise the stack height, or adjust tht" amount of Dufrrr air. Th£'
. • . most common nuffing probJ~m is that th£" side fJuffers arc too
.
low (or the stack is tOt) high). causing the top sheets to mat
under tht' corner snubbers. This condition can bE' correctl-d
t.-ithcr by adjusting the sensing bar to lower stack height. or by
adjusting till' fluffer relief valv(> to rl'duc(' the amount of fluffer
air.

NOT};: Chcch IIwllhe plastic flllffcrbar operates smootllly end
is free of burrs. If the bar binds, replace il.

3.4.2 Sniffer Vacuum
Purous p~tpers allow air. to blc(-d through the top sh(>et and
attract tilE.' s(-cond sheet during pickup by the sniffer. To reduce
this e(ft'ct, you must lower the sniffer vacuum whf"u using
porous papers. On th£" oUll'r band, you must increase th£' sniffer
\·acuum W'lE.>ll using hp&lvy weight or ,'ery stifr papers to allow
tht' top shet't to bt, picked up. 1'0 custom tune thp sniffer
,·acuum. liSt" the sniffer vacuum relief valve (located to the right
of the filter bottle assembly) to decrease the \'acuum until the
ft>('dl'r mispicks a sheet; then turn the valve in the oppositl"
direction about one-half turn.

3.4.3 Fluffing

Checlr"s paper. Press the START PRINT
~.

,..

':.

button.
2.Ik-lwl'cn sniffer cycks. raise the papE>r tray con.'r· and llst·
inspection mirror an d light to observe thl" separation of thl"
. top sllE'(,ts.

-~.~OTE: j\1a/~c
~

sure the inspection mirror does not block the

-. _ . flllffcr air.

Proper Fluffing
With proper fluffing. the top six to tt'n sheets 5110;'11d han' good
s("paration. Cf1l'ck tht.> fluffing at both side fluffers and across
till' 'l'ad t>dgC' of tht, papE'r stack. Chl"ck the contour of th~ top
shed of papt-r. It should neith('r sag nor arch, but rather should
slopt· from tilt' snubber back to the roning bar a5 shown in Fig.
3-86A.
Tht' lower photo. Fig. 3·86B. shows that the pap~lr should bt'
flat and It>\·£.'1 acros.o; the lead l'dgl' of til(' paprr stacl:.'fhp papl'r
should coutctct aU snubbers. with no nutted Ilg of tlw pap('r at
thl" point wlwre it contacts til(' stluhbNS.

~. ~

-·~l!tJl1{tll£;]WJ;~~~~~~?,;~

~

..,

.~;·:~~.~~~il;;i7i.:f~:?%-~~tP.f:~$.sr~;

... '\.:"~:~"..-:.

.' ~s j..~1:..1.1-·r:/7;.."'z'{.;:'fii"'':;;P'.;;:'>:~-c--~"

~ .

~~;::~
~4.'<"

l:~ii~._f.f.
'... :':.'j~h,_;,f/~r
-._'..?j.....,

r

I." ..:"., .......

J

~
:",~::.,,"'"!.".~;.~.l.
t ~ ... : : ..:.::.~,.~ ,~..... ~~!'~~
I

.'!.:""""

\

::~;.,:",

l3-).:::::lo.
I:. . .iX-~r.i:.J.
... ,fr
·::'.lIE;;'
:1 1.....- r-.
\- .. ~

q

•.

....

.; 1~:-c-~7}~~~~t'"

/;,~"'~~::t:,\t~ l-~'~r~'

f,.:~,\,.-,:,-, ,.; , , ,' lj.<~·.~.1

....,!tf-·....
. E·..:~".~~\oo~fooi;...:~t~~~~
. . , ·. .·. ·-,.~· . . ··;i·~I:.;·~~~:·

-.

~~~~ '"W~~l. \. (::.~

::::-~~;-~ ~~.i'-'(:.. '~

·.::(~~~""~!'!""1;!"•..t.1~~ I~!;i

-~~."

~--:";':"-!-2-1L·

Fig. 3·8GA, Propf!r Fluffinil -- Outh,l.lrd Vif!W

3·35

-""~'-:~:':t.?:~~
~~;~

3 .. REPAIR DATA

• ~".'. ·• ..~..... t;.~ ..... ~

3. PAPER FEED 4. SNIFFER AND FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM

....

:;r.·;- .:... •"~·;'~~~::;~7.:;J

Correct Overfluffing - 7000

Undcrfluffing

Undernuffillg can be recognized by observing the paper stack
with the inspection mirror. Only a few sheets will be separated.
a~ In Fig. 3·S7C. and the contouroC the top sheet sags from the
snubber to the rolling bar. The top sheet also tends to flutter
against the snubbers.

r ......

~.~:.'. 600P81722

.

_

.....,

To correct ove.-nuffing in the 7000. lower the paper sta.c
.J
adjusting the sensing bar. 1f proper fluffing cannot br obtaI
""
open the fluffer relief valve located to the left of the filler.
. bottle assembly to decrease the flow of fluffcr air.

,

Correcting Underfluffing -- 7000
To correct underfluffing in the 7000. raise the paper tray by
adjusting the sensing bar. If proper fluffing cannot be obtained,
close the fluffer relief vaIn' to increase the fiuffer air flow.

4. SNIFFER AND FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM
The major components of the sniffer and fiu[fer air system are
shown in l'ig. 3-88.

4.1

it --

'. .
f..~-'IIRe'!i!!Ji'M:'~-Y
1~
~~

!-~

Fig. 3-87C. Underfluffing - Outboard View

..

Fluffer and Air Pump Filter Bottles and Fluffer Relicf
Valve

1 .. Removal procedures arc obvious.
,
2. \Vhen removing a fiuffer or air pump filter bottle, retain the ~
gasket. for re-use. When replacing a filter bottle, band-turn
until it is snug. Do not force.
3. Adjust fluffcr relief valve to achieve conditions in Fig.
3·sSA/3-86B for proper fluffing.

4.2 Sniffer Vacuum Valve
1. Removal procedures are obvious.
2. Afte.r replacing the sniffer yacuuin valve t adjust the valve
(3.3.13).

.,

.,j

~'\

FLUFFER FILTER BOTTLE

OP.AIN COCK I S COVERED IN
COMPRESSOR AND PUFfER
SECTION

fig. 3-8B. Air Pump. l.ociltion of Major Components .

3-36

70/14~5

,-~

. 3. REPAIR DATA'
4. SNIFFER AND FLU FFER AIR SYSTEM

. ... .... --:.., ....... .:"

•
'~

~

4.3 Air lIose Fitting (Without Tag 2t)
Replacement

.

,

1. When replacing, insert hose into nut (Fig. 3·89).
2. Push insert into JlOse.
3. Firm)y SC:tt insert into fitling) then finger-tigilt£,ll nut 1·1/4
turns.

,

~~NUT
lNS!:RT ~~~iR~~

INTO HOSE

®

support.
4. Loosen the shaft setscrews inside the flexible coupling»
and slide the flexible coupling toward the air pump
(Fig. 3·91).
5. Support the IDotor with one band, loosen and remove
both motor clamps, then lower the motor onto the ream
of paper.

'"\.'.J-INSERT

ARMLY SEAT INSERT INTO fiTTING.
lliEN FINGER-TfCtffEN NUT

~~

-

@)

....

~

,NOT};: 1.10tor B9 call be replaced withoul removing the entire
o.ir pump cmd motor assembly.

1. Uemo\"c the snjffer hose, then remove the air filter
assembly.
2. Disconnect all wires from the motor.
3. Place an ullopE"nec1 ream of paper under the niotor for

CD INSERT HOSE INTO NUT

® ruSH

4.5 Air Pump Motor (B9)
Removal

INSERT FiniNG

NUT
llGIiTEN NUT I-V4 nJRNS
7011446

FLEXIBLE COUPLING

Fig. 3-89. Air Hose Fitting (Without 13g 21)

(CENTER BETWEEN SHAFTS)

4.4 Modular Air Hose Fittings (With Tag 21)
Machines with Tag 21 have the modular air fittings pictured in
Fig. 3-90. With these fittings) all nuts) nipples and inserts used
with pre-rrag 21 are eliminated.

"

. NOTE: Tile O-lillg end spring dip llsed on Tag 21 modular
fillings are field replaceable. (Sec Field Reference A1amwl.
hapter 1).
'

~.
,
:'

,.<

t~

.

AOAPTER- MALE TO MALE

ELBOW

~.'S}
~

0A
U~

ADAPTER

CROSS-WITH SIDE PORT STUD

ADAPTER - fEMALE TO MALE

MALE TO fEMt\LE

TEE
70/1441

Fig.3-90. N'lOdulLlr Air ,Fittings (With Tag 21)

MOTOR

MOU~nING

BRACKET
70/1448

Fi9. 3 ·91. N'lOtor.. Coupling. and Air Pun~p

3.

1(Z~~~l~~

f.\~ (iOOP811-2'2~~~

REPAIR DATA

~!":.~~~~:~~::~~~,~~.......

4. SNIFFER AND FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM

".,

Relltaccment

.

1. Align motor properly before re-tighicning motor damps.
Mak(' sure the fll'xible cO\lpling is properly adjustf'd (-1.G).

Adjustment
1. l.ooscn the screws of the motor c1 nm11s.
2. Rotate the motor to obtain 0.810 ± O.OGO between the
capacitor damp amI base plate as shown in Fig. 3-92.

4.6 Flexible Coupling
Adjust ment

,

1. Loosen the setscrews on the coupl!ng~ and center the
coupling on the motor and air pump shafts (Fig. 3-91).
2. Making sure the setscrews are oyer Uu: flats of the shafts
deform the coupling to obtain the indicated 0.100 mini~
mum clearance shown. Tighten the setscrews to 60-65
in/lbs.

NOTE: Internal rusUng of the pump can occur while the
mac11ille (or the pump itself) i:> stored ill high humidity conditions. This rusting may eventually result in binding.
All effective and reliable repair procedure is to turn tile pump
sluzll with a wrenclz until the shaft turns freely. Normal machine
operation will prevent any reoccurrence of tile bilzding and no
redltctioll in pump efficiency will result.

BASt: PLATE

CAPACITOR

CA lffION: Under no circumstances should oil or any other
lubricant be llsed in tllC air pump. Oil tends fo gum up under
normnl operation, causing the carboll L'anes of tile pump to fracture. If that happens. tile air pump has to be replaced.

CLAMP
SCREVIS

(2 PLACES)

F i 9. 3-92.

70"~49

Motor Oit Hotes A1i~;)ment

.~
"

'<'

,- ,- :'~.(-:::':'"":?':~:~i:~~'"3

.3.

.'~ .: 60~:.~~?~1~

l~~ ~~~- ......-.,..~-,

REPAIR DATA

4. SNIFFERAND FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM

.

. , . 4.7 Air Pump and Motor Assembly
'"
Removal
th~ sniffer hose. thl'n remove the air filter
ass~mbJ'y. Disconnect tl1E~ hoses· from the air pump. For
easi~r handling of tht' air "ump and motor assembly th~

1. Remon'

motor may bl' re;noved first (3~92).
2. Loosen the inbotsrd hardware and remove the outboard
hardware from the base plate and remo\'c the assembJy.
3. SE't the motor back into its mounting bracket. With tht'
aid of a combination square scribe- a line on the base pJatE'
parallel to the motor shaft. Remove the motor and scribe
a line parallel to the air pump shaft. The air pump and/or
hlotor moun ting bracket may now be removed Crom the
base 1)late (Fig. 3-93 cmd Fig. 3-94).
.

\

(

(

B9

70"~50

(

Fig. 3-93. Orientation of Pump and Motor

(
Replacement

(

1. When replacing the motor and the air pump use a combination squme to align their shafts with th~ scribed lines
on the base plate. Tighten the air pump and the motor
mounting bracket. The motor may now be removed from
its mounting bracket for easier assembly replacement.
2. Lift the assembly into the machine; engage the slots of the
base plate with the inboard hardware. Install the outboard
hardware and tighten the base plate.
3. Replace the coupling and the motor and adjust both com.
p()nents (Fig. 3-92 and Fig. 3-93). Connect the air pump
hoses.
4. U£"place the nufre: and air pump filter bottle assembly.

(

PUMP SHAFT
LOCATING POINTS
MOTOR SHAFT
LOCATING POINTS

12" RULE

o

()

()

o

0

0
70'14~

(

Fig.3-94. Pump ancl Motor Location Template

(

(

(

(

4.8 Reversing the Base Plate
rfhe slots in the bas£" plate of the air pump and motor assembly.
should bE' toward the inboard side of the machine. If they are
not Ow baSE' plate must be reversed while the ass(~mbly is out of
ttJ(' machine (Fig. 3-95).
1. IJOc'ate the motor shaft: Scribe 2 points at 2.630 :t 0.020
from (1)(~ outboard side of the base plate with th(' aid of it
combination squar<>.
2. L()cat<· the pump shaft: Scribe 2 points ;It 2.6(il :~ 0.020
from the outho.ud sidl' of the base plat(' with Hu.' ,tid of a
(~(Jm hi mtlion sq uare.
:·t Alien the shafts of the ~tir pump and motor with lhdr
oUlho-:. '~l
~-:~~-IJ~
4-', .

"RIVE
ROLL[R
r

.,.

~~111}
t1~U

~.
...........

~
~

'"

MOWI~H"!G

OHAO.£T

Fig. 3·97. 1\ T.alls,)ort P"r"lldi:;1ll

70114,:(1)

~

"

:.:~:~-~:~.;:~~~~

·S.

... 60~P~~72~::~J

5. A TRANSPORT

/~~ ··5~2.t\· ·'A.Transport

.Z.· Adjustment
1. Hemove

Adjustment.

Chain amI Gear Mesh
.

the de\-eloper assembly (9.1). Remove the gear

',f.

covpr.
2. Loosen the two nuts indicah·d (Fig. 3·97 A).
.
3. Grasp the double sprockt.-t and pull down ~nd to the nght
until chain is taut and there is only a s1Jght amount of
backlash be-tween the gears. Retighten the nuts.
•
4. Manually rotate the main drive motor shaft CCW and Insert
one thickness of 20·10. bond paper between the gears~ as
shown.
5. Continue to rotate the main drhre motor to remove the
papf.'r.
.
h
6. Clu'ck the papf.'r. \Vhen the drive is correctly adJusted~ t e
papt'r will be well·corrugated by the gear teeth but untorn.
7. Replace the gear cover. Ueplace the devel~per assembly.

\.

(

REPAIR DATA

LOOSEN TO
ADJUST

1. Us~ micrometer bolder 600·f753. micrometer 600T52.
and 2 to 3 inch extension 600T53 to adjust the catch tray
relath-e to the drum sltaft.
2. Adjust the tray to the dimension shown (both inboard
and outboard) in Fig. 3·99.
3. Tighten the mounting screws and rc-check the. distance
between the tray and the drum shaft. fie-adjust if
necessary.
NOTE: The multi·shccl sensor- beail guard (55P754) has been
catlcelled. Wilen it Was issued. the bead guard prevented stray
developer beads from falling Oil the cellier of the A 7'rcmsport
onel octuatillg the hwlti-sllecl sellsor. With tile cUl-in of the
Developer Cotch Tra;)' (50P745). the beacI guard has not only
become sllpCl/luo us. but ;11 some cases, it has been rleflected
into tile roller by the tray and has caused rejects. !llake sure it
has been removed wllell you llre installing or adjusting the De~eloper Catch 'Pray.

PAPER TO BE WELL
COf!HUGATEO BUT

(

UNTORN

x=o 195 +0.010
•

(USE 2-TO-3INCH

-O~IOO)

(

(

X

-A-

~~.

7011371 CI'

&

Fig. 3-97A. A Transport Drive Chain Adjustment

(

10/,455

. 5.3 Drive Roller

Adjustment

Fig. 3-99. Developer Tray

.

1. Loosen setscrew on bearing.
2. Using combinJtion square) push sprod:et so the end of tht'
shaft is 1.3·10 jnch~s ± 0.005 from' A' transport fram('.
'fighten setscrew.
3. Loosen setscrew on' coUar and shim to 0.005 as shown
(Fig. 3-98). 'I'ighten setscrew.

(

(

5.5 Reject/Count Switch lS8 and Jam Detector Switch lS27
Removal
1. Remove Uw developer assembly (9.1).
2. Remoye the catch tray (5.11).
3. Remo\,(' the appropriate co\'er on the A transport) unsolder the switch wires. and t("move the switch.
4. After replacement adjust the switch (beJow).

¢aREMOVE PLAY

Adjustment

(

COLl.t,R
SETSCREW

NOTE: Adjustment is smm! {oz- switches 1...S8 and 1.1S27.

rO.005SHIM

(

1. Position the actuator witbin

th~ clearance slot as in Fig.

3·100.

nG1

(

COL~

DRIVE
ROLLER

(

OUTBOARD END

INBOAHD END
1011'054

(

~. 5.4

fi9. 3·98.

Drive Holler

Developer Catch TflIY

~-.-.. Helno';,11

(-

"

,-

I

~~-c;.

TRANSPORT.

...

~

1. H('mOH' tht' d('V('loJwr a!'>sC'mLly. Rt'll)m'(' the c,llch lw,Y
mOllntin;! Sl'l"('\'.'3 itllc1 rpmon' the catch tray.

1011 .. 56

Rcplilcemcnt
1. Hc'plaC'€.· catch tray and adjust (below).

FiU- 3·100. Hcject/Collnt Switch (LSr.) or

J.Hll

Oetector Switch (LS27)

3.

REPAIR DATA

'~£}.:~~-l~. . .

fO. :.~. ii(ioP81~722i:'?
~: .. ~: '~::.;. :,:-.~:.~-.!:;;

5. A TRANSPORT

5.6 Pinch \'Vheel Assemblv
Removal
1. Slid~ the developer back. Remove the drum.
2. Remove the reject tray.
3. Remove th~ multi-shE"~t sensor (5.7).
4. ·Remove the- hardware and slotted flange from the outboard end oC the pinch wheel shaft. ltemo\-e the shaft
through the drum cavity.

NOTE:

Individual pinc11 wlleels can be removecl from the

llssembly Gild replaced without affecting any adjustments_

..

5.7 Pinch Wheel Shaft Emf Play
Adjustment

-~.1t~
~

I.' 1..o05en setscrew in collar (Fil!.3-102).
2. Relll0ve play in shaft by stiding shaft outboard:
3. Insert a 0.003 shim between frame and collar. (Maximum
gap allowable- is 0.005 inch.)
4. Tighten setscrew.
. .
5. Remove shim.

Repfacement
1. Reillace the pinc11 wheel assembly.
2. Arljust pinch wheel assembly parallelism.
3. Adjust pinch wheel shaft end-pJay.

I) lOOSEN
SETSCREW

Adjustment
.. Pinch Wheel Shaft ~araflelism-Adjust as· ill Fig. 3-10l.

. .~~.~Jl.
~
::::- ~

....

®SET RllLE TO TOUCH PINCH
WHEEL SHAFT. NOTE
REAPING AND RELATIVE
HEIGHT OF SHAFT TO RULE.

CD BANK

SQUARE AGAI~':ST
INBOARD PAPER GUIDE SO
THAT BOTTO~~ OF RULE
RESTS ON TOP OF PAPER
GUIDE.

® REMOVE

.~

SHIM

701'458
@AOJUST OUTBOARD
END OF PINCH WI-EEL
SHAFT TO IN80A~:W
SETTING (VERT::::AL
AND HORIZONTAL)

... ..,J

t

O~

Fig_ 3-102. Pinch WheeJ Shaft End-Play

0

Jz~~'1
°-1U

~

t --~

lOOSEN TO
ADJUST
VIEW FRO~.t FRONT
OF MACHINE

@

BANK SQUARE AGAINST OUTBOARD

GUIOE AS IN ST EP I.

Fig. 3-101.

7011457

Pinch Wheel Shaft Assembly Parallelism

,~
(

. 3.

REPAIR DATA
5. A TRAI'JSPORT

-

...
<.;=. 5.8 Pilper Guides
Removal

.

Removal

.

.

1. Remon- the pinch wheel assembly (5.6) to gain access to
the paper guides.
2. Remove the paper guides.

Replacement
1. Replace in reverse orde-f of removal.
2. After replacing the paper guides, replace the pinch wheel
as.c;pmbly.

-....

Adjustment
.. \

....

1. Loosen the screw securing the support to the pinch whee)
shafl Slide the paper guide support on the. shaft to obtain
a 3/32-inch separation between the paper guide and the
adjacent pinch wheel, as in the upper view of Fig. 3-103.
2. While maintaining the 3/32-inch separation, pivot the paper
guide support until the paper guide is parallel with the A
. transport belts, as in the center view of Fig. 3-103. Retighten the screw.

(

1. I..oWN pappr tray Hnd remo\'(' copy paper.
2. Disconncct powcr from machine ..
3. Rerno\"(' dc\·eJoper ass('mbly (9··J) and xerogntplJic drum
assembly (8.2).
4. R('mon: f£',it.·ct tray.
5. Disconnect mulLi-sh<-ct !i.(>nsor COlllwctor.
6. Remove four sets of mounpng hardware· (Fig. 3.10.1).
(Access to the hardware CliO be oJJtained from both the
paper feeder side and rt..'jN:t side of the multi-sheet sensor).
'I. Turn thE:' multi.sh~et SE:'llsor 90 degr('es to clear pinch
\vbp£,} assembly and rerno\:c through reject tray area.

Replacement

_

1~ Install multi-sheet sensor and finger lighten

the mounting
hardware.
2. Re-connect multi-sheet st-llsor connector.
3. Adjust the muUi-shcct sensor position side·1Q-side by .
centering allyil at the knurled portion of the A tntllsport .
toner (Fig. 3-104).

I

\.

.~ TRf,NSPOrtT HOLLER

® CENTER

(KNURLED PORTION)

®

(

ANVIL AT

CENTER OF KNURLED
- PORTION

PLACE A 2" WIDE
STRIP OF PAPER BElWEEN "t.' TRANSPORT
ROLLER AND MULTI-

SHEET SENSOR

ANVIL~
--~-..,..---

ANVIL

-A'"
TRANSPORT
BELTS

(

(
0.078 2 0.016 (CHECK UNDER
BOTH BELTS WHICH SPAN

(

l"HE GUIDE)

l_

70/14~9

(

Fig. 3-103.

Paper Guide

.

3. Loosen tl1l' screw indicated in the lower view of Fig. :1-103.
V('rtically adjust the paper guide to obtain 0.078 ± 0.016.
ineh s('paration betw£'en th(' paper guidc' and the hE'll.
Rt'lightt'n th(· scrf'w.
.
4. Ih'pe,1t st(·ps 1 through 3 for the oUwr petper guide.

'.

•

/1.'01'1::: Sprilll.!'" Oil the multi-sheet sensor (lsscmbTy call be
TemOFcd allc! rep/aced wi/flout removing the asscmMJ' or affecl-

~':: "djll.'/IIIC1I/S.

.

Fig. 3-104. Multi-sheet Sensor (Side·to·Side Adju:;tmeO!)

4. If it was Il('CCSsary to loosen pineh ro}J<-r hardware adjust
the pinch ro1Jl'r sh;lft (5.6 and 5.7). 'J'l1<'11 clwcl~ adjuslm('nt of til(> P'IPl'1· gUides.
5. Rcpla<.:e and mljust r<'jt'ct tr.1)"_

NOTE:
tray.

5.!} Multi·Sheet Sensor Assembly
.

70/1460

Chctcl: that

wire'S from

lS9 Clrt~

110/ strained

by rcJ"c(

6. n('pla('(~ x('r(>i~raphic: drum ill1c1 clpn'lopl'f as!wmlJt)_
7. COl\lwc:1 POWN to t fi{' maehinp.
.
8. Adju'\t !lluH j·slwd st'lI:-l)r d(·'H~m("t'.

3·43

3.

REPAIR DATA

r~~:M-~~~'

5. A TRANSPO AT

": ·'~-:.600P81.122
~f!-':'.~.:'_~ ~.:'.,!-:'~:,;~.. :

Adjustment

• 1.,•. --::::::;"~.~..yo""'
10

FEELER GAGE

1. Ciu,'ck position of anvil. Ih·fer to Replacem~nt.
2. With mac:llinl' power on. turn the NORMAL knob of the
PRfN'j' DENSITY CONTROL CCW until it clicks off.
3. Remove the copy pa1>l'r from the paper tray_ Position til(>
tray aI.lproximat('ly midway in its vertical travel.
4. l~ift till' s('nsing bar to light READY indicator. Press
START PRINT. Lift Uw paper tray cover.
5. If the rl'ject sOll'noid does not energize. loosen the
locking setscrew and tunl the
shaft slightly to
decrease the clearance.
6. Repeat st!'p 5 until the correct clearance is obtained.

0.00'5

'~"TRANSPORT
IDLER ROLLER

".

(ON TOP OF PAPER)

.'-.

/

~
'/
2--;,i"WIDE

~

CUSTOMER'S

~.\

PAPER

ANVIL

NOTE: If the cllstomer is using more than one brand or type of
copy paper, mlllli-slzect sei,sor clearallce sllould be cllecl:ed for
each thickness llsed.

.

STRIP OF

v ....

cam

.

'

"An TRA1.ISPORT

i"T
IDLER ROLLER
I

5.10 Reject Solenoid Assembly
Adjustment
1. I ..oosen screws (two places) and nuts (four places) as shown
in Fig_ 3-106.
2. Set 3/S-inch dimension with reject arm in contact with
reject Ie-vcr. stop pin (on· frame), and pin of solenoid
pJung(·r. "ightt'll t \va screws.
3. Adjust for 0.015 minimum cll'ar~tJlce on cact) side of reject
arm as shown in bottom view. 1'ighten four llutS.
4. Ctlt a 2- to a-inch strip of customer's paper and fold it so
that 2 inchcs from tile end, the paper is single thickness and
then becomes double thk.kness_
5. Insert the single thickness between the multi-sheet sensor
anvil and the A-transport idler roller (Fig. 3-105). Feed the
paper at the same speed and angles as paper is normally fed.
B~ sure Urat the pupcr do!'s not buckle.
6. Check {hat solenoid is not cl1t'rgizcd with a single thickness
but is ent"rgizcd with a double thickness.
7. Loosen locking st.'tscr~\\' (Fig. 3-105) and adjust as tt.'quired.
'l'i~hten setscrew.

LOCKING SETSCREW
70/1461

Fi9.3-105. Mu,ti-sheet sensor

NUT
(4 PLACES)

.. :
BOTTOM VIEW

OOO~~~T
-~~~~.

'-._ •. .,...--.J

0.015 MIN. CLEARANCE
ON EACH SIDE OF

REJECT AHM
10/1462

Fig. 3-106. Reject Solenoid (L4) Assembly Adjustment

~

~J
\.

,

3-11'1

· .... ~'~:~;:",.: I~:~~~~
600P81722. ;~~

3,.

REPAIR DATA
5. A lRANSPO RT

.•

.-.------~.~.~.~~-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

'·4

5.11 Reject Shaft AssemblVI Reject lever, and Reject Arm
Removaf

SLOT ®ADJUST
SHAfT
TO OBTAIN
0.015 MIN.
i
ClEhRANCE

~

1. Rcmo\'c th~ d('n'Jop~r ass('mhly (4.1). Jh~~lO\'~ the I)"p('r
fccdl"r control cover and the le,lf doors.
2. Disconnect th~ vacuum hosE' and remove the air du(:t.
3. Slide thE' belts :lsjd~. Remo\'c thc bE'ad guard and till'
co\"(~r bE'ncath the bead guard.
4. Remove the mounting hardwc"tre for the reject shaft
assembly. R('Jnovc the reject lever and r('ject arm. Withdraw the reject shaft assembly from the rear of the A
transport.

:

"

fI
:1

~..;~~

~-.

~.

Replacement
1. Reinstall new reject shaft) rej£'ct arm. and rej~ct lever but

do not tighten hardware.
2. Check adjustment of reject Jevcr and reject shaft bracket
(see below).

CAUfION: Wizen replacing the air duct. cIo not ouer:orque
the mounting sC'r~ws. The mounting holes in the aluminum
(rame of the A transport can easily be stripped.

Adjustment
.(Reject Shaft Bracket)

:"""""'

tift

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Loosen bracket scre\\'s as shown (Fig, 3-107).
Position fingers equidistant from ends of slots.
Position bracket square with reject shaft.
Tighten screws loosened in step 1.
Check shaft for free rotation.

Fig. 3-1 OS. Reject l.ever

5.12 Reject Tray
Removal
1. RemO\'c two outboard screws (Fig. 3-109).
2. Slide tht! register stop drawer open and looscn inboard
screw, then remove the reject tray through thc drum
cavity.

Replacement
1. Reverse removal procedures.

®

SQUARE BRACKET

WITH SHAFT SO
SHAFT TURNS FREELY

7011463

Fig, 3-107. Reject Shaft Bracket

Adjustment
(Reject lever)
1. Loosen setscrt'ws at (,Hel of sh .. ft (Fig. 3-l0S).
2. InsurE' 0.015 minimum clcanmcC' betw£'('ll reject fingl'rs
and framC'.
3. Ran~: rcjt.'ct afm on pin \vilh rcj!:'ct le\'('r contacting rcjPct
arm:
.
4. ln~ert 0.010 shim ullclt'r fingers as shown aml pr('ss down
Jjrthlh'
5. 1'ight~~;l s('[scn.'\\·s loosened. in st~p 1.

701&455

Fig. 3·109. Rcjec~ Tri.'Y

3.

~:!!::.:~~~
,.,;.. ......
-.. -:... ~ .:~: ......t)..':.-:

RI;PAIR DATA

Ii_ '.- .... ,L. - ' ~

~:.(- 600pa1722~:;l

6. HEGISTER STOP DRA~JER

t·::~-~~(·:~!:;~;:.;:·);~:t~;l
.

-......... ....-.
~'-""';/

~

6. REGISTER STOP DRA\'VER

,

,'h(' major compon£'llts of th~ register stop drawer arc shown in
Fig. 3-110.

TRANSFER COROTRON IS COVERED IN
THt: DRUM 8 COROTRONS SECTION

SLlD~S

COMPLETE REGrSTER STOP ORAWE:R (St-K)WING
LOCKING MECHANISM AND MOUNTING)

"s" TRANSPORT ---__...

DUSTCOVER_

REGISTER STO;> MODULE\

rUSER PRESSURE ROLLER IS COVERED
IN THE FUSING SECTION

7011456

Fig. 3-110. Re:gister Stop Drawer, location of Major Components

.r

\.

6.1 Complete Renister Stop Drawer

1. Pull out the register stop drawer. From tlH~ underside,
loosen and reInO\'e the screws and \ .... 2snE'rs securing the
rcgist('r stop drav;c. to the raBs.

NOTE: Do not disturb the setling or mountillZ hardware of
the rails.
2. Lift off the registC'r stop drawef. For r~pbc('n1(>nt purposes, note the number and position of eny sh!ms on the
raits.

6.2 Drawer Slides and Bead Gliard
Removal
CA UTION: Do !lot remove the slide mOllnting bra clw is. 7'hey
conllot be properly (ldjusled in the field.
Bt'fofe remo\'ing a drawer slide. measure (not adjust) and record
th£> distttllCe betwN>Jl the drum shaft and the inboard and outboard ('nds of the n transport idler roner. '}'Il(> m£'asuremrnt
will be used to ch('d~ th(' draw('r position after replacement.

Also, bpfon' rt'mO\' in l! cl slid(', scribe the Jocation of tllP

slid~' on its moul)tiJ)l~ bracket. fOf refNt'IlCe during replac(.'ment.

NOTI~:

1/ both slides arc

10 be replaced. work on one side CIt

Cl til1W.

Replacement
1. Inst~ltJ lll(' !-lidl' and tii~hh'll its mounf.iIlC hardwaH' just
('1l01lf!h to p(·rmit \'(·rtic.tl JIl0\'('mNlt of til£' slides and to

maintain any "£>rUeal position within the slots of the'
mounting bracket.
2. Set the slide to the previously scribed position.
3. Mount the register stop drawer Oil the slides and tighten
the drawer mountinS! hardwa:-e.
4: Slide the dra.wer in and lock It in place. The drawer
location pins
position the inboard end of the slide
in its proper \'('rtical position.
5. Slowly pull the drawer out just enoughto allow access to
the inboard Sl't of hardware; tighten that set of hardware.
SHdl' the drawer in to the home position.
6. Slowly slide out the draw£>r and tightrn the remaining four
sets of hardware.
7. Measure the distan(.-c b£>tween the drum shaft and lhe inboard and outboard ends of the B transport idler roller.
Compare till' measur<'menl tab:?Il prior to slide rcmo\·al.
If necessary, adjust thr drawer slide's uptil the measurements are equal.
.
8. Check tlw b(,(ld r,uard adjllst.mrnt (6.5). Chrck the halo
guidr adjustnwnt (6.10) and til(' baffll' acljuslment (6.11).
Check the transf('f corotron and shit~ld clearances (8.9.

wm

8_11 ).
9. CIH'ck B·transport (·oncPlltridt.y (6.16), clutch disc gap
(6.18). and cyde control conct'ntricity (1.9).

,cgisl~r

~

The
.101' ctrOf,'cr ctusl Cot'CT (281 flSS) lias'
revised to gil:c deonlltce [01' tile n transport adjustillg screw ud (oJ
the 7000. II YOll should rccciPI! Olle of ti,e old configuration
parts for (1 1000 machine. notch it out to pnwidc clearance for
the adjustirl!! screw.

}'"OTE:

3.

.,< ~~'~~:j!?:'-~.~~~~~

6. R~GISTER STOP DRAWER

.:: 600PS1722 ..~"~i1

.~.

REPAIR DATA

~:y

"<.:._w. . :.;;;.~~~~~-: .

.:-~ 6.3 HiJb Gap and Spring Mounting Screw Clearance
.:.'
. Adjustment
,
. 1. Loosen screws. r('mo\'c spring) and perform necessary
st('ps to bring cl('arance to that shown in Fig. 3-111.

6.5 Bead Guard
Adjustment

1. Looscn nuts sho\\'n~ after pulling t dimension. shown in Fig. 3-113.
3. Tighten nuts loosenc-d .in step 1..

".

(

Fi~.

Fig. 3-111. Hub Gap and Sprin9 M::.uoting Screw Clearance

<.

6.6 Stop Plate
Adjustment

6.4 Interlock Actuator
Adjustment

(

(~ NOTE: To gain access to the actuator lachinc nut. remove the

\

.

-

(

(

.

1. Loosen mounting screws as shown in Fig. 3~114.

1. Adjust to agree with 19/32 ± 1/64·inch dimension as
shown in Figure 3·112.

'~. B transport.

3-113. Bead GUClrd

NOTE: The dralver must be firmly sealed on its loca[;on pins.
Push in drawer wlzile.mal::ingac1juslmelll.

2. Bank stop plate against cam with five pounds force.
3. Tighten and torque mounting screws to 22-27 inch-pounds.

.

19/32:!: 1164

L~

ACTUATOR

STOP

(

PLATE
CAM

(
"
SlO?PLATE

(

7011470

701li'.GEI

Fig. 3-112. Interlock Actuator

Adjustll1~nt

Fig. 3-114. Stop Pbte Adjustment

(

(
(

(~
(
3·47
I

3.

l~::~!fi~i!f?f!!.~

REPAIR DATA

6. REGISTER STOP ORAV'JER

i'

~..:~'. 600P8r/22··~·~·:·1

.

.6.7 Pal)er Guides, Halo Guide, amI Baffle

~~:': ~ :~~~~~~:~·:~W

6.10 Halo Guide (Fig. 3-111)
upJll·r pillwr gllidt' (6.9) and upp(·r pinch Adjustment

1. nl'mOn' th~

\Vh~t'laSi;l"mb!iE's (6.13) as a unit.
2. nl'mov~ tlw lower p4l(ll'r gu idl'.
3. Chl~ck acljl1stml"uls:
3. upper papl'f r.uide- (6.9).
b. halo guide (6.10).
c. barflt- (6.] 1).

..

~

1. Assemble tools 600T583 and600T52. using 2- to 3-inc .
(>xtt'llsion. Set micrometer to O.14'i.
2. J.oost-n nuts (two pl'lees).
3. Position tool approximately one inch from each end of
guide.
4. To check: guide should be within .± 0.010 of tool setting.
S. To adjust: position guide to touch tool.
6. Tight('n nuts.

6.8 lower Paper Guide
Adjustment

':/ DRUM SHAFT

q

Having r('moved the uppe-r papt'r guic1~ and upp('r pinch wheE'J
assE'l:lblil"s, adjust the lower papE'r guidE.' as shown in Fig. 3-115.

X

to

 . ._~~~~~~/~~ \
'...'.

ALIGN SLOTS

U

~»

"'. . ~

..

.

~I

IN~' '.'.~~"~.~:>'\~'"
.

.'

I~:.'.~:>'}:.,
'J .:...tA.J)",-~
- ~~{1,,>
~'1:"
"<;,"',_.~ ""'-~,
y ':t/k~;:~ /._. . . ,

PPEn AND L. OWER
"s
PAPeR CUlOc
.'
. LOWER PAPEH

GUIDE

17.
-# ';(. I //
. f' It
~

•

\ .

LOOSEU 5

SHIM 0.010_+0.010
0 .000

OAFFl[
LOOSEN ([l) 10 SET
GM' H[RE

fig. 3116. Upper P•• per Guide

it

701147·;(1)

701lt;12

.=in. 3·118. ("blfle

Adjtl~.tment

3.

REPAIR DATA

6. REGISTER STOP DRAWER
:."""~

NOTE: Slide out register stop clrower to sci inb?ord eml ~f
baffle 10 outboard bclt of &A' troll:>port. RecJzccJ: wIth drawer In
place.

•

2. Adjust baffle so tOi> sud.tce is flush to 0.020 inches above
top surfacE." of lower paper guide assembly. l\-Jeasure front
and rear pnds of the baffle.
3. Tighten bolts loosened in stcp 1.

IDCHECK DISTANCE X
FOR INBOARD ANO
OUTBOARD PINCH
WHEELS.

DRUM
. SHAFT

0l

®OIS!ANCE X FOR INBOARD
AND OUTBOARD PINCH
WHEELS TO BE EOUAl
WITHIN 0.002 AT POINTS
OF TANGENCY.

\

INBOARD
PINCH

NOTE: Popcr jams will occl;r if the baffle is lower than. the
lower paper cuide assembly.

~:

t---,

,., -:

.. - --"
...,'/_.
1~1i~ '-"'-. _'"
-

~1~n;-t

:J!,_i{_":.:"..:--==_~e->_-:.. --

1..\1'.

.
.... ."
_ . .,/ ·3:

.

~ i:~l1

(,.
"

,,
... ~---. --

~--"--,

!.~'1

6.12 lower Pinch Wheels
Adjustment

.
.

LOOSEN TO

PERMIT
MOVEMENT
70/1475

.

1. Remove the upper pinch wlteels and paper guides.
2. Assemble the micrometer holder 600T? 53. micrometer
6.00T52 and 3 to 4 inch extensiori 600T90) and install the
assembled too~s on the drum shaft.
3. Adjust the wheel on the le\Oeling braCKet assembly to just
touch the ramp. Adjust the setscrew to just touch the
. wheel bracket (Fig. 3-119).
4. Check the distance to the inboard pinch -",hee 1.
5. Check the distance to the outboard pinell ,vheeJ (Fig.
_ 3-119). Adjust the ramp to obtain the samt' distance as in
step 4 within 0.002 at the points of tangency.
6. Check thE' following and adjust if necessary: lower paper
guide (6.8)~ upper paper guide (S.9), halo guid? (S.10).
baffle (6.11») transfer corotron) B ttt!r1sport idler roller
parallelism (6.17), and contact arc (11.4).

Fig. 3-119. Lower Pinch Wheel

6.13 Upper Pinel) Wheels
Adjustment
1. Position the registcr stop shaft so the slop fingers .tre
pointing straight up_
.
2. Place two 1-1/2·illCh pieces of paper under the upper
pinch wbeels • .1mt between the stop fingers. Line both
papE'rs up with the leading edgto of the lower paper guide
(Fig. 3-120).
3. Spin the upper pinch wheels rapidly in a clockwise
direction.
4. While the pinch w}wels are spinning, slowly turn the
register stop shaft in a COl.m ter-clockwise direction until
the pinch whe-cIs start to drop.

POINT WHEFE
PINCti WHEELS
START TO
COME-DOWN
PAPER

'.

,~.

IrmOAHO

v,. x

·0.000
-O.OOG

3-49

..

3.

-,\,~~;.... .,.
'
r.--";/.: ;;.:~-,;,';..!''1 ~~
;.:.- ..-.:"\:;::~;:..;~:~:~.,.:~

REPAIR DATA

:.::·.600P317iz)t?1

":.' -,:'~:!.2~:tjl

6. REGISTER STOP DRAWER

~

N01'B: The following step must be done extremely slowly. To
help aC(''OJlrplish tllist brace Olle IlallCl against the oiher.

Adjustment
Align amI adjust the drive grClT s<-'l!JlH'nl as in Fig. 3-123.

~;t
~\

5. Continue turning the shaft. As the spinning pinch Wllt-cls
llE.'ar thE> papt'r. one will start rubbing slightly against the
paper. then cause the piece of paper to cscooC out from
Ullder it.

NOTE: In -lilis mannrr. you can determine w/,idz pincll wlleel
tOllc/zes the paper first. 7"lley should touch together.
6. To adjust. cletermine whicb pinel1 wheel is lower (touching the paper first). Only the outboard side of the pinch
'''heel assembly is adjustc\ble.
7. If the inboard pinch wheel is hitting first, move the outboard side down. If the outboard pinch whee1 is hitting
first. move it up.

N07'E: Scribe a line on the outboard casting to aid in adjusting.
Half tile width of a scribed line will move the pinch wheel a
poper thickness.
.

70/1479.

Fig. 3·123. Alignment of Orive Gear Segment

6.15 Mispuff/Jam Detector Switch lSl
Adjustment
.
(Adjust the switch as in Fig. 3-124!)

8. Repeat steps 1 through 5 until the pinch wheels arc
touching the paper simultaneously.

6.14 Registration Cam-Drive Gear and Driven Gear Segments
Removal

1. Remove the gear segl'!lcnt cover. Mark the position of the
arm on the shaft with ~. pencil.

NOTE: The dot on driven gear segment is stamped on the bac1~
of 'lie gear. Pencil marh the front of the gear to line up the dots.
2. Remove and disas5emble the drive gear st'gmf'nt as required.
3. R(·move the registration cam.
4. Install and adjust the driven g(,2r segment (Fig. 3-12]) and
the drive gear segment (Fig. 3·123).

NOTB: The position of arm witlz relation to the inller shafl
determines '"paper bucNe and registration. Refer to 'Timing
subsection (15) for paper buckle and registration adjustments.
U

.(

_ +0
-1/32

"x":: 7/10

1!l64 ± 1/32
(SLOT IN LOWER GUID~)

70/1480

Fig. 3·124. rviispufflJam Detector S·.Nitch lSl

6.16 B Transport
Removal
CA UTION: Do not scralcl, the surface of the pCfpcr guide or
lJ transport framc-they orc treated with a special process to
eliminate offsetting and tOller spots.
1. Hemov£' the master lin k from the lowN fuser pressure
ro11cr drive chain. Remove the chain.
2. Rcmovc the wire to the spark-gap blOCK.
3. l..oo$(!Jl the locking nuts on C'ccentrics. Remove the mount·
ing hardware.
4. Tip up the 13 transport and disconnect ttl£' in·linc connectors to the swilch(·s. Remoyc the B transport.

INNEH SHAFT

CA [IT/ON: Wizen selling tile B transport aside. pl'Op it on its
edge. Laying it clown will damage switch Clcllwtors or tabs.

Reptllccment

70/11',77

F i 9. 3·121. lust.lllation of Driven GC(1r Set}rncnt

A ftl'r n'plad"f~ tlw
paralldi!->m (G.l r/).

n

tran~por(., adjust thl' idlc-rAl1t'r
~ (

3.

REPAIR DATA

6. REGISTEH Sl~P DRAWER

ti

........ .., .. :..

._~ Adjustment (Rp,fer ~o. Fig. 3-124A)

(s,lfocket COllcclltncltYI

6.18 Belts. RoUers,'am1 Clutches
Removal

.

.

1. Loosen thl' three mountmg screws.
2. With the registl'I stop drawer in its opcnttit-:g position.
cenh'r th(" ball on the sprocket shaft within tbe socket of
thl' dutch disc. When till' ban is centered. the shaft will turn
frt.,t'ly until th,: dogs touch. Tighten the mounting scrt'ws of
the bearing hou5ing.
:t Fold a 2-inch-wide strip of paprr 2 inches from one end.
Lay the paper on the B transport so the folded end covers
the sockt·t of the clutch elisc. Gently close the register stop
drawer until the socket reaches the ban - but does not tt'ar
the paper.
4. Opl?O the drawer and check the paper. 'Vhen the sprocket is
corr('ctty adjusted, the impression made by the baU will be
concentric with the impression made by the sprocket.
5. Cbeck thE;' dutch disc gap and adjust if required (6.18).

.

CLUTCH
DISC

1. Remo\'C' the B transport from the rC'gister stop drawer
(6.16)~

2. Remon" the paper guide to gain access to the belt
3. Hemo".(- b e l t s . ·
s.
4. Remo\·e rollers. be~rings, and clutch as required.
NOTE: 7111: idler roller bearings may require ex tra effort to
remove; the aluminum slmfls of the roller might have mushroomed where contacted by the setscreU1S.

Replacement
(Clutches)
1. Install drive clutch shaft as shown in Fig. 3·126.
2. Loosen shaft and collar setscrews and push shaft to
bottom the slot against pin sho...vn in Fig. 3·126.
3. Remove play in collar.
4. Tighten setscrews loosened in step 2.
5. Loosen the clutch disc setscrews and set 5/32-inch clearance between disc and collar.

1tr

,r

LOOSEN 10
ADJUST

(3 PLACES)

-.0-

,

(

CLUTCH
DISC

'.

(.~a.·

,l

(

(

7011373{1l

IN COLLAR
Fig. 3·124A. Concentricity of B Trilnsport SprOCKet Assembly

6.17 Idler Roller ParalleEsm
Adjustment

1. Assemble micrometer holder (SOOT? 53)
micrometer
(600T52) and the 2· to 3·inch extension. S~tting on in·

strument should be :as indicated on Fig. 3-125.
2. Take measurements on the two oute.! belts.
3. Loosen nuts on eccentrics and rotate eccentrics until C'ach
outer belt just touches tool. Both outer belts must be
within iO.010 of tool.

(

DRUM

,I

X

(

:

ELT

~________ -

"

_

_

-

.

• -::1

i~~:

-.,

q

......

'"

V-

-~~@) .

...c===
__ _ r-

\

...;j~t:L ...

r-----~

.

SETSCREWS

1'0/1482

Fig. 3-126. lost.J1I3tion of Drive Clutch Shc)ft

NOTE:
Chcch the override clutch before replacing it. If
necessary. clean thorollgllly.
6. Loosen two setscrews for override clutch shaft shown in
Fig. 3.127.
t
7. Bottom the slot in shaft ?gainst pin as shown.
8. rfighten setscrews loosened in step 6.
9. ~erform clutch ~isc gap adjustment and idler roller posi·
bon end play adJus.tment (S(~I! below). Check B transport
concentricity (1.8) and ~djust if necessary.

SHAFT

(

BOTtOMED
AGAINST PIN

SLOT

!

- - - --;;;:--,

---FIDLER
..... ROLLER

',- ..

-------,
r - --"'

:~~ ...... _._ ../

_. ._._ ..

(

"

"

'

,;

~

fa'::-_'"T"V--=.-·-7~. ~

I

,/;.1
:j"'~'.'j , ; <.
• , ..... .I." o_~:{

; --',i
' ;

,

->.

/

/';")1"

7".~' ';-:7-

/

;'

/."/'

'

;~. ,'~

•

."

"0 __ ._~t. __

.J_ _ _ _ _ _•• _ " . _ • __ • -...:. _ .1. ___ ..;.. _ _ ,
_ _ _ _ _ _ ••

L.OOSEtJ SCH[W
ttll\a!'.HrJ fIr.:o OIJTB'J'\RD

(

REMOVE PLAY

lOOS[rl NUT t.t~D TURN
[CCENTHIC 10 AD.IUST

II'!OO",fD AN£>

ou TBOAftO

Fa!!. 3·125. Idler noller

701l-H-.

, OV[HH!Of CLUTCtc
SH!\fT
10/1"S' .

J>iHall(~lislJl

3-51

'3.

REPAIR DATA

I!!~~~ft~/f~;.~

6. REGISTER STOP DRA\VER

:;.~. .-: 600pa 1722;.~.:

~'~~;.;.-, ~·":i:-;~;'·ii~}~~};:

NOTE: ftla(:c acljllstmCllts with drawer pillled out on slidc.~
just both ends}.

Adjustment .
(Clutch Disc Gall)

""f' _ .

1. Loosen sc-tscrews and apply tool 600T581 as shown in

Fig. 3-128.

NOTE: Do lIot usc tool 121lJ27. which has a !lole.
2. Slide drawer closed gently to allow clutch disc to be
positioned 0.102 inch away from clutch plate. Carefully
open drawer and tighten setscrews.
TOOL

600T5S'$
.~

(00 NOT. US.E.. 12.1 H27
WH;CH.HAS A HOLE.)

FOR

LOOSEN

STEP I

~(----

• ,
: _ ~

I

'a'

PAPER

GUIDE-------'"

TRANSPORT
SPROCKET

- - - - - - - - rPAPf.R
- -VIEW)
-GUIDE
(TOP

'-D

U

·-,..nULE

~

I

. DRIVE

ROLLER

fUSER PRESSURE

ROLLER

(SIDE VIEW)
70/1484

Fig. 3-130. Paper Guide Adjustm~nt

Fig. 3-128. Clu!ch Disc Gap Acljustm9nt

Idler Roller Position And End Play
1. Loosen setscrew and using a square t adjust to the dimensIon s110wn on the right in Fig. 3-129.
2. Loosen setscrew and adjust to dimension sno\vn on the

left.
(I)

(2)

~.I.

rl

SETSCREW

"

1. Loosen screws and set combination square for one-half
inch. Rest head of square on tht> bottom of the brush
bracket.·
.
2. Set the bottom of the brush bracket one-half inch frOlI}
lB' transport belts (Fig. 3-131). At this bracket setting
the brush should interfere wah the be-Its by one.sixteenth
inch.

ROLLER

f-fUS£

-

\

6.20 Brush BraCKet
Adjustment

·1.rI.
ji
REMOVE
~"-"+PLAY
-.
~'0.42. !O.02
-

?Oil... 4p <>;

SQUARE)

Fig. 3·129. Idler Roller Position and End Play Adjustment

6.19 Paper Guide
Adjustment
1. Loosen three screws ~nd adjust paper guide to centN
fingNs in reliefs in rollers (Fig. 3-130).
2. Loosen three nuts on bracl~cts (two inboard, one out·
board). }'lac{! rule as shown. Adjust paper guide until rule
touches. fu~p.r pn's5ufe rolll"f.

BELTS

t/?"

- ,"-_....
i _______
s

70/1485

USE

L

!~:~-it\TI-:-1?tr-:?--~l~L.
~

7

OUAHE TO
MEASURE

1-.

I

-'SRUSH REMOVEO)

~

HOLDING _
SCHEWS
7011467

Fig. 3-131. Brush Bracket

4p~
\.

\_-

~

,.::,

......~ ..: ~.~.:':'~':~\~
:

3.

....

REPAIR DATA

6. REGISTER STOP DRAWER

600P81722 :- :>t
...~~
......_..
-''''6.21 Mispuff Detector Switch lS3
af-djustment
1. Loosen screws and position switch as shown in Fig. 3-132_
...
2. ·righten and torque screw-nuts to 3.7-5.3 inch-pounds.

.-f-'

SWITCH ACTUATOR
IN THIS. POStTIOfl:

WHEN SYlITCH IS

TOP

SURFACE OF

n

0.6S0:t 0.0 5

JUST ACTUATED
~I

1'8' TRT~=:r~--~JB--'i-'-~O.230±.O.OI5
BRACKET

Fig. 3-132. Mispuff Detector

~witch

.
.

70/14S8

(LS3) Adjustment

".

0.24 Deleted

i

3-53

3.

REPA1R DATA

6. REGISTER STOP DRAV\lER

1. OPTICS

.j::i~?J~~~;~,~~t~

>.::.. ~. 600~Rl1:i£~)
',.:-. -.: ":, .:.•:~-...~i~~~ .~;:~:.".~;r

.,

.~.

6.25 Gap Between Terminal Blocks
Adjustment
1. Place register stop drawer in "homel) position.
2. Insert shim between SpitCers and frame to obtain propa
gap (Fig. 3·136).
INSERT SH:M BETWEEN SPACERS
AND FRAME TO Oc:lTAIN PROPER GAP

FRAM~~
"3
_:.1

--,~-f

P3

(

.

'0.005.0.025
.0.000

REGISTER STO? DRAWER
IN HOME POSITION

\
7011492(1)

Fig. 3-136. Gap Between Ter.minal Blocks

7.0 OPTICS
The Optics section is divided into Optics Repair (7.1) and
Optics Sy!.-tematic Alignment (7.2).
Optics R£'pair contains procedures for Rt·mo\·al. Replacrmcnt.
and Adjustment of individual components of the Optics
System.

•

~

4;'(

Optics Systematic Alignment contains the 2djustr1lt'nts required
to ensure prop£.'r operation of the machi:~£' optic:; as wrll as
correct reduction and resolution.

·c
\..

3.

REPAIR DATA·

8. DRUM AND COROTRONS

8.3 Drum Cavity Clearance Checks

-:, B. DRUM AND COROTRONS
•
c·••·• •

.

The m~jor .components of the drum and corotrons system ;trc
shown 1Il Fig. 3·152.

G.l Drum Handling Procedures
The drum. if exposed to room light, \Vill deveJop a fatuguc

1.

Remo~e the drum (S.2).

(

2-. Ched\: drum cavity clearance using micrometer holder
600T'/53. micrometer 6001'52, and 2 to 3 inchcy.tension
600'1'53. Set thp micrometer to 0.112 and swing it around
in the drum cavity. If any component interferes. refer to
Fig. 3·153 and the fol~o\vjng chart and adjust as necessary.

effect that reduces its copying ability. Black bags have been
supplied with each machine in order to minimize the amount of
exposure to light during service, Care should be taken to use
these bags to eliminate the harmful effects of fatigue.

8.2 Xerographic Drum

Removal
1. 'SHde the developer assembly away from the drum.
2. Remove the dust cover assembly frorn tlle register stop
drawer.
3. Remove the drum knob and screw the drum extension
shaft into the drum shaft•
.4. Slide the drum out of the machine. covering it as it is
withdrawn from the cavity.
5. Fold top of cover over inboard flange and leave in this
condition until drum is to be reinstalled in machine.

CAUI'lON: Never tOZlch the drum coatillg with fingers. Always
place the drum wlzerc it will be safe from scratches. dirt and oil.

Rep!acement

70/1508tll

To replace. position drum on extension shaft (whilt.- still in the
cover) and insert from cO"'er into cavity.

•

N01'};: New drctms arc covered with blad: paper. Do not
remove tlzis paper until drum is being installed in the cavily.

Fig. 3,153. Drum Cavity Dimensions

(

~

After replacing new' drum. perform m::.chine setup with
(>lcctromctcr.

TRANSFf.H

COH01RON

10/t"jO·/

Fig. 3-1 ~.2. Drum .. \"lei Corotrons S',::.tth ends
cl05~St poin~

M

Brush clea:v::r

0.139 + 0.005
- 0.000

N

Lamp Shield

0.125 + 0.005
- 0.000

futll~n9th

0

Charg?
Cto wire)

0.052 ~ o.oa~

both ends

euse 1/2" sj>3ccr)

8.4 Drum Maintenance/Single Defect Rq1l1ir

CA LT/O.\":

WJ

ILl

~w_ ;~: ;:OR B2
j-)O\

\

~\I'\

JJo nol exp()$(' ll!(' {lrum to light allY longer Ih,a;
-

.

MARK

PENCIL
MARK

7011509(1)

. Fig. 3-154. Singte Dafect Drum Adjustment

'fh(> Xl'rOX 7000 dwm, v;ilh its lllliqut' alloy G coating doE's liot
)('nd itsl~lf to pi.llnidngr Tf.'5idue.
11. If~ after performing the previous two steps. some defects arc
still cau~ing problems, pl.Imirc the drum as follows:
12. Usin~! Brasso «nul an ab$orbent pad. pumice only the
defee-tin' arc'a. DO NOT pumice the entire drutn.
13. Clean the Bnlsso from the drum and bufr lh~ pumicrd CIrca
to a deep shine.
14. Check the results of thr :tbo\'c proecdures 1>)" running copies
in all modes. If tbe drum is still causing 1>001' cop)' quality.
replace it.

3·67

3.

·~""r:r::f{r,..:.~~~~~

REPAIR DATA

.... ":.~
_~_"
,.:
. . . ~~.l:'~.J(t.:r
.':-). "'-."' ..•",.._V>:'.

i::'.:~'. 600P8 l722:~::;4

8. nnUM AND COROTRONS

\.;; ~~:~~~; i:=S::i-(;;:;'";:A;{!;;

8.5 Drum Clamp

Adjustment

.

._

1. St't the eombirmtion square cit 5.010 inch(,5.
2. Hold O.98~ side of h('ight gauge tool 600T2GS against pad
and butt end of combination square scale against IH'ight
gauge. Outboard sidt:' of drum clamp Sllould just touch
head of squarc (Fig. 3-155).
3. Add or rcmove spaces ~ requin'd to obtain st£>1> 2.

conOTflON

GAP

Cha(9~

.030 ...005

TrC)n~fc(

.030 ...005

Preclean

.030 ...015

Pretransfcr

.030 - .000

'~

'"

- .O!)O
-'~()OO

-. .000

1012046

Fig. 3-157A. Corotron End Block Gap

70fl~IO

1. Snap off the' arc shields and loos~n thc SCf('WS. Re
the old win-. rna king sur(' all pieces are removed frc. ...
undl'rttH' damp;\ (Fig. 3-157B).
.
~

Fig.3--155. Drum Clamp Adjustment

8.6 Drum Interlock Sw~tch
Adjustment

*'

8.7 Corotrons
Restringing of Charge. Pretransfer. Transfer. and SUllpression
Corotrons·

0

~""'_'_-_--~
~.

ARC

"-S~';-'-

.

1. 8('t. the combination square to 4.580. Po:;ition the square
asshown in Fig. 3·156, and check that th~ s\·.. itch actuah·s.
2. 'rurn the adjusting screw until the switch ?duatl's within
0.015 of th(' tool setting.

~ .---~

,;,-, .
"

fi-

'

SCREW

I NOOAR. 0 _c-;~

O~
,..~. ~ClAMP
.. y
lr S~Rt. ~I
.•. _.,
---===---'

OUTBOARD..
CLAMP

•

r-;;~

,
~

...

..

~~.
" . WIRE
__"~:S:-- \.
;
,(MAKE TAUTY.\
.,

~~.~~r'\

. "'--tfil,r--..',""
. ~'. ! .

.

~ \ ___ ~
.-"r'~~1~9"-~

~-\\.
.--P

-....._~

I ..

J.

-r~~p'
f·· • __... -- -

:=E~':--_

~

- -;'1-

114" MAX·--t-[ACHD-lD
7011512

Fig. 3-1578. Restringing of Transfer. Prc·trallsrer. and Charge
Corotrons

2.
70/1~1I

Pir th(' flcmgl' of the outboard damp. TightC'n Ow ~cn·w.

/I:on:: f)" 110/ I:i'l" or /lid: 1/", "'" O/IWI /l'i,..- "arillg ;11 st. lIa'
F i9. :i·15G. Dillin

Illtf:rlud~

Switch (lS2G) Adjustment

.t

SJj/\.

COlOtl 011

Entl Blnc:b

Adjtl~tmertt

S(·( .-ml blur-!: l!ap

:I~

shown ilJ Fi!!.

3·) :,'/ A.

1.0.PO\~tlJ",-.:{

3. Pull th(' oflH'r ('IHJ of lIll' wir(' with
0.:> (0
pun :mcl s~'c!ln' it lIlId"'r tltt' flan:~(' of (h(' illh(l~trcl damp. \.
TiglalC':l til!' !'('r&'W to lIIaht' till' Wih' 1~H1L
.1. Cut off t'XC(''sS win'. 'tllo\\'in~! 0.2& inc:h Jlla~imum to pro·
trudt' frum f Ill' l'(ll~" of (·ad. damp.

:

~OOPSl1~/)

3.
~.

.,~~ ... ~ •.,-....>~......"",. ....
C)~

NOTE: To eliminate the possibility of key operator injury
. . .. while rcmoz:illg papc-r jams. rowul off all lop cortlers of the
transfer corotron with a file.

REPAIR DATA

DRUM A~JD COROTRONS
__________~~

t,.

8.8 Restringing of Preclean Corotron
1. Snap off the arc shields and loosen the screws. R~mon'
the old wire) making sure aU pieces are remo\'ed from
under the clamps (Fig. 3-158).

G I~-'----fl~

~rree

ECCENTRIC
CAM

tL \1j
TO

ADJUST

TURN
10

70/1514

ADJUST

Fig 3-159. Preclean Cototron Mechanical Adjustment

llRUM~
~

SHAFT

OUTBOf..RD

CLAMPS
X

70/1513

Fig. 3-158. Restringing of Preclean Corotron

~lOOSEN

~~TO

2. Place one end of the new wire under the flange of the
right inboard clamp. Tighten the sen'v:.
3. While maintaining tension on the wire, bring the wire
around the two outboard clamps, and then under the
flange of the left-hand inboard clamp; tighten the screw to
make the wire taut. Then tig}ltcn the hvo outboard scre\vs.
4. Cut off excess wire, allowing 0.25 inch maximum to protrude from the eog\? of the inboard damps.

.~

10/1515(1)

Fig. 3-160. Pretransfcr Corotron Mechanical Adjustment

1

-------------~~~~~~-~~,------------~
REGISTOR~
STOP

MAWER

8.9 Corotron (With Corotron Test Switch)
Adjustment
NOT};: Ensure tha.t the register slop drawer is firmly latched
in its ·'home u position wizen tahing current readings. Wizen
the drawcr is pulled out. liz/! transfer corotron is discOIHlccled
from the power supply. 'This will affect current readings of all
coro/rons.

ADJUST

~

~_ _
LOOS~N TO ADJUST

7011515

fig. 3-161. Transfer Corotron Mechanic... f Adjustment
EXPOSURE BOX

1. Remon' thp drum (8.2). Ht-turn the deVE'lopa assembly to
it5 hom€' position_
2. Push the AlAIN POWEH OFF button (88); leaVE: the
machitw pluggt:.'d in.

3.

the tln('(' high-\"oJtagp. developer baffle leclds.
micrometC'r holder 600'1'753, micromder
(JOOT~'2~ 2 to H inc'h cxt£"llsion 6001'53. -and Ij2-inch

RC'll1o\-C

4. Ass,l.'mbh.'

spac'('T 600TIO·'i.

.

5. S(·t til{' microm('t('r to O.OS·-; for th£' prl'c1£'an. pn·trt:/lsfpr
and transfc'r corotrons; 0.052' for the chaq~e corotron_
G. For <'"eh corotruJl. loosen til(> outboard t-nd and ,tidjllst
until thl' wire just lOllch£'s UIl' Up of lht, mi<'rom('{t'r~
re\'l'rs€: lool and do th£' same for lhe inho~trd ('nd (Fit!s_
3·159 throu!!h 3-162).
·1. After Ch.'itllill" and ll1('chaniC'i.tl ;:djustlll<:.'nt) Iwrform (-ot()trem curn'ul ~djll.stlll(!nt (8.10)_

ADJUST ClO~Y.\·IISE 10 POSITION
AWAY fROM ("~IJM, COUNl ER -CLOCK\,,'ISE
TO POSITION ~:L"H[H DRUM
70:tS.:7

FiO.3-162. Charuc CorCltron MechaniCitl Adjustcment

3.

REPAIR D.t\TA

.~~'~:~:}i{~~~~-,~r.~ .

.~;
.....~J;:~~
-.I.....
' ••..
'. .;,., ~9.:~
7.,;.'';;: ..,.~...t ..'~....,

8. DRUM AND CtJROTRONS

'.c.

t::... 600pa112i"':!~

~, . ':.:,.~:::.:/\~

8.1 OCorotron Current
Adjustment

C....otron Cu"enb end Meter Sett;n.:>

1

"fable 3·2 Corotron Currents Using Meter 600T422

1. Depress th~ MAIN POWER OF}" switch and remove
the bigh yottage leads from the de\'cloper housing.
2. Connect the meter and current shoe as in Figure 3-163
for the corotron to be tested_ Set meter switche$ as
indicated in Tables 3-2. 3-3. 3-~.

Switch Positions
Range

+

Corotrons
Charge
Transfer
Prettansfe,.
Preclean

+

90uA DC
90 uA DC

+
+

30uA DC
90uA DC

Mater RfJadings
(Half Shoe)
30.0

16.0

9.0
16.5

Tools: Universal Half Shoe-600T754
Meter
- roOT 442

DRUM

SHAFT
Table·3·3 Corotro'n Ct.rrents Using Meter BOOTI86

Corotrons
Charge
Transfer
Pretransfer
Preclean

Switch Positions
Pushbutton
Ranga

+DC
+OC
-tDC
AC

150 vA
150 uA
30uA
150 uA

Meter Roadings
(Hatf Shoal

90.5±3.0
48.0±2~O

8.5±"1.0
46.5±2.5

To.ols: Mvltimeter
-SOOT18S
Universal Haff Shoe -600T754
Table 3-4 Corotron Currents Using Meter 600T8S0

Corotrons
Charge
Transfer
Pretransfer
Preclean

Switch Positions
Pushbutton
Range
"DC

150 uA

-tOC

150 uA

-tDC
AC

30 uA
150 uA

Meter ReadinglW
(Half Shoe)

91i3.0
48±2.0
9±1.0
50±2.5

~

TOOls: Multimeter
-SOOT860
Universal Half Shoe -600T754

8.11 Transfer Corotron Shield
Adjustment
PS-J
701l!».8~.:

fig·. 3·153. CheckingCorotrons ElectricaU'I

1. Assemble micrometer holder 600T753. micrometer
6001'52 and 2 to 3 inch extension 600T53. Set the micro.
meter to 0.147 and attach tools to drum shaft.
2. Loosen th(' three screws and adjust the shield to just
touch the tool (one inch in from each end) as in Fig.
3·16·!.
3. Tighten scr('ws and check s('ttings. Tolerance is +0.005
-0.005 at ('nd5 and +0.010 -0.005 at centE'r.

Q. .

J'u~h the carolran test switch (SI1) and note reading!for the inboard and outboard haJves of the corolron.
·fhe current r(ladings should be equal. If the current
readings arc not equal. move the outboard (:nd of the
corolron until thl' current re~lding$ arc cquflL
4. When the (:urrcnt readings arc equal, adjust tll('
appropriate poh.'ntiomcter on PSI to obtain the
currcnt fl'adinr. spE.'cifil'd in Tables 3-2, 3·3, 3·4.

3.

NOTE: Prctmns{cr corotl'OIl currcnt C:(1Il be adjustcd using
potentiumeter Oil PS3. }IS] eloes not' supply power tQ this
corotroll.

5. USilli! microllw{l'r tool. (·heck outboard ('nel of any
('orotrOJ1 th,tt had to he Jll('ch.lIlic;.lly adjll~tcd (0 b('
sun' it j~ !olill within nwchani(',~l adjust llIl"nt tolt-raucl'.

OHUM SHAFT

(USING
x 2x -=0.147
3 INCH EXTENSION)

\

\

"

.\.

SHIEl.D -

r

101l~19

Fig, 3-164. Trnmfer Corotron Shield Adju,tmGnt

3.

'.~:..

GOOP81722
: fi

REPAIR DATA

"t.

9. DEVELOPE R

Bias B"ffle amI Dcveloper Electrode Resistance Check

(.R~mo\"e

the drum. }tCnlOVC tht' bias baffle ('ord and the
d('\"cJopt'r elect.rod~ cord.
.
2. ~ro thl' V01\I on thl' ohms x 1 scale. and conned the
l1l£'ter as shown in Fig_ 3-170.
:1. Ch('ck the rcsistanc(' between the top bias b:tffle and its
plug. and betw('cn the developer electrode and its plug.
Jf the resistanc('s exceed 10 ohms, clean .and tighten the
connections.
connections.

n-.4RNING: Approximately 3000 polt'er slI]J/IUd (l~/cc:lrodc.
Bias Baffle C!nd IYJ'C Power Supply--PS.3) may "ove been manufactured with em interned {ault I1wl could result ill n h;/~ll potential br:illg present at lhe mri(d (ldjllslinC screw (1'1'e).
It is very important tltal you be oMe to recognize and to

chccll out these power supplies, which carry Pal-' number
J05P357, cmd arc malw{oclurcd by Xerox Corporulion.. El

Segundo, Dili/ornla.
To check [01' the defed. measure the' voltage between the
metal adjusting screw anel mac1line ground. If yo 11 read a volto.g~
the power supply is faulty and musl be replaced. When per-

forming this chec1l. keep ill mind Ihat the meier could be
damaged if the high potential COllses a violent needle deflection.
fLOW
BAFFLE

9.8 Developer Baffles
NOTE: Only 'he lower pic1wff baffle is/idcl-replaceable. After
rcplaceil1cllt. perform tile l(Jwer piclwff baffle mechanical
Cldjustmelll (9.1 J).

9.9 Top Bias Baffle Mechanical
Adjustment
1. Use micromeler holder 6001'153) micrometer 600T52
and 2 to 3 inch extension 600T53 to adjust the top bja~
baffle relative to the drum shaft.
2. Adjust the baffle to the dimension shown in Fig. 3·172.

~"""",=--:-::.-=-=-~

7011525(2)

Fig. 3-170. Bias Baffle and Developer Electrode Resi>tanc& Check

9.7A Devclopar Electrode Volttlge Checl{ (Meter 600T72)
1. Unlatch the developer assembly and slide it back. Remove
the drum.
,~emo\"e wire 228 to PSI.
~~E't up YOM 600T72_ Attach the black lead to the COM
'--=./: socket; attach high voltage probe 600T145 to the \'0:\1
sod:et. Position the range selector at 3 VDC. Conne(:t the
black lead to ground (Fig. 3-171)_ .
4. Press the corotron test switch~ touch the high voltage
probe lead to the devel0pt.'r electrode and read ~he \'oHage.
The reading should bt' between 1800 ~o 2000 VDC between 1.8 and 2.0 on th·: 3 YDC 5c-c:le m u1tip1ic-d by
1.000).

X

r-!..

DRUM
SHAFT

V

X:;O.l80:! O.8C15
(USE 2 TO 3 I~CH
EXTENSION)
7()1t:t27

Fiy.3-172. Top

Bi~s

Baffle

9.10 Flow Bias Baffle Mccha nical

DEVELOPER

Adjustm~nt

ELECTRODE

AdjU5t the flow bias baffle

,IS

in Fig. 3-] 73.

SOTE: The top bias baffle must belcithill specifications (9.9)
before performing this lldjllslmcllt.

I

70/15Z(,{Zl

F i 9. 3·171.

I

Developer Electrode Voltage Check

9_7B Developer Electrode Voltage Chcci< (Meter (JOOTflGO)
1. Unl,:lch tIlt, c,h-Y('loprr assf'mbly and slidc' it

bad~.

]tcmon-

the drulIl.
2. }{{·more win' 22R lo PS1.
up \-'0\1 (iOOT860. Alla(-h the black lead (0 -GND
.. ~~_ :l:d~ c!tt~l(:h til(- n·d 11\~ld to th!: 3KVDG so(·kc-l. Po:;itioll
(-:.
.Il' nil I !.:,. sd('clor s\\·jtch at KV. ContH'd tlte hlack h.-~d to

3..t

~roulld lFii~. :~-J7 j).

4. l·ft-~:-. tilt' ("or",lroll tl':;l !-w ikll , touch til£" hi~!h \'oIta~!l- probl'
kacl to till' d{'\'dop<:r dt'drocll' ;.tlHI read thl' \·oIta;~l·. Thl'
rt-(tclill~! sJlollJd IH' I lI:hn'l'J 1 1800 allel 2000 VDC (1B to 20
(}lIl1lC

:a>VfJC

s(:(lte

1

TOP
BII\~;

I

.

Bf.rn [
5/1(, I\U U~ W!\d~CtI
.' IN f Hv~,~ f.fD! U;(l ' .. -

lOI-lS?O

XIOO).
3-73

•

•

•

3.

.REPAIR DATA

9. DEVELOPER

1.

•

Q)~
1. Unlatch til(> dt'wloper housing and slide it bilCk ... Ih'ln0 Vl(j',·
the drum. .
. .
2. UC'mO\'l' wirt~ 228 to PS 1.
3. Scot up YOM 600T72: Altadl the blacl~ )C'.ld to the COM
soda't; ~\ttitch the red lead to Ihe 1200 VDe socket. (
Position the ran~e scI(\ctor at 300 VDC. Connect till' black
Il'ad to ground and the n'd J('ad to the lop hi.,s baffle (Fi tt .
3.176).
b
{'.
4. Press corotron It'st switch and read \"OIt,lgC at the baffle.
The leading should be bctWCNl 700 and 900 VDC (between
7 and 9 on the 12 VDC scale multipJil'd by 100).

9.llA Top Bias Baffle Voltage Check (Meter 600T72)

..... 11 lower Pickoff Baffle Mechanical

US!, micr.ometer holdc~ GOOT753, microll1et<>r GOOT5~ and
th£' 2 to 3 inch cxtNlsion 600T53 to adjust the lower

barnt." It'}ati\,c to the drum shaft.
2. Adjust th(' haffJt., to th£' dirnE.'llsion shown in Fig. 3·174.

X= 0.117 +0.005

(USE 2-TO 3 INCH EXTENSION)

~

LOWER PICKOfF
BAFFLE (MEASURE
I INCH ·FRo.\\
EACH END)

(

Fi9.3.174. Lower Pickoff Baffle

9.12 TOll Bias Baffie or Flow Bias Baffle Resistance Check

•

Fig. 3-176. Top Bias Baffle Volta5Jc Check

1. Turn the machine off. Lift and latch the den-'loper a("(l\S~
covcr. Remo ....e the right co\'er. Rai:;(' the inboard and
outboard devcloper ass('mbly latchE's. Slic1t, tIl(' dE'H'loper
assembly to th(' right s1i!!htly. Rnl1on' lilt' drum (8.2).
2. Connect the metN as in Fjgurc 3·175.

S'Nitt:hes

leads
Meter

Red

6OOT72
V·O·M
600T786 or
+R
600T860

Black

RclJ:g~ t~Ode

COM
--GND

OHMS-X1

---

n

-X1

-

QtDowll'

(

9.13B. Top Bias Baf!le Voltage Check (Meter 600T860)

1. Unlatch th(' d("n'loper hOllsing and slidl' it back_ It('moYc
..
tht' drum.
.
~4
2. R('JnO\'c wire 228 to PS1.
.
3. Setup \'01\1 600T8GO: Attach the black lead to the "
('.
. -GND sockd; attach tlw l<'d It"ad to th£' 3KV socket
Position till' rdnge sL'1ectol' to KV. C0ll11l'cl. the black
lead to ground and th(' INt lead to th(> top bias baffle
(Fig. 3·r(6).
.
4. Press corotron tt'st switch and n'ad \'oItattc at th~ baffle
(.
"fhe reading ~hould be between 700 at~1 900 VDC
and 9 on 30VJ)C scall' XI00).

V

ri

I
,

9.14 Toner Dispenser·
Removill
1. Haist' lhe dl'\'eloper access coyer and latch it.
2. Cnlatch Uw lod;in~ dip on the dispenser and raise the
to\"l'r.

3.

RC'1ll0 \'('

mon' Ow

NOTE:

th:-

s('curing tllC' tom-·r dispens('r, and re·
from lh(' d('\'rlop('r as.~em.bly.

SCl"l'WS

dlSp£'l1Srr

If emptying a c(tllcc/!cd machille.

Ol'

returning llsed

(

c/crdoprl" lor a branch rC{llrltislz. llSr. Ow Sleel Shot Developer
Return Kit (G0052005).

Replacement

1. If thl' 10n£'r c1ispc'n5(,l" yokE' or til<' ton~r disPl'llSN' motor

,.

"i.

~

.•.,~;:.~.:::_-= ;"_~:"=".J=:'=""""'..:!.~"='"

n

Fig. 3·175. TOJI Bias or Flow nills B.tffl.: Rc:;j<.tanc:..::

a.

should J"l'ad 1() oltm~ or 1I'~s. If thc'
Jnon' tllan J 0 ohms. n'f('r to trouhlf'sllootilii:·

Tilt, HH't(.'r

lJl£'t('r

eccl'fltric position has bN'1l disturlH'd! manually rotate the
('ccrntric to Uw maximum inhoard position. Push th(' dis(
lWllS('r slide to th(' mCl':ir:1l1!ll inboard po::;ition and l"t'ph\Cl'
tlH' c1isPl>ll:-l'r. m: tkil1 i! ~un' th,,( t.hl' \"ok(' CIl(taCfPs thc'
('cc('ulric. This will f'll:'>lHP propN {,fl('i!(1"~'m('nt ofU';(""oke
without droppill~! tht' inhoard ('lIds of'lht' rods (Jut o(tlll'ir
guidl' blod~s.
2. If tOlwr is still 110t displ"n"in~ prc'palY.lwrfonn lht, tOlll'r..;.,j
di~l)(,1\Sl'r !>li(h.' 1~;IP :ldjllstllll.-nL (9,15). ..
\:

rt'c!ti >

•

•

•

3..

REPAIR DATA
9. DEVELOPER

Replacement

, :~ 9.15 Toner Dispenser Slide Gal)
",AliLAdjustment

1. }-;ngagl' the eccentric of the motor with the loner dis·

- . ' 1. A.djust the tonl'r dispenser slide gap in accord.mc(\ with
Fig. 3·177,
2. Adjust to the- dimension shown at each side and at both
ends of the tonC'r displ'nsl'r. Whl'Jl checking onl' E'nd of thl'
dispenser, slid£' the }'okp to the oppositE' ('ud.

pensrr yoke.
NOTE: 7'0 ensure Owl the ecctmlric on the motor engages the
yol:e 011 liz€! tOllcr dispenser, sct both fhe yollc andth€? eccentric to tlwir maximum ill board positions (9.14).
2. Check that the molor turns frec:1y by obsening movement
of the slide in the loner dispenser. If necessary. insert a
dipstick into the tOJl£'T w£"l1 to feel the mo~ion of the slide.

9.17 Toner Control Potentiometer
Removal
1. 1..o05£·n two setscrews and r(>move the knob. Peel off the
data plate.
2. Disconnect the wires lrading to the potentiometer.
3. Remove the
potentiometer.

l

i'-

,.

l,

hardware.

R('Jllove

the

Replacement
70/1532

(....

mounting

Fig. 3-1 n, Toner Dispenser Slide Gap

9.16 Toner Dispenser Drive Motor
Ftemoval
1. Disconnect the wirE's to the motoT.
2. Rl'mov(> the four sets of mounting hardwart:'.

3. Ih'mo\'e the motor.

1. Replace the potentiometer, orienting the shaft so the ph~
E'ogag£'s the locating hole. Replace the mounting hardware.
2. Acti\'at£' the adhesh'£' on the back of a new data plate~
lasing cteoaning sol ... ent 43HI0. J\Uach thl> new data plate.
(As an alternati\'c\ 63HIOl can be used as an adhesive-but
make sure non(> of it leaks around the edgl~ of the data
plate.)
.
3. Rt-place the kl}ob and oricrat it so that the off position is
at 6 o'clock. bel WN·n LOW and HI on th(' data plate.
4. Rrconnect the wires to the potentiometer.

9.18

TONEB CONTROL A DJ U STi\.1ENT

Toner dispcmiug is co!.troHcd by the engine control board. The
loner dispenser coatro!s (Sl &. S2 OIl the engine controt board) are
initially set to Sl=O. S2=6.

S1 ~ctcrmincs the number of bIts printed between toner dispensing

pc nods.

(

(

82 determines the ICIlELl) of time toncr will be dispensed,

Nomlalty S2 slwuld be 1.1S~ct to adjust toner level lllltil either
extreme is rcached (i.c. "0" 0:- ··E") at which lime Sl should be:
!ncrCn~(;Hlc~. o:~c positi.::n if S2 i~ at "E". decremented one position
Jf S2 15 at 0, 3nd S2 should be moo;cci lothc opposite extreme
and adjtlsted from that point.
•

(

(
{

-.

(
3·75

•

•

•

3.

REPAIR DATA
9. DEVELOPER

'Ii..

~:.~~

Replacernen t

9.15 Toner Dispenser Slide Gap
". ; Adjustment
.

'.

1. Adjust the toner dispenser slide gap in accordanc~ with
Fig. 3-177.

2. Adjust to the dimension shown at eacb side and at both
ends of the toner dispenser. Wtum checking one E'nd of th("
dispens£>r. slide the )·ok£' to the opposite end.

('

NOTF:: 70 ensure that tile eccentric 011 lite motor engages ale
dispenser, set boCh Ihe YO/Ie and tile eccentric to'lheirmox;mum inboard positions (9.14).

yol~e Oil the tOiler

2. Check that the motor turns freely by observing movement
of the slide in the toner dispenser. If necessary, insert a
dipstick into the toner welt to feel the motion of the slide.

9.11 Toner Control Potentiometer
Removal

ADJUSTING

SCREWS

1. Loosen two setscrews and remove the knoh. Peel off the
data plate.
2. Disconnect the wires It'ading to the potentiometer.
3. Remove the mounting hardware. R~move tlJE~
potentiometer.

(

"l

1. Engag£:' the eccentric of the motor with the toner dispens('r yoke.

"O/I~32

Fig- 3-177. Toner Dispenser Slide Gap

9.16 Toner Dispenser Drive Motor
Removal
1. Disconnect the wires to the motor.
2. Remove the four sets of mounting hardwar£:'.
3. RemO\'e th£> motor.

Replacement
1. Replace th.e potentiometer, orienting the shaft so the pin
~ngages th~ locating hole. Replace the mounting hardware.
2. Activate the adhesive on the back of a new data plate
using dE-aning solvent 43JJlO. Attach the new data plate.
(As an alternalh'c, £31UOl can be used as an adhesive-but
make sure none of it I£>aks around the edg~ of the data
plate.)
.
3. Replace the kl}ob and orient it so that the off position is
at 6 O'clock. bt'tw('cn LOW and HI on thE' delta pJate.
4. Reconnect the wires to th£:' potentiometer.
p

9.18

TONEH COr·JTROL A DJ U STi'..~ENT

Toner dispensing is controUcd by the engine control board. The
toner dispenser controls (S1 & S2 on Ule engine control board) are
initially set to Sl=O. S2=6.
81 ~etcrlllincs U1C number of bits printed between toncr dispensing

pcnods.

_

82 dctet'mincs the fellf,th of time toncr will be dispensed.
tls~d to adjust toncr level \tutH either
extreme is reached (i.c. ·'0" or "E") at which time Sl should be:
!ncrcn~entcd.. o~e posi~on if S2 is at "E". decremented one position
If S2 1$ at O. and S2 should be movec! to the opposite extreme
and adjusted frolll ~bl\t point
•

NomlaUy 82 should be

'-

3-75

3.

.-;. ri:~~p~~~~~~~t

REPAIR DATA

~~:: ..::.600P8.1722 .. ·

10. COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

t :-;·:';~·;:.~t~·;/£;~~:

·i
~.·r-('

10.

COMPRESSOR ANO PUFFER SYSTEM

'I'he location of th£' cOIllllressor and puffer system major components arc shown in Fig. 3-178.

PUFfER.....-------..

.
AIR PUMP FILTER BOTTLE AND FLUFFER
FILTER BOTTLE ARE COVERED
IN AIR PUMP S£CTION.

,

\

COMPRESSOR (613)

r-..

1011533

• 'i

Fig. 3-178. Compressor and Puffer, location of Major Compon,mts

.10.1 Compressor
Removal
1. Disconnect the povY'er cord from theAC recC'ptac1e. OpE'Jl
the rear doors, remove the front and !"t'ar lowcf COVPIS.
2. Open the drain cap on the air filter assemb ly and drain the
accumulator tan k.
3. Loosen cooJinE!b!ower motor Bl1. Disconnect the air hose
to puffer solenoid valve 1..8. Remove cooHng blower Jnotor

Adjustment
1. Check the compressor pressure in accordance wjth Fig.
3-179.

Bl1.

4. Disconnect the A transport vacuum hose. Remove A
transport vacuum motor B7 and its mounting plate.
S. Disconnect the wire from capCtcitor 01 and the wires
from compressor B13.
6. Disconnect th(, compressor air hose at the- compressor.
Loosen four sets of mounting hardware at the compressor.
Place ~ ream of papN undN the compre-ssor to support it.
7, Remon' the mounting hardware from B13 and slide the
compressor out from the n'ar of machin£', Remo\'e the
compressor from its mounting plate.

8-10-'12 LOS (STANDBY)

12-13LBS (RUNr-JING)

1012042

Fig. 3·179. Compressor Pressure

RCllhu:ement
AftN rcplacen1('nt. check adjustrnent of comprC's:.or pressure.

10.2 Filter
CA lJnON: Use () piece of cloth or similar protection u.:llCll
removing and rCI'/(lcillg the filter. Thc wire cc!ce of "tile ~'1

s1zarp.
NOTE: Be sure '''e compressor dQCS lior cydr. Oil and off
more than once evcr,)' 15 minutcs during standby conditioll.
If it cloc.", clzt:~c1: {or leal:s ill th'1 system. and repair {IS
necessary.

.

. , 't

1. nis('onn~ct tll(' po\\"C'r ("ord from tllp AC r('c~pti\cl('; 0p~"n
th~ r£'ar dOOf:;. rC'mo\-(' the front and fecIt lOWN can'n;.
2. He(l(:h ill \In<1(·r the A transport ,';I{,lHltll motor. &tnd up tG
th(' fronl of the ('ompn'ssor. Uns{'rrw and t~mon' lhr'
filt£'r.

.3.

REPAIR DATA

10. ·COMPRESSOR Ar~D PUFFER SYSTEM

10.3 Accumulator Tank

1. Remo\"l~ compressor B13 (10.1).
.
2. Disconnect the wires from fuser tran;;former Tl. DlSCOIll1€~ct the wires fr .."lm undt.'r pressure sWitch J,S21.
3. Disconr.cct the air bose from the fuser solenoid at thE' le£'o
Disconnect thp air hosE.' to th~ air filt(Or assembly from thE'
accumulator tank.
4. Remo\"E' the hardware from the acc\lmulator tank and
remove thE' tank from the rear of the machinE.'.
5. If the tanl: is dcfecti\"~, remove all fittings from the old
tank, apply sealant. and install the fitlings on the nE.'W
tan k; also transft'r transformer T1 from tht? old tank to
the Ilew one.
6. After completing installation. check adjustment of compressor prE'ssure (10.1).

6. Whil(- mc.intaining this rrlativ(.> alignment, rolette thl:
micrometE."r holder so th~ microll1l'll'r rod points d
point wht'r(' tht' outboard orifice of puffer manifold shnuld

bE.' (Fig. 3-181).

10.4 Under·Pressure Switch lS21

TOP (iF

TOP OF
MICROME TER

PUfFER

ROO

ORfFaCE

\

1. Unscrew the switch from the accumulator tank.
2. Apply sE.'alant to threads of fitting before replacing on
accumulator tank.
.
3. Check comlJtc5sor pressure (10.1).

''1"

O.OtO.OIO .... TOP OF ORIFICE
ALlG:"EO WITH
TOP OF ROO

10.5 Puffer Manifold

Removal
1. Remove the drum (8.2).

TURNS OF MAIN DRIVE fl.OTOR FROM

2. Remove U1E' preclean and suppression corotrons.
3. Disconnect four wires to the redundant mispuff deh.'dor.

MICROMETER HOLDER LEVEL POSITION·
OUTBOARD ORIFICE: 9.6
INBOARD ORlFICE· 8.1

4. I..oosen the puffer clamp.
S. Remove four sets of hardware and lift the puffcr manifold out of machine.
6. Rl'mov€' the miss clrtedor shield from the puffer manifold.

.1"_.

~'.

.

Replacement
.

1. After replacement. adjust the puffer manifold (st'l' bt·low)
and the miss dt't('c:tor shield (10_7)_

. Adjustment
1. Remove the d(,H-ioper assembly (9.1)_ Rt.-i11o\'e th~ drum
clamp and Sp;-tCt-f.
.
·2. Calibrate mechanics len-I 600T31. Ch2Ck the h~\·('l of the
machint' on the machined surf~ces of the base franH~) but
do not le\'el the machint'o Use as refert;iCf: on ly.
3. I..oo5t·n the pllffE'r manifold moullting brud:pts.
4. Set micrometer 600T52 cit .151 and i1l5iall 2 to 3 inch
l"xt£'nsion 600T53. lns~rt th£' micromeU'r in the outermost
hole of micrometer holdE.'r 600T753.
5. Position the micrometer holder on the drum shaft so til('
micrOllu;tl'r rod is aligned with tht' outboard orifict' of the
puff(·r manifold (Fig. 3·180)_

701&536

Fig. 3:181. Alignment of Puffer Orifice

10. If ll('c(>ssary, adjust the outboard ('nd of the manifold so
tlll' top of thl' micrometer rod and th£' outbo(ird orifk('

arc aligned.
11. Remon' the scale from thE' combination squan', adjust th!"
angle of th£' manifold (Fig. 3.182) by phwing Ollt> E'nd of
thE' scalf.' on the Uppt'r Oat of tht' manifold. alil!Jl(,o with
tht' orifict' edge of the manifold at tlH' 10th orifice in from
the outboard t'n d.
J 2. Rotale the· manifold until lhe s('atE' comes into conlad
with the drum shaft.

N01'E: When the angle ()f thc manifuld is j)rapcrly set. the
scale will be properly sci. lite scele will be ill {ul! cOil/act u'ilh
the manifold, aligllcd with the orifice cdgt of the malli/old at the
10th orifice in from lhe oulboard emi, (!tid just ill cCJlllnclwUh
the drum shafl.
13. 'fight~n tlH.· hard wart> for the mounting bracl~t't at lh£outboard ('nel of thc nmnifoJd.

14. Rc\·crsc til(' micromdC'l" holdN on the drum shaft and
position it so that th£' rnicroJlwh'T rod is alignr·ct with the15.

lG.

1'/.
1Il-,~rJ HOD VIITti
MI\~~lr (J~ () o:n HO/.HD

ormlCE
fig. 3-H!O. I\li£.lninn MicfOlll':tr:r Holel·:!

18.

inboard orifier. 1.('\·£'1 tlll' miC'roIll('h'r hoJdi!f ill t11(' same
mannN as in !'h'p:; 5 through S.
r.lanually rol'llp til£' m;,in cIrin- motor ('otlnh'rc1otbvisE."
S.l turns_ 'J'IH' top of th(' mic\"nllu:tn rod will indic:ttl' th~
point WhNl' ttl<.' inhoard (lrific(' of th(, pu[f(>l" manifold
~h()lIld lw (Fil~. 3-] Rl)_
lfn('("C':.sary. «Hljllst llw inh[)~lrd ('net of Ow purr"r m~l!liford
so the lop (If tlH' JlIil-wlIll'lt-r r(ld i1ad the inhoard o:-ifil"i·
.tn' aliglwd.
Tii~hh-n t hl' nHHllit illi~ hrad:d h:lnhr(H·,- ill tilt' inlw:nc1 ("tlcT
()f t II(' puff!"\" m:!IIif(ltd_
l:lTla·d: tll(' otl:\)()ard orifi<:l' ~l'1li!\~ ;111(1 tltl· an~~k of lTtlm.u:ifotd.

19. 1\-rf01"l11 tltp mi~:-; ch·t('("tor shidd ;'(l!~htnH'Jlt (HUt}. :\dju·;£
tht' drum dalllp (R_;))_ Clwd: tlh' pufl\·r tilllil1~~acljtl.;.tnll't1t.
3-77

------------------------------------------------------------------,:------

3.

REPAIR DATA

t.::.~~~~~t~?~f~\:,.;.

10. COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

~:.~, 600pa 11.2Z':;:.~

.,: : .,:.~~;.f~k~~...:li:~~~~:
.......

~-.-;..

_.....

PUFFER

SOLENOro
VALVE

purrER TUBE

(La)

SCALE

~

IN FULL

CONTACT
WITH
MANIFOLD

/'

TENTH ORtFiCE
SCALE AlIGN~D WITH THIS EDGE
OF MANIFOLO (ORiFICE EDGE)

SCREW
BRACKET ADJUSTEO TO POSITION PUFfER TUBE
MIN. ABOVf. MAIN DRtVE CHAIN

va

'10/1538

'10/1531

Fig. 3-182. Manifold Angf£t

Fig.

~183.

Puffer Hose Clearance-

'10.6 Puffer Hose Clearance.
Adjustment
Adjust tht" puffer hose clearance in accordance with Fig, 3·183.

n

NOTE: Adjusting the puffer hose clearance too high may
calise the hose to l:ink. resulting in mispuffs..

10.1 Miss Detcl:tor Shield
1. Usc micromete-r holder 600T753) micrometer 600T52 and
2 to 3 inch extension 600T53 to adjust the miss detector
shield relative to the drum shaft.
2. Adjust the shield to the dimension in Fig. 3·184) taking
mf'asurcments lIS-inch from both the inboard and out·
board rdges of the shit'ld.

DRUM
/SHAFT
SHIELD

X

_
~/
V:b.:

#~~

X=0145 +O.Oro

.

-0.000

(USE 2 TO 3 l~lCH
EXTENSION)

PUFFER

NUTS
70/&539

--<

Fig.3-184. 1\,1iss Detector Shield

10.9 Puffer Regufator VarvE:
Replacement
.

1. 'Vhen repJacing the puffer regulator \'a1\"2, bl? certain to
position it as shown in Fig. 3-1 S5. Use sealant on aU pipe

REDUCER IRELIEF VALVE

threads.
2. Check for leaks by placing machine in Hstandbyn and
checking compressor cycling. If compressor cycles on and
off) indicating a leak, turn the puffer regulator valve all the
way in. If the lea~~ stops) check the fittings and sealant
between the valve and solenoid; if the Jeak continues) check
the fittings and sealant between the valve and the tee.

PUFFER
SOLENOID

Adjustment

1. To ~et the puffer control vah'e turn it completely CCW Hnd
then turn it one and one-half turns CWo 'l'his is a nominal
selling and may require additional adjustment if puffer
sm('ar problems occur.

7011794

Fig. 3-185. Puffer Solenoid

Valv~

As-scrnbly

•

,',;

\..

·3.

REPAIR DATA
11. FUSING

.

11. fUSING

.

~. The major components of the fusing system are shown in Fig.

"'3.185.
FUSER HEAT RO~LER DRIVE
IS COVERED IN THE DRIVES AND
CYCLE COt'JTROL SECTION
CURL
CONTROL

CONVENIENCE

RECEPTACLE
(,'-9,SIl)

PRi::SSURE DISC

(
FUSER
ROlLER

PRESSURE

(

PRESSURE DISC AIR SUPPLY IS
COVERED IN THE COMPRESSOR
AND PUFFER SECTlO!'ll
70/15Q Olll

(

.

.

Fig. 3-185. Fusin9. locOltion of Major Components

\.~ 11.1
Fuser Pressure Roller and Fuser Paper Guide
Removal

(
\,

(

.

1. Remove the fusE'r pressure roller drh-e chain,
2. Remove the fUSN papE'r guide.
3: Support the pressure bar and remO\"e the outboard retaining pin. Lov;er the pressure bar, move -it outboard.
and remove it.
4. Remove the pressure roller.

(

Replacement

(

NOTE: If thc retaining pins· arc not secured mcclumically.
insert thc retaining pi~ then apply lactile to each encl to I:ccp
the pin from vibrating loose.

(

(

(

1. After replacement. adjust fuser paper guide
2. If the pressure roner sprocket is removC'd or replaced.
perform the sprocket alignment (11.2).
3. If the stopscrews ha\'c been disturbed or the pressure
roller has been ch,wg(·d. adjust contact arc (11.4).

NOTE: The bearings in the register stop drawe,. that hold tile
cOIJ12ecting rod for the fuser pressure roller in place. are llOlU
field rcplaceable. This alleviatcs tlze problem of /zavinc to order
o register slop drawer wizen one of these bearings wcars out.

3-79

r------------------------------------------------------~-

3.

F~~~::;~7:~~~
.... !.:.:.-~ .....-:',;.,~{.. "

REP.(UR DATA

..... :·~.~6oopa17z2:
\:.::::!~~i~;~t;~. ':~~;:=j}

11. FUSING

~-- ........... .."t._"'; .....

11.2 Fuser Pressure Roller Sprocket
Adjustment
1. Remon" the dri\'~ chain.
2. Loosen the screws (Fig. 3-187) and remov~ play in the
fuser pr~5sure roller.
S. Align the sprockets.
FUSER
PRESSURE

61NCH RULE

(USE AS STRAIGHTEDGE
WITH 0.015 SHIM TO UNE
UP SPROCKETS)

ROLLER

Ott

0.015 SHIM

SPROCKET (PART
OF 'O"TRANSPORT)
7011542

Fig. 3-187. Sprocket

11.3 Felt Wiper

Removal

1. Remove the rus~r paper guide (11.1).
2. Support the pressure bar and remove the outboard retaining pin. Lower the pressure bar, move it outhoard and
remove it.
3~ Remove the mounting hardware, strip, and felt wiper.

11.4 CONTACT ARC
ADJUSTMENT

I

•

l. Allow nlachine to reach READY condition.
2. Make two or three copies of &r:)ph paper.

I ,

ClLln·/ON: Do nor nm more Ihcm. two or 11lfee copies.

Complete the following steps as quickly as possible to prevent
cooling of fuser roller:

3. Disc'lbte developer/rceder by pJacing LS·2 in off position.
4. Rcmo}'e card cage cover.
S. Disconnect P/J-9 (main drive motor).
6. Lay a clean sheet of cllstomer·s p:lper on one of the graph
paper cQpies made in step' 2. Place tbe papers on the B
transport so that some of the lines on the graph paper are on
the pressure roller.
7. Close the register stop drawer.
Tum the m:lchitie on.
8. Press START PRINT. Then press FUSER PRESS switch (S·
S OIl engine control module) and hold for ap'pr~ximatety five
seconds.
9. Measure the contact arc on the offset copy (c\lslomcr·s paper).
C~lt.,ct arc shalt be:
....
Red -roller:
0.310--0.350
Max. end·to-eml deviation:
0.030
NOTE: To ensllre proper measurement, draw a line' wit], a s!ra{ght
edge on 1>Ollz sides of ilIe tral:sfcrred image and mCll.mre the. (Ire
width one inch from . botT, e n d s . . /

10. If necessary. adjust the stopscrcws an(t repeat steps 6 ttlrot1f,h
10 until the contact arc is correct

NOTE: To increase the efficienc)' of the wiper, position the
extra flap so it just tOI.~ches the underpC!rl of the roller. .

4. After replacement, adjust thE: felt wiper.

Adjustment
To adjust the felt

WiPE:f t loosen the nuts (Fig. 3·188) and push
the bracket up until it is snug against the slot ends.

~

NUT
7011544(1)
701i~r.~

Fig. 3·180. Fol.

Wip~r

,,-

Fi".3-189. Pap-Jr Phlc~mont for Contact Arc

~~

3.

REPAIR DATA
11. FUSING

.-:'!)

11.8

11. 5 Pressure Disc
Removal

•

1. Slidt.· th~ register Stol) drawl'r out from the madlin~.
2. C.'\refully clean thl' area around the pressure disc to pr£'\"('nt
foreign matt£'( from contamimlting the seal.

CA UTI ON: Never operate tlw IlWc1tille with the register stop
drawer removed and tile inter/oc/.: jumpercd or the pressure
will rupture the pressure disc.
3. Loosen the retaining hardware on the slotted side of the
diaphragm ring. Remon' the other retaining hardware from
the ring. Slide the diaphragm and pr~ssure disc to the left)
then lift out.

RCiJlacement
CA UrION: Sled shot clcve10per can cause stripped threads.
If it is ditlicult to tighten the hardware; do not force. Clean
the threads with a 10-24 tap (600T161).

1. Place the diaphragm ring over the pressure disc and slide
both parts into the slot at the same time to avoid·curling of

the seal.
2. Tighten opposing screws a little at a time. in a manner
similar to tightening nuts on a car wheel.
3. Perform the stud cona~ adjustment (11.7).

11.6 Pressure Disc Solenoid

Removaf

AnJUSTi'-I1E'~T

1. 01)cn top cuvers.
2. RemO\'c cant C.ltC cover.
3. Open front door:; nllcl o\"crrid~ door interlocks.
4. Insc:rt pyroml!tcr vrobc b~twecn wick and ft\..'er heat rolter

5. Turn JHintcr on.
.
o
6. 'Vhcn rus·.:r ternl? tcaches 28S • 300t)F. adjust ready .temp.
pot (Rei ora ellelllC control bo::&rd) so U13t ready' litht just
comcs on..
7. If temp. nlatfunction is not to be attjusled. proceed to step
12.
8. Turn fuser telUl>. adjustment on PS-2 to max (full clockwise).

JY.A.RNING:

2. Remove the drain cap on the sniffer-fluffcr air filter
assembly. and drain the accumulator tank.
3. Rt-move the two air hoses and two wires at the solenoid.
Remove the mounting hardware and lift off the solenoid.

FIlSCf C01:trol/ers witT,

pllTl

nllmbcl 1091'266

01

I09Sl69 have potentiometer shafts of Wlfyillg ICI'gITis. Of no :rlrajts at

011.

71;;s com!ili(m prcscllfs n seriofls sllock ha2a,.d wlJen a me/al
;s IIsee1 10 mtlke tire Juser Otfjllstmell/, ulllcss protective
busing 16P917 l:os been iTlS(,/b.f. If yOll ore Jvorking 011 one of
,1Jese two COlltroltus, amI theft: is 110 pl"Olt..'(:lj~·e busing on tllC S11q/i.
order o1ul insta!/ tlu~ busillg and mnl;e rTlc JlIser alTius/lIltnl with tlJ~
AlAIN rOWE1~ OFF.

sr:,en"J,i~'er

9. 'Vhen !uscr temp. reaches 4~oF. a~ju~t temp. ~la1. p~t {RS
o.n engUlc control boar~l} until Ule prmter- power drops oU.l
10. 1 urn fuser temp. adjustment on PS·2 to min. (counter11.

1. Remove the lower front cover

BEADY TEMPEBATUHE ADJUSif\JlENT,
J\,1ALFUNCTION TEI\;1PERf\ TUBE

I

clockwise).
Allow (user te cool and readjust (user temp. (PS·2) to
maintain 350f)F. (Step 11.9)
Remove l»TOIl1C'tcr.

12.
13. Replace c~ml cate cover.
14. Return plintcr to sen-icc.

RepJac~ment

r
'.
~

1. Replace in reVf>!'se order of remoyal. Run several copies
and observe the operation of the fuser pl"essure roller.
Check the contact arc adjustment (11.4).

11.7 Stud Collar

,.

1. PuB out the register stop drawer to make the follo''''il1g
adjustments. then return it to the "home" position for the
measurements.
2. lDosen the setscrew (Fig. 3-190) and with the pressure bar
in the maximum down position) adjust for a gap of between 0.015 and 0.030.

.-

.'\'01'[-;: Access may be obtained from the left sidt? of the
machine, from uncler the C transport. (i\ia/;e Slire this arca is
free from stcel shot.)

(

3. Put }.ocUit(, on the thl'l'ads of the nut

PHESSURt: DAR

(IN MAX. DOWN

POSITION}

~Ild

s£'tscn'w.

@ r

------·r

O.020i.OiO

t

~~
SETSCHE'II

Fig. 3·190.

,,-

STUD

(t,OJL!~a)

70/1~r.~(ll

Stud Cofbr

3·81

3.

.C~??~~~~~~

REPAIR DATA

11. FUSING

11.9 Fusing System Temperature
Adjustment'
/\~01'R:

'l'lle mac/line mll...-:t bc in a READY state before maldng
the adjust mcnl.
1. Turn off tbe power and opl?n the front cloors.
2. Ch(>at the door interlocks.
3. Disconn£'d the P/J connector on tht" fus(>r lubricator
assembly. Conn(>ct calibration tool 600T884 to the jack
connector.
4. I'furn on the power.
S. 1'urn the PS2 control clockwise until tbe quartz fuser
element comes on and begins pUlsing. Now adjust the
control counterclockwise (down) until the glow just dis·
appears. PS2 is now properly adjusted.
IJ~1RNING:

Fuser controllers with part number J09P266 or
1095269 h(l.ve potentiometer shafts of varying lengths. or 110
sllofts at all. This condition presents a serious shoc1~ hazard whell
a metal screwdriver is used to malle the fllser adjustment. unless
protective bushing 16P917 has been installed. If you are wor/:ing 011 one· of these two controllers. and there is no protcctive
bilSllillg on the SIlO/I. order and install the bushing and mal.e
tile fuser o(ljustment with the AlAIN POlVER OFF.
6. Turn off the power. Remove tllE' tool and rE'conn(>ct the
connectors (or wires).
7. Turn on the power again. Al10w the hl?ater to stabilize and
verify til€" temp~ratllre- setting with
\> ':) ~ tJ\\1\"t"-e

NOTE: If the controller system is not responding accurately.
it may bc ncccssar.\' to readjust the conlroliCi slightly to bring
the temperatllre to the proper temperature ~~ indicalioll.

11.10 Heat Roller
Removal
1. Hemon' th£' lubricator ass£>mbly (11.15).
2. Disconnect wire 124Ml and rCn1m"e the outboard socl:et
cover.
3. Remove the outboard sod~et as.sembly and spring..
4. CarE'Cully withdra w the heatpr rod \vith a clean dry cloth.
Uemo\'c the stripping finger.
b. Leave the register stop drawer in. Remove the outboard
fuser frame mounting hardware. Lift the fuser frame off its
locating pins.
G. Use a towel to balance the heat roHer on the pre5sure
roll€.lr. Pull out the heat roller together with the register
stop drawN.
.
7. Loosen the outboard bearing setscrews. Remove the
outboard bpnring and sa\,(> for reuse.
.

.0 •

.

600P8t72~ .::.}

-

...;:.~ -:~:.i;f

4. Slid£> the plastic wrapping matl-rial off the end of the I."~-r""""
roller.
.
.
5. Carefully insert the heater rod.
(
6. Heplace the sprint!, then \"i:;uatly center the outboard
sockrt contnct over the end of the heater rod. and fasten
lb(' ass£'mbly.
1. Check continuity between the outboard socket and ground

to be sure thert> is no short circuit.
S. ReplacE' the outboard socket cover. wire 1241\S. and
lubricator assembly.
9. Replace the stripping finger.

11.1 t Heater Rod amI Outboard Socket Assembly

Removal

win~ 124M! and remove the- outboard socket . I
cover.
2. Remo\'e the oulboard socket assembly and spring.

1. Disconnect

CA UTJON: Use a clean dry piece of cloth (or othcr suitable
TlUltcrial) to handle Izealer rod Rl. Never 10Ueli the izeater Tod
with your hand. Should any impurities such as bocly oil orsilicone oil be tran.c;fcrrecl to the healer rod. the quartz (from
which the rod is made) will deteriorate.

3. Rolt a sheet of 13· or 14·inch paper into a tub£'. Slide the
tub£' o\"er the hentel' rod to prevent the rod from becoming contamin:ttt."'d during removal. Grasp the rod through
the paper, and <.-arefuiJy remO\oe tilE.' rod.

Replacement/Adjust~ent'

..

•

...

Wh('n replacing the outboard sock(>t assembly t \"isually cellter its ~·f
contact oyer the end of the heater rod. :r\"bl~(> a continuih' check .'.
bch. .·eE'n the outboard socl~(,t contact and ground to b£> ;ure it is
not shorted out.
.

11.12 Fuser (Heat Roller) Sprocket and
Inboard Socket Assemblies
Removal
1. Releas£:' tension on the main dri\"£' chain by s£>curing the
spring·loaded idleJf in the "down'" position. Pull out the
register stop draWN; r(,3ch in and slid(' tht' main drive
chain off the fuser sprocket.
2. The brush cleaner \'acuum hosp obstructs access to the
parts which are to be n'mo\·rcl. Disconnect th£> hose at
the point whNe it C01HH'ds to the hr1l5h cll'ancr assembly.
3. Hemo\"c the inbo~rd socl~pt co\'('r.
4. Discol1lwct wire 1311\S and remove the inboard socket
3sspmbly.
5. Rt'lno'l; the fUSN sprod;d Dssrmbly.

Replacement
1. Ins(,1't tIl(> fuser sprocket ass(·mbly. making sure the fuser
sprocket pro}X'rly·('ngages the fuser }wat roller.
RepfiJcell1~nt

1o

th€.· plastic; v. -rapping materia} on the new fuser hC(lt
roHer for protection during installation. Install the Otlt·
hoard b('arill~ and tighten the f,ctscrew.
2. llal,:ll(,c tllC new heat. roller on the pressure roller. with
th(: rcgi~t<:r stop d(ClWN op(>n.
3. Pu:;h the drawer and heat roller in as a tlnit» tlwn ('ngr with its (hiring :>prod:pl.
}'/"Ll\'('

2. HepJace the main (hin: ch?.in on the fuser sprocket. Release
the sprint! loaded idler. put tension back on the chain. and
secure tlw idler in th(> "up" position.
3. R£'place the inboard socket asspmbly and visually crnter
contact OWl" tllt' end of the- heater rod. l\lake a continuity
cht.'ck bet\,;cc·n till' mltboard socket cont.act and grou.·
be sun' it is n(>t sllOrtt·d O'..lt.
4. Hpptt!(,(, inbo;trcl $oeb.. t con'r.
. \.......

(

3.

REPAIR DATA
11. FUSING

·.•,,~ 11.13 Fuser Transformer and Fuscr Controller
,.Removal
.
\1

Disconnect the power cord from its outlet Inior' to removing
or replacing T1 and PS2..

Replacement!Adjustment

After r~placement of 1'1. check adjustment of the fuser transformer output (11.14). Also. if PS2 has been replaced. adjust
the fusi'r system temperature (11.9).

11.14 Fuser Transformer Output
1. Plug in tile po,.,·er cord. With the machine making copies,
measure the voltage at TBl (Fig. 3-193).
. 2. Remove the power cord from the outlet. Connect wire 8
to the Jug corresponding to the meter reading.
S. Plug the power cord back into the outlet. Measure the
voltage between input wires 123 and 9 on the fuser
controUer: 230±10 VAC should be obtained. If necessary ~
relocate wire 8 to obtain the specified voltage.

r
WARNING: Whenever voltage is being measured at wires 123
and 9 be careful not to touch the meter leads together.

ri

...

CA rTFION: When replacing llze lubricator oSSl;mbly use care so
liS

not to clamage ti,e thermistor bCClds.
1. BE.' sure the clip is se'atcd on the fus~r frame.
2. Re-conn('ct P/J71.

11.16 Oil Pan Assembly
lVARN1NG: Rubbing the eyes a/ler tOllclling silicone oil can
cause eye irritation. Tlzis ittitalion is lJery mild and usually
disappears within 24 IIOllrs. Flush eyes wit" water 10 relieve
eye irritation. As a precaution wasil Ilands willI soap aftcr
'ouclling silicone oil.

1. Drain tbe oil out of the oil

pa~.

-

CA urION: If the machine has a rcseJ11c oil tanl-:, be· sure 10
drain it completely or clamp its hose olTlerwise oil will overflow in!o ti,e machine or onto tile office floor.'
2. Remove the lubricator assembly.
3. Disconnect the wires (or connector) to motor BiG.
4. Open (or remove) the harness clamp.
S. Scribe a mark on the drum brush housing) adjacent to
the on pan outboard mounting bracket.
6. Remove one bolt from the inboard side.
7. Remove two screws from the outboard side. Remove the
oil pan assem111y.
8. When replacing, mal~e sure the oil pan elldages the two
locating pins on the inboard frame (md that the outboard
end is lined up with the previously scribl'd Jine.
9. Check and adjust oil pan assembly lleight as neccssan'
(11.1'/).
•

11.17 Oil Pan Assembly Height
1. Measure height at the inboard end (fig. a-19 l).
2. Loosen the screws and a{~jllst th£' outboard end to the
t

(

same height as. the inboard f.·nd.

3. Tighten the screws.

(

(

..

"

Fi9. 3-193. Adjustment of Fuser Transformer T1 Output

I

l

(

(

, {~
.~

11.15 lubricator Assembly
Removal
1. Disconnt.'ct PjJ71.
2. Loosen the' rctain:ng clip.
3. H('rno\"E' the lubrieator assf."mhly from the mac'him'.

Fig- 3·194. Oil Pan Height

l

3-83
,f

-3.

~~~;~~~t~

.REPAIR DATA

t;, ' i;oilJ.t1!20~j

11. FUSING

~•. - • ~-. _ • • 'J.~ •••.•• ,

l\ew upper and 10wer wicks should be c11ecked beroft' installing
th<.'m to ~ssure sufficient and uniform saturation of silicone oil.
,'here are two reasons for this clleck: The wick rna\" have b£'en
underslturated in manufacturing; and the imprope~ storage of
the wicks Oil end callS('S thp silicone oil to run down to the
lower 'end of the wick. Proceed as follows:

o

Preliminary Procedure
1. Before opening the piastic package containing the new
wick, apply pressure to the wick with your fingers. Silicone
should rise to the surface- if the wick is properly
saturated. Check the entir~ surface of the wick in this
Dlanner to check for proper and uniform saturation.
2. If the wick is une\·enly saturated~ Jay the wick (still in the
plastic package) down on a flat surface. Using tlle drum
extension shaft as a rolling pin. move the oil from the
oversaturated end to the undersaturated end.
3. If the wick is undersaturated, remove the wick from its
plastic package and lay it on a flat surface. Pour'a sman
amount of silicone oil lengthwise down the £en ter of the
wick. Using the handle of the screwdriver. app1y a slight
amount of pressure to the wick surface and distribute the
oil evenly on the wick. Repeat this procedure until it is
properly saturated.

Adjust the oil pan baffle a~ ill Fig. 3-195.

r- -1

NOTE: Wizen replacing wicp.s. make sure the black plate ;s
on the thicllest side of the lubricator assembly (right side).
\\'hen a new upper wid~ is installed. a breah.-in is necessary to
establish proper oil flow through the lubricator assembly. and
to· allow the upper wick to conform to the fuser heat roller.
Proceed os follows:

Replacement
1. Make sure the wic}: is saturated t as described abo\·e.
2. Install the lubricator assembly.

CA Ul'ION: Aluv:.zys t~rn rr..achine off when worhing on wick
assembl)'. Disconnecting the P/J71 connector with power on
can cause arcing and short circuits_
3. With machine power orf~ wedge the START PRINT button
in the act'.wtcd po~jtion.

It is very important that this step be performed ill

order 10 crtow the machine to slart making copies os soon as
proper {user temperature is rear-hed. The copy paper should
reach the fuser roll as {Juichly (IS possible so that it will allsorb
some of the /zeat and Cllt dou.l1I the temperature Q(}Cr'SllOOt, thus
recludllg the c-/WI1CC of burning the wicl~.

4. Placl' a blank shl't't of pnpN on thr platrn and 5(>t machillt~
for 200 copirs. Press POWER ON mHll(>t the machine rUll
out til(' fuJI 200 COpiE·S. This will p£'rmit tlt(· wick cmd
tlwrmistor to l)('('om£' prop('rly s(·atcd. Once' th(' th£'rmistor
is l'iC>lwr1y s(,HtNl in the Wick. tht, warmup ()\"('rshoot will
he control1r:d mrtomatically.

,,,Y01'I·:: A new .'-qlllcx upper zeic/: Iws been is.slicd to replace the
,d,;(c wool wicl:s currently in fiSC. Tile IlCW material ll..'ill not
$ ("0 rc11 (II" lllcrll (ll Ille tempera llire fmUle! ill {Jur machinc.
''fltis !l'il! rliminate problems (l1u/ complaints due' to Dc/Drs
score/wc/ It'ool (/luI SllOU!d ex lend wich life greatly. trhell inst(llling (J Nome ....· wid:. you will lIotice: tlwl Vilf' ~idc has a
"Silll~"d" Cl{J{JCIIUtllCC. 1'Ms i.-; mused iI.\' (l flame trealmellt ill
l1Wltll/(1c{llfC (lIu/ is clime Ie> improrr oil r('/cllti()1/ propcrfit·.<;.
The wid: slumlcl be in-;td/..d ldlll t"is "silll;c(/" sid{~ clolrll or
1:Ill'ar(/ ill(" {llS('" roll.

or

~

"\-

245

'0

0

I~~~"
I

on

NOTE:

.~

11.19 Oil Pan Baffle

11.13 Upper and lower \/Vicks

•• ;

ROLLER
'10/1~1f9

Fig. 3--195. Oil Pan Daffle-

11.20 Dispensing Roller
Removal

1. Remon' the oil pan assembly (11.1S).
2. Scribe the position of the outboard mounting bracket on
the baffle t for reassembly purposes.
•
3. Remo\"(> the baffle and bracket.
,4. Remove one screw only from the inboard roner sprm~
bracket, and scribe the position of the bracket around the \
screw hole on the casting.
5. Remove the other screw. thcn remon' the inboard roller
brack(>t without disturbing the position of the spring.
6. Slide the dispensing roHer inboard and remove.

Replacement

.

_

1. To replace tht> dispensing roHer, rev£'rse the removal pro.
c('dure. Line up the brackets on the previously scribC:'d .
marks. If neC(>ssary, perform the dispt>nsing roller adjmtment (set' below), oil pan baffle adjustment (11.19), and
oil pan ass{'}ubly height adjustment (11.17).

Adjustment
1. Adjust

tllP

dispensing rollrr

.1:;

in Fig_ 3·196.

t-

1.400

-z- -_.- .- - -

(USE RUL[ FROM -~

0F]:'~~-~~8~'~~=SQt~;::~-=-~J~,:·,P
; -SCR[WS

J.~___ o.t.1

Fi9. 3-197. Stripping ringe;As~a.mbty Adjustm£!nt

(
3·8S

3.

j(.:-~-~~~~:~::?"t.::;~~,>

REPAIR DATA

(:. -' 600P81722 :.:

12. C TRANSPO RT

X:_.~·.··~ ~'.:'.... :.:

........-...

,~

12.. C TRANSPORT

... ,

.. ..;'

.r"
~\

The m;tjor compon('nts of the C Transport are- shown in

Fil!.3·199.

UPPER

'!0/1553

Fig. 3-199. C Transport System. location of Majc>r Components

12.1 C Transport Assembly
Removal
1. Hemove thl' receiving tray) the left side con:r t and tllP
antistatic bar. (On some machinesv,;:t!101.lt a sortE'r thE'
left top coyer must be removed to g:;.in access to the antistatic bar hardware.)
2. Back off the adjL~sting screws on the upper bracket
assemblies. Remoye the- C transport V2.(:uum hose. If thE'
machine still has a rese-r\"e oil pant remove and discard.

N01'};: Before removing a reserve oil pan. drain both oil pans.
discard the oil hose. insert plllg (3P2j 04) in the oil pUll
assembly. and refill the oil pcm assembly.
3. Release the retaining clip on the lower outboard bracket
assembly of th€' C transport.
4. Loosen the Jocking screw on the collar at til£' outboard end
of the drive shaft. and slide the collar in agains.t the C
transport frame.
5. Mo\"(~ th€.' exposure htmp harness outboard of the lower
bracl:el assemblv.
6. Place th~ right ·hand under the C transport and thp Idl
hand on the inboard side- of the C transport. Press outboard with tlw left hand whilE.> lifting with the right hand.
This will n·It.'HSC tll(' dog~ from thl' drin:' sprock(>t Clip.
7. HemO\'t' th(' C trall5port from the left sid(\ of lht' In:lchilll'.

RC1Jbccment
]. })l,t("(' t1l(' C transport in th(' machitw wHIl the' outho;\I'd
('nel of UH' drir(' shaft resting on the outboard Ic)\\'(·i
Lrad:('t ass(,llIhly) and with the upprr mOll!lting pins
r('stini~ on till' tlpP('}' braek('{ assl'mblil's.

t,

2. Place the right. hand under 'the C transport and the left

3.

4.

5.

6.

hand on the inboard side of the C transport. Slide
transport into th(> machine until the drive sprocket 0
...
C transport lilies up with the frame-mounted sproe .....
With thl' right. hllnd, reach under the inboard end of the C
transport aT1d grasp the drive shaft. With the left hand
the lower idll'r roll (.'r. Push inboard with the right hand
while turning tht' idler roller until the dogs mesh with the
sprocket. (When the dogs mesh, the C transport will move
9
inboard slightly to the 'homc position.)
l ...~t('h the retaining dip on the lower outboard brad;et
ass(,lnbly of the C transport.
Lock the C transport in the chome' position by sliding th<.>
('ollar on the c1ri\'e shaft o\lfbo:rrd against the lower outboar~J brackl't assembly_ Tighte11 the setsCTf'W on the
collar.
H('CO)"tlH.>ct lh(' C transport vacuum 11os(>.

l

I

CA UTJOX: Mal:e Sllre the' C tran.<;por[ ['aCIIll1lZ Ilose ;s connected properly. Loss of l!(ICllllm ill I he C lrallsport can callse
paper to bac!: lip Clnd jam lJetweclI the transport bells and tile
[cl:5cr roller.

7. Rl'positioll tTll' t'sposlln> lamp harn(>ss inboard of th~
lowl'r brad~d :15s('mbly.
R Check thc· C transport nrtiC'al positio:l adjustment (12.2).
If lll"crssary) p('rform the C Irall5port clearance adjust·
Illrnt (12.3). Adjust til(' screws in thE" upprr bra('h-t
assl~mbli('s to jll,>l (oontad tIl<' sick·s of th(> C transport
fram('.
9. Rl'pJa("(' th(' C\lIti.>(atic har alld adju~t (12.4).
10. H{'pta("(' lhf" Jpft p:lIH'l .mel tllP n'(:ridng tray.

"

'-

(

3..

REPAIR DATA
12. C TRANSPORT

·:-~, 12.?- C Transport Vertical Position

.

~ Adjustment
.
•
1. Remove the screws securing the top left cover. Swing the
CO\'er over against the platen-be carefut not to strain the
two platen interlock wires.
2. Remo\'t~ the extreme inboard and outboard screws securing
the bracket bangers.
3. Adjust both the inboard and outboard upper brackets in
accordance with Fig. 3-200.

12.4 Antistatic Bar
Adjustment
1. Remo\'e the receiring lray.
2. Adjust the antistatic bar in accordance with Fig. 3·202.

FRAME~i!'--].

PART OF

,

\

pAPER~r ~
I~I

RECEIVING TRAY

I

~ U

SCREwS

.

·C· TRANSPORT
,HANGER BRACKET

ANTISTATIC~I
-~]~A~
J II
----=r-\\
l~
l!J ~rno\'p the bE'aring assemblies from each end of the belt
tension roller. Remove the roller by sliding it to one side,
then lifting it out of the frame.
6. Slip the belts off o\'er the outboard side of the' frame
ta.king care that the sharp edges of the belt guides do not
cut the bL'lts.
7. Hernon> the dri\'c roJle-r or idlpr rollers as requircd.

+. rt--- 0.001

I
.

TO
0.010 MAX.
END PLAY

O.81~tO.OlO·--~

-

i

r--

1::.::~:::::~:::::-=6

~,~~,_.,I
·L,o,1

n..J..
~

I

SETSCHEWS
70/1550

Fig. 3-206. Upper Idler Roller

.{

~

\~

\

(
.~

REPAIR DATA

3.

. 12. C TRANSPORT

12.10 lower rdfer Roller
Adjustment

_
.

1. If til£' C lransp0rt is il1stath'd in the machitw. r£'mo\'C th£'
r('(''t'idng tr~y and )£'ft con·r to gain acc['ss to tilt> IOWN
idll'r roUl'r.
2. r-\dju:>.t Ult. . rol\t'r in C\('('ordancp wi th Fig. 3-207.
3. TorquE> setscn'W5 28·34 inch-pounds.

12.13 ?inch Wheel
Adjustment
Rl'liE>\·£' t£'nsion on retaining ring and adjust
Fig. 3-210.

to

dimens.ion in

LOWER

IDLER ROLLER

I

·C·TRANSPo.::n . / •

INBO.\RD

!

RETAINING

Lo.s,s" ±O.OIO

fRAME .. ..!

RING

Fig. 3-207. lower Idle.- Roller
PINCH WHEEL SHAFT

12.11 Belt Tcnsion Roller
Adjustment
1. Jf th£' C transport ass£'mbly is installed in tTle machine,
gain acC('ss to th(' belt tension roller by removing the top
lE'ft con'r and disconnecting the hose molding for the
lamp cooling blower.
2. Adjust tht.' roller in accordance with Fig. 3·20B.
3. TorquE' setscr£>W$ 28-3 /1 inch-pounds.

·c· TRANSPORT

S(TSCBEW

OUTBOAHD

BELT

!

~i\

~lSCREW

b~
o~
t

~,

i

";}.4

FR:,~.~~

0001 TO 0 OiO
MAX. END F-LA Y

- "..

.±

0.81 ~

0 010·

I

~

;;:1'

7011564

Fig. 3-210.

Pinch WheeJ Shaft Adjustment

12.14 C Transllort Baffle
Adjustment
1. Loosen scrt'ws {two at each end of baffle}_
2. ChE'ck baffle position at two points (Fig. 3-211).
3. 1'ightcn screws 100s(,I1(>(1 in sl(' p 1.

I

~-

7011562

CtiECK B.'\.FflE POSITION
AT TWO PO:NTS

Fig. 3·203. Belt Tension Roller

12.12 Driven Sprocket Alignment
1. L()o:.l'Jl sl·t~("n'\·'-:; Oil both sprock('ts .mel locat(' comhin sprocKt.t
(Fig. 3-209).
2. l~~{' (i-inch wIt> as straighh'dgc' to lint' up til(> outsid(' smfac(' (If dri\'r sprock('t with the outsidp surfa("(' of lur~,··
drin' sprocJ.;t't.
3. Tighh'll SPlsCfl·\·;.

70/15G~

FtrJ. 3209.

Driven Sprocb:l Adjll:-.tlH':nT,

f:i~l.

3-211. lbflh: Adjustment

..

3.

........~~.~-~~

,.~'; :~~·7:.;1:.~~:-=}~~

REPAIR DATA

13. DRUM

t· iirioP81·72Zf.

ClEANI~JG

I •

-:.'!,.-

... ,. ••..• ,.": ....... ~p

fI~

13. DRUM CLEANING

Th~ lI1:tjor compon~nts of th~ drum c1£>aning syst£>m are shown

in l--'ig. 3-212.

.

BRUSH CLEANER
ASSEMBLY

BRUSH VACUUM MOTORS

(B6 AND 8S)

fiLTER

BOX

10/1566

.~,

Fig. 3-212. Drum Cleaning. location of Major Components

13.1 Electroluminescent (E. L) Strip and LarrqJ Sit ieid
Removal

1. Unplug ttlE' E.L. Strip and slide it out of the lamp holdpr
(Fig. 3-213)2. Clean with a soft doth, or replace if ncc€'ssary_

the O. CM. program slzozdd only clean the E.J,. Strip by brushing

it off (chile it is ill placc in the machine.
3. Bt'forc rt'placing E.L. Strip, chc-ck position of the lamp
shield.

Adjustment
(lamp Shield)

. '-.~~
-~
----=--~~~~:
\--

,.~~-.--.. ~~",
-..; ..~~
~.:-::-.
.

C;'H-J~~~.·
;~.-::-. #i:~::~.., SLIDE OUT
-:(fF

.. \

ELECTROL.UMINESCENT

STRIP

".~ L:i"!~ FOR CLEANING
··::':-'.,·:.i~:·::'" OR REPLI,CEMENT
, .. -

1. R~mo\·(' tll(' dm m (8.2) and chargp corotrOll .
2. USE.> mkrOllll'ter holder 600T753. micromcl('r GOOT52. and
2 to 3 inch cxtcllsion 600'1'53 to adjust th(' lamp shi(~Jd
ri'latin' to th(' drum shaft.
3. Adjust the shield to the dimension shown in f'ig. 3·21-1.
4. Ch£'ck the dimension along the full length of the shi('ld.

.•.....

P/J89:·:·l.~ .

701l~67

fig. 3-213. Electroluminescent Strip and l.,mp Shield

CA liT/ON: Reports have lJCl'l1 received thal Discharge lamp
E. t. Strips which were not propcrly seated were being pullce!
in!o the brush hOllsing and igniting the toner and brush 11 ;.0;
impr-ralive tlUll during l'(lell service call tile Tech. /?cp. 1Hahc
cert(lin the R. L. Strip is in its proprr position.
Under IlCJ c-irczemslcmcc.'> SllOlIld a customer rcmot'e Ihe
Disc/mrgc lalrip E. L. Strip to c/Clitl it. Customers tcd:illg part in

101156'

fig. 3-214. lillnp Shiefd

.~.......

3.

REPAIR DATA

13. DRUM ClEAtJING
,':~

•

13.2 Brush Housing Door
Removal
.'

.

1. l.ooscn the thn'(' (".apth·(· S(.1"t~WS (Fig. 3-215) and lift orr
thE' brush housing door a~'\embly.
2. Dis:tssrmbh.· as n'quin·d. If the outboard arbor shaft is
disturbed. p(·rrorm tilt' outboard arbor shaft concentricity
adjustm('nt (13.5).

lOCAT".JG PIN

SCREWS",_~!
_
~

'It'. ·:tI,
.~

\'.

.)~~:::

."

~.:

"! f~ - -=.

"- • .

X'OJ39(USE 2 TO 3 INCH
EXTENSION)
DRUM

",>aJ.

.-.-.~ .?:"\-___
t
)( __ ~.--"
~~,: ~ ~
I

J('
i'"
.
.~."'"

l..

~

StlAFT
BRUSH HOUSING

'"

DOOR

INBOARD AND
OUTBOARD ENOS OF
BOTTOM BAFFLE

FRONT VfEW

.(
\

"1011569

NOTE: LOOSEN ALL 5 SCREVIS
TO ADJUST

Fig. 3·216. Brush Housing

(

BRUSH
HOUSltJG
ASSEMBLY

.'

l

13.4 Brush Motor
Removal
•
1. RpmoH" thE.' drum (8.2). R('mo\'c thE.' brush bousin Cf door
assembly (13.2) and brush.
0

J'"OTE:

(

(

REAR VIEW

7011570

Fig. 3-215. Brush HOt!sing Door

Hellracement
L Wht'n ft'pladng the brll~h hOlt~ing door assembly rohlt(' thE'
as~('mbly CCW until the door slot banl:s against the loce-'ltjng pin. TightPH the capth'e scrt>\'is.
.

13.3 Brush Housing
1.

l

U~l' mic:ronu't(,f holder 600T75:~. micromett'f 6001'52 alld
2- to 3-inch cxt£'ll::.ioH GOOT53 to adjust tile' bnl5h housing

rt-l'tti\"(' to

2.

Adjll~t

Ul(,

drum shaft.

lht· housing to the dinH:llsiull shown in Fig. 3-215.

3. Ch(·c·k tht·lamp

~hi(,)d

adjustment

(1~.]).

If the bruslz is dirty. llJorn. or matted. replace it.

2. Inosen the s(>tscrcw securing the inboard brush arbor and
remO\'e the arbor.
3. DisconnE'ct the two motor wires. Disconnect the screws
securing the motor. Removc the motor.

Replacement
1. Replace tlll' motor with the oil holt~ in the Il-o·c1ock
position (\'i£'\\"ec1 from the rrar of OJ(' machint·). Bl'fore
ti1~hh'njng the mounting hardware, perform the brush
motor shaft c::ollC'('ntridty adjustmt'nt (13.7).
2. R('plac(' the inboard bru:,h arbor and adjust (J 3.6).
3. Rt'plaN' th(' hru:ih. brush housing door ass('mbh' and
drum.
••

l

(

(

\.

.:(.

(

3-91

3.

...

~~ ...... ~.:;~~.-.........~
.~. • ......;~J..:y~.r.~

REPAIR DATA

13. DRUM

13.5

(~i.~Tv.~~

ClEArJl~JG

.•

Outboard I\rbor Shaft Concentricity

1. I..oOS('ll tht' nut at th~ loud of tht' arbor shaft.
2. 1)lal"t.' the sm~tn diamct('r holt' in tool 600'1'42-1 O\'cr tht,
('net of the arbOl' shaft--with the ccG~O Gon guuging
surf"c(' of the tool abo\"(' the t'dgc of the flic:kr·r bat (Fig.
3-217).
3. Adjust til(' shaft so that the gauging surract's at aU four
corners of the tool art' concentric with the hOllsing.
']'ighten thE:' lIut s('curing thc shaft.

(mUSH rAOTOn SHAFT

~

"

ARBOR SHAFT

1015573

Fig. 3·219.

Brush Motor Shaft Concentricity

Replacement
1. RcplaC'c the flicker bart thE:'n adjust (set" below).
2. R('place thc lamp shield, thell adjust (13.1)r

Adjustment
70/157.

Fig. 3·217. Outb~~rcfArbor Shaft Conc~ntricity

1306 Inboard Brush Arbor
Adjustment
1. Adjust the inboard brush arbor as in Fj~. 3-21 S.
INBOARD BRUSH

i

84
I

ARBOR

SETSCREW

?OIi572

Fig. 3·218. Inboard Orush Arbor

1. R£'mo\'c the dischargt.· lamp and lamp shiE'ld.
2. Hrmo\"e ,the Oll [board and inboard bnrsh arbors.
3. P£'rform thc outboard arbor shaft concentricity adjustment
(13.5).
4. \Vith tool 600'1'424 mounted on the outbo,lrd ?rbor shart~
check UJCtt thl' "GO" gauging surface clt-ars tlll' flicker bar
edge (Fig. 3-217): Check that lhe "NO GO n gauging surface
do('s not clear the' flickl'r bar edge.
•
_
S. If nec('ssnry, loosf'n th(' nuts securing tlw flicker bar.
adjust the flicker bar to meet the rcquirl'ments of step 4. "
6. Perform the brll~h motor shaft concE:'ntricity adjustm£'nt \
(l3.7).
'1. With tool 600'1'·12-} mounted on the brush motor shaftt
check that thr "GO" gauging surfacE:' d('ars tIl(> meker bar
edgl' (Fig. 3-219). Ch('ck that the "NO GO" gauging
surrac~ do(:s not ch.,at the flicker bar. (>(lge.
8. If fll'crssary, adju:;t th(> flicker bar to mc£'t the r('qujr~nwnts of stC'p 7.
.
9. If the flickl'r bar h3S bN'n adju5h.'d, n·tight£'Jl the mounting
nuts and repC'at steps -1 and 7.
10. Replace til£' outboard and inboard brush arbors. Adjust
the inLoard brush arbor (13.G).
11. R£'placc th(' brush and thr brush housing door assrmbly.
12. H ('pI a (:l' thl' discharge lamp .met lamp shield. Adjust the
lamp shield (13.1).

t

13.7 Brush Motor Shaft Concentricity
1. Hemon' th(' inboard brush arbor. Loosen the nwtor mount·
inl~

scrC'ws.
2. Placl' lhe large diallwt.<'r hol(' in tool 600T·12-1 OH'r the
end of the brush motor shaft-with the 'IGO~_N'O CO"
gaUl!ing surface of thc tool above the cd{~p of th£' flid,<'r
bar (Fig. 3·2H).
3. Adjtl~t the shaft so that the gauging stlrfnl:;h.
3. H('mo\'(' (It(, Jlarclwan' 5('clIriIlC' til{' f1jc-kn hin. ;tfHl !-lich·
till' flic-l:t'r bill' (,til of (11(.' lll:u·j;ill(' (Fir.. 3·2:W}.
.:l....!.l..2

·'CO·NO·GO"
GAGING

S\UflrAC[

/lUTS

i!(, -.-)~
lfz.q~~.I.}~<~:~-~~[JiJ~'
.-'-q(:'..~ ~'
..

-. - '--'
~~,.
-.- -;~:
,~..
~

. :-----.0:':~·:1".r:-::
. ..._, l ' '. .-.{
IJ~,;.
. .:'...~: . ,..',
•
. '. ~
':,•. ·: .•Ie'...... )J
J
N
1.1'
'r .~.~. ') >--:::.n \~
\.. .' _.:::::-....
<.:~:)
('" ~'.' i." ._" ••<""
'\ .' .'.. : .~!',....-..
J'".:..:----""'-!-

..

c;.

\

'

\,'.

I

.... '.--'

'. ,1\ '."':..c:::....... \
:-:'}'(' ~.!.-L. r'llu:n~
.

:"1---_\1

GOOT.I't::'~

Fig. :.·720.

..

Ill\h

,

,.

.

.

r NO

K('I~
Of HIC _
1<0

It·mol'.
HAH

F1icl,.~( [I;lf

(

•

•

(

"~

7()1J~.1·1

(

3..

REPAIR DATA

13. DRUMC.lEA.tllrJG
~ . 13.9 Filter
,~emova'

Bag

1il. COVERS

THIS Ht\ROWARE

.

fOR TOP CLEARAUCE

. .

~ ·1. Remove- the lower front cover from the machine-. Twist th£'

Jock studs on the filter box door and open the door.
2. Grasp the tray handle and pull the tray and filter bag ou t
of the machine.
3. Open the locking bar on the tray and pull tht' tray off th~~
filter bag.
4. Remove a new filter from its plastic bag. Place the used
filter in the plastic bag, and seal the plastic bag to prevent
toner spill.

Replacement
1. Slip the tray under the cardboard portion of the new filter
and close the locking bar. Make sure the filter and Jocking
bars are properly seated.
2. Jnsert the tray in the tracks on the underside of the filter
box top sl1rrac~ white inserting the filter bag in the filter
box.

CA Ul'ION: Be sure the filler bag is dear of the fan blades.

LEfT FRo;n DOOR

~~

{$

~

3/4! 1/64(TOP CLEARANCE)
(C:=:=f-

f

9/~2! 1164 (SIDE - TO-SIDE

CLEARANCE)

(OADJUST TOP CLEARANCE OF LEFT FRONT DOOR

~ADJUST

SIOE:TO-SIOE CLEARANCEOF LEFT FRONT DOOR

LEFT fRONT DOOR

RIGHT FRONT DOOil

4

3. Close and Jock the filter box-making sure- both studs
latch. Replace the,lower front cover.

13.10 Brush VClcuum Motors
1. To remove either motor. remove the two wires connecting the motor to Till.
2. Remove the mounting hardware.
3. Lift the motor orf the frame.
t~01'E: 111al:e sure the motor gas/wi is properly seated to prevcn t

i~sS of v.aCllum.

\

.

.
.

..

14. COVERS
The principle doors, covers, panels and 2ssoci8.tcd components
. are shown in Fig. 3-221.

::1;

DOOR

14.1 Front Doors
1. Adjust top clearance of left front door (Fig. 3-222).
2. Adjust side-to-side clearance of left front door;
3. Align top of right front door with top of lrft front door.
4. Adjust gap between doors.

r

® f,LlGN TOP OF

RIGHT FRONT DOOR WITH TOP OF LEFt
FRONT DOOR
@ADJUST GAP BETWEEN DOORS
Fig.3.222. Front Doors·
70/1576{1)

p;"f~[fi -r[[c>::n· CO\ifj~S--AR~:· CO\;?I~E:i~
IN HIE
f'Af't:f~ fE(m·n SECTION
,,--.--_.
. - -.-- -----_ ..
-- -_. - :
~

FRONT PICTURE

FRAME

~.--

-.~

------------------- --- ._-----•.. ------

3.

f:~~)j~~¥It~~
\}
. ~~O~~.)~Z~?:~~;~
-. . .. :-...
,···..",,:.;;P

REPAIR DATA

14. COVERS

)~...".

14.2 Catch Stop Bracket
Adjustment

1. Loosen screws (4) on upper and lower catch stop brack£'ts
(Fig. 3-223).
2. Adjust left and right doors until parallel when closed. then
tighten screws.
.

IN LEFT REAH DOOR
TO SEAT fiRMLY IN
SOCKET.

"

RIGHT DOOR

.

(3) rBAL,L STUD

~-.
II

D

CATCH STOP
BRACKET

LEFT DOOR

BALL~:~llIIIJ· (

ADJUST

(DAOJUST LATCHES TO OoTAIN
OtMEt~S!ON SHO'NN. FOR DOn
REAR DOORS.

ADJUSTING·

NUT

~r---.J

70/1571

Fig. 3-223. Cat1:h Stop Bracket Adjustment

14.3 Front O·oor Interlocks lS19 and lS20
1. Closing one door at a time, adjust door interlock bracket
so that both actuators arc centered in bracket cutouts.
2. One door at a time. adjust both switch brackets to dimension shown in Fig. 3-224. Check that cl()sing door actuah's
switch but does not botlom switch plunger.

. CD CLOSING
ONE DOOR AT A TIME. ADJUST DOOR
INTERLOCK B~t.:KET SO THAT SOTH ACTUt,TORS
ARE

CENTERED

C

IN

bRACKt T
ACTUATOR

ADJtJSTI~~G
SCRE~/S

CUTOUTS.

DOO:::

~~

SWIT.- H

BRACKET

~'-.
ri;
[.j!
r(

~;T;2~~~

' " ,~._
.

·1;1

Ji~~.~,

..,
®AOJUST FRAME MOUNTING RODS
TO OBTAI.N .OHI.ENS10N SHOWN. FOR
BOTH REAR DOORS.

~

r:-. rFRA~.~E
'~~~;.\

~.

K

MOUNTING

ROD
i--11~~

i

ADJUSTING
NUT

~

~

~I
l.
~)

REAR
PICTURE
FRAME

:

:0.;;

•
tOWER

/1 RtAR

"-~.

DOOR
~.

l

~

5/32:!:.1/32~·-~i4-70/1579

~

Fig- 3·225. Rear Door

-~'~~9---"
4;'!'
I

I \>
.\ .\.~ Jl;;>\~"'D..,I:
~ 'Z ~1!U

14.5 Rear Door Trim

1. Adjust the rear door trim in accordance with Fig. 3·226.

!

~il

~

END OF LEFT
REAR DOOR

®

ONE DOOR I ..T A THt.E. ADJUST BOTH SWITCH BRt.CKETS
TO Dltl.ENSION SHOWN. CH::CK THAT CLOSING DOOR
ACTUATES SWiTCH. BUT DOES t:OT BOTTO~f~ SWITCH
PLUNGER.
.

~........

""'-~l~~...,..-v~

-: ......,l~~0.~

\.
I

SCREWS

~
t

AMOUNT

c}-;..:-..

.'d-1
-r-f/

i-·Jv --.. ,) If

ACTUl\TOR

~ SWITCH OfU,CKET

-.

SIDE VIEW

ft

. 110 t\PPROX.

(StOE

VIEW)

70/1~78

[V[tJLY
UEYOND REAR
DO Of(
SUHFACE

or

FiU.3·22,.. front Door Interlocks

lilA Bear Dours
1. Adjust )<:.tclil's to ohtain dirlH·lIsioll shown in Fig. 3-2?r)
f(IT l)oth rear doors.
2. Adjust franw lllountin{.! rod·~ to ohtain dill1Pu,>ion shown
for hoth reilr c1(}()r~.

lRI~JJl7~
-NUTS

Fict. 3·22G. Hc .. r Door Trim

•
701l~(lO'fl

{

~

3.

REPAIR DATA
14. COVERS

14.6 Front and Rear lower Covers
1. Adjust hinges to centt'r co\"{>'r horizontally (Fig. 3-227).
2. Adjust catches to mate with studs on co,,·er.

,,

J

I

...

·

,

•

•

\.

I

I

I

LkdL

{'

\.

70/1:)81

Fig. 3-227. Front and Rear lower Covers
"

\.

I

14.9 left Cover
Adjustment

;

j

I

1. Loos('n sc:r('ws holding mounting bra('ket (Fig. 3-230).
2. Adjust setscrew on frame and m01mting bracket to obtain
dimC'llsioll of O.OGO .:!:. 0.0] 0 b£>tw('en cover alid bolh
picturC' rram('~_
3. LOOSPll stud on mounting bracKPt and screws bolding inboard supports_
4. Adjust supports and stud for a parallel fit b~t\\'een picture
frames and cover.

,r

fiU· 3·230. It>ft Cc>v..:r Adlu~tnl'~I'lt

3.

REPAIR DATA

~

. ~:~~::':~~~~~~z':­

14. COVERS

·;\-.~::-600pa17it:,

..... ~....... ~~.~.7:::~

14.10 Right Covet

-

14.12 lower Left Cover
Adjustment

Adjustment
1. J~OO~l'll studs.
2. Adjust <'o\"('t to seat in clips while maintaining parallel
clt.·aranc(' ()f 0.060 ..±. 0.010 to front picture frame
(Fig. 3·231).

~

-1'-'

_.'
_ \'

1. :\djust mounting catch~s (front and rt"ar) a!ld mounting
brackets (front and rear) so pan('l is symmetrical with
low('r front and rear covers (Fig. 3-233).
J:.'7-rn~
~~:':i

-J

~.
1;~ ~MOUI'HING

I '\ATCH

FRONT

"ii--- PICTURE

LOWER LEFT
7011~85(J)

COVER

~

h~~~
,7;,~
70/t587(f}

Fig. 3-231. Right Cover Adjustment

Fi9. 3-233 •• Lower left Cover Adjustment

14.11 lower Right Cover
Adjustment

14.13 Receiving Tray

1. Swing down lower rear cover to gnt con·I. b(' sure to Cl'nl£'l
the slot 0\"('1' theeV ann.
12. CIH'ck r£'gistralioli.

(
1011598(J}

Fig. 3-244. Adjustment of CV Arm

(

6. L that cam follower cloes not contact dnt\\,l>f
rail and papt'r wad doC's not ca\ls~ interf<"T(·l1C'\.'.

(
(...
lt
'.

I.

{
~,

CV ARM

INNER SW\FT

CAM FOLLOWEH ARM ROTATED

TO EXTENDED POSITION

•

..

,

SCH(W

701,(.0 1

(
3·99

•

•

•

(
3.

REPAIR DATA.

15. TIMING

(

UPPEH (>""Ell
GUIOr StlM- T

1. .

REGISTER STOP MODULE

r

-0.020 MAX.

7011609

Fig. 3·255. Positioning Register Stop Fingers For Actuiltion of CS12

NOTE: Refer to Fi'g. 3·256. 'rhe scale on the main clrive motor
is marked in tellths; .distcuzce between marllings represent O~I
turn of moior shafl2 or 36 c1egrees. To ob lain llze required turns
of motor shaft. lise the screwdriver slot as a· pointer; mental/y"
divide increments on ti,e scale inlo len parts to read hundreds.
These mental calculations will ge.l you sufficiently close to the
required ;nolor shaft setting because of tIlt! large allowable
tolerance (:t 0.08).
6. Check that CS12 is actuated. If not, loosen screw holding
CS12 cam on shaft and adjust cam ·until CS12 is actuated.
See l"ig. 3·257. After adjustment, tighten screw and recheck setting. Be sure not to overtighten screw.

•

TURN MOTOR SHAFT iN _
DIRECTION Of ARRON

r .- SCREWDRIVER

, ..

,

(

l<

SLOT
. (USE AS POINTER)

7011610

15.6 Puffer
Adjustment

Fig.3.256. Setting the Main Drive Motor Shaft

NOTE: Before performing tlzis odjuslm.ent. mahe certain that
paper buc1de is within tolerance allowed (0.250 :t 0.040).
1.0pem front doors. SlidE> rcgister stop draWN out and rais0
uppt'r pinch whcE'l shaft.

.

2. Position tool 600T532 on outboard finger as shown, return
upper pinch WhN-1 shaft to operating position, and proc(.'('{l
a~ shown in 'Fig. 3·255.
3. Using a scrcwdrin·r ~ rotat£' the main drive motor until lh~'
tool (600'1'532) fa1l5 into the d(~tenl of the fingt·r as shown
in Fig. 3·255.
IS. Rl~mo\"(' tool 600'1'532. Using a screwdrivcr, rotat(- main
drive

motor shetft 11.f, turns in a count<-rdockwistdin·dion.
dirr-c.:tion.

'-

70/lGII

FiO. 3.257. Adjust mont of Carn For Cycle Control Switch CS 12

("

•

•

,
"

.

CHAPTER 1.INTRODUCTIOI'J

600P8t475

DUPLICATOR ELECTROMETER
REFERENCE MArJUAl*'
CONTENTS
Page
Chapter 1. Introduction ................................... 1
Chapter 2. General Data .................... :. • ... . . • . . . . • • .2

1. Transport

Chapter 6. Care of Electrometer

..............

~

..

p

......

12

1. Care \'Vhen Using Electrometer
2. Care When Electrometer Is Not in Use
3. Storage of Mod 1 Electrometer

2. Terminology (Ve and Vbg)

-3. light Shock
4. Recommended Operation Practices
5. New Machine Instaltation
6. Initial Setup of Previollsly Installed Machine
7 •.Installation of New Drum
8. Ongoing Use of Electrometer
9. Tag Mark-Off for Initial Machine Setup

Chapter 7. Ba~ery Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1. Mod 2. Mod 1 A and Mod 1X Electrometers

2. Mod 1 Electrometer
Chapter 8. 3600~11t Unique Data • .,. ................ .,. ••• 14

Chapter 3. Electrometer Assembly Procedures ......... .... 4
Chapter 4. Electrometer Calibration Procedures ............ 7

(.1. r.alibration of Mod 2Electrometer
t'~

..

~

Chapter 5. Machine Setup Procedures

• .. '...... 9

1. Preparing Machine for Setup
2. Establishing Vo (Onset or Charge Voltage)
3. Establishing Vbg (BaCKground Voltage)
4. Copy Quality Diagnostics. \'Vhere Vo andlor Vbg Do Not
Meet Specifications
5. 1000 Custom Tuning

1. Electrometer Instatlation
2. Electrometer Calibration
3. Preparing Machine for Setup
4. Establishing Vo .(Voltage ilt Onset)
,
5. Establishing Vbg (Background Voltage)
6. Adjusting Developer Electrode Low and High Voltages
1. Custom Tuning Dcvelop~r Electrode High Voltctge to a
Singfe-Color Original
Chapter 9. Electrometer Troubleshooting
Check Chart .... • .. • • .. • • • • .. .,. • .. ............. ;. .. • .. '6

*This manual replaces

llHHHl3J

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
1bis manual contains procedures for setting lip duplicators
using the electrometer. Information is also provided on care.
maintenance and adjustment of the electrometer.
As you know:. during the x('rographic process. the drum is
charged to a recommend~d \'oltage. It is thcn disch ar1!Nl by
~ertain amounts and in cert,tin an-as as cl(!tcrmiued 1Iy the
cltaracteristics of the original document. In the past the output
of the charge corotron was measured ane} adjusted using 1!1e
~urrent SllOC Uwrebv contro1Jin(1' the amount of potential
J
placed on the• drum, 'l'his
Int.-·thod 0howcver \\'r. for tlH: first tirm:. provich's ~t nll'ans {If
nle:lsuring tltl' m:tu'll pot('ntiill on the drum both
dwri!("'
and after (:XPOSlIh'· l therehy HI'll~in!! mor£' ClCClIratc mlJtI~t~lH"Il!
of the charcl' corotron p().'~ib!t·. This (lffl'rs the &HldltIClfl:tt
a],ed and
light-shoc!le(l cl111sill"g light copies. ])0 NOT reset IOller control
or Vo' Copies will clarhclJ as c/rum rccovers.

4.Jf an electrometer cannot be zeroed. change the battery or
balleri(>s ('IS describp(J in Ch,tptN 7.

I

tJ,I,1

~

7. INSTALLATION OF NEVV unUM
1. Remove old drum from mathinc.

ft. N(~\'er

the: pr01J£.' sclectorkuoh in the BOLD position
JongN Ulan the time needed to read the sampled volt;lgE'.
}13ye

~.

N, _, way,s

;tllow thce)(·c!romeler to stabilize .tt 1~(Gt 30
}~... ~conds hf.'fOH~ ze:roing imd U5(~.
~

;

"t. H(T~tlibr(!h~ yc-ur l'Iedrometet wJwnc:v('r you n'citlibr:ttl'
your lJIl'ter or <:llttJ\,!(~ mdNS.

NOTE: Ii ;s recommcnded that .rOll c11f'CT? (:ful/or sct cOl'(>irOll
radial c1imt;/lSiOJls cnd Cllrrell/~_ (nCll(lI1Ct! the c1W11:c corotroll
current. front 10 I'('ar.)

2. Pl'rform P~l.if required.

(
(
(

•

•

•

•
(iOOPB1475

~

I;BAPTE.R 2. GENERAL DATA

3. Install new drum on end-bE:lIst insi(tc of black b3g. (DO
NOT removE." f..om black bag.)

' . 4. Jns!.,n drum into machine.
5. Remove black bag from drum as. you install it~ and position
electrometer into place.
6. Establish Vo.

f.

7. Est abUs.h Vbg•

. 9. Set toner level~ and complete machine instaUatio~ .

. 10. Check and/or adjust Vo. Vbett
..

."

on next servi;e call.

8. O~JGOJ~JG USE 0 F ELECTROMETER
The electronleter is used when the following five conditions arc
present:
1. Ligllt copies
2. D£trk COllies
3. Excessive background
4. At p1\rs
5. New drum
/-

.t

FOT

any of these conditions~ use the fonowing procedure:

~. 1. Run saml)}e copies!clustings and note defects.
2.

rj'roub~es'lOot

3. Clean

defects (DO NOT remove dru:n).

c11arge:: corotron.

4. Clieck and/or esta b!ish Vo.
5. Check and/or establish V b rc "
.

0

7. Check and/or set toner len'1.
8. CtH.'ck copy CIUaJity J correct any remaining defects and
(:ompYctc }>1\1 functions. if r('quired.

NOTB: 1/ drum is removed after Vo has bcen established Gild
/ighlshoc1:ed. causing light copies. DO NOT reset toner control
or Vo_Copies will dar/lcil as the drum recovers.

i

i::r
-. \ •
....

.

I

•

•

•

,......

.

_. ,. ............. ..... -.. . .... ........
'

.......

au

.. . .
o·

CHAPTER 3. ELECTROMETER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

22

fiOOP81tl75

,_PTER 3. ElECTROMETER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
o

10'

c.-

On Mod 2 e-lectrometers. rotate the probe portion of the
electrometer to the position required to install it into tbe
duplicator and snug the thumb screw as sl10wn in Fig. 1. On
Mods lX and lA, attach the nlOunting bracket as shown ill
t~ig. 2.

(
.

70/1775P

70/1776?

•

.-

.;

(

•

•

•

jf
"

.....-.................

.

..-- --. --:..

CHAPTER 3. ELECTROMETER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

600P81475

i•

3. Illstall the ,trum extension shart in tbe duplicator.
,1. Bring the probe end down to contact the drum surface with
the space-r and tighten the thumb screw
1'his'
places the bottom of the probe shj~ld at the required
distance above tlle drum surface.

4. Slide the probe spacer to the end of the r.robe.
- See Fig. 5.)

8.' Loosen tbe IilO1.mting bracket nylon thumb screw· and
earefully slide out the electrometer far fanough to slide the
probe spacer to rear of the probe.
9. Slide the electrometer back into position over tbe drum
until the electrometer box contacts tlle front or the vertical
frame (Fig. 7).

........

r'

'"
.~

~.

':.0._.

70/1111?

~-- \to ~,

'-.

Fig.5. Mot! 2 Electrometer. Showinn Pl"'ob~ Spacer

5. Slide the electrometer onto the extensIon sllaft anel insert
the tip of the probe up and in oyer the edgf! of the drum at
approximately the 11:30 posi~ion, 3/4" in from the edge of
the drum (Fig. 6).

Fin. 6. tJlocl 2 [J('ctro'n£~tE:r. Showinn I.ocation of Prott;) SpctCC r
Oil

t. '1'il~htl'n

Drum

tlH~ rnollntinl~ bwch·(. nylon tlllllHb screw to
IHaillt<1in tltt po~ition of tlJ(~ prohe.

. 70/1779?
Fig.1. Installation of Mod 2 Electrome:ter on Dupliccltor

'

.....

•

•

•

~~lll'\PTER 3. ELECTROMETER ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

IiOOP81475

~~~--~--~----------------------------------------------------

.~inger tighten the mounting bracket nylon thumb screw to
.
U'.'lRN1NG: Be sure tile mounting brac1~et tlyloll tlzumb screw
is tight enough to prevent any froTlt-to-bacll ,·ocking. or ony
side-to-side movemellt of tile brass sleeve on tI,e clrum sh(Jft~
BUT LOOSE ENOUG1l TO ALLOW YOU TO ROTATE THE
J:I~ECTROJ\lETER AROU;'lD Tl/E SHAFT J:N BOTH
iJIRr:CTIO~VS lVll110UT LOOSENING TJ1B SHAFT FROiY1
THE }'IACJIINE. This maintains the electrometer position but
olso allows the extension sllaft to rolate wIlen machine is in the
print condition lUithout loosening. If this exact procedure is not
followed. the dntm shaft and electrometer will fall out of
machine..

t'r hias varnI.' lrad.
4. Main driv,~ Jlwt(lr (if clis::hlcd).

N01'R: If

),011 nrc I"C~CJlIircd 10
~

____ • __ •. _ "a.'c1urng~~
.... _....... __m('iers.
, __

IJt"!

sure to

•

•

•

CHAPTER 5. MACHINE SETUP PROCEDURES

. -600P31'l15
.\.,.'.'• . . . .

6. Calibrate the elcctromeh:r j( requircd. th~1l in5taU in the
machine. n~rer to 3. Plep~tjng M~tchjne for Setup jn
Chapter 8 for 3600-III.
.

..•

"

'7. Before- starting tbe machine. cheat the front door interlocks
and put a black sllield {GOO'I'1198} ovcr the drum cavity to
prevent light shock to thednun.

8. Start the machine and press START PRINT and tum the
electrometer to ON and READ posit jon.

NOTE: If the drum needs pllTlzicillg. be sure to set the machine
up with the electrometer first.
CAUTION: Do not touell or lean on the eleclrometer or
extension shaft wizen taking readings. Jrfoving either one will
cause ti,e sensor position to shifl, giving erroneous readings.
Read Ihe 150 volt AC/DC scale XIO.

.'

~. ESTABLISHING Vo (ONSET OR CHARGE VOLTAGE)
,.-

.:

10i1S54P
. fig. 12. Connectitm of Mod lA Electrom~ter to Meter +R u Is of corolron,
c;tnt.y r'ldlCtl
bcf(,rt'

!. '""'
~

dlJll('n~lol1

:-HHl

('If:droHH:tl'r

Sd·\IP is }wrformNl.

f" ~(·l )Heter. to 30/ltt ~(."ale, pn'55 })(;., hu tlOIl. imd iaSl"d th("
calibration hox into ---GNIJ ,mel .J- R sod:d~ on tll(' meter_
~l"(!

Fi!;. 10.

900.:!:..25V
·3. Cycl: mae11ine out ~t raising the p:tper re~dcr COVer or by
pressmg srrOI' rRINI,
4. If exccssivc variation (50 volts or or greater) is seen when
meclsuring Vo t ched: that electrometer is not movin ~ct or
that drum run-out}s not <=xccssi\'f~. Ffypicat \·oltage vm~jation
on test unHn was - 20V •
.
To c?rre~t drUl!l run-out) using a fdt mark~r) put the
l1laclnne 1Il 3. Jl~lI1t .mod;) mark the ~lrl1m. ncar the probe
when the vanatJOll )$ at Its greatest. l~ow lighten thc drum
rod nearest to the mark. Hc·chcck. You may ha\'c to loosen
or tighten the rod.

3. ESTABLISHING V lJu (BACKGROUND VOLTAGE)
1. Turn laser 011. Place Sl on commauct 2d~!i>tcr board in the
left po:;ition (free nlll).

2. }ll:tcc :ttl the swilcl\('S on tilc ,·ideo attt:'r.u:ltor (umler
tmnsllorl) to the ''IN'' PO:;ilioli.

3.

"c"

press l'OWEI{ ON &md STA It'j'
l'HtN·" :t1Hl tum em tile dcdrornetpr :md 7.('rn it. '1'urn tlll~
proh(' !-odeclc.r tnnb to tht' HE/\ n lJ(·~iti{)n. ;mcl})ro('·l't'd to
~lclJ ·1,

•

•

•

600P81475

CHI\PTER 5. MACHINE SETUP PROCEDURES

'"'

. ..•. Rt:t~n.t the mllxi?lUn~ and minimum readiugs, and the amount
of \,ld~o attellualton m. Cycle lllac11in~ out
;>• . Tilkc out 0.2 db on the video :lttcnU:.ltor anel rCl)cat stcP$ 3
and 4.
At, some Jl?int. when )'Oll rcmove attc-uu<1tion. !11C amount or Vb
d~aCilSI! will lessen and any further rcdm.·Ucn b :lttttll:atioll
only yield a small c1lilll&C in Vb' This places you somewhere
below point "'A·· on the curve (Fig~ 13).

win

tVbg

4. COpy QUALITY DIAGNOSTICS \VHERE Vo
AND VUG DO NOT iViEET SPECIFICf\TIONS.
1. Chcck developer housing ,'oltates.
2. Check drum gl"Ollfl(t.
1 Check COl'otron r;,dial$ ;trtlt end blot;k spacing.
4. Check for drum cOllt:ullination.
S. If V0 is within specifications and you can JlOt tet Vbg in
spec:)., rcpbce drum and try :lgain.
.6. If you ha ... e pcrfonncd ALL other steps in this .section and
Vbf is still out of spec.. the stot hcaJ is probably bad and
. wit have to be rc:placed.
•

'·
C
..

(J
!

l{j

AI

1-

(.

.

A

.:it

<.

t Attenuation
JlII'"Il/arion (Fig. 13)

(

, From jour rccorde(t data select the· atlc!tu~tiO:l setting that
cot't'cSl)(lnct:; to the llOint where Vbg slo'.vcd it::; rate of decrease
(point n on cun'c) and rdt~m ...·ideo atknu~:tor to this setting.
NOTE:

Y/J.Z SilOUld be in the range 0/150 - 40Dv.

, (I

\

!

\d

-

(!

e
(.

(

1n

Ie

•

•

•

t

•

-~

TROUBLESHOOTING USING IliE ELECTROMETER
CLEAN OPTICS
AND
CHARGE COROTnON

RUN 5 COPIES OF CAM TEST PATTERN
l'.'lEASUBE IMAGE DENSITY AND BACKGROUND
USING CAM It COpy OUAlITY RATING GUIDE

NO

TROUBLESHOOT IN NO~MAt

MANNER

Vsing ete'Ctromater
adjust Vo and Vbg

~

•....

;;

r
'"

Vo
2400

!J5DV

3~OO·t

1050V

3600-111

9COV

7000
7000 w/CFF

900V
!lOOV

Vbg
150·500V
300·500V
220-320V
(270V NOM.)
175-300V
350·650V

CANNOT OnTAIN Vo

o CLEAN CHARGE COHOTRON

o RESTnJl'lG CHARGE (PLATINUM)
o

ADJUST CHARGE MECHANICALL V

o

MEASURE CHARGE WiTH CURRENT SHOE:
IF OVER 145 r,1ICROAM?S* REPLACE DRUMIF UNDER, REPLACE PS1.
•

-

NO

CANNOT OnTAIN V bg

RUN COPiES AND
RECHECK DENSITY
AND BACKGROUND

I

NO

--CJ

TROUBLESHOOT
RF.Mf\INING DEFECTS
IN A NOB MAL

MANNEn.

~
(
(

•

•

•

-.

:)

r

1
COpy TOO LIGHT
CHECKI ADJUST
&

ALL OTHER COROTRON
RADIALS AND CURRENTS

0

DEVELOPER HOUSING
RADIALS AND VOLTAGES

.

0

DEVELOPE R FLOW GAP

0

CHECK FOR-SHORTS CAUSED aY
DEVELOPER BEADS. ETC.
MONITOR DEVELOPER VOLTAGES
WITH MACHINE RUNNING

0

DEVELOPER LEVEL
(BUCKETS SHOULD BE
OVERFLOWING)

Q

TONER LEVEL

0

TONER SETTING

0

DEVELOPER AGE

COpy TOO DARK
CH ECKI ADJUST
o

ALL OTHER COROTRON
RAD1ALS AND CURRENTS

&\)

TONE R SETTING

I)

DEVELOPER AGE

EXCESSIVE BACKGROUND
CHECK/ADJUST

o

All OTHER COROTRON
RADIALS AND CURRENTS

o

DEVELOPER HOUSING
RADIALS AND VOLTAGES

o

TONER SETTING

o CHECK FOR SHORTS CAUSED BY

C)

()

1(.). :

.--

~~ .. ~~

I'~
..,

t· -• . -'J

DEVELOPER BEADS1 ETC.
.
MONITOR DEVELOPER VOLTAGES
WITH MACHINE RUNNING

6l DEVELOPER lEVEL

(BUCK ETS SHOULD BE
OVERFLOWING}.

e

DEVELOPER AGE

•

•

•

CHAPTER 5. MACHIl'lE SETUP PROCEDURES

600P81475
.-.';''1!i\.

••t~!~

5.1000 CUSTOM TUNING
-In

ord~r

to nla"imizc copy quality for special customer
2llplications. it may be necessary to pl?'rform the following
lll"occdurc-. 1'his proc~clurc- will customize xerographic SystNO
,":ttiablcs jf proper copy qU;ltity can not be obt.tined from a !l00
~ol t

V 0 setup.

1.1ncreasp V0 to 1050 volts.
2. Due to uncontrollable \"ariables such as }mmidity and
altitude, the incrNlsed V0 may 110t be obtainal)le at various
geograpllic areas. In bigll altitude ar~as Ule current must not
exceed 118JlA. If current is higher than 118J1A. current
must be decreased to prevent drum damage due to charge
fatigue. At lower altitudes the current may run much higher
or E\'en lower. but this is acceptable as long as there is no
bead carryover or arcing.
The 11SpA spec given above is an engineering national
base spec•

3. If steps 1 and 2 are met without charge corotron cudn·r to
tbe drum» copy quality bits bCt'll maximiz(:d. If ar~jnd
occurs. V0 must be decreased Lo an acceptable level or beadcarryover rn~y result.
NOTE: The increased V 0 proceclurc sllo111d ollly be performed

if copy quality parameters {Ire not (lccr.ptable at 900 volt V o
selling.
4. Re sure to maintain lhe Vbg in the 150~400V range.

.....

\•
i

......

•

•

•

. -.....: .. ......-..-. :-.. -

600PB1475

CUAPTER 6. CARE OF ELECTROMETER

••

(

CHAPTER 6. CARE Of ELECTROMETER

Your eJectromcteris .m adaI,tor for use wiUl the Weston
multhllcter . to enal)lc you to measure actual voUng£.". poteutial
without inducing drcuit 10ac1ing.

~I

I

.,

Your Westoll meter must be in gooel operating condition and
be cctlibrat~d at least c\·cry six months_

=~hould

~J~

Your eJectrolneter must have good batteries and their contacts
snouid be clean. 1'bere arc definite procedures that must be
followed \\'hen changing batteries.

,

Care must bc used to insure that the electrometer is not left
where it will be stcllped on or kicked or (tropped. Proper
alignment ot the probe is essential for accurate operation.
Transport and storage of the electrometer in its case is
recolnmended.

<:
(

1. CARE \'VHEN USING ElECTROf\1ETER
1. Observe. O.125-inch spacing requirements for the probe.
(Sensor spacing is 0.250 inch.)
2. Do not apply pressure to electrometer or extension shaft
when taking readings.

(
(

3. Ffhe calibration and linearity SllOUld be ched:ed every 25 to
30 times de\"icc is used on the Mod 2) and every 1 0 times
the Mod I.Mod lA J or Mod IX is used, or once a week.

\~~.E: Calibration

(

is also recommcnrled after replacement 0/

batteries.

2. CARE \:VHEI'J ELECTROMETER IS

~JOT

Ii\! USE

1. Do not Jea\-e electrometer leads conneded to f:'leter.

(

2. Kcep cl.cctrometer in zero position. F?.Uun~ to do so may
cause a charge to b~!nd up on the sensor, which wiH
ultimately destroy the internal circuitry. Le~ving the sensor
ol)en will also cause dirt buildup inside the sensor, which
.wiJI cfft,ct the reading.

(

3. Never remove top covt:'r to expose circuitry. Touching
certain components on the circuit m'-!y destroy the circuit.

(

4. Ne\·er touch the internal probe wire.rrhe illIwr probe win" is
very s(:nsitiv(: and the chargt: genernted by touching the '·... in·
could destroy the unit.

(

5. Do not bend or distort the probe rod. B£~nding the shi('ld
wilt cause the inh!rnal sp"cing between the sensor and shield
to shift causing crratic r('aclings.
G. Do· not short electrometer leach to
snrface.

PI.

~hIJ:c

ca~('

or :my metal

slIre dcclrometN' is in OFF po:>ition.

1

(

(.>0 lIot store (:JectroJnptf:r witltou~ hattNies in 1)1:tc:.:·

{ .... -~. Whe'll (·I!:drornefpr is nClt h

liSt..

k('C'p it in tile Ilf.>ldinl! C'IS(~.

.-

!.

(

('

•

•

•

(iOOP81475

<.

CHAPTER 7. BATTERY REPLACEMENT

CHAPTER 7. BATTERY REPlACEME.NT
1. r",on 2,I\:10D lA, AND MOD lX ElECTBOfv1ETERS

(Loc:lted in calibration box (Mod 2) and in U1C blue boxes on
thc meter cOimector lead (Moers IX and lAw»

1.1 nemovat and Replacement Proc~dure
Use the following procedure when removing or replacing
h:lttcry:

.

1. Place the ON-OFF switch in the Of'F position.

C;lPTION: Failure to do so may clamagc electrometer.
2. PI&ce the probe selector in the ZERO position.
3. Remove the four screws bolding the access cover to the
calibration box and remove tbe battery.
4. Clean replacement battery contacts by rubbing them on a
clean cloth.

9. Ucrnove tbe meter connJ:c:tor pins from contact with the
case.

2.2 Rccommendell Battery Type
The accuracy of th~ clectronl£'ter can be severely jmpaired jf
the recommcnded batteries are not used. Use either ~lallory .
TR-175 or E\·cryready &175 batteries and.alwaysreptace both
batteries.*'
.
.

2.3 Batterv Life
The batteries in the electrometcr wiB Jast for approximateJy
forty llOurs of continuous use. If the batteries becom?' weak
you will notice one of the fonowing symptoms:

I. It will be impossible to zero the £:1ectrometer or if it can be
zeroed. the zero knob will be in its extreme clockwise
counterclockwise position.

or
.

2. The zero adjustment will not cause a deflection of the
meter in either direction. This can also be caused by
instaUing batteries with their polarity rE:versed~

.

5. Make sure the battery is clean.

CA UTION: The electrometer circuits can be clamccgcll if the
procedure is not followecl in the proper sequence.

6. Install new battery.

* Supplementary list of batteries t11at may be used:

'1. Replace the hattery cover.

,'' lC

1.2 Recommended BL!ttery Type

}"irst:

accuracy of the electrometer can be severc!y jmpair~(l if

~~e recommended battery is not lIsed. Use a M,tllory alkaline'

Burgess 2MN6
Eveready 222
Ray-O-Vae D160'i

. ))uracell 9 volt battery or equivalent.

1.3 Battery tife
'file battery in the electrometer Win last for approximately 200
hours of continuous llSC. If the batter~' becom~s \,,.eak~ meter
will rCctd i1pproximatc1y 1/2 scale at turn-on with probe in
ZERO position_

Second:

Bright Star 0920
Burgess 2l)6

Eveready 216
}"1al1ory 11--160·1

}..iarathon 1GO!1
RCA VS323

Rely-O-Vac 1604
Sears 61rl
Zrnith Z216

*
**
- E\'cn~acly :El·1GX **
Mallory TH--116X **
RCA VSI-1GX **
Rcly-O·Vac IGO·1M **
Sc,;rs 6 .1] 6 **
Mallory M1'\ 1604
RCA VS1323 *
Bl.lrgc5s 1I116X

Zenith 7.1tlG ,;:*

* Alkililw
** l\!crcury

•

•

•

(

..
GOOP81475

l:UAPTEB 9. ELECTROMETER TROUBLESHOOTING CHECK CHART

(

•

CHAPTER 9. ELECTROMETER TROUBLESHOOTING CHECK CHART

PROBLEIV)

CAUSE

REMEDY

1. The e1ectrometer wifl

The batteries arc
defective

See b:.ttery replacement
'Chapter 7}

not zero.

Incorrect polarity

2. Electrometer readings
fluctuates more than
100 volts on all
machines. NOTE: Some
fluctuation is norma'
because of drum run.out.

...•

J\,

SC"~W

Slip screw too
loose. causing
electrometer probe
to vary in distance
from drum.

Tagh ten

Set screw too
loose atlowin9
electrometer probe
wind.ow to become
mispositioned.

Return to your PTS

Electrometer not
grounded

Check for zero
resistance b~tween
electrometer case and
ground. If other them
2ero resistance is read,
clean the mounting
bracket.

Drum extension
~haft

I

Tighten sh:lft.

("

Joose.

Excessive drum

Rctorque end bc!ls

run out

3. Eiectrometer will
2ero but witl not
read voltage.

Conc!l;ctive rnatcri:>t
shorting prob~ tube
to probe sensor.

Disconnect electrometer
from meter. rotate
sell.'ctor knob to READ.
turn electrometer or!
Dnd gently shake
electrometer with
'''indolN facing down.

Weak batteries

See battery replacement

c..

(Chapter 1)

4. Electrometer will not
return to ~cro after
rC
under 400 volts

...•.
r\.~

9.

Elcctrom~ter will n~t
calibri)te and reads
(lver 400 vohs.

iO. Short

b3!t~ry

life.

.

See battery repTtlcement
(Chapt~r 7)

Probe j:; too close
to current shoe

DO NOT SEND PROBE
See probe spncc ildjtJstmentprocedtlrc

Meter c(mnector
b;)Oana ptuJ> shorted
to case in s~orase

Insulate BOTH m~ter
connector pins.

Etectrom~ter

Turn cfc.:trorneter off
,,,hen not b~in:) us~d.

turned oH i!l
storzg::

not

•

I

e·

,

CONTENTS

1. GENERAL THEORY

MACHINE AREAS
1.1 Drives and Cycle Control

1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6

Paper Feeder
Sniffer/Fluffer Air System
A-Transport
Register Stop Drawer

1.8 Drum and Corotrons
1.9 Developer
1.10 Compressor and Puffer System
1.11 Fusing
1.12 C-Transport
1.13 Drum Cleaning

r

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.1 DHIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL
Main Drives
Developer/Feeder Drive
Cycle Control Assembly

~l.·

2.3 PAPER FEEDER
~.

~"

Paper Length Control (Unilever)
Paper Feed Mechanism
Paper Tray and Index Motor

1-2
1-3
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-7

Corotrons
Charge Corotron
Pretransfer Corolron
Transfer Corotron
Preclean Corotron
Arc Shields
Corotron Cleaning
Corotron Power Supply

1-9
1-10

1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14

2-1
2-1
2-2
2-2

2-5

2-6
2-9
2-14

2.4 SNIFFER/FLUFFER AIR SYSTEM

2-19

2.5 A-TRANSPORT

2-21

2.6 REGISTER STOP DRAV/ER

2-25
2-26
2-30
2-34

Register Stop Module
B-Transport
Drawer Frame and Accessories

2.8 DRUM AND COROTRONS
Drum

.2.9

DEVELOPER
Biased Baffle
Developer Electrode
Toner Dispenser

2.10 COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER

SYSTEM
Compressor .
Puffer

2-50
2-50
2-51
2-51
2-51
2-51
2-52
2-52
2-52
2-52
2-54
2-55
2-55
2-56
2-58

2-58
2-61

2.11 FUSING
Fuser Heat Rolier and Oil Dispenser
Fuser Controls
Fuser Pressure Roller

2-63
2-63
2-69
2-71

2.12 C-TRANSPORT
Receiving Tray
. Anti-static Bar
B- and C-Transport Vacuum

2-73
2-76
2-76
2-77

2.13 DRUM CLEANING

2-78

•

•

•

(
1. GENERAL THEORY
GENERAL MACHINE FUNCTIONS

MACHINE AREAS

,,-

Figure 1-2 shows that paper moves from the right end
the machine, under .the drum, through the ftlser, and
(~
~t the left end. A sniffer assembly lifts a sheet by
vacuum from the paper stack on the right end of the 1000
and feeds it sideways into the machine. The paper tray,
which holds the paper stack, automatically raises a short
distance about every seven sheets to keep the top of the
stack at the proper feeding level.

DRUM

600P81587

After the sniffer assembly lifts each sheet from the top
of the stack. the sheet is fed to the A-transport. Another
vacuum system holds the sheet to the bottom of the Atransport as belts move the paper to the register stop
module.
The register stop module slows the sheet almost to a
stop. aligns it, and releases it at the right time for proper
registration to the drum image. Then the transfer corotron transfers the image to the paper.
The sheet is removed from the d rum by the pufferrand
the B-transport then carries the· sheet to the fuser. A
third vacuum system holds the sheetto the B~tra~sport.
The fuser consists of two rollers. The lower roller
presses against the upper heated roller. As the sheet
travels between the two rollers. the combination of heat
and pressure fuses the toner to the paper.
When the sheet emerges from the fuser, it is carried by
the C-transport up to t~e receivi~g tray. The sheet is held
to the transport by a vacuum.

(

(

(

(
(.

(

MACHINE AREAS
TRANSFER
COROTRON

Fig- 1-2. Paper Path

70/l613C?)

The 7000 is divided. into thirteen functional areas (Fi·g.
. 1-3) plus machine timing and covers. The thirteen functional areas are briefly described on the following pages.

.

,

DRlVES AND CYCLE
CONTROL (LOCATED IN
REAR BEHIND DRUM)

(
(
(.

(

(
(
COVEns (NOT SHOWN)
Tlt,'ING (NOT SHOWN)

1-2

fIg. 1-3. Machine.· FUnctionilf Areas

(
(

•

•

•

1. GENERAL THEORY
1.1 DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL

<.

1.1 DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL

Drives
. The machine drives consist of two subsections: (1) the
main drive and (2) the developer/feeder drive.
The main drive motor (Fig. 1-4) drives the main drive
chain. which in turn drives the B-. and C-transports,
register stop module. fuser, and cycle control assembly.
The main drive motor also rotates the drum. the scan
cam. and. through a gear and chain. the A-transport. A
follower on the scan cam drives the object mirror.
The developer/feeder motor drives the paper feed
clutch in the paper feeder and the bucket conveyor in the
developer housing.

Cycle Control
The master timing device in the machine is the cycle
control assembly (Fig. 1-4) which electrically controls
operations such as paper feeding, puffing, and checking
for paper jams. ,The cycle control assembly is mounted
under the main drive gearbox. and consists of several
switches that are cam-actuated three times for each
revolution of the drum.

MAIN DRtVE
MOTOR (82)

70-190SP-l

Fig. 1-4. Machine [)rives and Cycle Control
Assembly (Right Rear View)

1-3

•

•

•

1. GENERAL THEORY
1.3 PAPER FEEDt;R

1.4

SN1FF~R/FLUFFER

AiR SVSTEI".,1

1.4 SNIFFER/FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM

1.3 PAPER fEEDER

The paper feeder consists of three subsections: (1) the
paper tray and index motor. (2) the paper length control.
and (3) the paper feed mechanism.
The paper tray (Fig. 1-6) stores up to 2.000 sheets and
is raised and lowered by the index motor through a
pulley and cable arrangement. A sensing bar above the
paper stack monitors the height of the stack and
energizes the motor to raise the tray as the stack

The sniffer-fluffer air system is operated by the air
pump. The air pump draws' air through the sniffer,
creating the vacuum to pick up a sheet. The air pump
then blows this air thrpugh the fluffer to separate the top
sheets in the paper stack. The top sheets are blown
upwards until they contact the snubbers', which hold the
sheets
the proper feeding position.

at

diminishes.
The operator moves the paper length control. or
"unilever:' (Fig. 1-6) to position the paper guides to a
particular paper length.
The paper feed mechanism consists of the sniffer
assembly, and the paper feed clutch and cams. The
developer/feeder motor drives the paper feed
mechanism with a chain. The sniffer assembly uses
vacuum to pick up a sheet and feed it to theA-transport.

. Fig. 1-6. Paper Feeder

1-5

1. GENERAL THEORY

..

..

~.-. «:~":'-:- =~.-~ ,~:.~:~:"., ~.
j, . 600pa1587-1:~

1.5 A-TRANSPORT

~-~'ii;;~~;;~;li:1

•

1.5 A-TRANSPORT

j

The A-transport area has three subsections: (1) theAtransport, (2) the multi-sheet feed reject system. and (3)
the A-transport vacuum blower.
The A-transport (Fig. 1-7) carries single sheets toward
the register stop module and diverts multiple-fed sheets,
or "mufti-sheets," into a reject tray.
The muftisheet sensor is located at the feed-in side of
the A-transport. It detects the extra thickness of
multiple-fed sheets, causing the A-transport reject
fingers to divert the sheets into the reject tray.
The A,...transport"has its own brower.located near the
right rear Jeg. which provides a vacuum for holding
paper on the bottom of the transport. A developer catch
tray is mounted on the A-transport.

~EX~LOPER CATCH

A-T,/SPORT

;;J
:,:-~,~"
-'-~'-.C·::~"lfi~~:>:--.
~~\"~'~!;'~
~~:..~~'H
"'-"-'~.A<""~.
-"",-.,-~"",
~~
~. ~J---' ("~
e""

Ir&~1~~:
·':~;·~0">f·
.. ~1t~
~~.-~
~~.... '."~-#..'. ~~~,;~~.~:
'.:.~ ~'.--'
>-"'~~~
:z"'~:.\. '-"'
.....
-.:_. -..__
~~.i.<;'a~z.~~,""",,_
-'i1'.;;~~;;g,

t..... " ..

~

.. -' ..

•

.•' ...
.,.,.
>

.•

:_-.' -

".o;·D:f",
f""illa'"'"

>

..

..•........•: ........ -

"d@:¥~
:t,:-_:--.
~:$; '~ ~"'l:'<\,'\.

.

.

.r ~
-1

I

~~:..:.- ,."' ,".. '.'. ";-'.,,/ _
~ z1'.i'~........
'':~~~:~:.B~
.\:~~.;.-'-;5~.\J
~(.
~'t7.
-. :~~~:
'. ;,,:·J.
....;.~~~:,
" ",r-rf=J-;~-:
/ r: -r.:' RIGHT~ .
f:!!;i~';
:~':.!.~~;...t~.
'
.....
,....J>
....
~-:-bi~~-.
:-:.-~--~
....
J.;~
"~~:;--:;::!~
~;.;.:
r
.-.~ ''<~ '-=~:-:
~_~"l"!'....~-:- •.. ,. ,., :.. _ ,:.,J-' ..
[
---.--......-. . . " - ..•

.... .

...

-A-TRANSPORTVACUUM
BLoweR (B7) (BEHIND

'.

fJ.

1'>~ "?'''~.>-'t-~~_
~. ~:
I~~ ~j:\l'
~'I!~~
~Jh
. '''''",;,Ui(', .
;(1.~: l;~~~,d_;';;:ii~ ~ .' ~7'''; ";:.,1,
':;);-tJ'

-

-:

';-

",. -.,....

.•:;.
.•
.•

"].

l~-'1·i. }LJ?~;J-:-'!.-I;:;"'::;'~'-"~f.,~rr:"t.
&]1 .
...

MULTISHEET SENSOR

(lS9)

d)l~'~'
f:;1~i ?~": • i~
tf· ~ ~:. :f~;- ;'.~

l. ,,-.l. ." '..,- ,

\t
-!..,. , '''' \ . ',',
>, ;. "

~ .:;".'~i.~t::
r~i~'f'",~~
t., dh· "l~l
,hi\'.-

f ("\TJ\\

.

'fr

1

.

-

f...;f,
iL·~~·

.

:'~'r-: . ,~- ),. .'
......

"f _ •• _ / . .

'il~_'_]
~t:.;,,~jR~'l1
I

; h .t

(

_.

,.

~jt~~.-;-~. r~t.~[fJ
r~\~~' .:~._ !:/M-..J/

~-. - . ~';:"~::.
,~~-"-.J,
",,",;l,;~.\l'
'\'i......
,"-,.

"Ii ..;-.

~

:,< .I.

I.~. ~~'~.~:; ~~
;:;~.~ji!{7{~::~.1{~~;
.. '?!:.
J""I
f ~"

r~f'rl~ \\!~.@l;'._I'~~'

l)·~f
~~r"
~ e::r

I.

REAR LEG)

.lJ

....

~

C':

,1 f
;,;~,
,~~.~

1~~~~
'<

<

(

70/1944P-2
Fig. 1-7. A-Trnnsport

£-

~~
1-6

. 1. GENERAL THEORY
1.6

,

1.6 REGISTER STOP ORAVIER

•

The register stop drawer is a movable frame assembly
that consists of four functional operating assemblies: (1)
the register stop module, (2) the transfer corotron. (3)
the 8-transport. and (4) the fuser pressure roller.
The register stop module (Fig. 1-8) slows the sheet
almost to a stop. aligns it. and releases it to the drum at
the proper moment. After the puffer puffs the sheet from
the drum. the B-transport carri~s it to the fuser.

~EGISTER

STOP DRA\VER

;

+..

","

.....
•
1"&

:
~

;.
•

....

.".

~.:

r...

.;

(

TRANSFER COROTRON
B-TRANSPORT

"l.

(

7011939P-1

Fig. 1-8. Register Stop Drawer

1-7

"
;

1. G.ENERAL THEORY
1.7 OPTICS

(

•

1.8 DR~M AND COROTRONS

1.8 DRUM AND COROTRONS

The drum in the 7000 is a highly sensitive type which
must be protected from exposure to fight.
Four corotrons are arranged around the drum. The
preclean corotron (Fig. 1-10) uses AC to reduce the
drum charge for more effective cleaning·of the residual
toner. The charge and transfer corotrons use positive
DC. The charge. transfer, and preclean corotrons are
energized by the corotron power supply ~ located on the
rear of the machine. The pretransfer corotron uses
positive DC to reduce copy background and is
energized by the developer electrode power supply •

.

_.__._._--_.

DRUry,

,
I

(
I

\

70!1920?-2
Fig. 1-10. Drum and Corotrons

(

~

(

1. GENERAL THEORY
........... ~~~..:.:..i-;.. ...._... ~~,..:: ..

1.9 DEVELOPER

~: 600P81587.)-:

., .- .... ,.;...........":~::;.
• .

t'

.

,.

-

•••

._._

.

(

;,

1.9 DEVELOPER

The developer has three sUbsections (Fig- 1-11):
1. Developer Housing
2. Toner Dispenser
3. Developer Electrode Power Supply
The developer housing contains 25 pounds of steel
shot developer. The toner dispenser has its own drive
motor and is automatically and electronically controlled. The developer electrode power supply reduces
the background level in high humidity operating conditions by furnishing high voltage to the developer
electrode and to a biased baffle.
.

~

~

~

~

c
%;~.--.- . :--~ .

DEVELOPER ELECTRODE
POWER SUPPLY (PS3)

,'Sl",'
....
~. .
":Mil?"
:1,~o~fl v;U\
.:-~~

~.,~
:!~.1fr; t~~f!:'''l~~~jt~t:''i;~-:-~-:,~~--~-.~~;'~:j
fi~I'~$;:,;t~~D{':. '-::>~:::.- p1§i-r1fr~5\!-~
;~;:l'''"' F~~
i: 'r~t",~;i:j1l";~:j
~
"
:
'
:
.
;
:
:;~:
c::"/.
,}P'. -:.::(:~ ,~~ .
~""
""'if;'
......
,
."
..
,
...
'
..'
"
......
.
.,.,
fft.~~~~m:1
::;::y/~!::.;:~,:::/;.·.~;~~r:
:, , .. ",'

(

HOUSING

!...

TONER DIS

::,'o::(d'!"":::::;' .:'.,

(
(

~.
"~'(':<::?"'>' ~.,W
.~ !~ 1;)~.~ • !f'~

.: ... !V,:,;;::'.'> "'"

",,/

... ,_,...... ,

- ,.1

.....•

I·J,.; ."
t,i~~·,
O(

.

(

I

AI·

f.

.

(

70-1782P

Fig. 1-11. Developer

.~

( ~.

~,
t.

1 .. GENERAL THEORY
1.10 COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

•

(

1.10 COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEf'A

The compressor (Fig. 1.. 12) supplies compressed air
through a fuser pressure solenoid valve to a diaphragm
and the fuser pressure disc, which lifts the fuser
pressure roller up against the heat roller.
The compressor also furnishes air to the puffer.
through the ~ccumulator (storage) tank and the puffer
solenoid valve.
When the puffer solenoid valve is opened, air is blown
from the puffer to peel the sheet from the drum.

FUSER PRESSURE

DISC

(

70/1923P·1

Fig. 1-12. Compressor and Puffer

1-1

1. GENERAL THEORY

~~~~::~~~.~

.

~ ···600P81S8l;.~

1.11 FUSING

""

1.11 FUSING
The fuser consists of (1) the fuser pressure roUer. (2)
the fuser heat roUer and oil dispenser, and (3) the fuser
controls.
The fuser pressure roller (Fig. 1-13) is located on the
register stop drawer. When the machine is printing. the
compressor furnishes air to force the pressure roller up
against the fuser he.at roller.
A fuser· curl control blo\ver directs a stream of air
against the left side of the heat roller to force the sheet of
paper onto the C-transport.

'\......:...... . .;.......~;....,.,.. ji1-

~

..

~

if

The heat roller encircles a stationary electrical heater
rod. and is supplied with silicone oil from the fuser oil
dispenser. This oil prevents the toner from adhering to
the fuser rollers and offsetting on the copies.
The fuser controfler electronically senses the
temperature of the fuser heat roller. It maintains the
fuser heat roller at a· constant fusing temperature by
varying the amount of electrical power furnished to the
heater rod.

~

I

1

CURL CONTROL

BLOWER (B17)

I&~'.~ .... -.:~,.i

~

.

•

:'"·~~~·ll!~!-e""v
\.I:IIl1
.,.....

rJli:;;~' :2~ I r../" \1

"!~ ..~:..
"~':',
lI{'{--EtJ;l:.
~~'"

.:'t:in

.-.-..~'~
.

~ ~

~

-'--.. .~'?
....... ~
>~;.,~

o!l;,o-.-'~~

-"--~.
"-..
.
.j
.::..~

1I._,1,:~ '~.
~

;

ctJ
." . ~:C~

~~

.••

.

..

_

r

-;!.~F-tr.f'~·"~~~'~'
-;'i~eJ.'::;"''\'
~ :.I':£~

~~I
,f~~?":, '"';"~)Ql '. ):il. ! :-_~; j' f~~:':.~~~=-.~ (I'!. '; :.~Wif~ ~~·~f~' ~~~;RROLlER
,

::--

_:A-~(~~¥h • .j ~rn·.

• :1":.i~~: y. ~::;..~

~~

til ';". ;). :..-:::

0

!

.::

••• ; . '

~~4~

... ~~-,. ____ .

...

. ':~~,,,,~

:~ :"f~;:'i l1t~%r

;-1 ~ iY;f:;f..

~.. ;
.':

,·:v?s.~~~;~·
}~ . . t·. '\?·'~t~~~1t~r':::!~'t..:.;c.,>.~. iii't f~:t~·;~
t· ~~r~! .... ,
~·:~V:.}J!
-/I.--:~~.-..'- .:'::, irl
'J:
•
J;.;;p
.• su/
,f
.• .:~~
L'
~=:~~y
.~-/7~;,/~;,::-.-:::\,'J~
. ~-A~.;-;.!i"f'~:j~ '. :t ~:]!~~D . . ~.
~~}';>r~7-;~--d::-Q~)· j.r~~~:~·'?-~~~ "' •.. .,,~.t. '-../! ~::.-. _..;.
.""';..~

';.,.

t

.... \

~.~;.

•

..

:.~P.::~_

.~ ,~:~~.p

i!;o. ..

.:\.l.t
!.i

."e"·

~

~~.~

~

i

FUSER HEAT ROLLER

Ro.. ';'. '.>:;,. '::,:~_..

~'i{;r.~~.~~~..ar:::::'::::'-r:~:y r';~~~~~"t~·t-. -\ ..~,;;~"
~1};p;;;.)<..:.~;;;~~!i€f~~~·~)d ·.r~~H.'~(~·~.~·;j$: '.; :~jl~X·~ .J:. -'" t"

.

~~i.4'i~~~'-£~r~~··:fl. v~~~
'\.:~:::~ .:;!~

.~

'-.;.

~."~"~\"-"""':;:.:--' \ ~.''''''''''.~''''~! ' -.' . ,.v. . . . . .-

.r
.

...~'

.

, ....

,.

roo

,".' .

.;:;;t,\'

~··~f
......':'.j.ji~V:;t\~
..~ f i
.::2~x."~-~
~t:;J ~~ i
-[.;~~~~~ ~;~'~c~~~~.:: .,..~ ::~:~~'_,l~~~~ l:.~~~~~<:: !

HEATER ROD (R1)
(BEHfND COVER)

:~~........;~~~~::...~~...;..~~X' "~~~;~~/~·:~>~'·
r:%",:;;:
.. ~ ...~~_ ,-,~-~,,~,,~~ ~.;?:;Q

.
PS2)

.-..... FUSER OIL DISPeNSER
I ;',......' ~:.!.'.>,~~>-=-----..~~;~
.

~;~.~l'~ ~J.r. ~~

~,...-~ ~> .,.~~£..¥~,.~ c~""'l"~ I; t ); . ..t: ..... _ ....'1. ~.~~
:.j/;:f ~
~-..,.~~
....'~1-!i.:;Y.;:~__y.~~;.::-c-;- .~ ~'!:~<:~:":'...:"'h :~~~:....,. ~.: ~~

t-=--

~ ....:..-.:.''..:~~.

(

,",.~~:ti'~ ...,"",~~-;;;""

FUSERPRESSURE
ROLLER

~~~

"-"

i\

~",,,y~' \"eJ~l.4'·'''':'"

;g.1r.t
.~
....~
.... .~' ~'.~~.!>
';:.C5.:<..r;.".'-~'I.' ' ;' ' ' ~.-!),
~,
.dJi;:'~~"'_.___ . tro~"~'_. . ~:f(?~-·;"..::'.~ ...~:fP~~,0~~5,~~.:'
'r.-

...

4.; ----.,,.-, ...

..;;._-> ...

~

JI

~

........:\... f1
&,....:::. I-I
•._f.·J~it-

' ....:......

~~-J;~~7bl~~~'j,..·jC~f~r"!;:r·-;:;:2~~·-~";::~·:·~:: .'!--=-:..:;t>./-. . C~J-

::~::f;~";7~~:~iili:"J:;;J£:~~~;~~~:~~~~1.\~~f.~~

~

70·1921P

c
Fig.

1~13.

Fuser

t
(

,

".

c

:. t:~
\,

(

I

1. GENERAL THEORY
1.12 C-TRANSPORT

1.12 C-TRANSPORT

The C-transport (Fig. 1-14) carries 'paper from the
fuser up to the receiving tray. The C-transport and 8transport s~are the same vacuum blower, which is
located behind the C-transport.
Any static remaining on the copies is removed by the
antistatic bar, for easier collation. before the copies drop
into the receiving tray. The antistatic bar is supplied with
hi9h voltage AC from its own power supply. which is
mounted to the base casting in front of the C-transport.

ANTI STATIC BAR
POV/ER SUPPLY (T4)

Fig. 1-14. C-Tr;lnsporl

1-13

(

"1. GENERAL THEORY

tf- ~." -.'~"(•.:; 4-:" -·.E- .,:~ ...

~: 600pa158r~

1.13 OnUM CLEANING

~;::"IoJoW:):'~:i:&

(

tf,

1.. 13 DRUM CLEANING
The drum cleaning system (Fig. 1-15) uses a drum
brush located in a brush housing. a vacuum. an electroluminescent (EL) strip. and preclean corotron.

(

<

c

4

~

(

(

•l

.-

(

~:;

(
70!1923P-2

c

Fig. 1-15. Drum Cleaning

c

~
(
(

(

'L
.

~

"

1

2. SUBSYSTEI\)l THEORY

,.-. '.• :.:~.~!~-::~~-=:-i?:~ .

2.1 DRIVES ~ND CYCLE CONTROL

t< 600P8i587:.:~~::
~~::i~?~-::·;·~'···

SPRING-LOADED
IDLEn SPROCKET

2.1 DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL

FUSEJl HE I\T
Rt'lLER
SPROCKET

SCAU

Main Drives

DRIVE

The main drive motor (Fig. 2-1) powers the gear box
which has three outputs: the drum shaft. the scan drive
shaft, 'which drives the scan mirror. and the main drive
shaft (Fig. 2-2).
The nlain drive shaft turns the main drive sprocket.
The main drive sprocket is a double sprocket which
turns the A-transport drive chain and the main drive
chain. The main drive chain turns the sprockets for the
C-transport. the fuser heat roller. the 8-transport and
the cycle control. The cycle control sprocket turns both
the cycle control assembly and the register stop module.
There are four idler sprockets in the path of the main
drive chain: the left and right idlers, the eccentric idler
and the spring-loaded idler (Fig. 2-2). The eccentric idler
is used to adjust registration. The spring-loaded idler
maintains proper chain tension and provides a means to
slacken the chain to allow removal or adjustment of
assemblies. For normal running, the spring-loaded idler
is locked in place to prevent accidental slackening of the
chain and, possibly. jumping the sprocket teeth or
bre.aking the chain. Because the main drive cha in will
stretch slightly in time. the spring-loaded idler is
periodicaily unlocked to take the slack out of the chain.
The idler is then locked in the new position.

SHAFT

CYCLE CONTROL'
SPROCKET

A-TRANSPORT
DRIVEN GEAR
"1011873

Fig. 2-2. Main Drive

GEAR BOX

Fig. 2-1.

t.~"in

Ori',re Motor

2-1

2.

SU8SYSTE~JI

THEORY

"'~·-:'··::·'-;.'~·~~~••"l~.;.~

2.1 DRIVES AND CYCLE CONTROL

~~:.:,.60PP~1?~!~~
.. -. p.:- "~~!'.~~-~.@

The main drive motor (Fig. 2-3) is attached to the gear
box by four screws. To prevent oil leaks. an O-ring fits in
a groove between the motor and the gear box. A worm
on the motor shaft drives a worm gear on the main drive
shaft. which drives the main drive chain through a
sprocket. This shaft also operates spur gears which
drive the drum shaft. Both the drum and the scan cam
are mounted on the drum shaft.

~

DEVELOPER
SPROCKET

I!

\

FEEDER
SPHOCKET

SPRING -lOADE 0
IDLER

(
SPRINGLOADED
IDLER

(

DEVELOPER

(

DRIVE
SPROCKET

(

PAPER
fEED
DRiVE

SPROCKET

v

(
70/1815

(

Fig. 2-4. Developer/Feeder Drive

•

.~.

7011874

Fig. 2-3. Main Drive

r~'otor

and Gear Box

Ass~mbly

l

Developer/Feeder Drive
The developer/feeder motor 83 turns a shaft which
has two sprockets pinned to it. The feeder s;:;;-ocket (Fig.
2-4) drives the paper feed clutch through a chain which
has one fixed idler and one spring-loaded idler. The
developer sprocket drives the devefoper conveyor
. through a chain which has. one spring-loaded idler.
Cycle Control Assembly
The cycle control assembJy consists of a frame and
camshaft. seven cams. and eleven cycle contror
switches (r-ig. 2-5) mounted in two groups. or banks.
Sarne of the switches are operated by the same cams.
Three switches are spares.
The cycle control switches and their functions are:

CS5
Paper Feed - supplies a pulse to the paper feed
solenoid and also turns off the exposure lan1ps after
the last document scan.
CS12
Puffer - supplies C\ pulse to the puffer solenoid La to
puff the sheet off the drum.

(
(
{

7;)/187;'

Fig. 2-5. Cycle Control Assembty

.€

I

t

(]

I

~.'"

\;

~ :/(
~L

~(

f

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.2 CONTROL CONSOLE

•

. 2.3 PAPER. FEEDER

\2.3 PAPER FEEDER
The paper feeder is divided into three subsections:
1. paper length control (unilever)
2. paper feed mechanism
.
3. paper tray and index ~otor
The pape'r feeder is a rugged unit designed for reliable
operation when adjusted properly.
. The maximum total variations of the lop-Io-boltom
i shift of the image on the paper (vertical registration)
should be within 0.024 inches on 95% of the copies and
within 0.036 inches on all copies, prov~ding the paper is
uniformly cut and banked against the paper guides.
Vertical registration will be improved by loading paper
consistently against the inboard paper guide.
long grain paper should be used; that is, the paper
fibers lie parallel to .the lonQ dimension of the sheet.
Paper should be placed on the tray wire side up (felt side
down) to reduce p~per curling in the fuser.

t. •

'.

(

f

\.

2-5

•
2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
,:-~ "':."~' .~'.: :~..,~;~">

2.3 PAPER FEEDER '

iJ"·
600P81587,::;);
~..... - : .,' ~; ....! ....~p

I

~

Paper length Control (Unllever)
The function of the paper length control or unilever
(Fig. 2-9) is to position the paper guides so that different
lengths of paper can be used in the machine.

The position of the paper guides determines the topto-bottom registration of the image on the paper~
accause the document is placed on the center of the
platen. the paper .nust be centered when it is fed into the
machine. Maintaining the center position of the paper
for different paper lengths is accomplished by
simultanequsly moving both the inboard and outboard
paper guides equal distances from a center point. The
paper guides are moved by a linkage arrangement which
is operated by a long adjusting link conn~cted to the
unirever.

.I

~

.

R~~~~:S~~"

~

.,."'....... ···... '·~2~::~.~~;~~~~.~~:~.

.t~ ... !~~'~c.;;.:.,.::,~::..;·';,.~-=~··
..~-L=~~dr.
":j~-"';;.'':~.~"
".....
·.u::t-~~",!?7~·-""",,-O-··i -:-~~~~~~::'~";-"»."":;""~"
........
J:~!,~:
:-:....;.;.;. __ ...........

':'~"'''''';;I'it·''"·~1l:G..~,"~ . ''lD-;'';~'lI

; .......

'".

?

PAPER LENGTH
CONTROL (uNllEVER)

~~e;:::~~~¥~~
~
~l>t -::~·:l. ,~ :~~l'f:;:"'h~~~' t;:lr~. '..PI.~

f

.. ....

..

1.

::.!~.1!~1 ... C~·:~:.il:,.:~ .. '-~ -...:.~- i':i3 . =-~-~~:. 'r;

:~~.f...
. ... ~~
..~.~"":-.4.... '.-..::..;....... ,',' -.~ -"-~W-~".!:~,. 'lX~1.:,~
~{:~ !~f:::~~~~~~~, ~~~~;":~":}J~~~~r

fl"~)~~'f~'~~i-':';'. ..:...•..~~ ~:~'~~~r: . ,
!a;~., '~};:::-;~;;: (.;:: ."',' ~h..i:Lt~'.

~. ~. :;.(.. ,:....;,:.!.. '.:.
;.;..1'-:"~ :,,..' :,;:<:~

r

h.~'\.·:~. ~~1.·.§J
):~. fk--~q

}·'y~·,

-

...

ir:~t;:'\ ~~~J\~~~' :1

[,. r".!.·~ •. ~ I t , ' ,

it '~:".-;nh~ -'t\"J~ ".'~ .' .
. ~" ( ! I ~-., :.~! ~'';"1~t

GUID ~

...

.:

J.,~·~~tf~ ".,

~;~....
r'>:.;

.

.i'.~

::i
(~
,~.:l~-:y;;.:-;'';.'
"'~..' -:,.!'~.:;...,~ . . ":. .' 'f'~
~',r.'
f.':·'·. l·.·.l
....':t·k-:u;':l.·

. ..,

'.

.-\~1)~7i.;.4 '" _hl

OUTBOARD

till~.. -l::~~
~ru;··l:
. ~:~~~\~~l' r ; k ' : '

~

:'1

t

.

..... ".

~iP~?;l~
~ '~"i., ~?tt
• ;!' '~;.~p .:i:.l1 ;~~

I

~ EJ ...-.. ~~~ .. ..;. •
~.·.I;,'
.' ....
;''':-::;1''' r..:!:;~.

l~,~~~.~ ~~~~'~:':"~' ··--~~1.~~--·-.· .. ~...~siJ I~'
,-·f~~l
~ll: I~ .s: -;s ~~, "... (,;;~ '::'~~'~
~$~~~J•
l'

·t

(

:;:,;1\&
~':":';:;'~:i'.''';;''''~.
,1. .. 1 {'a~4.'" ....•,.,.... ,.,

~--.. .........

.....

70/1944P-3

(

Fig. 2-9. Pilper Feeder

'«
.

;..

2. SUBSYSTE1VI THEORY
.

•

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

The paper guides (Fig. 2-10) are attached to mounting
slides on the elevator drive shaft. A coil-type, lengthadjusting spring- on this shaft tends to hold the paper
guides apart and takes up play in the length-adjusting
linkage. The outboard mounting slide is connected by
.the outboard pivot. link to the pivot block. The pivot block
is attached to the pivot lever. The inboard mounting slide
is connected by the inboard pivot link to the top of the
pivot lever. which is connected to the adjusting link and
the unilever. Moving the unilever to the right moves the
paper guides farther apart.

Fig. 2-10. length Adjusting linkage

2-7

(

2. SUBSYSTEiVl THEORY

-.- .....:-1..-:.~

j....

-

\~6·00P8158!"",:~ .

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

~' ••

:

........:.... ;;.>~~~ (

The unitever (Fig. 2-11) has a pawl that latches in four
preset positions against four stop pins. Pressing the
button on the unitcver pulls the pawl off the stop pin and
allows the unitever to move the paper guides. The stop
pins are factory set for paper lengths of 10112 inches. 11
inches, 13 inches and 14 inches. However. the stop pins
can be adjusted at installation anywhere between 10-1/2
inches and 14 inches depending on customer
preference. The stop pins. which protrude inside the
assembly. are mounted through the stop plate onto the
adjusting blocks. Whenever the unilever is moved to the
13-inch or 14-inch position, the legal/letter switch
(LS50) is actuated, turning on the LEGAL PAPER indicator on the control console. If the unilever is moved
below the 13-inch position. the legal/letter switch (LS50)
deactuates. turning on the LETTER PAPER indicator on
the control console.

f~

~
'{

(

E
(
(

(

UN~EVER

(

!~~
,.;';'~-<..~~' "~~~.s.~~--~,";.n"",.:..;...:.-:.'. -, ~ •./

' •.. ,'..

;~~~.

;;-=~~:·:!.~~i.:~~:,~j;~;··t~:·~~-·~,
:{,;'~~~;:~·:'r ~~~~~:·~'~:·;7(>:~~\;;~·~;~~~<~!'. :.~.,
~.- t::~ ~!>;.~~·.,~.Jr·l ....-; ~~~ ..tf !-\l\:~'··'
....

. ,", . :
...... :

~7:~.~-..,~ t'~\~.:.J_'~'.:\'_~:$::~, ~:. ·~~~i~~1 ~'f¥;~:t~:: ~t,~6:~\;i{~ :' '-~' 5:>::":
••, "':'>:;~~~
:~.:-.' (3'-. -;:;;,~~T~
.::..J~f.:'~~..J :"'" ",,:,,. ::::'":. ;:.:-.:;\ ~ ·'i'l.~t'·l
., -.;• .:
f:.,..,,"~p-i
,-~~. -·~·r-·Ft. ,,=~ • ~~... "';'.' . -:" ,-;:"''I ~ 4-;""
i-.
~"~~i
=r ~~.'.~'~ .. ~ . ;i. -! ~l,r7.:r.:.
::..~~~(';t...:v-;.;~.itr.. ~~;;-a:-~:;~-:.~ . ~:;y: . . '- ' i!'~)
t·

. " ••

STOP PLATE

&.- •.

<-

• ••.

----...........

I

T ':.::'

-.'.

,1......

-;.:.

·;r"··..

LEGAL/LETTER
S\'/ITCH (LS 50)

M5mjff-~Thi'1Jil%~~t;~W[C1('"i
,i::'U
~¥~:71 ....- ··"~·:-\~":'~~i·'~·;';'·~.,~~-,>~·,~
",,~ .,..~.~~.~
.-'~~
r.'~C{~ ':'~;~~:,~: .b:);i:~~ ~~r~ftf~~~.!~.(J: ~;:~~r~- ~,1 . \?t\\). j~.
~i:d~§~ .:':':" t,·:"'~;~~~:'$~ ··l·i~' \\..~~:I:":' ,<:..1 ~ .:3J>~>
~~
..

STOP PIN AND
ADJUSTING B LOCK

~---------..;.~-

. ,

~~~.

?II,

v).

',>.".,..:..\,

-~-.

--7:.

-(.~

BACKUP BLOCK

.... ,

. . '.:'.
~;r'·:~·
-~~" .'.:.,.:.
'..:., ¥;;.'~~: ::. ~ ~/;~.
K-Eitt.a.~
-~ ~ f:~~~.~'1~~~):;;.. -:t -.\ ~..;~~..
'
C';: .......
~~1B( ." f·~.. :.~'";.;~~~r'~.~~~ .
t~l::~:t'::·~~:~;~,;.
~~;£~;;t~r}~~ ,;~.;:~t~kt~a:~
,'J

".(

J

t.'."',?'~~,··~~·.<

·'k:~~1;.

!~~.";-~:~~: ..... ;•.~,. .. ~~~~ .. ~.

.

'l •.~... ~

"'~'. ~.,,~ ~

J' . '

~~h~:fi!/.;.~'~IF1:~~.;~~~:-f.l~"~~lff~~~~1~--;

~:-:'!";~ .•:i..~ ~~

..

-:l'tt"..,·

". f.;c~~.it~;~t.~:~.;: ... ..-

. ,

.~!

E'frJ'
,..
:~1/:·~.:·,::/~~· ;',.~~:. :- .. ;:. tG~1~.~~ j~ .:.m.2i·~~3:;~~~~:·~~?~· ~J~r'~

I,:· , ':.'.,'~. · .
!f ;"': ':~:.,,"'"

},...

-<-·.-1

.>V!:~>!

..:' .•.••• , •••• >i .~~ •

~{::::;.lr~J~l~!

.:

.

:

.,"

.

'

COLLAR

., '

.' ... 'f..~z. I~·;;:·f
~.~~~~<.~')o;";u . . . k..", j'~r"";V;...~" ",.,'
~:.:'.:, ....'tV)l . :~~ ~:~~.:ci1i'~.:-~~.;.>~~; ~ .=:~ . .;:~ :~"")!I.';:RI
~~.

>.'

.::\

r;!;~,\

.~

(

.

r ...
'_ . ',- <,;h 't.~~;g:~»-.-!<~.~1\~7"~:··

t' -". \~
<: ..~~:;. r~

·1

1-. •.

t;;!".~."" :;;..",....~.;;~.,.,:-..:.-.-:. 2 'i)

<

·

y~; .":<:-~ : fi...•...- "

'. /0)·~.lflfIl~;~--·~ ~t)jl

'

(
(
(
t

~

70/1946P-1
Fig. 2-11. Unilever

(

't
(

2.

SUBSYSTE~A

Paper Feed ttitechanism"
The function of the paper feed mechanism is to lift a
sheet of paper from the paper stack and to feed the sheet

to the A-transport.
The sniffer is driven by the developer/feeder motor 83
(Fig. 2-12) through a chain and drive sprocket, which is
constantly rotating during print. The sniffer is stopped
from moving by a pawl (Fig. 2-13) which prevents the
single-revolution paper feed clutch from rotating.

IDLER SPROCKET

,"

: - ...... , ..

70-190SP-3

r

y

(

THEORY

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

Fig. 2-12. P,'per Feeder Drive (Rear View)

(

2. SUBSYSTElVl THEORY

...:,·~..·"'·'t~~;..•. :3'~ .• ;

!.~·600P81587~

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

~~.• "-::-,,~,,!:~,,.:';~~"'{J (

During print. cycfe control switch CS5 energizes the
paper feed solenoid l1 (Fig. 2-13) once each cycle.
\Vhcn the sorenoid is energized, it pulls the clutch pawl
away from a detcnt in the clutch. This allows the drive
sprocket to turn thc sniffer cam shaft. Attached to the
cam shaft is the sniffer cam. which operates the sniffer
cam follower and the sniffer.

.~
(

~

<
SNIFFER CAM
FOLLOWER

.. ..

'. -'" -r-..·
.... ;,. .,.>?~~
.-: ;.;{t.r.~~~~'~L'~

." •. ','

~

.~,:,<

. "

. t;~;:';~7:Q.

~~~J\!.:

~, .;;~~~~~~

'.::~

-;:;>.

c

I.t..

- '"t;~';.o., ~~~.: • :.' ~1~J,&'2~~~~;f

'"

~..-::. J.W!~~
.i~<>·
.. ·--fl1":'~:".

'>.,

~

~ "'-..

~.

~

~

FEEDER CHAIN
~

.•• ::J~.;;:,~~'~~~~~~~~;t..-!,.c-..f.~~;.~~
~;.~j;~.~:-:~\
;":·~,7~~:-"~~S/~~4f:$?t

,-;:". DRIVE SPROCKET
l:"
~
;:~)l:J
~
•
"'~ ~'"''''
::::-:,,..-~ ~.,
r
-. /..
"..
i4.:'~
SNIFFER CAM.
. ··:,·:.-<,··:t-·"¥'~1;.r.l:,~··"",,,,~~~,,,~:,~
.
. {~
......-J-.:
~:,,~~~~r~:f
.~~ .~§<.~
~s ·\~.r:·>;~i:r·~::. :~:'£.~~:·~~i" .- :
.:~~! ~i ·~"':.<~.t.;·{r).~~:~~~~.~:;: 't~~
,.
.'. " ..:~,.~......~ ,··;N· ....':!,. . ,.,~ .':.:';~\;~~ -:., PAPER FEED CLUTCH

~:x>,;~~
.. . '
'. ~··;":'"+··-·;"";~~~~:$*i~~~·
. ~::~'..............
: ;~,;;:i;.-:-:;-;:
~~~F.~: ..~' .:,: .:~.." "...
.-/ ',;''::S!.- 't:... '?~i-~:if~{ :~:"
..,.."".'/,.;::1":, •. ~~~" ••• - '
..... ;'. ~-. !» ~....-;.. ;,~~_,.... h-,.,
•

~ •.;,""

. _ • ..,;. ....:

PAPER FEED

.•

,:,.:t:'<~"

'" . •

:;."

f,-

....").

'''.X

o·

':;>:::'i ' .

;'-'~'i,.,Jm''!.;'-i··~P"L.~!>,~~"",~
.

. .. ~ ..• -, .. - .. ~ ;s...,',:>!'j ;:2 '"

.

,.r-.;':'"-,,,,,,,~>, ,~.;11.::~:....:..,.~

~.?~ k~{~t~l?ji;:~.:;}".~ii"?Atv~;5~l'I~
""~
\'\:,>~",';1 .; .. ,.:,~~.~" .j;"~"""'.i'>7't.

,{~;Jf ~ ~~1

(

! ..

(

•:t
~

.

DE

,<'

Fig. 2-13. Paper Feed Clutch

(

li13P

(

<

(

,
(

a(

T'C
f

~

2. ~UBSYSTEM THEORY
2.3 PAPER FEEDER·

•

Figure 2-14 shows another view of the clutch and drive
sprocket. Besides the sniffer cam, the sensing bar carn
and the backlaSh cam are also attached to the sniffer
cam shaft. The sniffer cam and the sensing bar cam are
actually made as one part. The cams· respective
followers are also shown in Fig. 2-14.

BACKLASH CAM
FOLLOWER
BACKLASH CAM

CAM

DRIVE SPROCKET

Fig. 2-14. Paper Feeder Drive

2-11

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

~--:,:=,:,:•.t.;~.~-;,,~-:~~

{ 600P8~5~!.j
I
~ :~r

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

••-

•

...: •.. .,......... ..

sniffer to the paper stack, lifts a sheet of paper. and f~e.·­
it to the A-transport. Next. the sensing bar cam drops Hit. ~
sensing bar to the paper stack again. The sniffer cam
. rotation is then stopped by the de-energized paper feed
solenoid clutch pawl. If another copy is to be made', the
paper feed solenoid is again pulsed and the cycle is
repeated.
lifting the sensing bar off the stack during feeding
prevents the sensing bar from dragging on the sheet as
the sniffer pulls it toward the A-transporl.lf the sensing
bar were allowed to drag on the sheet, the increased
friction would tend to pull the sheet off the sniffer,
causing a misfeed.

Figure 2-15 shows a top view of the paper feed clutch
and solenoid L 1, the drive sprocket and the sniffer cam
shaft. Also shown are the sniffer cam and its follower. the
sensing bar cam, and the backlash cam follower. The·
sensing bar cam follower is located underneath its cam.
The paper feed solenoid is putsed for about 35
milliseconds. and then the pawl drops back on the
clutch. However. by the time the pawl has dropped back.
the detent has rotated past the pawl. so the clutch
continues to rotate for a fuJI revolution.
The pawl then farts into the detent, stopping the
clutch. until the next CS5 actuation.
After the solenoid is pulsed and the sniffer cam shaft
begins to turn, the sensing bar cam first lifts the sensing
bar off the paper stack. Then tf:le sniffer. caIn drops the

.

SNIFFER CAf',,1

.

~~~,~~
~:fi{,:~.~:'~;~~~~,~ij~~1
,~,~~ ~'. "'~~jW>" ~'·;:::~:'\··'·';Ic;'~~:'··'·<;·;·<";;0~';;..#l;i··1

FOLLOWER

~

·-j;-~Jli~:~~~ri~~~[~~f~~;[~~i~~'
.
~~§,7~M-;;!t,'~~;'~~~"l01:"...,1( ,,;~,.~ :;~~ ~".>:':'.. :'f-'~'L•.
:;.f

...

~

.~

FOLLOWER

'{
CAM

(t'if

SENSING BAR

i/~···:'''<'-'i?f.r4.'''''i/!tt;~,~...

,=,

~"""-F', ",.,J

DRNESPROCK~

(

/I:~~D
-<.~. #1 --~
~~~.,!.,.;T~.~ ~ ~...... ~~~.>::.~ ,;..J:,_.
~

/·~~~~;;iRf~~~?;:tlv.lI4i1.~:}'lZ~~~~~~;;~~:;t?!%{;~~~~~
..~:J:~;~~;~:(:~
'1:y(·(
.....
-;~;~7~~{~~....
•
0,.;.p:cJt~.:.{~
~
"Z'"
~~·Z'"
.t!Y:{{t:·::,~·:i
"~,:,~'J
C·:~
:
~
4...}~~:;,'. I '-~~;':- ~.f~'~;ffl;,~:.),."qJ:.:~<,,: .... . 1~;';j'Y:fy.:::.,~
~~-""i~.:;;
.'c ,;~; ,':;. ~'.:~?/;:j.>:' ./.1'~~i£~::(~~;"'~~~I~
'.r-

~: :'

t·!-}J:l/-'<-t......

.

i.

.I

.., . .

[-1' ,....

. "-.

•.

•• .•

..'" '. " .

. . Q, . ~.:.: . '.:. ': .',' " .... t. ~~."-(~J;~v J

""l.-

.

• .....

PAPER FEED

<

.1; :';"i,.cA;;.,;:,,,,·/ SOLENOID (L 1)

.,J.y"
,: .,~ .,'-. ,~, c'> .' '~~'~~~~~%l' f.;]J?~'b~?$k.f§.ij
. '. '. JJ ;;:':\ .. ,. :,:....::~. ~-., ,.
70-1948P
Fig. 2-15. Sniffer Cam Shaft (Top Vie-w) .

c

SNIFFER CAM SHAFT

(

(
(

,<
, l-/
\.

.....

{

2. SUB~YSTEM THEORY
2.3 PAPER FEEDER

"

•

: ...•

•
-'"

The sniffer cam turns the sniffer actuating shaft (Fig.
2-16) to raise or lower the sniffer. The sniffer has a rightangle cam follower attached to it on its outboard side.
This cam follower is spring-loaded against a right-angle
cam. When the sniffer cam drops the sniffer to the stack
and lifts a sheet uP. the right angle cam follower is riding
on the vertical contour of the right-angle cam (Fig. 2- i 7).
When the sniffer reaches the top of the vertical contour
of the right-angle cam. the sniffer cam follower has not
yet reached the top of its lobe. As the sniffer cam
continues to rotate. the sniffer follows the horizontal
contour of the right-angle cam. This causes the sniffer to
pivot forward to feed the sheet of paper to the Atransport.
The backlash cam stops the paper feed mechanism in
the same place after each revolution to ensure that paper
feeding is initiated at exactly the same time each cycle .

BACK UP

10/2007

Fig. 2-17. RighI Angle Cam

. SNIFFER ACTUATING
SHAFT

RIGHT ANGLE CAM

-{

Fig. 2-16. Right AngteCam

.{.

2-13

. _.J.:-.....~._

JtXiCDe..

&d=ES

1

WI......

.

..

S! _ -1;;1iiIiI2iIM"
_.0~~i
~f "":~at.ttl" ....

,. ,

"a!'.::1lI!1I'!li!~grr~->!Ifil!r:"'lIlaua~)\-~!'etii'''~i:S:·

.. ... ..

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

~ ~

,,~:,:~

#~: '''';'''~»''I'~:,':'i~~

~~",.~ 6ooP8-i5ai~
':~. :: :~.;. '~~~'-~:"':i':~
~
.........

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

~~V

Paper Tray and Index Motor
The function of the paper tray (Fig, 2-18) is tostore up
to 2,000 sheets of paper from 10-1/2 to 14 inches in
length, The function of the index motor 81 is to raise or
lower the paper tray, and to maintain the top of the paper
stack level and at the proper feeding position,
The sensing bar monitors the top of the stack and
operates the index motor B 1. \vhich is mounted at the
lower right rear of the' machine. The motor rotates the
elevator drive shaft to move the tray by a cable arrangement.

•.,
~'

~';71

SENSING BAR

l;:!~J~<'-'~~~~~'l'~
_ .:~_~~.::~~~~§l~~~~".~..
l~~j..i,ih.~~ /f;~~t'~~::~I'A~~~~_~~t~;J~~~~

t~i~~';",~~ -=, """':'~ :~!n~"[\''''~
t;~$' ,-': --- -",- (- ,':",>- -,', ""; --; , ',;,',c'-- -__ .. ':':""",,,,,'il':'ff' - • ;~~

,

~~:~~'r~:::~~~~ftf:~~
£t~l':\<~'<'''''':;~'
""~~'ff~~;ll':
_ .~<"l.
"ff't.=':''..~':''':¥. ,-,~ -,~~,
~".".l\ :;::-~
·~J..~~~~'~~~~i'f{~~~~i'
~./';"
~=t:~. :.~. . ~, ~: ~'r J;':-f.;~~.o ~~'
~~:,l~.'- ~- j;.
:"'); ~~\~ ~~::;:o;~;
'·-~~·~.:&~~~~~-rG
. (~~~~~,:
'~";
,..r:--t ..
.

••

....

f-

~;i'::1'~... ·":'ft..W.~~~£li:.~~:;'~~;:-~t~~.,'
~~';"i' l-l~'40'
~I ~-~:-r~_f:_ ,~
( ; / •• <

.'

t

.o:.•

-

>l

.•

;l~~_'~'
.-~t.

~J~:"! __..~ ... ./~~,~,:"",,,,,,,,,-:--,tl-~
~~ ,
. . . . J'.!~ _ .....
. .\ ~
t;\..;:.~-..,
..,', .... ,~
~-··"'---f~~IL.~, ~ .~_~
_""':.,,::;._~.
~~
v:.'4...__
, ' - " Ip - .
~" 'b&"--.~t~\1~~ ,l-'~ : o~. :: '01.
til -~~ i'~~ --:-~ or

:;;

f",,;:,,' , ':" • '-~..• '~
.... '.::

~- ~:,

•.

~

~:;;r;~; i:' '~'~ .~
, 'f~t(.~
;~t (,l·l'f.r~!~A.'
F~ '1u~ ~ ~ ~:;:!l~i~. " '
OUTDOARD TRAV ' ._I,"F\.,r.;:- '- -- '

;t
1
~",
· ':
. ' . ':
.!

I",

GUIDE
PAPER

~.:\..

TRAV_~;Jo

'i
l

. P'J.

J.. __

TRAY CABLE

.

.... (

:

1'1

~::'a"

P'.t}-

.

r

__

r=:j.",

.-.

.~.:..

"t.-- :;;/
. '"
t.:Y'."
,....~~ m~~
;
f.\;d$

,~

r-::-'

;;"~'

!,

ICl'~' .-:~
•

ELEVATOR
DRIVE
FT

St-iA

~

...

~';:::-:~ .:;lJi~ ~~,:

';~t ':~.'JJI,~ ;/\!- INDE~ MOTOR (01)

.: ._.~;{~!II I}~~~;~'
,.. ~~~;:.t
: ".~
,~~j 11
\~i:=:~:}
.i:-'~;
n h
-'~_''''
Il'2.)r ~XR::~.,:'kl;?:j
.
i

.•- . . .l.'

'- _,_

_""j

; ; : '

J

• ..,;...jJ
Fig. 2-18. Paper Feeder (night Side View}

:~'~?-~':·~".:~~~~i

c~tt.,.. __ '._,:~<,_i

INBOARDTRAV GUIDE' (

70!194.~P-4

f.:'

\",
I

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.3 PAPER FEEDER

The paper tray rides in two vertical tray guides, oneon
each side of the tray. Two rollers attached to each side of
the tray ride in the tray guides and allow the tray to move
only up and down.
Figure 2-19 shows another view of the sensing bar and
tray guides. Be careful not to confuse the paper tray
. guides with the paper guides. which hold the paper stack
in place.
The paper tray is suspended by two cables. each
attached to a pulley pinned to the elevator drive shaft.
These pulleys. which are equally spaced from the feeder
frarnes. raise and lower the tray when they are rotated.

•

('

r

\.

l

Fig. 2-19. Paper Feeder

(

'.

(

2-15

IlIIIII

2 .. SUBSYSTEl\1 THEORY

.~.... -:. '7';,"!'··~.:.:.B;:~~

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

.':':.

600P81587.·~:;l

.<:. ~:,...•. '. '...... -;:..~.;..;;:,,;J]

e'

The c·revator drive shaft is turned by a helical worm
gear (Fig. 2-20) pinned to its inboard end. This gear is
driven by a worm gear on the index motor shaft. The
reversibre rotation motor has two separate windings
which are energized individually to drive the paper tray
either up or down. The index motor is operated by the
sensing bar, which actuates LS14, and by two buttons,
on the UP/DOWN switch S6.
The paper tray index circuits are controUed in part by
sensing bar s\vitches lS14 and LS31. In addition. LS15
actuates -to stop the tray at its lower limit. Also, lS24
actuates when the paper tray cover and backup bar are
raised.

~

~

~
UP/DOWN

(
(

~~_~~'-_' '~~.'.<:'-J -J;._
...:.... :,-. :J.'~:,;l -:;~~.'K"1cJ~;;;·~'i. ._:·~. :.l.;~-:!.\iJ?X;·ft
-\·<,_·..

~~ ....iolo"'f.'.
l .... !:.L.~,f't;:r

.:->:".~.

~.l::;..l i:;V,-:Y::,::''':'J~':;:;;:; ..--<;'':'.' ~;,(.~\t:;,J":it
"7"--'''''-''':;'''v;j-:--"'''~ "';~"W"""'f~"'~"'" '< ~ ...d;[

t:.

It{

<.',:,';':. " .'.
."-.'

~im~.:~ :}Ijyr~\1ti~~;~~t~~;~\~~.
tj~}>·\~
BACKUP·BAR!'::~.R:
".>-~ r:J:::;~6 ~:-,,~ .:'::-~l~t~~~-;:;:"~~ /:~e'ti~ O~'/!1r:~~
'<\

.

:~~~~~~~~J.~~ -·-:;::~~~::~;if.t~~ ':.-~;. '-l~~~~~~~:~~~~. :\~~
.., ... ,': __.'.".
~:..,.-j'':>~f!+~:J :'~l:';~-,:,~-~';iJ~~•.t\'~&-":-Ji / : .:'

;.:,

lS14
SENSING BAR

....

,'.,

lS24

:- -

.'

,f

:; ~;..' ~<

;

lS15

t-'\

DOWN LIMIT
SWITCH

~~.<-~k5?-:~;Jl~~~~~~52~,··;t.:ll·
~.~:
~:~,~ .:'"'~..;. ..!~ .@~~:{.ft.':>.;;/ .~: t .
.
[~~~'1" ':<{<~;,;;~>::~;~,:~:(~1:
.
~>:·~~t~M'~ t;:j~~~-13:'"~?~~~~~~~~.~;'~ . ",1 .::.~WORM GEAR
:. '. ·.:.';.·~ri:;;::f:;(~·,
..~t<-~~-~'f;"';
f'.;i~\. .. ' . ~
~~ ~. L~
;.". ~. ."; {".$."':;-.~~
.... ~. . :. .- e.• M'·1··-~:'-~Z;~7,!~~
--:--~~'7':.",,\
...,t.I ~~::.. ~...
.,
...
~ .. ~:.J 1 ~~.,;>; t '"'~;.. :r;..~,..-i-(~~~" kt··~-·~·
'"
t.t,.,:. :'..;':.":.':-~"''';-:'.''';'~
:;,;~:::~·;2·~:~:';:~:~~ . ~ .• , f:: :.~: h,:j/:'i .~:~~~~::t.)~~.:' G/·i, n
:-

(

~}~~.:~,~~?(~~1~~~"t\
+.

..

•

•

'f.'

",'.\:,.;~.t.:~,~~t2~~··;s~~V:~:!

C ·f;Y1l

'. ' / j 1 '

,.....

•

p- r- -

(

.....

·t :;f."-;..,..,,,-~~~~('-.~,.-.~:

~. ~~::J:!-Zit;-';'~

',,','
:'. ;r:J'(:I/)
>~~::/\ .~i ;*-~i~~~,·.~:;·:·~~~f;~~~?· ~. iii.:~~:~~~:~~~.
.... '~:'~ .. ";:'..~'.~~
'.
;5 .·~<;::'''1'.;.-:'r':::'-'':, ~:~'~~"i
.·:;~.:·:~z~~
t ">'}~\~~~::J:;~?5
./ \ iJi~~i~0;~Y~~~:'<;'·<·
IiJ}T:;~g:~~
lS31
.
., --..... --.:..
~~~

SENSING BAR

(
(

70/1946P-2

Fig, 2-20. Paper Feeder Controls

<
(

.(
l; .·
\.

(

2. SU~SYSTEM Tl-IEO"RY
2.3 PAPER FEEDER

•

i"

'f
;.
j

~~

" The paper tray is protected by a cover (Fig. 2-21)
which prevents objects from being accidentally dropped
on the p~per and sniffer during operation. The cover is
linked to a backup bar assembly. The backup bar has
two spring-loaded paper deflectors which apply a small
pressure to the stack of paper in the tray. Without the
deflectors. the fluffer could blow the sheets slightly
away from the snubbers when the sensing bar is lifted
each cycle during printing.
Figure 2-21 also shows the location of LS4 low paper
switch.

.•

~

c

,

.:

:.

FiQ. 2-21. Backup Bar and Cover in Raised Position

2-17

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

JI'"

(

:~:'::.,~;:' ~:~~'~":'~~I),.

~;',;_.:.-:~.O~~~
~~~~tj
......

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

."

.

(

;.....,~~~~

The important features of the paper feeder are an .
The two flexible snubbers. which are m~de of sprinil:'
met~d are one of the most important features of th~;J.
adjustable sensing bar (Fig. 2-22), curved paper tray,
paper' feeder. These snubbers improve paper feeding
"
side fluffers, corner snubbers. flexible center snubbers.
a fluffer bar and a rolling bar. The adjustable sensing bar
reliability. especially When. sti!fer paper is used. During t.
is used to optimize paper fluffing.
feeding. the snubbers flex slightly and allow the lead \;
edge of the. top sheet to bend downward. pushing the
The paper tray is flat in the center but bowed, or
second sheet away from the sniffer.
"wedged:' upward at the inboard and outboard ends.
The curved tray forces aU the sheets to assume an
The fluffer bar. which is attached to the sensing bar.
rests on the top of the paper stack. The function of the
upward curl initially. This upward curl facilitates feeding
of the longer 'paper lengths (13- and 14-inch) which
fluffer bar is to trap air being blown into the stack by the (
would have a tendency to droop at the ends when picked
fluffer. The trapped air forces the top sheets up closer to
up by the sniffer.
the sniffer. The plastic fI uffer bar is slotted so it can move
The side fluffers aid the front fluffer in separating the
freely in a verticar direction. This slotting is necessary to
(
sheets. The side fluffers are especially useful when
prevent binding of the paper on the fluffer bar if the
paper stack swells during high humidity.
feeding long paper. stiff sheets, or dry paper that may
tend to curl down at the corners. Without side flufters,
The rolling bar restrains the paper from being blown . (
the center fluffer aJone may not be able to separate the
out from under the snubbers and from pivoting about the
sheets.
fluffer bar, which has trappe.d the fluff~r air. The rOiling
(
Two corner snubbers are used to prevent the side
bar holds the sheet down by Its own weight and prevents
.
fluffers from blowing the shorter paper lengths (under . the sheet from blowing up too far. The weight of the bar
13 inches) up too far at the ends. Each corner snubber
is not enough to keep. the sheets against t~e st~ck. (
consists of a sl'llaH pin attache"d to a vertical block. The
Instead. the top sheet IS forced up by the air until a
block. which is mounted to the top of the paper guide, is
balance is achieved ,between the weight of the bar and
slotted and is free to move in a vertical direction. When
the air pressure. At this point. the sheet extends strai9.tli...~
blown up by the side flutters, the sheets touch the pin on
back at the 'same level from snubbers to the rolling b . :.,<
each corner snubber. Thus, the pins hold the top sheet in
then down to the top of the stack and under the fJutfer 'W
the correct feeding position. The corner snubbers
bar" Thus. the fluffer bar and the rOIling bar v/ork
Should be pivoted out of operation before running 13- or
together to give the proper contour to the top sheet so
14-inch paper to allow higher fluffing at the ends. This
that the sniffer always meets a flat, levet surface,
.
will overcome the tendency of the paper to droop as it is
The rolling bar is supported on each end by a support
(
bracket attached to the tray guides.
lifted by the sniffer.

4

'"
l

FLEXIBLE SNUBBERS

FRONT

INBOARD CORNER

FlUFfER

(

SN~":d.~BI.~~~7'
:: ".-

-..::.: r. ..",

,~.;~,: \. -~:.

(

I), .f!~;~: :'~\
/BOARD SIDE FLUFFER

<

.

<

;;;t\t~~ ;.,.~1i:n'C:
..~f>-,,-;' ! . '. ROLLING BAR
~N :~:r~~~~~t.\
~f!7.~.~~:;:_.-:
(..-;.}1:~:7~~".
~.JJ .'
".~.~
,,~._
_J---.. . . _ _
.. ~b4
....
l·a...; .. .....l:'l.,=J
OUTBOARD CORNER i-',;J~ ~~1gi"- :~~-....,~-::;;"':-- 7f'7'-'-':~-~"";. ". , "
SNUBElER
~ h.·.\V"i"·~~~~·' r:,. 'lJ~ r._::-:~·~,-~::.4·..t'r;>~:~1ff~;;'~- .('~~~··i1.,.,:·..;,.I;0<'.~~Li' C
~~~f~:;( ,~.~~ \.~:~:=~'--7:".' ~;;-:'-.,- ---,' .~-~- :-~~~:"_~.~J'84""· tt;;~'i't .: ,4,{
t~ t ft;;l~l~~~-..rw.~:-.o1R..~~({"" "." .
y~
n .. '~":~" ~:lf'I.-;l';\' 0"

f

• • I ..

" ....

__

u

• • . . . ;•

..:.-...

SENSING BAn

•

21'-;&_..

f~J~~:0;r:'lB~I~t; .~ .. (:.. - l

OUTOOARD SIDE
FLUFFER

•

. L _ ..........

~!~. ~~.~~Ji·~fl:":;'1
{·=f1f:;~:'~.{
:~. ';"~,~~~:1:;:_'1 ;rlS,\·-'1
:::~1.~'

',::"!:'~n~lG" W
'.
~,,~.
--·tJ·nr·,
.
'
."-------·i~ II -i.' Or'.: ~
\~~= -~~2 .:.~ ·
"'t~

.:

v

J; ..
:l~I"".,~i:]f(t..J7.~1j, .;... :'; 'iiJr.
1"1 i :''''It

'.

;l

';~~"l-x ':"'~.'..'.. '
,,,...

~

RUFFER BAR

:

~.:.
'. '~.'-'i:
····~fI ~..
" :,'
to.• :'.,!. ..~.·:Wi. :' :.--,'. PAPER TRAY

,.

"'V·?~

,.. .... .,..-

-!', ~}¥r,

i~~~~{ .~

Fig. 2·22. Flexible Snubber

.~

..::;::."'
.'

,

'\\:~t 'r' ;.'::i ,. '\
;.,.".rt .~\ ;
~

<

.

L/

: . ! ; o . . " , fj;'S'.'c,J.;

~. '~"'~'?o~
~~

, •,_, f.>~.

~

".

PClP(:T

Fe:cdcr

U"

. '.'

-

1

, 70/19'15P-2

1
•
,

t'

,

(: ~;~;
'-.Jl

(

......-.

600P81587 ~.

•

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

',"

2.3 PAPER FEEDER

The rolling bar should be moved to its upper position
before running 13- or 14-inch paper to facilitate fluffing
of the longer. heavier paper.

.2.4 SNIFFER/FLUFFER AIR SYSTEM

2.4 SNIFFER/FlUFFER AIR SYSTEM

The function of the sniffer-fluffer air system is to
supply vacuum to the sniffers and .air to the fluffers. The
carbon vane air pump (Fig. 2-23) is driven by a separate
motor 89 through a coupling. The ftuffer filter. air pump
filter and fluffer control valve are mounted on a bracket
in front of the air pump motor.

FLEXIBLE COUPLING

Fig. 2-23. Air Pump 89

2-_~

"

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY·

~r~*~M~

I~~ ~.". 6~.O~~J~8~~
~"~"'-"~';4:-"~:';~'1~'''''~'';
---...- ,

2.4 SNIFFER/FlUFFER AIR SYSTEftJl

.~..,~~

Figure 2-2·4 shows the air pump motor attached to the
air pump with the coupling. The air pump draws airfrom
the sniffer and sniffer relief valve through the air pump
filter bottle. which filters dirt and paper dust .from the air.
As the air 'eaves the pump. it goes through the fluffer
filter bottle. which rernoves carbon particles picked lip
as the air goes through the pump. The air leaving this
filter passes the fluffer relief valve and goes to a triple
"tee" connection which divides the air between the
fluffers. The adjustable nutter relief valve is used to
reduce the amount of air blowing out of the fluffers by
afJowing air to bleed off. Closing the fluffer valve would
allow no air to bleed off and, thus, would force maximum
air through the fluffers.
The air pump is operated during print The fluffer
system (Fig. 2-25) consists of three horizontal tubes: the
front nuffer tube and two side fJuffer tubes. The center
fluffer tube has three slots which allows the air to brow
against th.e lead edg.e of the paper at the top of the stack.
Each side fluffer has one slot. The fluffer separates the
sheets and blows the top sheet up against the flexible.
snubbers. WheD the sn.iffer nfts thetopsheet. the flexible
snubbers flick the eqge of this s~eet and separate it from
the rest of the sheets on the stack.
The amount of vacuum at the sniffer is regulated by
the sniffer relief valve. Vi/hile the sniffer is picking up a
sheet, the sniffer tubes do not atiow air to go to the air
pump. However, sufficient air is drawn through the
sniffer relief varve to keep thefluffers in operation
throughout the paper·feed cycte.

SNIFFER

RELIEF
VALVE

~

FLurrERS

(
.FILTER

(
til t

til t

t!

\;

....

(

...

(

.l:l;"~·

7;'\
~.ti!.Vi.,.. f.~.:

;..'

.

VALVE
.,OItS80 .

.

.

(

.;

. ...' .,~. ¥;:0;~

SIDE

•

(]

.
_
~.
~:8~~~''''''':,..P~·-... !lC''''''''''t-\...~~~~-,;-,~~ _''''-I.~''_nr.~~_'V
.

~N~:-. :~~~~H'1.--..:;~r..~ ·~·;::,;?;.~;:~~:;~-=-~~{~j~~~'~:f~.$I·:r~:;. :'~.;:. ~:.;
.:r·.:~-~;f.J'J~·~rt~·-~~t~h l:~~"~se"~~:~r' "')/""';J :'J.~.-~i· tl \~ C
Y:~~~~~i~&fi" ':~~~'
'·!~r;e.;}d'ii-t(l!iJ~:

t'f ~i':~~:';"
tCf~"~;~:;::\/'J ',~ ·f:. ~t·.L#-:.?:;.::;:~
,_ ,'.'" .,,\, Ii. .:1 ""t:-~.,.".

'I".:.::!;.~~~."""''':.~'#-)'''''~'.''·''
1~

~'1
.II.
.' ~ l.~#:
.'

......l ".

,. r

..
!f

.,.-, !."1r
;/~;:i'rr·l\
:.•1-').\'.
,":.!:~.
,

••

::,

. ~.. ;

:1

t -.

. £!

...~.;z

r/+Ei~ ··YI··· .....
;.i
1-; :~~!:i; -:'."
. '. ;.

l....\
•

·,.1" :p ..

"' ...r ........ ·~ .

'

~.:~.; ';·~/!
J.~'.~~. h.,'.' ;

'.~
:~····V
.. J:j'l·E..•..:"1":t
. V,L};?:

'.

t. "1"
l

:::1

·~~:·:~X 1·:'

2-20

(

.

-. .
I
FLUFFER~f:fi~;~J~'~'1l' '." ~7rl-'-----; ~1~~fr~~l f~~lVl;l~t~:\~:;·
.

(,

;(~:;;;~;';;'(ft~~

--------~~~.:;;.~-:,

.~~~'.;:.:.~~
tcl"::C:~~rr-.}~~·i"'>1..G"i-.....-'-· ~-r''':''
'r~~o(?;~~n·..... :;,~~-{'+·~-·I
1.-;:_~:=__~
~{:l~~r~-:. ~i~ .~-f:·&f-~ . ~~.'t~~}
~.:,}: ~}~):::J~ !1r··~~:1:!::t, 1"~ .~~'-~
.: ... t-.,.~~~ : D·~~·~~~\"~~~.i1' ~~..·:-,,·:t-····,· .- :--.~c';.~. ];~-':l ·~.(:,;~.:';:;:h~ " f.::ji
~ ).'f/'.~
) -1·~·~.t: :t"t:-"':~~.>-I .. --...~Jt.: ,1 ~~: ·t...'-.....'.:.t"~ ~~i V~~
·~·· aiti[;:: ; \~:~~:~.~'~,~'.~ ... ~-':.~~.--~'-.~:~:{ ,::.-:~ . ~~~r;~:~'::f: ."'::'!..: ~.h

.,

I'

·r

.

A

(

Fig. 2-24. SnifferlFlufler Air Flow

.,"

.

(

FLlJFFER·
RELIEF

FRONT FLUFFER TUBE

:t{);~~~:~:: . :-...

.~

:

<"

,,~
J

70/19115P-3

\.

(

2 .. SUBSYSTEI\Jl THEORY
2 .. 5 A-TRANSPORT

2.5 A-TRANSPORT
The function of the A-transport assembly is to carry a
sheet from the paper feeder to the register stop dra\vcr
and to sense and reject multi-sheets that are fed by the
sniffer.
The A-transport (Fig. 2-26) consists of a housing, a
drive roller, an idler roller, four small center belts, two
larger outboard and inboard belts. and a vacuum
system. Also mounted on the housing are the reject shaft
with its five fingers, two paper path switches LS8 and
LS27. and the reject solenoid L4. The drive roller has a
drive gear mounted on its inboard end.
.

REJECT SOLENOID L4

REJECT SHAFT

.

. 1~t1E;~"1:::;1~l:' . .:j;,

A-TRANSPOR
HOUSING

JI.i~~Ai~:~'
;;f:;';"
.
/'
:: ·-4

_

~\l ~;:~ ~ :~;::~. \"~
._\~:.
\;.'!.:*~~~~""~\ l-:',"

I

.

:r1J.f~:~~!· .Y,Ht~.",
..

\':..~_.,~~~~

:...
,.:....:.
- . -/" ...,..,.'-

.~)
'if. ~';{~~~.~:~;;~:tftt~W~·:]:.
.....J L-:;,~ _~~:.;:;.~~~":;;."fi:":.o:'": .
~~.f;:-..r . .,.
-~
.I: ...

~ F~*"'.t:f~J;':}.'fi.~~':"'1:.~:~:;;;~:,:::."';;'-"~;: -!::.:: !.~~.

t;r.

.

~

REJECT FINGERS
t··

(DOWN POSITION)

~

';').f_~lcA-§4.f,;:.:~~t:.~~~~~~~;'~f?;~2~~~g&.r~~~ii::~.<.~~~~~f;~
~ \ . /
~~~....::<~... ,,'.x:--..-r..:~~;:,'!:'=-( ~,;..""',,
r+<"<:>-,r.~~.-:t':O-..$:~~ ".. ~~
::-...

DRIVE ROLLER

'Y:,..J ~,
.~:-;-:-~., .~ ,:~

_",:1 t.
• .
•••.. ,, ~:::~
•
".~ J\... ... ~~~~;...~~
.,.. ..,~;...
'•. .;~:' " =;.,.tir 1: ~.,...., 1 ::.~~.J;"1..;~:. r:~{'!";: roO ':~~"\~/'?".

~
.

.

.

....:,•.

.~ ...".~~= ,"""~~--~
.

..

.!:...

. .--,,,,,...

. ' ••.•

;~~~;~.

:.~ p.~

..

....
COpy COUNT/DELAY
REJECT SWITCH LS8

JAM OETECTOR

SWITCH lS27

IDLER ROLLEn

DRIVE GEAR
10-1955P

. Fig. 2-26. A-Transport (Bottom View)

;:-e.

'(

2-21

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
~".!'."~"~""!'-.'"' .~""),;..

2.5 A-TRANSPORT

"~'600P81'58'7~
.

In operation. the sniffer feeds a sheet between the
pinch wheels (Fig. 2-27) and the belts on the idler roller.
The four metal pinch wheels are individually springloaded against the belts. The belts are kept tracking
properly by the crowned idler roUer. The paper is then
held underneath the A-transport by a vacuum. The
leading edge of a sheet first actuates switch LS8. and
about 31/2 inches later, this sheet actuates lS27, which
is about one inch a\vay from the register stop module
lead-in baffle.

•.

t. ~~
. .... -:.;;4

(

Two small ~ving-shaped paper guides. mounted to
inboard and outboard pinch wheel shaft, help to guide ,~
the top and bottom ends of long or humid (limp) sheets
.
against the transport belts and in contact with the
vacuum. Holding the ends up against t.he belts keeps the ~
sheet from hitting the pinch wheel shaft and. thus,
prevents the corners of a sheet from folding. This
reduces the possibility of maffunctions caused by folded
~
corners.

~

(
CROWNED IDLER ROLLER

(
(
(

.~
\

-

.(
(

("

(
PINCH
WHEELS

SPRING

PINCH
WHEELS

Fig. 2-27. A-Transporl (Right End View)

'(
(

,
~:.:$~

\

"(

2 .. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.5 A-TRANSPORT

The A-transport drive roller (Fig. 2... 28) is driven by a
sprocket and gear combination and a chain from the
main drive double sprocket. The sprockets. gear and
chain are. covered with a bead guard (not shown in the
figure) to prevent developer beads from accumulating
and jamming in the gears.

MAIN DAIVE DOUBLE
SPROCKtT
MAIN O~IVE SHAFT

A-TRANSPORT
DRIVE SPROCKET
AND GEAR

10-1956P

Fig. 2-28. A-Transport Orive

REJECT SOLENOID L4
REJECT ARM

P/J 11

EJECT SHAFT

(

(fI'

......'-

2-23

2. SUBSYSTEIVl Tl-IEORY

.:: ...-:..:- ........~~.:..~"';

(

-'..~~

l: 600P815aT?~
~-~. ~ ~~:~~.= :Jj (

2.5 A-TRANSPORT

.. '.' .:. .

A deveroper catch tray is (flounted on the A-transport
(Fig. 2-30).
The A-transport has its own vacuum motor. B7.
located near the right rear leg. which provides a vacuum
for hording paper to the bottom of the transport (Fig. 231).

·.tr•

.

'"

~

(
DEVELOPER CATCH

€

TRAY

(

(

(

(

REJECT TRAY-

• .1
A-TRANSPORT

\.~

l

.70-1949P
Fig. 2·30. A·Transport (Top View)

'eY/.'"
....
. }1.!
.• ;I.'~·;';1.'
....-:~.~
.. ' ".::""~
..,.. ~ .. ~
.'.: ... ..~f"r
liit f/:"tr/~.!
. k}~~>;~;t"'"'~:
~

I'~'f'~~{

,.....,'~

--.=--.

.',

~~ ..::.-9-./.r~~T~--:;;:;S

1.,?\
i" , .. ,;:.'
.:. . ". - ~

;

-:_~~,'-!.~

i

.>

".

!i ~i:~

...

(
. ,.

::t

.~-"..~.'~" -.,~- ~ ~.~!' .

'

~"J t:'~3

...\t7.~~.,
~.i:;."'::.J:{/'/..;'/ . ·f~l.:
\-@~ \.f;k"~-:}:~.''"'f~'.
-€~~."'~
. .~.-:.". . .•·i./;;
.,"'.

.;-

~

.~.

A;~·'~~' ~;.::-=-:j.--??:1-A\ \~~

k;f'~t~~~;::~"i-';',-~~~~j~~~
. :}N~,..''I~~;; I~>. j~
.. ,. .,. .
.
..
~.~¥ .... 7

w.",-:-

0

.:;.~~

".<:>.r~""·
pr.-::
•• ~.

~.. ·.. ~V~

'-~i'
~

Q'':';''')..:'~"i

,-= ..

-'. .
_.. '

}iI;
.. ~~ .......,;!\; .. r,,~ ...... :-.. ,~"':o. • "

\~............. ~--.~~~

...

~ .... - r.1~'1·~j..

.

.:. .. ;;~~~

'. II

(

~~Y.:-~~~·~~"'~-~"~~~ ~'J.~:~-;·-_,~~?:!r l}/"~~'~

'roJ""V'

•

!...:.i~~~~.~t.';"~~-~

(

A- TRANSPORT
VACUUM MOTOR

(

B7

c

(

t,:~~[~~~;
I, ···;t~ , 'I: ~. ~·~ll~rf~;z~~~;§~?fr&'f~B~[;r~r.::'~
f- ,'.,.;,.;,",~~. ':,f{9'zr>,:;:l,;.,...",,'1>':"'''''/,;...,::;):,.,,,,-,,.0"""8
~ ~ .-'~ ~:-:L~.~'/J ....~{{~~:~.,~;~5.~~~~~~~~~±:::t:f:~
IV.

,'•."0'-

.. ,

.•_..... _.•.. :f

Fig. 2-31. A-Trilnsporl VilClIum :,'otor D7

70-1!lOGP

,~
~ ..

~

(
2. SUBSYSTEfvl THEORY
2.6 REGISTER STOP DRAWER
~ster Stop tJ10dule
•

.
.
0 register stop Inodulc has four functions: (1) it

carries a sheet from the· A-transport to the drufn; (2) it
registers the sheet by slowing it cltrnost to a stop. by
straightening it. and by rele~sing it to the drum to meet
the irnage.; (3) it checks for paper jan)s between .the Alfansport and the register stop rnodule (between LS21
and LS1) and for mispuffs (LS1-LS3 combination); and
(4) it permits puffing to occur if there is a sheet in the
module (LS1-CS12 combination).
Paper feeding is affected by many factors which cause
variations in the tirning and in the skewing of sheets of
paper fed into the machine. Some of these factors are
humidity. line voltage, the \vay the paper is cut. and the
rnechanical tolerances of the paper feed mechanism.

.. ALO GUIDE

To eliminate the effect of these varIations in timing I'
and skewing, each sheet mt!st pass through the registe(
..
stop module to be straightened and. consistently ~
registered with the drum image.
As a sheet of paper enters the nlocJufe. it rideson top of
the lead-in baffle (Fig. 2-33) and the lower paper guide
and beneath the upper paper guide. The sheet actuates
lS1 before it touches the registration fingers. After the
sheet is straightened. the upper pinch wheels drop onto
the sheet to keep the sheet straight as. it moves toward
the drum.
The halo guide directs the sheet to the drum. The
sheet is then tacked to the dn)m by the transfer corotron.
The pinch \vheels then raise and the drum pulls the rest
·of the sheet through the register stop module.

UPPER PAPER GUIDE

UPPER PINCH WHEELS

•

(
-LEAD-IN BAFFLE

(

c

ONE OF SIX
nEG1STRJ\TION FINGERS

•

(

....... ~ ~:::..~/::c~·~~:~;:;~

t:' 6oop'8158i;~~;1

2. SUBSYSTEM TrJEORY

~;~~t'f.;':J;':;;;':~

(

2.& REGISTER STOP DRAV/ER

2.6. REGISTER STOP DAA\VER

•

The function of the'register stop drawer (Fig. 2-32) is
to support the register stop module. transfer corotron.
B-transport. 'and fuser pressure roffer. Because of its
.. sliding capability. it also provides easy access for clearing paper jams.

~~

.,.:::""!'-•. ,~--

"-

t

":).

_",

?"~::'~·':'·::::d~~$~~\~'~ e-\~~~'I~.%~'
• ..... "":. .. .;::-;:;~,. j:~";f-.,_.~ . . :"'~'~. ~c.,

;,',.

j.~.!::-*~~c..~~~,,:.~:~~~~~..~\~ \ "?~~: ~~.~...~.~:"
•

()

ROLLER

!'-

-,"fl..' ~~
'-n~~~~..
•• ' .~.. ~.-~~

~·-~~'.'{:>;;r;~:k
..{;:.~;,
<"MODULE
-,;1'
\/ .....~:j.:$'\;,,~:~:::~,:~t,-:,:;:/~\:t,~,J';
V ;,?'-:i.~\\:~
,~'t.'~
'f..:.f. '-i <:,
t·,
·;l,~~C>i",*~~~;,.n\>'~
. L::";s,:; ~>.'-;.f2;,:w..l;S;'~~,,-.,;::;'(~~~ '"\\>.c~1. \\ "~~,~'

r

,p

.

:ro"'A"'~'R'£;'" "''y~., . ~\ '\~ \:;iA'~•• 't{~1

"'f

'.~:..
a~TR"NSPORT

TRANSFER

••

CORO'J"RON

10/1939?-2

.,'

\ P A R K GAP DEVICE

Fig. 2·32. Hegisl~r Stop Drawer

,I'

ri

'-.

'-/
i::

•
~-?r;

- -.------~.
2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.6 REGISTER STOP DRA\VER

. h e rnodule·s inner shaft has a drive clutch (Fig. 2-35)
which is keyed to the cycle control sprocket driven by
the main drive chain.
The modute·s inner shaft (Fig. 2-36) rotates the constant vclocity arm at a constant speed. Attached to the
arm is a drive gear scgn)ent and cam follower. which
rides on the fixed registration cam. The carn follower is
held against the cam by the torsion spring and hub. The
lobe of the cam forces the cam follo\verlo pivot the drive
gcar segment and the driven gear segment. \vhich is
attached to the outer shaft.

MAIN
DRlVE
CHf,m

DRIVE
CLUTCJ.l AND

~~·".l
CYCLE

COt-lTROL
SPROCKET
70!.aSI

Fig- 2-3.5. Module Dr1ve Clutch

eVEN GEAR SEGMENT

REGISTRATION CAM

TonSION SPRING
AND HUs

70-1~37P

Fig. 2-36. Con:->tilnt Velocity Drive

•

(

\

/... -?;'~~r~~~'&~-"·",,,
.

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

\ .. 6ooP8158i~)

2 ..6 REGIS-fER STOP ORA'IIER

'-.;:', :::==·~·.~:l :.;;;.-:::~ ~.:~-

(

•

The upper pinch wheels (Fig. 2-34) are raised and
IO\\fcrcd by a cam on the inboard end. A stop prev(!nts
the upper paper guide froln being knocked out of adjustment \vhen the key operator rotates the upper pinch
wheel assembly clockwise to clear a jaro.

STOP

.'

~

UPPER PINCH \VHEElS

UPPER PAPER GlIlDE

~

•

(
\~/

70-1935P

Fig- 2-34. Register Stop Module

{.........~
~

•
2-27

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.6 REGISTER STOP DRA\VER

ckJe .insures that tho leading edge contacts aU the
• . gcrs ~nd is straight. Figure 2-40 shows th!.~ paper
buckling as the A-transport forces the sheet between the
upper and lower paper guides and against the registration fingers. The lift cam is shown holding the upper
pinch \vheels raised. S\vitch LS 1 is actuated ..
UPPER PINC ...
Y/HEEL (RAISEO)

The pinch wheels then feed the paper to the drum -~­
\vhcre the sheet is attracted to the drum by the tranSfc~ ..J
corotron.·
".'

B-Iran sport

The functions of the B-transport are: to carry the
sheet from the dnJm to the fuser; to detect mispuffs; to
bring the fuser pressure roller up to almost the same
speed as the fuser hearrollcr at the start of printing; and
to initiate the raising of the fuser pressure roller.
As a sheet is fed to the 8-transport from the drurn. it
passes over the idler roller and onto six perrorated belts .
that hold the paper by a vacuum system. The vacuum is
needed to hold the paper because the belts will build up
a static charge which repcls tbe paper. These belts are'
identical to the wider of the two types of belts used in the
A-transport. As the sheet travels approximately onethird of the way along the B-transport. it actuates the
mispuff detector switch LS3 (Fig. 2-41). At the feed-out
cnd of the transport. the sheet passes over the drive
roller and over a teflon paper guide to the point \vhere
the two fuser rollers contact each other. Figure.2-41 also .
shows the override clutch and pressure roller c.Jrive
chain. A spark gap. device is used to elinlinate bettinduced paper float (static charges) and is also Jocatcd{ ~
on the B-transport.

UP.PER
PAPER

GUIDE

REGISTRATION
FINGEIl

A-TRANSPORT
"lOIlSS5

Fig.

2~~O.

PtJper Buckling

.fte; the sheet has bu::kIed and the teeding edge has

'\tJ

been straightened. the Hft cam drops the t;p~er pinch
wheels onto the sheet, 2g~Jnst the rO','i~;- p~;.,::r: wheels.
The pinch wheels hc:'j the paper in its s~;'c;;htened
position as the fingers rotate down. out CT t~e way of
paper travel.

l

BELT

STATIC STfHP
ASSEt.,1BLY

•

SPAnK GAP
BLOCK

OVErnUDE CLUTCH

70-193SP

rig. 2-tl1.

n·Tr;,n~port

b

n(:ni:.t~; ~t()P Drilwf:r

2. SUBSYSTEI\1l THEORY
2.6 REG1S·fER STOP DRA\VER

(

The oUlcrshaft (Fig. 2-37) is hollow and fits around the
inner shaft. The shafts arc held npart by a set of needle
bearings in each end of the outer shaft. The shafts are
supported on the outboard cnd by a ball bearing
between the outboard frarne and the outcr shaft.
whereas the support on the inboard end is provided by a
smaller ball bearing between the inboard frame and the
inner shaft.
. REGISTER STOP
DRIVE CLUTCH

OUTBOARD

FRAM~E
.

_

'

~

INSOARD

OUTBOARD

.

B~ARING

BALI. BEARING

BALL

t

cu+~I22~rrr.r.?.LT.J.l.? I.ZLl".UT.r~t:

~

..

~N:r?r;:O

~.LDI£l:JZLZ7'iXZZ~-Cr.....-rP'; ~.
.

OUTBOARD
HEEDLE
8EARING

OUTEn

INBOARD
f.:EEOLE

SHAFT
.

.

e:-IlRtNG

INNER

- .. ,

SHAn

-\..

70/18S2·

Fig, 2-37. Module Shaft

..'.!~.te

.

"

'1~~y

.
,

io

Cross Section

Slowing the RegIstration Fingers

As the cam follower travels along the constant r:l:
portion of thc rcgistratio.n earn. the inner shaft driv
outcr shaft and its fingers at the same speed as the inner
shafl.
However. as the follower travels up the lobe and is
raised. it pivots the drive gear segment ahead. causing
the outcr shaft and fingers to speed up_ As the follower
passes over the top of the lobe, the drive gear does not
pIvot and the outer shaft and the inner shaft. therefore.
are at the same speed for a few degrees of rotation.
As the follo\ver travers down the lobe and is lowered, it
pivots the drive gear segn)ent backward. causing the
outer shaft and fingers to stow down practicaily to a stop
and make contact with the lead edge of the paper.

Registering a Sheet
Each sheet is fed by the A-transport to the top of the
lead-in baffle (Fig. 2-39) between the upper and lower
paper guides. As the sheet- enters the guides. the lift cam
raises the upper pinch wheels away from the JO\lI/er pinch
\vheets. allowing the sheet to be straightened. Next~ the
sheet actuates LS 1.

Attached to the outer shaft (Fig. 2-33) are six registration fingers, which protrude through SiDtS in the paper
guides and interfc re ".,Iith tho sheers :"'i(j··r;?-; tr2.veL Also

attached to the outS;" shaft arc 1'.'/0 lc;;,-::~ ~inc:h v:hee!s
and a plastic lift C2:7i. This lift C3.i': r'::;3s~. 3.:-'0 iO\,a,ers the
two upper pinch ...·:~gerS. Fifjure 2-3c; 2!5::: shows the
constant veroeit}' 2"":Tt anddrh:0 9C31'" S0;:-;-;~llt attached
to the outboard EiI:i of the inner s:-::.f:, with the ball
bearing shown on the inboard end 07 th:s shaft.

•

tiPPER

PINCU
WHEEL

ACTUATOR

REGISTRf.TION

i

r~

•.

l.tAO-IN

REGIS1R!,T!On

I

BAFFLE

FINGERS

l'NNEH
~
r ' ~ Jsn;P

lSI

ltF"l

f

C:\·'W~

l

SEGME~Tr~R

,.

()~rV£N

l,

SHt.FT

.

'"

INNER
SHr,rr'

l

.

I

f.Z~'~
\) ).~"i v?, . . ,~
~l.;~¥)

.'(

.,
l ....'".-..~~

.

~

OUT[f(
Stf/\f T

~~HJSll,tn

~.~

t l.OUTY

,\n

'''HOARD
MI.L
IIEf,RiO:"

Dlll[<,
SllAn
.

.

LOWEll

~IN~tf
WIIU:L'

.

01

..
fig. 2-30. M(.dull· Shrift

PINCH
WHEf.l
7;JIlf\O·~

fig. 2-39. Module Cross S<:c.ti::>n

As the registration fingers speed up so that they are
ahead of the le~sdinfJ edge of the sheet. they rotate up
through slots in the paper ~]uidc~, Then they momentarily slow afmost to Cl ~,tOP, \vhiic the sheet is forced
against thcrn by the J\-transport. The! A-tr(1.rt
vacuum hotd~ the trail inn (:nd of thE: sheet tightly the
b(!It~... nnd the tranS~)(Ht forces the shcer H£J(linst the·
finger~) Ilard cnol'n h t~) buckle the !;ht~cl ~iinhtly. Tht:

'0

H((a~'''Hrd 10'
(M"

lO\'l~R

'I(.IIf1EI :~'I'

A~~.(:l/IbL'd

2-29

2. SUBSYSTEi'JI THEORY
2.6 REGISTER STOP DRAV/ER

. ckle. insures that the leading edge contacts aU the
• . gers and is straight. Figure 2--:40 shows the paper
buckling· as tho A-transport forces the sheet between the
upper and lower paper guides and against the registration fingers. The lift cam is shovo/n holding the upper
pinch wheels raised. Switch LS 1 is actuated.
UPPER

PAPER

GUIDE
REGISTRATION

FINGER

A-TRANSPORT
7011885

Fig-

2-~O. ?L!?~r

Buckling

.fte~ the sheet has buckled and the leading edge has
been straightened. the t;n cam drops the upper pinch
wheels onto the sheet, against the 10v/s;- p!r:::h wheels.
The pinch wheels hc:d the paper in i:s st;-z;ghtened
position as the fingers rotate davin. out c~ t~e way of
paper" travel.

The pInch wheals then feed the paper to the drum ,.tr
\vhere the sheet is attracted to the drurn by tho transfe?
"'-.
corotron.

B-transport

. The functions of the B-transporl are: to carry the
sheet from the-drum to the fuser; to detect nlispuffs; to
bring the fuser pressure roller up to almost the same
. speed as th~ fuser heat roller at the start of printing; and
to initiate the raising of the fuser pressure roUer.
As a sheet is fed to the B-transport from the drum. it
passes over the idler roller and onto six perforated belts "
that hold the paper by a vacuum system. The vacuum is
needed to hold the paper because the belts will build up
a static charge which repels toe paper. These belts are
identical to the wider of the two types (Jfbelts used in the
A-transport. As the sheet travels approximately onethird of the way along the B-transport, it actuates the
mispuff detector switch LS3 (Fig. 2-41). At the feed~out
end· of the transport. the sheet passes over the drive
roHer arid over a teflon paper guide t~ the point \vhere
the two fuser rollers contact each other. Figure.2-41 also .
shows the override clutch and pressure roller drive
chain. A spark gap _device is used to eliminate beltinduced paperJloat (static charges} and is also locate~
on ·the B-transport.·
\. \j

1

lS3

STATIC STRIP
ASSEMBLY

SPARK GAP
aLOCK

•
70-193SP

Fig. 2·" 1. O-Tr;m!>port in RC'£}istN Stop DrClwf.'(

2. SUBSYST'EM "fHEORY
2.6 nEG1STER S"fOP DRA\VER

(.

The outershaft (Fig. 2-37) is hollow and fits around the
inner shaft. The shafts arc held apart by a set of needle
bearings in each end of the outer shaft. The shafts are
supported on the outboard cnd by a ball bearing
between the outboard frame and the outer shaft.
whereas the support on the inboard end is provided by a
smaller ball bearing between the inboard frame and the
inner shaft.
REGISTER STOP

DRIVE

OUTBOARD

CLUTC~

FRAME

r

OUTBOARD
.SAL L

INBOARD
BALL DEARING

-t~ru:F:;a;~8EARING

P4U;.ga;~

~(

. -- F~Z;;;;;\;;~£(~

f?5

OUTER
OUTBOARD

SHAFT

NEEDLE

INNE.R

BEARING

SHAF'T

IN80ARD
NEEDLE
BEARING
-'011802·

.. Fig. 2-37. Module Shaft Cross Section

:;'(
~

\ ...:;/

~-

i
t.

Attached to the outer shaft (Fig. 2-33) are six registration fingers, which protrude thro,:!gh s!Ots inthe paper
guides and interfere with the sheet's f):);'ma! travel. Also
attached to the outer shaft are t\'/o iC'::3;'" pinch wheels
and a plastic lift C~;-;:. This lift cam r~7323 2;'"'.0 lowers the
two upper pinch l::::eeis. Figure 2-23 2:S0 shO'.Ns the
constant velocity 2:-(;1 and drive g82:- s2;~;ent attached
to the outboard s;-;j of the inn~!' s~~f:. \'lith the baH
bearing shown on t::e inboard eo,j 07 this shaft.

Slowing the Registration Fingers
As the cam follower travels along the constant radius
portion of the rcgistralio.n cam. the inner shaft dri.he

outer shaft and its fingers at the same speed as th
ncr
shaft.
However, as the follo'ller travels up the lobe and is
raised, it pivots the drive gear segment ahead, causing
the outer shaft and fingers 10 speedup. As the followel
passes over the top of the lobe, the drive gear does no1
pivot and the outer shaft and the inner shaft. therefore,
are at the same speed for a fevI degrees of rotation.
As the follower travels down the lobe and is lo\vered, i1
pivots the drive gear segment backward, causing the
outer shaft and "fingers to slo\v down practicaily to a stop
and make contact with the lead edge of the paper.

Registering a Sheet

Each sheet is fed by the !-\-transport to the top of the
lead-in baffle (Fig. 2-39) between the upper and lowe,
paper guides. As the sheet enters the guides, the lift cam
raises the upper pinch wheels away from the lower pinch
wheels, allowing the 'sheet to be straightened. Next the
sheet actuates LS 1.

•

V?P£R
PINCH

\"IHEEL

ACTUATOR

REGiSTRATION' .

~.

.,
~

l.f.AD-IN

,

REGISTRATICl;·!

BAfFLE

fiNGERS
l.OWER
PINCH

WHEEL
~
7;)1 '6S4

Fig. 2·39. Module Cross Section

LOWEfl
f>.r:CH

WH(ELS

(

,

, .;~
...

C()tl~TMrr

lCJ"[lfl~'I'

V[LOCtTy
l,rlM

Fig. 2<.0. Moduft· Sh;lfl

A~~cJllhl~d

As the registration fingers speed up so that they an~
ahead of the Icadin~} ed£}c of the sheet. they rotate u.p
through slots in the paper guides. Then U1CY n10l"nOntarily slow c'lfrnost to a stop. while the sheet is forced
against Ulero by lha A-transport. Tho J\-tr.norl
vacuum hords tile trailin~J c:nd of the sheet tight!
the
belts, Clnd the tr,tnsport forces the sheet clgainst the
fingers (lard enough to buckle the sheet slightly. Tht

2-29

(
2~ SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.6 REGISTER STOP DnA\VER

(

"'C

_The override clutch (Fig. 2-43) on the outboard end of
drive roller is linked to the fusor pressure rotter by a
sn1all chain. This clutch engages initially when the main
drive nlotor starts turning. to bring the fuser pressure
roller up to the same speed as the 8-transport. Vvithout
the overrido clutch and chain. the pressure rotter VlolJld
slip \",hen the rollers were brought together at the start of
printing. 3.nd the first copy \voutd be smudged. The fuser
roller rotates slightly faster than the B-transport and.
because the clutch is unidirectional, the fuser heat roller
cannot turn the B-transport.
Figure 2-43 also shows a sheet passing over the paper
guide and between the fuser rollers. The rotters are
(:oated with oil to prevent paper and toner from sticking
to them.
Both B-transport rollers are aluminum, except that the
drive roller has a short steet shaft inserted in each end.
The shafts are held in the roller by setscrews. The
outboard shaft is part of the override clutch.
The B-transport is driven by the main drive chain and
drive sprocket (Fig. 2-44) through a dutch disc (Fig. 245) on the inboard end of the drive roller.

(

fUSEH HEAT ROLLER

fUSER
PRESSlJRE
ROLLER

\.

70·/1886

Fig- 2·43. Override Clutch

Alignment of the drive sprocKet and clutch disc (con-·
centricity) is critical to maintain constant B-transport
~peed .

•

(

t.

1

10/19321'-2
Fig. 2·44. Main Drive Chain and Drive Sprocket

•

(i

(

"

,

- '.

2. sO-aSVSTEr"l THEORY

".;"C'~;-'."':~-l

~' 6ooP81~5a7·'~~1
.~:.' .~ ',: ::'~';;?,Jt~)i':Ali'

.,
4

"

,~

)

),

2.6 REGISTER STOP DRAV/EA

Figure 2-42 shows the B-transport removed from the
drC'twcr. and another view of; the idler ~'nd drh'c rollers,
lS3. paper guide. override clutch and sprocket. Since
the B-transport is .noving slightly slower than the drurn.
the paper forms a smarr buckle between the drurn and
the B-transport This buckle reduces the possibility of
puffing the sheet from the drum and smearing the image
during transfer.
The right side of the B-transport is adjustable for
distancc and parallefi-snl to the drurn shaft. These
dimensions are important. since positioning the 8transport too far away from the drum will resurt in a so, catted puffer ··smear:· This srnear occurs about three
inches away from the leading edge of a sheet. The smear
results when the puff of air blows the sheet compretely
off the drum at the point of transfer. This is frequently
due to the improperly set gap between the B-transport .
and the drum. After the puff. when the transfer corotron
'"retacks" the sheet to the drum. the "smear." (actuaH)' a
double-image) is produced .

.-.-

•

A~':( A~

r~

'l

~r.-·~""""",

B-TRANSPORT
DRIVE ROLLER

PAPER GUIDE

OVERRIDE ClUTC~

•

LS3

"~""'.~~ JY.

v~:/}:Jif:fPJ'·Y .
/~Z"J;

B--fR AN SPOflT
HOUSING

r.

*,-~}'

\\':~

D-TRANSPORT

IDLER ROLLER
70·1933P

Fig. 2-42, n-Tr~nsporl Bcmo'lcd

c
.

,.~

.'

•
2-31

2. SUBSYSTEl\,/I Tl-IEORY
2.6 REGISTER STOP DRA\VER

.,prawer Franle and Accessories·

.

.., The drawer is held in place by a locking mechanism.
. The locking ann (Fig. 2-47) and knob are attached to a
hub and cam. The cam is lodged behind a stop plate
\vhen the drawer is in place." The 16~king arm is held in
the "up·' position by a spring. Pressing the arro down
pivots the cam away frQm the stop plate and allows the
drawer to be pulled out. To remove the locking
mechanism. the B-transport must be removed first.
"When the drawer is in place. it is aligned to the
machine by three points. One of these points is the
adjustable leveling" wheel (Fig. 2-47) and ramp on the
outboard side of the dra\ver. The other two points are
locating pins \vhich are mounted to brackets attached to
the base casting on the inboard side. These pins fit into
holes in the drawer frame.

.(

"

.

"

•

1

Fig. 2-47. Dro:

2. SUBSYSTEI'JI THEORV
2.6

'.

."~

~-.

REGI~TER

STOP DRAVvER

A screw threaded through the rear of the drawer frame
is the actuator for drawer interlock switch LS22 {Fig. 248}. This screw is locked down by a nut on the inside of
the frame.
The drawer is supported by two drawer slides. The
right drawer slide is partially covered by a metal shield.
This shield prevents developer beads from falling into
the slide grooves.
When the drawer is in place. the drawer switches are
electrically connected to the machine by connector'
assembly P3. which has eight sliding contacts.
Figure 2-48 also shows the main drive chain. the 8transport clutch disc and the register stop module drive
clutch keyway in the cycle control sprocket.
The dust cover on the outboard side of the drawer
prevents toner from the puffer area from dispersing
around the machine.

{
'\.

(

...

Fig. 2-48. Drilwer Slides and Pins

{

Ie.
~,

"

.\

2-35 :.

i

\

,

,
.

1

•

\

~.1

•

•

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.8 ORUl\, AND COROTRONS

':~8 DRU~'

AND COROTRONS

(

f41~e

of the main features of the drllm is that it can
iOlagc three cQpies for each revolution. This permits the

tnachine to operate at high speed without excessive
drutn wear and fatigue. Tho image placed on the drum
\vill fall at the same spot evety time. This allows positioning of the drum so that drurn defects win fall between
copies instead of printing out on the copy. The drum
assembly is inserted on the drum shaft (Fig. 2-77) and
rotated until a pin on the drum clamp fits into a hole on
the drum assembly. Removing the drum assembly from
the machi~e "'IiII open the drum interlock switch lS26
and prevent the developer/feeder motor from operating
during the print condition. although the main drive
. motor will still operate.
The drum is highly sensitive and must be protected
from exposure to light. The drum must be covered by a
black bag whenever it is removed from the machine for
any great length of time to prevent "light shock."

(

(

(

(

Cf.
DRUM INTERLOCK
SWITCH LS26

(

(
(

70-1916P
Fig- 2-17. Drul:l CI~m?

(1
(
(
(

(

•

-

•

•

2. SU,?SYSTEM THEORY
2.8 DRUM AND COROTRONS

••

...

~

.-.,.

,.,.

'~f~

- Transfer Corotron
The transfer corolron is located beneath the drum on
the register stop drawer, between the register stop
module and the B-transport. It places a positive DC
charge on the papertoaUract the toner to the paper. The
-Charge Corotron
transfer corotron slips into its inboard bracket, but it is
The charge corotron is slid onto a channel attached to
fastened to its outboard bracket ¥/ith a nut. This nut
the exposure housing. It places a positive DC charge on . should be tightened only when the drawer is all the way
the drum b~'ore exposure.
in and white pushing the corotron firmly into its socket.
This will prevent damage to the socket.
• Pretransfer Corotron
If you should forget to lock thecorotron down. closing
. The pretransfer corotron is slid onto a channel with its
the drawer will push it oul of position so that it will not be
jack outboard. The prelransfer corotron channel is
seated in its connector.
mounted on the developer housing. The corotron uses a
The transfer corotron is shielded on its left side by a
positive DC to charge the drum surface uniformly. The
dirt
shield, mounted on the reg ister stop drawer between
increased charge causes the toner to adhere more
the
corotron an.d the Bo-transport. Thi.s shield, which is
strongly to the drum. When the image is transferred to
teflon-coated. prevents loose toner in the puffer area
the paper, most of the background toner vim stay on the
from being attracted to' the corotron. The distance
drum, thus reducing background toner on the copy.
between the shield and the drum is important to avoid·
When making copies of low density (light) originals,
the pretransfer corotron may be turned off by pressing. scratching the drum. to atlov·, adequate paper clearance
. and to keep toner out of the corotron.
the LIGHT ORIGINAL button on the control console.
With the pretransfer corotron turned off. more toner is
attracted to the paper during transfer. This increases the
. image density of low density originals. but slightly
increases backg round toner.

Corotrons
The positions of the corotronS around the drum are
shown in Fig. 2-78. The corotrons are not interchangeable.

.j

::,
.~

"

CHARGECOROTRON--"'~~-~

fig. 2-78. Corotron location

2-51

(

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

~. ,-..-

t,i

~,~.~~~~?}5~?~

2.8 DRUM AND COROTAONS

9 .••

•

• Preclean Corotron

• ' . , . , - •••••

(

E

• ·Corofron Cleaning
It is very important to keep the corptrons clean to
obtain high quafity copies. Dirt in thecorotrons acts like
an insulator, causing the drum curren't to change and
copy quality to. deteriorate. The corotrons may be
brushed and washed out. Before using the mach ine it is
nec~ssary to thoroughly dry the crevices in the insulators to prevent arcing. Any white deposit that accumulates on the corotron wire must be removed by
washing.

(

.J~.
\,

l

NOTE: If the corotron has a cleaner, pull out and push in
on the cleaner twice to ciean the corotron.
~~~~~~~~.l.~ - - ' - -

~'~-k~l;.~:~,~~~~*~;;~~~~~}j#:'~--"'~~fl'""tk~n

~Iffii~~~~ff~}
i~~t~~l~~1"
,,<,~~'-~""""
~~q~;,~"
"~

;~:j;I'
. .

~_~~~~~f~~
';~~~u~;;'~1!l
s:~-.c=:~~~-"
~,-~~.,.~ ··'::;~i:.ll~'·
/>'~<-;..~
;lSi/(i:"..

... -

'" ""

.

(

t&
'
.....:' I

(

r1..1:JL~~;
fi'~ I'J;~;(!fI~'\>.::;'J";J
":'>~"''''~
:P~'~'
f>;··t~~~~~~~~~4;;:~~~;
~1fJi~ Hli;;

(

<->~~';"~~~l~~~':~$~'~~0: f:;f:~t.J
(f'

'.\~~~~;.:t,.
~.i.~>-?-~;"~
:~-...- ~'.:'
.:..~- \ i\A.'·~rrt.··
.~ rf;;.':d ~~~.~1,,,.• ~ ~
f~"~.
:..':"..~~
:~y.~.r."
•• l"'<:;:~ ..•. :~.:\"~ ~=";';)'.~
r-'J ~j·iY$. '. "V:,~.,;,.' . 'f.~ ;--;... ~.~~ ",l'it .~~l-fii,~I·'" ~~. .~&.~ tf';:---;

l)i;1tl,.: ,¥~~.;~~~~~~'Vl\IR~ ~j~;i,fj:" ,~
"Co:.;
,,::.:":::::--

I

;.~

I

t

• Arc Shields
Each corotron has two arc shieJds. These plastic
shields cover the corotron wire screws at each end of the
corotron. When they are kept clean a they will prevent
arcing between the screws and the drum.

PS1

-.

• Corotron Power Supply
.-,..
The corotron high voltage power supply PS1 is "',
located on the centcr rear of the machine under the
control console (Fig. 2-79). This is a regulated supply
,
which automatically holds the outputs constant, even
though the input voltage may vary from 107 to 125 volts.
With the corotrons connected~ the output voltage of
(
the power supply at each corotron is roughly. 6500 volts.
.
With the corotrons disconnected. the maximum output
voltage of the power supply at each high voltage lead is
about 9000 volts. The maximum current that the power
supply can deliver is 5 milliamperes. The power supply
,
output is adjustable fc:>r each corotron.
(
When it is turned ona the power supply will reach Its
operating output voltage level within one second. The
supply has a bleeder resistor network that dissipates the
(
high voltage in less than three seconds after the power
supply is de-energized.
(
'PS1 suppfies high voltage to the charge, transfer, and
preclean corotrons.

The preclean corotron is slid onto a channel attached
to the brush housing. Its function is to loosen the toner
remaining .on the. drum. after transfer before the drum
image reaches the brush cleaner. AC is used so that the
resulting charge on the drum is zero. for beUer cleaning.
This is the widest ~f aU the corotrons and has its corotron wire looped to form two corotrons in one unita so
that it provtdes a wider effective corona.

.

... .:s~·..:.t.. ~~

~.~
.. '. ;~.;
...--.:-~
- •.
•.• ....
• ",.",~#
. • .•
••,

Il!~-

,t~~~r{~-f(.~~';l;.\\)'\;~\i\\~:;¥!Ul

:.Y,'

:a"~pfi~i!~~I..J~t:ftiJ!jq,][(
'~~t~t:}~~f.&~
:~.: t~s
tfJl~
~~~~.J?[,~~".':/j£;B~~~\~\:,'1?~~~
~~n-.mf~·'
''''l,\-\W~'~S.z;~)';;;;·
:": :;~:
fr
••~c-:" Irif{A.~-:<'~~'1.,jWi.
.;;.a;~
~'ii?
....."",,-.if, \ U ;'~'
,~~\..,y
F~;:})';~"
\~,,\:'~,
~ ,~;~ ~;o.~.:~";)j. \I~:s.~,-{
~ :·~:--r~~:;-;~1:
:
..
t~ +.
'::::
:-.:;.~'G'
..
~ "';'" "A"" 'I,
f' ~ \,.J..,..- 'JL ; ,.- t:·; .:......' ,
" ,"' : --<,~

t

\

-:-.

I

.•

'.,

V'

""'''',,'''''''-;::.,

~1;~:'~:i.~&~:;'~0~~;A~~,~ . . }' n.:~~,
• •
....\"\........
,"~·· ...·-" ....x·\.l

, •• '1( ....."

Fig. 2-79.Corotron PowE:r Suppfy PS1
~~',: .

'1~ ~_~::a

~~-\

~~~;Lt.~l::}!:~:i.I~:t,
.. ~;(~R~!j'J~1"""~:;J·:':~L";~~hi:-I
j;J ,:,f':\
..
....
- ... _ , ...., •
- , .......' il-a,.A•• __ ... -.-1. I. ......

:,,~

?O/1907P-2

(

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.8 DRVM AND COROTRONS

The developer electrode power supply. PS3. is located
on the left front of the machine. on the outboard side of
the C-transport (Fig. 2-80). This regulated supply
·provides an adjustable positive DC output to operate the
pretransf'er corotron.
The charge and transfer corotrons are electrically
connected inside the power supply. Thus, varying the
drum current of either of these corotrons will disturb the
current setting of the other. However. these corotrons
are isolated from the preclean corotron by resistors
inside the power supply. so that varying the preclean
current will have relatively little effect on the charge and
transfer currents. and vice versa.
The specifications for current settings of corotrons
are arrived at through extensive testing. The corotrons
should be set for the center of the nom inal tolerances for
optimum copy quality throughout the operating range
and variations in machine tolerances.
The total current in each drum corotron is composed
of drum current and shield current. Shield current
. amounts to about 75% of the total corotron current. As
dirt accumulates inside the shield, the dirt acts as an
insulator that reduces the shield current and therefore
the total current. Since the total current is lower and less
voltage is dropped across the internal po~ver ,supply

resistance. more voltage appears on the corotron wire '
causing the drum current to increase. Also, since th~
corotron voltage is higher, arcing can result if corotron
shields are dirty. If the corolron wire itself becomes
coated with insulating particles. the total corotron
voltage decreases. causing lovler total drum current.
Due to the high volume of copies that the 7000 is
capable of producing, the corotrons become dirty. Dirly
corotrons may cause arcing and win upset the drum
current levels. with a resultant d~gradation of copy
quality.
..
Arcing is one of the major causes of premature drum
failure. Arcing may occur intermittently with dirty or
improperly adjusted corotrons. depending upon
changes in ambient humidity levels. Thus, arcing may
not necessarily occur during a service call. Arcing of the
charge and transfer coroirons to their shields or to the
drum will cause intermittent clear band deletions across
the copy from top-to-bottom.
00 not attempt to measure the power supply high
voltages by .con~ccting any meier or oscilloscope
directly to the corotron wires. 'This is extremely
dangerous and' can result in a severe shock due to
internar arcing in the meter. This wiIJ also damage the
meter.

~.

....

,f

"

.~

Fig. 2-80. Dc.:',;cloper Electrode
Power Supply PS3

2-53

(
2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

;::-....:~.. ..•..; ~.... ','.: :•. ""~'\

2.9 DEVELOPER

)·.:..600P81587...:-:,. (

:'

·j'.il;";;'~;;'.'~~~j;;~~

2.9 DEVELOPER

.~

BUCKET
CONVEYOH

The developer system consists of the developer conveyor and the toner dispenser. The developer housing
has the capacity for 25 pounds of developer. The
developer conveyor is driven by a chain from the
deveroper/feeder motor. .
'
Positively charged developer beads. carrying
negatively charged toner po"A,der. are transported by the
bucket conveyor (Fig. 2-81) to the top of the housing.
The cascading developer runs between the top and flow
baffles to the' drum. near the inside baffle and the
developer electrode. The drum image area. which has a
higher positive charge than the developer. attracts the
toner from the beads to the image. The developer beads
are in contact with the drum for about four inches of their
travel. The beads are then caught and channelled to the
sump by the lower pickoff baffle. Stray beads which miss
the pickoff bafHe drop into a plastic catch tray_ Toner is
repfenished,in .the syst~m by the toner dispenser and its
motor.
Figure 2-82 shows ano~her view of the baffle, and
developer electrode.
A feature of the 7000 developer housing is the use of
an electrically biased baffle and a devetoper electrode to
reduce the copy background lever in high humidity
conditions.

. "

€
-(
(
(
LOWER
PICKOFF

BAFfLE

(

DRUM

701.889

Fig. 2-81. Developer Housing

(

(

.)
't
{

TOP BIAS BAFFL

(
(
~

~

(]

,~

" '<::•. ~

\-.5
70-1940P

Fig. 2-62.

D!~veloper

(

Housing
!

l

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
. 2.9 DEVELOPER

. \.'>

"'e':'
..

. :!

.

~

Developer Electrode
. To furiher reduce copy background •. a developer
electrode charged to 2000. volls is used. This electrode
is located approximately two inches away from the·
biased baffle at a point where most of the development
has been completed. At this pOint, most of the image has
been coated with toner and an electrical equilibrium has
been established between the drum charge and the
developer bead charge. Because 'of this equilibrium,
additional· toner is not strongly attracted 10 the image.
Any toner removed by "empty" beads is immediately
replaced by succeeding beads (Fig. 2-83).
The effect of the charged developer electrode at this
point is to shift the electrical equilibrium away from the
drum and toward the beads. The static charge on the
electrode extends around it so that. effectivaly t a greater
positive charge exists in the area of the beads. This
results in a greater abiHty of the beads to pull toner off
the drum in the background areas, where the toner is not·
held strongly. This action is called "scavenging," and
has no effect on the toner held to the drum by the slrong
fringe field at the edge of the image. The fringe field is
caused by the potential difference between the image
charge and the· background charge.

Biased Baffle
With high humidity. the positive charge on the
developer beads decreases so much that the negatively
charged toner is held very loosely to the beads. As a
result, loose toner powder is mixed with the beads as
they come out of the top and flow baffles and cascade
across the drum.
Since the toner in this "povvder cloud" is not held by
the carrier beads. the powder is attracted strongly by the
charge on the drum. As a result of this powder development across the drum, a dirty background appears on
the copy under high humidity conditions.
To prevent development by this powder cloud. the top
baffle is charged to a positive 800 volls. The drum is
initially charged to a positive 900 volts on its surface.
After exposure. the charge on the image areas has
decreased to about 800 volts. but the background
charge has dropped to about 250 volts. Although the
static charge on the baffle is the same polarity as the
drum c~arge. the baffle charge is weaker than the drum
image charge and stronger than the drum background
charge. The powder cloud is attracted away from the
drum background and toward the baffle. Any toner that
tends to· conect on the baffle is wiped away by the
cascading beads. Since a great deal of the image
development occurs in the area near the top and flow
baffles. eli"mination of powder cloud development
around this area is very effective in reducing
background.

Fig. 2-83. An Enbrgcmcnl of

.-~:.'w.~:".b-:-_..;~:.....

2.10 COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

Compressor
.
•
.....
The diaphragm-typo c.ompressor- 813 (Fig. 2-86) is . ~.~\

2.10 COflllPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM.

The function of the puffer system is to puff the sheet of
paper from the drum with a puff of air. Air pressure
required to operate the puffer is supplied by the accumulator tank. The accumulator tank gets its air supply
from the compressor which also supplies air to the fuser
pressure disc.
Throughout this discussion. typical operating
pressures will be referred to so that the air system
operation can be explained more clearly. However, the
adjustment section should be consulted for actual
operating pressures a"nd tolerances.

attached to a plate that is shock-mounted to the accumulator tank.
The tank is attached to the bottom of the base casting
of the machine. The function of the compressor is to
supply' air pressure to force the pre~sure roller against
the fuser roller. and to supply air (through the accumulator tank) to puff paper off the drum. LS21 and
fuser transformer T1 are also attached to the' accumulator tank.

(

<

~

(

.(

..

...

AIR PUMP MOTOR B9

(

~~~~~;;.1fft.~.\*¥~~.~.-.: ~-:;--.<.--....--.,.:-,.~/t?J~~~'
~~~§f.~$.~.A~-.'J7\

.

~:~~;.

~ .,:.~.

. .' .

c:.~. ~...
s~~~-r-~~;.:~~:~P'-~~' ~~. :~~~~::.~:<'4 .--'~.
, ;.. ·~-.~.x;",;.,·~c\·~ . ",.-~ •. - ..~~~~~,
....:: .... •........ ;'\,."">t~",.;,',

-:r· .,-.'

f;':3;f.r.:, . ~ .. ," ~;
~·~t';~...... ;~~~~~:"i;~' .. ' .. ·~~i~"-~;,·
FUSER PRESSURE r·~::~~,.>"'~"~ ...' .; ....."•.•...... ~~. ". ~~~

.

<;,.

.. ~ ..

(

e<
.\

~~~~1'_~L~-_.~¥~.l'i.~~ :.;- ·.· •. !v::.'~\f~)tJ.J:J.:I~;~.~.
~f.~:~~~~~~(:' ~r~/ f, ~;:;1~~J;:-!~0'i~:~ ~i ~ . . "~:~:?': :~-~1t~f"~':~7f~f~f¥~

'J;¥"J.'(

.a~~t~~1.~k~i:Df f ,._",

,.ll-.:

I.~~~,:~~~q.,;~:.;.;;,~~ ~;.:..

.,

f'~~\~"'\\'\:,<·~~JiI.E"'if;

~.l:iff~ $~~.f' :1 ~ '" ") f~.Jr·· ~!~'.'.:.:;, ~:.<~. .~ ..~:{ . :/~~':;..~;.;-.~; ~ .'<'·~\·~lfJl:siiJlt?
,:;;,'-;:};!~.···~.;·~f;·I· t: !(""!:"':l·,t . \~~"';''./;'i.'':'\:{·IJ~:r7.>;};~~fb.~~,'~~~'~
:·~1¥~.·

Il::f7.f.;;§~t·
~:.:~ :'t·;-l' V ?::.·:I. r;:~~~~t:~<+.~ \)~~~?11'(:J\\'.\:
~'~iJa· J' l-')' ·.';&l·. . j .1 1.-t."'.• ~ ...:.'"'t /".' 9:':;''' k,l.;.~·"·-'·~·· '~,',.
. ~.~.~F':' /}i';~~.i
. /'.: .,..~i

{
'COMPRESSOR 813

{

:..

1~g~~ :·:·t~~.:\ ~r~~;~~r: ll~~fji;ff~:~.tfl~ fl~~€i{~~~··l. '::i~i:)l~f'l·

:-i.~~~~.~
..;. ~ ·l:~~ ~r:Al.:; ~~~';~~~:-:';:~f~~/ r~,;·~,:p->l"tt .~.)tf{~;g,~~~
'1~?~~f
~l~tjl~Vj. ',. ~.~ l;:~~h·:·f~~& ~~~f£~Z 1?/J~~f.~~~1~;
~:.. .:!~~"t~. F~ . :r1 tj~~~.~:~.~.':"?-,.:-.. ~~~,~.;-.~~-'- ~r-ht''t\b~'1h~<
ACCUMULATOR U:":~~2!.~~~:,:<:·,{;,;.'~·.:.~fi3 r:~:~:~~~.:; :~~C~\:"$:.; :~¥'-S?;~~~:;/P!f:~~i.l;*~~ .:
TANK

t.~j~~~~i~iF";:~f\~~.II.reli1
L;i~:."",,'t.,,,_.....
~~ ~ ~-----_,_. ~-~J.~~~".''*'''~'~'''\:i-i'"Z~~fl
_:<.• )<. W ' ,

.

m,.. . . - ....

LOW PRESSURE
SWITCH LS21

<:

(,

(

70-1961P

(

4~

,~
...

~

t

I

\.

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.10 COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

Whenever the compressor (Fig. 2-87) operates. air is
drawn through an intake filter mounted on it and is
pumped under pressure to the accumulator tank
through a check valve. and to the fuser pressure
solenoid L5. l5 is o10unted on the right side of the brush
cleaner filter box.

PUFFER MANIFOLD

PUFFER

CONTROL
VALVE
fUSER PRESSURE
DISC

ACCUMULATOR TANK

~~~~~~~~~~~~'

';tTl".
..~
• ........i

'";.

.

{.

FUSf.R PRESSURE

DRAIN

PLUG

COMPRESSOR

BI3

l:--:TAKE

SOLENOID V#\t.VE l5
(SHOWN H:ERGtZED)

Ft~TER

'~

FUSER PRSSStH{E
SOLENOID W.l.vE l5
(SHowN DE- [N~RGIZ[D)

.
~

L-_~-=-=--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--110/'5?~W}

t'
;

•

,.,

\.

r '\'\ '

to.

Fig. 2-87. Compressor and Puffer Air Flow System

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

!f"P600P~1587~~~~
$o(h'.'f..')..;~ ~\
~ ,;:t;.,.

2.10 COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

='

When the machine starts printing. the compressor
builds up the accumulator tank pressure. L5. the fuser
pressure solenoid. is de-energized at this time and no air
can pass through it to the pressure disc (Fig. 2-88) and
diaphragm. When the first sheet actuates LS3 on the 8transport. K38 energizes and. in turn. energizes L5. The
core of l5 raises (Fig. 2-87) and allows air from the
compressor to inti-ate the fuser diaphragm, which raises
the fuser pressure disc and fore'es the' fuser rollers
together. The rollers are pressed together just before the
sheet arrives to prevent an·oily copy.
When the last copy of the print run is fused and K38
de-energizes, l5 de-energizes and allows the air in the
hose to the fuser pressure disc to exhaust through the'
vent in l5. The air pressure decreases fast enough so
that the fuser pressure rolter drops away from the heat
rollcr in less than one second.
Lowering the fuser pressure disc prevents flat spots
from developing on the fuser rollers during standby. and
allows the register stop drawer to be opened without
scraping the· fuser rollers.
When the compressor is turned off. the air pressure in
the hose to the accumulator tank and the fuser pressure
solenoid has to be reduced. The reason for reducing the
air pressure in this hose is so that the compressor is not
required to start against a head of air pressure when the·
machine' starts another print run. A bypass hose. installed around the fuser pressure solenoid, allows this
-

,If

.,. .....

,'=",;...... ~ •.. ...,. ,--~ ~.

.

'~r

Ji.r.

: '.J!~-P~
li:~.
. t

--'~:-:

.. '

'.

air to pass around the solenoid and CXha.ust through t~
.r
vent in the solenoid. The bypass hoso has an insert w i .
a very narrow orifice which restricts the air flow. The air .
passing through the insert is not of sufficient pressure to .
raise the pressure disc.
The accumulator tank, which is Composed of two
metal pieces welded together. stores air and supplies it
to the puffer when the puffer solenoid valve is pulsed.
The function of the accumulator tank is to store enough·
air during standby so that the first sheet can be puffed off
the drum when printing begins, and to minimize
pressure variations caused by puffing.
During standby. the pressure switch lS21 turns the
compressor on whenever the accumulator tank pressure
drops below 8.25 psi (pounds per square inch). and the
switch turns the compressor off when the tank pressure
reaches 9.75 psi. This pressure is enough so that. when
printing begins. only a small amount of time is required
for the tank pressure to build up the minimum puffing
pressure.
.
When the machine is first turned on for the day, the
accumul'ator tank pressure will usuaJly be low enough so
that pressure switch LS21 is closed. causing the compressor to operate initia. fly for about 10 seconds. As
typical of all pneumatic systems. this system has s l i _
air leaks which allow the tank pressure to decrease ' I
slowly during standby. Thus, the pressure switch \vin
~
periodically operate the compressor to maintain the

. ,.
:~~:~t4~~~
·-':~··;;~iW:::* -".ifi~: .::~
. \t~~~~...~!~~~~~_. ~":"~~. ~ 1i ti.o;::'::;'~'I:!i?~i·!'<~
~

t~~~_·: .--~. f" h·:~:~~ .•..:.~

•

.,..,.:..:-:.:.:~3.1

' ........ ;

~~~~W~~4~~.l~i1~*~~~>;:'-.··--'

:ft~.(
:~~~~~~~'~~~£t~:'~:iIr~f,:~~~%¥~:r.rttltrc
u.. -, t-··;~t~"r~~,,¥~r:~ ',..... .~>~.~~:--:-::.. ,.:1 ·'1
. ~~~
i1 _.
:; .t ..#.;
...
H.."J • -_.,

~

1.~~,'~~':}~ ;:r_':;~::~:~:l'j~~; J.U'!!t1~~1£~
<~~~'''''''' ..:...."-~S -~ ~:~~:>;..;;-..~:-:~~!-,.,#.,. ;~

)~~';j."".f!,:.

~:." ,I' ,.Ai~~_%""':!'-'b;'1f:;ii.tr?,"'i,.Lc:r-; f ~:~=";::?<:'M.'''''I

~

;: ~~~~~\ ~\~i'~:~-~'~:: ., ~;~?~:=-.-=:~~~~~~';;r~~;~t5},f:IJp~ii?i~~~~
:l_
fEr I'

,
I

(

. <

·~~!1.t:'.:t'

+, .

....•\"~~~ '.";l.

lt~~~;{k-~~":;;~:;~~-lf";':;:'::~~·f.?';::''':'~;:?f :,~:1.;;"".·"'.»-

,

,;~~ ·p."~··,:7~·~~:-~.~:;;:,,."'''i·:?r.:l-~:;;;; ::;~l<.r;.~?\Jt l..l~A.-C~";"'J.';-"'~'~"";;;':·<'-""!.'~3DJAPHRAGM
-::~~{~( ~;;'~t\ "~. 4~~~ -~"};.1(..~~~:~~·~:g·~;~';;'~;.~t!r~!8~." 1 ~ ~!fl~.~~~~\f}~~~~j~;~
'y;~"":; it-::::» ~
~ ".-/Z'~~~:'W!1
~ "':>':;:~k~ . . ,~~:.:-;. or';-! "i" ~r .1... ~ \;::-,,·~~·-=,··.:;;.:)'..~r. "J-.~,
.....

'!'?;

.

f

.'
t~::t :, ".~;:~~.~~;,~. ~: . ". "'-.' ~~~i:~J : . l.;:.f

(

..

:>",,:.r'":

'~";"'\

n

~."":t ~

~.

. ;~~~~if):~L_~:i: ~·~~~:"~t~~~t.~~4[it~~{'1
•

:.:.~":;~

'.~ ,.,~;'"~'''''''''~''~'-;-r..-,?---; . .~.tl

~r~~;£:'~·i,-.~~~m1~~~:~~;:~t~~;r:.~~~;
!.

•. ~..•..... ·";i"~-J~~~~~.....~",~~i."'I?~J.5i~-'

t.,~...l f;b~~.A;""·,.,# .....- .... -'"' .",.. •

• . ,.

.

"':I"1:l]"!~'~.;r
.'\.~~"

:•..• .:'.~

..

'

~

!{~

~

.

e(

c

,

~' .

70-1962P
Fig. 2-80.
i

~ •• ' '"<

~

Pr~S511rt·

Disc

(

2. SUBSVSTEI\A THEORY
2.10 COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

tank pressure. However, the compressor should not
operate more often than once every 15 minutes during
standby..
During print, it is necessary to run the compressor .
continually to force the fuser rollers together and to
provide air to the accumulator tank and puffer."
Therefor~, When the print cycle starts, K6-3 supplies
power djrectly to the compressor 813.
To press the fuser rollers together with enough force
for proper fusing~ the compressor delivers about 17 psi
to the p.ressure disc diaphragm. Since the area of the
diaphragm is 20 square inches, a force of about 340
pounds is applied to the fuser rotlers. Because of this
force, keep your fingers clear when starting print.
The puffer requires between 12 and 13 psi for reliable
puffing. Since this requirement is lower than the supply
pressure. v/hen the machine is printing. the accum~tator
tank pressure buitds up until the ball-spring relief valve
cracks open. at 12 psi. Due to the size of the check valve
and relief valve. enough air is bled off to keep the tank
pressure below 13 psi. The relief valve is mounted to the

puffer control valve at the rear of the ·machine. The
adjustable puffer control valve is mounted to the puffer .
solenoid L8.
When puffing occurs, the puffer solenoid L8 is pulsed.
This lets a small volunle of air out of the tank, causing the
tank pre~surc to drop. However. the tank comes back up
to its former pressure within one half second after puff.
This pressure recovery time is ~ufficient because puffing
occurs every second. Since the relief valve will not close
until the tank pressure drops below 10 psi. this valve is
open continually during print.
The function ot the drain plug, which is located on the
filter bottle assembly t is 10 allow moisture to be drained
from the accumulator tank.

PUFFER
The puffer n1anifold (Fig. 2-89) is mounted on two
brackets which are attached to the brush. housing. The
puffer tube puffs air onto the redundant mispuff detector
photocell P5 and lao1p DS14 to help keep them clean.

t

"-

,((e

10/1914P-1
Fig. 2·89. Pufh:r

..

2-61

-2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

.' .. l-.; .•..~-:,..\ .........

·(.;:·~~o~;j-~·~·~
\;.:..,..;_~~·~".'..~-'.'..-:,~-i:.;.if
.... !.~~ 51

:2.10 COIV1PRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

The puffer manifold is connected by a short plastic

The puffer manifotd is mounted at an ~ngle to ."...
drum, so that the outboard end is higher. This angftf
allows the· paper to be peeled off the drum, beginning
with the inboard corner. to result in more reliable puf- ~
fing. Because there is a small time interval involved for
the air to travel from one end the puffer manifold to the
other, nl0unting the puffer manifold on anangle permits

tube to the puffer solenoid valve l8. Figure 2-90 shows
., another view of the puffer, .plastic tube and mispuff

·l

detector sensor. The puffer valve (Fig. 2-91), mounted
on the rear of the machine next to the cycle control
assembly, is attached to the relief valve, which is connected lIvith a hose to the accumulator tank.
\

\

of

~

,

(

4
:.
!

~

.

;

(

(

.tp
•

"t.

.... :: ..
......:-.. '"

~~';" ,·:~;::~.:5:~:.·

I . . . .'

70-1915P

Fig. 2-90. Puffer

(

:;:,t'l~tlJ.{,j~;:::/tt?":,,
_;~l"~,:\:t~~W:;
'~ ( { " " " , .•r~Jf
,' V1f:JjffA.«,
lJl,~""~.,~,1,f,wt'J~

(J~~~~'~~",
~;
!'lii..JSfi~i$Jjtlif~
::~*1fr1¥~'
~:-~'i'i:;.r.:.;.3.#
t{t~"1'9·
'if'i/J!f;.;;f'.~~~~
:,.',;~~ ~. "",~" -:".-"~~,.,~ ~V.t :",..-~",:' ,,~,"""

(

,w/,-

,:

"'~:~.~\1:.'e~.~~
~ -'"t~.-. ~..,:,~.~~
.~; -~!-,~";..':f .'~~~.*'-: ' ~~~:i,~'" ~~:.~.'iJ~;1. ~"'''o,,:-~'
': : ' ':~'~'~
~.~ ~~.~'~~ff-'
"'l'!.-~~.~~:;:
~~;:r~(~':-.~
-..~~-'
-',.:;~~'~''-:;"-~:\.',~'
;
.
;
:
.
~
"'~"
~
,,~<,
'.:-'" ,\~,,;,
~.,>":'
.",", '" '. " " \'.1~
--r~'::(
_......~," ".v"'~'"
,ii~/;''ft~';,~>:J~~JP:
~, ~;.";."'.1'-::/!'":!.~'''''''''''
,~,.: /-'..,,"'4'.~'!1/J.r~'y-'. ~ f~f:;~=.cr~:~~~~·~!
( ",~:, , ~ ~'. 't~~~~"-'
'.'0'\;,:l1,-.~?:',Ji-~"~1?j
~ ~\~1~ ~ l-'\~r.i,;:,""'-"~"
,4l~y""""-' .//'iJ'ifi'....' " r,~?1,J .~.~ ~ .,~) '1 ."'-:. " '".~"
.~~'~~1~~~~~(./
1}~~".\~R~,~:~~\~,.\lJJrj,~Wi!
~\ \(-~,.::.,t~~r'
. ';'~~~
w~'1l~Jl-i.-'Ft1~·;.<~'..,.·'
»~
.\:'4'p>l«l-~~'-i
'71jf ,', r-' j',...I\{'~'
N ~'" ,:•.''''...~~P11"f,,'i.;{t!1;,1~;i''~if:;;
. .~i"l" ~;'\ -~.:..~~..
....
~',.'
-,.- ... ......
(
.
~
,
{
J.~"'\
..,,~~s,"''1~;j?'i:''~i<':.'~
"'~7)\':.\~¥
:~.;:.:>:;"
f~~~''';''''
ASS[MOl~THOl i""""
"J~:I)~~
,1;1., ""r:/l.~·: ~\lX~~~\\~~~£ii5?'i~'-~;fctj~f;~i
«'.
"f"",~~,,,,",;.
;.;,.'(:~
r.",~~ci'''rt~~f./,t,llb~,~:~<.,,:;f;/f;::
'.~ ".I.-': ~!"'!.,< ',~&";;' :~·;;i
~ ~ t,\:[.'tj,.;;~,j2,,,:::y;,:"
~t'tk10r;,";'" A~CUMU~!~OR
.::fJt:'ffli!ft,.
},;;~~:~Yf.;'4\}~{f1e;;;':-?~FI::~·
PUFFER
SOLE

t

,?-•.

...

. ... _.;t.
,,.... '$

NOlO

L8

'.:t-

.'

'it, _.>.,

.•
_.'
t::.:!"!:(,·,.·
,_ ' ,.' \

. -

/~,e ':~\.:~'"~_
.,.>_'''':'

.;.,

CYCLE C

",",

.. < ..;.,,:./ ""

. . ' " "_
•
"t,.;"
\i'
.,.;'jI 'J i I ' t\',

f"

...

, ••

:)!-' .:.
.. -----. ....
";r"

\

......... ,""'.__
T-.""t:.:.'

,,,,,.

,ii"

,"!'..[;

.!

•

\'

i/:

I· )-.,__ ...., .• ,--.;;[,....
:-,N:'::Z;- '.

.... '" -.:-

,"5."\"

.";:;:&;,

-

•,,,>
__ _,.:
_
, It

.

,.".
_

<:'c

.

(

>.

1

'j'

..

'.

(.1, 'I!

.'
<::1

;-.

"J.'<

,.

,A!""
:I r '.

.""
f\'\:,{:, '>;

¥. If,.., ?1l •

"

,

\ ;C't.).
w,':? . , ..
h'\
: -:,,' ?,.•,-:
I

..,:>·t.
....,

,;:,,--,: .

• ""'.:.:'::
';;
.._,

_.

",:.

.• :;:: ••.-:- •.

....dl' f-:I ,,(.. _._..___'. " ...."..;.':
•. :3>'
.. '!'!c'1:?::''''
.,,..,.,,,>-/
.).5-::#/)
==.:'..-'-::... , .

' . ,,,-,,,,,,._J

<"...

Fig. 2-91. Puffer S t
" __
o enoid Valve

..

'"

..

..

~

i"

•

-!:

-

_

I...
~

,'Y
I,'/- "'" '",,'" ." '."; .. ','
'.'
;f:;J}Ii;..t'Jf ,,": . ,. N . ';"," ' ..":,,, ". ''or:' :. , t

. ';,pi f-.2:(=:"Y 'it
.• ~~ .~~~~ .~;~""L'J.·

, _ ,P',
.. ' •.".

(

PUFFER

•

','~'
.. ,': ~""1
.'&;{'ii~':-1?j;
-~.~<-::·s.f","
:,-=-ci'.~ ~
~..J~
....--:<~,\!
'~'F'
Y"./-~'/J.p>~ ~~»;J'.J.;i;..J!!:i\~~;"
~.,.
~
~
l
'
:
~
-. :,.<:. ". .~-)~
~.~~.i"i,.~1:!~··~?1
"""":~-';"~_'r.p',,~
,-"~?'
.
/
;
.
,
-:""!i.:f:t:.'!IT~'
~."'-,~
"~
:,~:,~'=: .~'~ Q;'t"''?'t-!:!~.
~
:
~
.
!
,
!
;
j
~
,
:
,
7
~
.
;
.J.:.;f~r" ',:;",,'·",~./~,,.:,.-,..;:~!;,:~f:f:;'::;.",I1~
..,''::''
<,<,,,~_,::>-

£

..; " "

70-1910~'

'

HOSE FR

,"

T

ANK

~(
-

\. r'
f

~

.

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.10 COMPRESSOR AND PUFFER SYSTEM

the air coming out each hole to meet the leading edge of
the sheet as the'drum turns.
The puffer operates only during the print cycle when
there is a sheet of paper in the drum area. The puffer
solenoid valve is operated by cycle control switch CS 12
and the register stop module paper switch lSl.
Although CS12 actuates every cycle. the puffer solenoid
is energized only when the trailing part of a sheet is
holding lS1 actuated. Puffing only when a sheet is in the
drum area reduces the amount of toner blown around in
the machine by puffing.
2.11 FUSING

....

;

)

-'.

Fuser Heat Roller and Oil Dispenser
The fuser consists of three subsections: (1) the fuser
heat roller and oil dispenser, (2) the fuser controls. and
(3) the fuser pressure rolle(.
The roller fusing method requires a combination of
pressure and heat to melt toner into the paper. This
method is better suited for high-speed printing than
other types of fusing. since the heated roller comes in
contact with the copy and heat is transferred more
quickly by conduction than by rad.iation. Because of the

2.11 FUSING·

faster heat transfer. less power is required, and the heat
dissipated by the fuser is lower. If a sheet stops in the
fuser. it will not burn. although i1 may discolor slightly.
The functions of the fuser heat roller and oil dispenser
are: (1) to provide heat to fuse the toner to the paper and
(2) to coat the fuser roUers with oil to prevent toner from
sticking to the rollers.
The heat roller encircfes the stationary quartz heater
rod (R 1). The normal tendency for melted toner to stick
to a roller is minimized by the coating of both rollers with
teflon. Also, wiping the heat roller with silicone oil,
which has a very low surface tension, prevents toner
from adhering to the roller. The oil is supplied from the
fuser oil dispenser.
.
The heat roller (Fig. 2-92) is mounted between the
. inboard frame and the fuser frame. It is driven by the·
main drive chain which turns a sprocket on its inboard
end. The heat roBer is hollow. and heater rod R1 is
inserted through its center. The rod extends beyond the
roller and is suspend(~d on both ends by sockets. which
provide the electrical contacts and position the
stationary. rod in the center of the roller.

I.

't.

Fig- 2-92, H'Jat Roller

2-6:\

(

; l

i .. SUBSYSTEIVJ

....-- ~... ......",~..

THEORY

.~:

,:

,

.~."~."",

~............- 6i)OP81S87-tj
('
~:..,..-, .-." :.:........ .--. .

2::11 FUSING

'"

........... -

•• "oC' •
'

'r':

The inboard end of the heat roller has a slotted shaft

.

.-~.

~"
,~.

'~Vhich fits inside the drive sprocket (Fig. 2-93). This

. -. (

arrangement permits the roller to be changed without
disturbing the drive chain. A spring between the outboard socket bracket and the roller biases the roller
towards the sprocket.

~'4i"I

<

SLOTTED SHAFT

DRIVE SPROCKET

<
:~.~

.. ~: . ~'::

. :.............

:

.

(

.

:.; ... .
':.: ...j .: .~~~

(

'.

oJliflltl

,~,,~;
•• e ,,\o.,~,)l;l"{,~!'~
_~.<:,J.; ..!~~~~!"
." '" .~:..~:"~:;~;;..'!' ",,*,::
$..,;.~~.":.-:;;r ~~i":..I··
~~/,?"
..'t;"- n' l.~.'i';:~--~;t;,).:::2
h/~!:Wv,'::'
A'1'-

~r'. /, ;J~~~,~~>/fjYi5~Fd;'i'
....... !

(

,

~

•1
t.

(
7011911P

70/1972?

(
Fig. 2-93. Heat Roller Shaft and Drive Sprocket

(

(
On the right side of the heat roller is the fuser oil pan.
containing silicone oil.
The oB is carried from the oil pan to tho heat roller by
the lubricator assembly. \tvhich contains a wick (Fig. 294).
.

(

(
HEAT
ROLLER

tp(

PRESSURE
ROLLER

. '\
WIPER

70/1B!11
1"".

-'~

Fig. 2-94. Fuser Cro5s Section

,

~~

(

2 .. SUBSYSTEl\)J THEORY
2.11 FUSING

The oil is picked up from the oil pan (Fig. 2-95) by the
rotation of the dispensing roller. which is mounted in the
pan. The oil is then carried by capillary action from the
dispensing roller. through a two-piece wick to the top of
the heat roller. The wick is wide enough to extend over
. both the dispensing roller and the heat roller.

The lubricator assembly (Fig. 2-96). which consists of
the wick. a metal cover and a plate, weighs about five
pounds. The oil dispensing rate is .affected by the cQntact length· of the wick on both rollers, and by the
dispensing roller speed. or "metering:-'
."

.',

OIL DISPENSING
MOTOR 816

..
GEARTRAtN

DISPENSING ROLLER

OIL PAN - - - - - -_ _-=-_~

Fig. 2-95. Oil Pan

10-1963P-1

THERMISTOR BEADS RT1-RT8

fig.

2-96~

lubricator Assembly

lO-1964P

(

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY

••~!:'~jO(2-l"..:.~
.
~ •..:">""~
$.~ •••••I'--.,.....
' • • . ~1

l-~::.: :-.600·P81 587 ~::1 (
'-.,.,..,..:.; .••...
' •..
., "":j
~".' .....
~ ........
~
•

2.11 FUSING

";

.'""

The lubricator assembly lubricates the full length of
. the teflon-coated fuser roller_ The RT8 and the RT1
thermistor beads are pressed directly on top of the teflon
wick. The 7000 temperature control is accurate because
the temperature is sensed at the center of the fuser
roller. Sensing at this point also minimizes' large
overshoots in temperature.
The dispensing roller speed is fix~d by the speed of
the oil dispenser motor. 816 (Fig. 2-97). This motor is
turned on when the START PRINT button is pressed.
and it is turned off by K41-1 after two seconds of timed
shutdown. 816 has an output of 1.5 RPM. The dispensing roHer i~ driven on its.outboard end by a gear train
from the motor~ Because of this gear train. the dispensing roller is driven at one revolution per 75 seconds.
Curling of copies coming out of the fuser can result in
the sheets being folded as they go up the C-transport. or
it can result in the sheets wrapping and jamming on the
heat roller.

...

'~

E

~

E
(
(
(
(
OIL D1SPENSIr'lG
.. aOTOR (B16)

EAR T

G
OR)
(BEHINIf MOT

.:.. .•~.

,._:~.

.~

"':';~""'>'/~' \;~7::

RAIN

"..

"

""<'.

-l

. - .'

-.~.. \;:

/

. " ..•

'-"f',>,

.

'

.

'".

~

(

I~
~~~~.
~~*'~~~~
.
.
~~.:~
,S~~~
"",'-V"~
-tli:.
,>'{'~'4>.
..
">;,.~""f.7:,,
~I'''~4 '~2' '''if..:;"':ftf~·: ~--¥.,,\:~";;;. :::;C?t.,",:c·, [(ff:, , i;';~>,:;: ;7h.•.y.'f'''.;t~
"'C<,l,-.

~~~~~~f' A~fI() j!:C{l~~~;;;I.~:t&'>

ER~~1>~~~;;2~t~t~f~i8IlJ
'~~'E~~~' ~ ··~J""':;~r(~!~;t;;,.,
<'.

DISPENSING ROLL

(

c

','

,

"

,

,

-",

(

"~'''''i ~ ';:f'_J! '1: ~' h;);'::'fi;~:;rA'~';'/\"('~7f"Y
"

>

(£

,

~
~

€I
70-1963P-2
Fig. 2-97. Oil Dispenser Motor 816

(

.~

4t. ...
~

1

(,..

(
\':"'

2-66

~.I

2. SUBSYSTEI'A THEORY
2~11

•

FUS1NG

The tendency of copies to curl is reduced by fuser curl
control blower 817 (Fig. 2-98). This blower. mounted on
the outboard side of the optical assembly. directs a
stream of air at the left side of the fuser heat roller. This
air -stream forces the sheet against the C-transport. -

FUSER CURL
CONTROL BLOVIER (B17)

1·

"

-: i

Fig. 2-98. Fuser Curl Control Blower B17

f

t

2-67
),

\',

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
2.'11

..... "'~J;..--. :.. :,,;;.. )."""":.,

FUSiNG

;:..... ~. 600S::-815a7_~:;

{~. .~.;. ~. :~:"" :..:. .~

The fuser stripper finger helps to peel overtoned
sheets off the fuser heat roller. The finger consists of a
solid piece of teflon with a 0.004 inch radius at the point,
which rides on the upper luser roller (Fig. 2-99). The
point is about the thickness of a sheet of paper and is so
fragile that it is destroyed ~y·an extended paper jam. If
the stripper finger fails to strip the sheet off the roller,
switch LS38 actuates. initiating a malfunction shutdown. Thus, LS38 prevents an extended fuser jam and
also extends the life of the delicate finger.
Electronic controls sense the temperature of tnefuser
heat roller. These controls vary the amount of electrical
power furnished to .the heater rod, to maintain the fuser
heat roller at a constant fusing temperature. Other
controls sense the fuser temperature ~o turn on the·
READY light and permit printing' to begin.

<) ~~!r
~rr~·t.
~.

!.

I,·

:.... . -::1;1

.-

~

~

NOTE: The temperature values mentioned in this disclIssion are theoretical values, relefrer! to so that the
fuser operation can be explained more crearly~ However,
the Adjustment Section should be consulted for actual
temperature readings and tolerances.

~
.~~

(
: :~ -....,.; ..~:~~;;,:,

.~

1

!:

(

(
f
.,!
I

(

I
i

(

<

.(~

.

(
'L

Fig. 2-99. FU$cr Stripper Finger

~

(

. -~~

\

I

..
\

~

\ ..

,'.
'.1-

~B

I

2. SUBSYSTEIVJ THEO.RY
2.11.
Fuser Controls
The fuser controls consist of the fuser controller PS2,
over-under temperature controller PS5 (PCB4). thermistor assembly RT1/RT8 and auto-transfonnerTl (Fig2-100). There is no electrical connection between the
fuser controller and the low temperature controller_

FusiNG
,.
j

i

FUSER CONTROllER
PS2

.)

'.1iIIl

~~~

.-,

.,a._._
.~

.-:-

•• .01 .....

·i.·:·· .

P/71

Auto~Tr;lnsforf1lCi

T1

70/1912P·

(

~.

70/1941P

Fig.

2~101).

ruscr Controls

2-G9

\

~

,~::-

.

,

!.

~

• '"

""

. ·~"2.·S·UBSYSTEM THEORY

....~~'::11~?s...1f.i.~.,
;'!~-' 600?a1587,~~}

., _,2 __ U.fUSlNG
.:~

•. ~~. .~ .. '.< ~.?'~.~-:,.- ~;.:;~

,:'
, I j .-:t

The fuser controller and the low temperature controller operation is determined by the heat roller
tempcrature~ which is sense·d by the thermistor
assembly . The therOlistor assembly is a probe which
contains two independent thermistors. A thennistor is a
type of;cesis..tor whose resistance changes inversely with
tenjlperaiiJre (as the temperature increases, the
resfsrance'decreases). It does not operate like thermoSfat;
does it use a bimetallic strip. The thermistor
probe .lis gently sprjng-Ioaded against the wick which
rides ~n the fuser heat roller. The thermistors sense the
tempelature of the heat roller and convert the
tempetature into electrical signals.
The function of the fuser controller PS2 is to maintain
the operating temperature of the ~user by varying the
voltage applied to the heater rod R1. The rod is a clear
quartz tube that encloses a coiled tungsten heating
clement. The heating element is terminated at both ends
by a round ceramic insulator and contact. When the
machine is on. the rod will produce a glow that varies
from bright red to dull orange when it is heating. When
the heat roller is up to operating ten1perature. the rod will

:);";)i

t)l ~i~

~

'iC hG(n~.
~·d·-1

i~,r~

.' J+

. ~

I

,:A';

a

nor

pulsate.
Fuser controller PS2 controls the amount of voltage
applied to the heater rodfron1 fusertransfonnerT1. This
transformer. lo·cated under the base casting below the
A-transport. is an auto-transformer having seven input
voltage taps {Fig. 2-101} in 10-voft increments from 190
volts to 250 volts. During installation, a wire;s connecteq

PS2

FUSER
I
CONTROLLER

AUTO
TRANSFORMER

:'
;j;'l.'

, TI

70"893

Fig. 2-102. Fuser Circuit

to the tap that matches t h e I ·me...
vo, It:'
·age. T he tapseJection '
insure~ the requirt:d input
bf 230 volts to PS2
(Fig. 2-102).
. . ':~.

vortage;

(

The voltage applied to the heater rod by PS2 is controlled by thermistor RT'l(,ti!!~:--:~~1:03). Wh~never the
.(
fuser rorler is below operatlng\s!hperature. the thea-'
mistor c. auses the fuser contt6"~f ~.:apPIY fun voltage- t~
the heater rod. When the fuser roJt~r reaChes operating
temperature. the thermistor causes the iuser controller
to open the path to the heater rod. The thermistor
constantly nlonitors the temperature of the fuser heat
(
roller and signals the fuser controller to maintain the
proper operating temperature.

l'

f6.

RIGHT SIDE:
OF '!.ACHiN~

(

i
00'

20~[]

~

~-< ~-3

19::>0
21O[]

1-----..
BOTTOM OF

220[]

2300 I MAO-tINE

00

..

1__2b---9-I".~.·
-+-6

24

(I

21~1
2;~

---rrr.:.-

-.
240)123
250)
PS?

2500

AUTO

---==-::::---;---~=:!;:::-~-I

TRA~srOHMER

HE A:

RO~

tl£ATRO.O RI

12"1 ---MD--lilJ1..r 19

l2QJ.
7[-~,---...a--FiTl
FlISEH.'
.

CONTROLLEk

TI
7CY1694t.i
';"/I~'

':<:

,
\

rig, 2-101. Fust'r TwnsformN 1'1 Taps (Bottom View)

Fig. 2-103. Fusee Circuil

(
~

,

2-70

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
. 2.11: F\;JSING

~,

•
-4

Refer to figur~ 2-10.4.. Thermistor RT8 senses the
temperature of the luser roller. When the machine is first
turned on. K44 and K58 are de-energized; the NOT
READY light is turned on. the READY light is turned off.
and the Start Print circuits are disabled, preventing a
0
print run. When the fuser temperature rcaches 320 F.
relays K44 and K58 are energized; the NOT READY light
is turned off. the READY light is turned on. and the Start
Print circuit is enabled. to allow print run. If for any
reason the temperature drops below 3120 F. relays K44
and K58 de-energize again. preventing a print run.
If the fuser heat roller temperature goes above 4000 F.
then K46 \viU de-~nergize. causing K1 and K19 to deenergize and completely disable the machine (Fig. 2104)..this protects the machine from overheating if the
fuser-controller fails and appJies maximum voltage to
the heater rod.

3?-4 ~
1.-:.
9
8

HEAT ROLLER
123 -

.

OVER

:;

TEfI,!P

CON"fROLLER

,

N

R

o

[

,.

T

A

oy

R

E

A

1(19~ .

o

y

701'S9~

Fig. 2-104. Fuser Circuit

. "'! ~

';

.

j

. .r

STUD

I

E]
;;~

~

.• ~~..:l

i~~:
~ ~~5?~~~J~:2~~~t
llflfo. .~.
"~:~t.)_'
. \~*f~··'~~rJr'''''?'~'~; 1);' ~~..J.j
'.;.'~

. j:. . t . ~ ~

400"

::r.f~~l~t~i~~r~~~;:~ ~-~~·-""!a~ P1~ff1~ .
. t.f~F;'3-;~~~~·
'::j;;:~
'.~~~jk~.
~~~~~ ~t~i;ilm~~~~i~
-:',:/>:;7.,. \.11 •
~.,,::~.,-~r.:.ii~:~C;~:!-1t~~6>'(-:~'1:-~.-::~~:::(.,,:;:,1'.,.tt-~~;'(~""

_~f~;~ .;.
t·
D

,~

UNDER

COLLAR

!. ,:

t~.-f--'.

.;

. HEA'f~Q~ ,Rl

PS2
AUTO
TRANSFORMER

\!.

:/~)

!.

\~'fjii}J~~~~Jt~3iiJi
Iit:::;Co:' •~

"."..

10-19&5P

2-·'1.

·'·'IiiI'ilii-.......
,i:

'---"""~~"'r.--:4t..':..1i'"iTV ...__ .'"- _ _ ~~ _ _ .. ,. .. _ _ _ _ _ .... _ ..... ,...___ ._._ _ _ _ _ ,-".......... __ ... - .. _ _ _ _ _l' _ _.,...-'-<~-~_""'
....""'
........".,.._""'=__ _ __'__.........._ _ _ _ _ _ _. . . . . . . . . . . ._ _ _. . . . . . . . ._ _ _. . .. . . . . . . .!~.. .

" L ! ~: ::: ! ; .:~ ~:
; ;·R~··~IJ,BSYS"TErJJ THEORY
2.11

(
....... ~.- .. ::-:.~.,.. ';·::~::·1..

F~SfNG

:.~·600pa1587.i~

-""::' '''-~
.', ,;......~··~~·:-.7 (
e_

.......... ..... _ • .-\....

too

collar, mounted to the pressure disc. forces the pressure
bar (Fig. 2-106) upwards. This bar is connected to the
. ends of the pressure roller, and forces it against the heat
roJler.
The pressure roller has a rubber coating ~nder its
teflon sleeve. Because of this rubber coating. the
pressure roller flattens against the firm heat roller when.
force is applied. The distance that the rollers are in
contact with a sheet is called "contact arc." Contact arc
is important for good fusing since it determines the
length of time that the paper is in contact with the heat
roUer. Two stop screws, one mounted in the top of the

connecting rod at each .enqro:t,
~[ftRsure bar. contr~
the distance between the ~et'~Of§1lfJhe pressure rOIJ~'" \
and the heat roUer. Adjusting these screws will vary the
force applied to the rollers and cJ:l;arge the contact arc.
~
This contact arc allows the tpneli image to be com\:
pressed for a longer distancetocomfJensate for the high
speed of the paper through the fuser,system.
(
Because of the pressure. the image is pressed into the
.
surface of thepapeL
When the last Sh~et lea~esthefas,et.,air~is removed
~
from the pressure diSC, ·whtch .Jowers thapressure roller.

(
(
PRESSURE ROLLER
DRIVE CHAIN

PRESSURE ROLLER

(

(

'
"
'
1K.
'~

•• ~ :--.... '...

.'

~'~~'

~.

'.-

";~.. -

-~};>C;{..

...~~.,

_

~ ~

i',

~'~

~l.- . ;:~

..(

~~ARD

.~
.~.

.

"..

~-..~_.......

.
~a.

'"

..
_ _.'

(

CTING ROD

~~~

••

(
.

:~;'?~':':.

.....

~~.~::: ~.

:~~.~ ~~:

6

(

/."

-

{j

........
70-1966P

Fig. 2-106. Pressure.·Aoller (left Side View)

(j

(]

.(,

.~

t

(

'iiii

2. SUBSYSTEM THEORY
~ 2.12'C~:rRANSj:>ORT

;.~

2.12 C-TRANSP9RT

.
,'~The
•
functiOi-'FUflmej~transport is'tocarry paper from
the fuser to' the ~t~e~1t;g' tray by means of a vacuum
'system. "
.;:~ :
; :t
, Paper entering· lhe:transporl from the. fuser area is
, held to the four transport belts (Fig. 2-107) byavacuum.
This vacuum is futnisned through holes in the top of the
C-transport !:loosing between the, belts. The belts move
the paper ur:ader the belt tension roller. under the finger
assembly, and up to the top of the,C-transport. The.
paper is'thel1deflected by the feed1 0ut baffle and driven
past the anti~taticbar into the re'ceiving tray by the pinch
wheets mounted to the pinch wheel shaft.

I,e

d

':,

I

','j

;'"

'f'

,-'nT" ,.1

~~

d!\__::I~!;i

;

.-:~

::01

FINGER ASSEMBLY

Fig. 2-107. C-Transport(Rear View) ,

2-73

~~f~.C ,~,!

'i~)~.{(SUBSYSTErJl THEORY
2.12

. . -~~ ... _...

..

"'~~'~":':
r-! •••...
,.~ ....~ ~:')
_.

C-TRAN·SpdFi-r'
!
f.

'::600P815En~'
. '.Js.:r·. .,,·::;:•.•.

~ .......
,~, ~"I.!,~J,.~.,. •• ~~
:r;~.J

'; ',;,

T:.' ,

.,:~ ... !fhe belt~~re
drivenbythedrive
roUer,. which is rotated
' : : ; . ' '.
:' . .
,;-.
i~;~ ::lipthe driv~ 7~~in ~ncJ,driv~ sprocket assen1bly.locateo
;:) the inbo~rd
en~ of ,the drive shaft (Fig. 2-108). The
l:,{;';,
";:-J'. "
'
u. ' ~~ias are mounte'Cf around
the drive roller and 'the two
,-'
iJ:: 1antical ic;U.~r roJ'~.fs a.t,tretop and bottom left side of the
:flnsport. A:fourth' roller. \vhichis the belt tension roller.
: !~lir\tains~,fixed t~n~lon .on the belts. The belts are k,e'pt
'(' 'tacking p~¥erJ~ by the three b~1t guides on th~Jeft si~e
~.J;;ii1d bottom,of·toe. transport.
'.
.~;!~~!;1A~fine t~H1~~1~eR~,~~fi~~usted ~n ,th.~ injsl~~ ~~rface, of'
.• )l~le;!belts. as on the A- and B-transports. The' powder
,:(ti'il;:~u;ces excessive friction bet¥lee~·.~~~>.ben~· a~~ th,J~
;u tl:olaSing. Reducing the friction prevents ln~ b:eUs from
i;i7\\1~lerjOrating an~ sticking to the dri~et?her. ca.ysingbelt
jams bel\veen the roller and the hQus~hg:. ,
'):

,'~

:~1

(

.

~;."

~,t
.~~

'~"i

i~;'

(0

~

.-~.

, ~H!i yd nsvhb ;;.
f), ~ r ~
6. ~: . ~ . . ~.:~..
. ''',." Ja..... HnU:.J
::;;;rn ()r1T ,1
. ru of
i'"",

0'

<

'"

\

-,

......

1f'" ,- ;;

,,-.

.

.,
(

G. ·., .
Q

I}

;-'

-.

'..I ' ,

~ "~:.l·

,,~; t'~ "~j"'~

;! f .

~,

/ (.

.

:

''{'~:~f; ,-:~

!;~ ~~. ~.:.,
i

.

~

'; 1',';_1 ,
\

. ~rl'-2.SUBSYSTEM THEORY

'..~

,r;;';

[.

(
~lf~"~~1.!

~·,.:~,;r.~·~:.~:~:~.·:.~:~l:

2.1_2 C-TRANSPORT
~,. ~

ReceIvIng
Tray.. . .
., . ' .. : . :' ' . / . ~
1 .~ ~ .
l' '. . . '
'The rec~jving ,tray .ha,sa spring:"loaded·b'oUomfhat.
,.!. changes its' angle a;; 'm9re 'copies .~ccumutate (F:ig. 2-·
111)~ 1r.~. purpose'; o~ ,~his variable~angle tray j~ to'
,p'rpyide,'", bed~~ Pf.lper. s~!:lFking at: .:~e:extr.e;ri.e.
vironmental-operating conditions. ;,' ""~":

G

en-

it.: _:_

1if \,'
~: ,,100:::

; ;".

•

" :.),

........

.

~

oj

l

•

,t~l~i*-~~ ~::"", ~~~~
:.~!~d~.1!. 'ti.... . ' ,~-i'~~~;r.~.
:::.;.-:
~~~~~~...cf~\~~... . .' ;.. . .~

i

f'

:L

;)i-:';(i
.

,~

<

. ;~ ')"i 1! "

<~.'

t' :'i ,;; ;",: .1;

~;~~~li. .: ~,~.~~.~~~!.~

.

. r f~

it"
~

~

.~~~~~ ·»·"~'l'""···¥.~k"~:~~·"
t.::{~~~~.;,~~~l,..~~. ~~~
~~~~~~~~";.~~~~~~
'.f.f.~.
,'.'~..c:.~-&-'i~"1}j!fi,•• "';:~.Iol

{t,

~~~.a: .L:'~.~.

_,.,.,~,

•• ::

E

, ( !1

~

~~

";""j-!.~~ "~~

~,.:

(

.'.

~.

J "\~' it;

(
f.'
,," , <....

.... t

1

"'.:
. II

~
~

: '':;'::''

(

'I)

l '/
~.

t.

~.'
,f,,--C,

\.:

.

~

'

Fig.
.

....

"7G/1931P

.

".

l

2-t11~·Rece-JYing Tr~y

.. ~ .,-!

.

~

(

I~?'~f"'''~
~.

r~

f

(

-.,

,,

, i
of}'"

t.

'l{i

.j

:'

':"

(

.

'5.~~r~.. ~~S~~~~~~~rt~~~WJ:t~17~~f~~~

~ 'i~;f~~~",~:<~~~ j ::t~~g~\1,~,:fo:'~ii\~:~}~·"'...;i':~~F.~~

c

1f .,---~.~,~ "J.-fJ ~J.;,~_-

fJ;

.

; r ?~t~~ 1f~l~tlilli.li~J<)},;"o"~

,:Allj~~-~t~~~~[~~;f.~~"
'.- -, - ~~ ~-~.,~-,.., "l?d'4.iiIt

{

.

_m

~

....

1f';·':~~kr.~~~~ft1--"
'-~t~~Wi~tj:
1-.... ,'t'H't'""--:;:-~~i1
, ....:O::-;,..'ij'
--t~l~"i!"'"
.'''~-•• <~~
,,'l
~ '-ib'
.. ·'~1.'1't·'~ft·'f
~"~,;.,~~.,.~
.. ~.,.--,.,,...~~,.~~;>.
-----=--Iif,
\'"
':·~.!1~~~t~ "·'1"
lli~' ~--., --....·.. ·-:~-i· ~ r-.~"'7;:>.:.~;l'y7':.:..' ~ _.'
'f"'~'''\:''l
c}"s.;-"~

~,,, '';'~l,.~

f

..

!'.,'

I'

~fit~*~~~~~r-;:::<';~~7~
,?i777~·~~~·~..~,

'"

~

~#

> . . - ••

.

r~~~'._.~

(

.~
'

2.. SUB.SYSTEI'A THEClBY

••'1

""~'

.. ,', ~12.c,.;.TRANsp,dnT .
• .

~

-.."'

~

....

'.

1

stacking in the receiving tray and redl1ccsthec~ance
'f;l":b~d ~ .. transport Vacuum .' . ' .
'>t;.,':::"
~..~.an operator being sh.ock.ed byslaticon the paper. 0::...
' 'Paper is. held to the 8- and C-transporfs by a{1facu~m
"..,..,transport jams may also .be c~Llsedby the antistatic ~~ .furnlshQq by the ~- and C-t(an~po'rr V~Clrum1iblov;er
"
n~l operating. In thi~',SCWr~.st~t~~;~auses the copies
"'¥~iJ!i>:~Y.{Fig.,~-l ,1,3).. ', ~ ,'~. ',' ',~ "{,~';\'~"
it : ' , ..
.
stick toge~her ,and b~~HP;Q.~ ,tile t{ah$~9rt:..' ':..', i , , ' ,This assemtlly i~: ilocated dn Jhe ,left· rear side:'of the'
, .Theantastatic bari~~~ ~9}ot-dischar~ec:!evlce dnv.~~, ,~achine. ~t ,c.on~~sts' of 'a manif?ld ~.':l~,'~ sq~irrel cage
With 7.000 volts'AC from,.transformerT4,located onth~. operate(J~y~B8.· ~'.
'
:0.1
base casting in fro'n(,Qf,tH~ C-trans~ort:-The
ha,~ . ' ,The manifold Has'two~,opening.s tov/hich,the"oses to
needle points spacQd-:'~bO.ut. one'jnc~' ~par,~. T~e,~e)~; .:" .the transpdfts are attach,ed.A shorter hoseC(>nriects the
,effectively. a high-YOn~g~•. loW~Slpacjt~nce.cC1l?acito;r
.man~fbJd tQthe'C7"trkInsport, which. ~s located hearbY.
conrectedbetVleent~ tr.an'srogncr.~nd;tDe. p'.oints. S"R,: .,~he'lm1~iefhoseisiatt~ched toa rec~angul~rppe'lQing in .
th~t' the current at:,~Y _~~}e~P~~!;l~;::~·?oUt1'9j;~~>~,.~:~}~~i~·,V~n-.e.~vrhe~ tJ.1e regist,er stop;~r~~v~rjs h1 .
microamperes. Cons~queptl9.':i!llE(~\Jrrent ~~9: I~~ .tha~~:h~,.~i'~,ci:/ ttiEf;~~~t~f)~p6.rt housjng~ presses agai'rlst this
operators win r'lotf~el th:e'vQI\age'byt9,uchingthe potlit~ ": ~~~;r~"bt~:n.guta,r· :;pp~ning . Air being drawn 1l)i);frl the
wit~.:, their fing~(~~', ~~~~:#\~~~ce_o~:' voltape ri{ay :~e~'~', "tr~~~:t~:,l~~~h~~j.~~.~hrOugh the re~,.'of the:nmc~i~e.
,·.k;~E(pRed by placlngtbE;'/~,q9$.,Pf~$mall neon bl:llb (suct\.··
'., ~,:;.' .:.>;!.
',:"
";;'1.:·'a.s NE-2) again.stth~(pofhts,Qf,Jhe antistati,e i?at.·
.. :~::. >,'.
'~
The maximum curren.tt~'iltlh~lra'nsformerc;t~deliver."
is five milliampefef?~. )..v.hich -is about the. ~atne .?s 1he ,, "'
..'
''\:'
,' . . - .
corotron power s-,:,pply;?rhvs., if you:were to unpl'-:!gJhe
.
" i
output wire from thg, trit.OSfoJm'e~~nd, tQuch!he terminaf '. " " . 'l" '
. with the transformei< en~rgized,,;_he resuitirig 's.hoGk
would be about the:~~~lme a~ to.pch~rigtaicOrofr9n.~~ring
.~ , operatipn.
',
.,,~. ':>", .' .. "
'i
;
"
. ..;- ..

qf,.,-

\

f?

bar

an

.'

.~~. ' ". " , " , '

"
•

"<"~":'"
~~;.,. ~'"

~

-:';'';

~.~::.>:': ~;~ :~:;:"

,. •

"::7:,;.>:;:' "

. _

.

j

.:

'~

t,

..
; '. . •-;
. . • " :~?i? f;~ .Jl~~~j~i,~'~~*K ~~~i :. :;~\:'.;
. "'~' :.:r·.
•

·;;t

..' - '

p~"

-

_-~-,,-~

....

~ """~ ~ Jl>:~' ' ;., ';"~"';:I ""'~'.", ;,,,"':;'>.~ 1.<0"

:tRANS.ORT
'. .,:p~,~ ~..;-.: -.N- :tl;:~.; t:.,,~ . i.[";'::'1':-;.;v~:~,
~,,I. "'~.~',,:\ Ih .~::::·i~·~.. ~R· '~i"':~ ~"~;'. ~~\ . ,':. . ~'''''I}
VACUU "

..

I~l

:Ol~>VlER

~'--~'-

~-r:-' ;~--::~~ll~~~; ~;.J~·!-:~~~'

'

~"''''':l;V'':'''.r':' t r"'::f"'~'H"1

';'., ;,.f:--'

'\

,t·

'to ~_'

:~.;t;..,

,

• '"

·....,t.•. ;~...~.....\-:1~-:... ";...·:,..\:·.:~··~ . ·

;'::;,.~?-.~~s ·~~:'L •• t{..\".q:.;'''~';''. -.

.\"~".~."

i

.

'"

-:;:':'''!''-'!'.. ,-

.",.,: ••-.~.,.'!_.".~ •.•••• \ !:~".;.,..,~

•.

,

I~~~~·~·';·~~~~!~~i~~~~~:~~-.\~~}.t.: \"1{~'t; .it~~ZF{~\~·.:':'~~~~:;. ;.: .,. J.~, ...
'Vl1..~·.':-~~?'I{\t,h.drnel.

1

.IO,!~I~G..

_;.

~ ~ ~p.: :~
t~tolfthe.li~usti. Thebr~sl>\isdri)l~by,i~.ownmotor.

' cOtJ
ffiCke(
bar.
the
. . t.e. •. . r.•. io...t.. mounted
,.te
.•. s·a.ga. . i.n
... st...J.h. . cfbrilsl1
.,.·.>.r...u . '. . '.o.:.'. .housing.
.,.•.>w
. . .•. . . . . . •e. . . .,..f. .ftknoCks
. •h....e.. to. . .n. ·. •.e. r.;.
. A: ',. if '

,

~v

BRUSH

inth~

a.

.

".-

. ".

..

.-..

,

(l

~~~~E

A1ll

a synthetlcfiber.
~_~fterJ~ha p.reClean·corotr.~n. (F."9.'.. 2.,~~.14. ) h.as 10.ose.ned,
tho..toner leff ,on the drum aft~r ,transfer. the brusll .

n.•,.

.'.

~

ctnligc'
.

~

J"/.

'"Q

IE.L. STRlpt

(f

( .': :

.~ gH~ ~.>'.
~. ~ ,.
8Aa ::}
rUCKER

I

.

.

'\

",' ..

", (j

BRUSH.

'/:,~ ~ '~~.
e,~." ;n.~t f.Y.c'~:.I. h.• e b..,r.~~~. .;...
. . . '~ '. ....... ' '. ,.., .'. '. ,.....AfR
'.;';::~:shn:~::~h~i~T~~~n~:r~:;:;::~~!~~~el~· .;:',:' - "f~;;;/'
g
.... •. . . '. d. . u....p. e...r.,a
. . t.es o.nry.u...r.l.n . th.•. • ;:n.•

~(

(

sprang-loaded and mounted on the brush hOUSIng d o o r . * '
lOllS*'
tn: addition to the openings between the brush housti"" •.'
.,:J '. i' ;.:.
Fig. 2-115. Bri.i~h Housing (Cross-Section View'
ing.and the dru'm. another opening is provided in the t.op
of-thablushhousing under the discharge lamp 0$1 (Fig.
2-1151. This.allows a greater amount of air to cle~ij the
brusn:'and'brusho'housing and carry
tciner toto the.fi1terbag~:'~"~::.~:' .. . . '
;.'
o· :": :~:.;. •..'-:--t"-,
::!......

the

;~.

.~;~

.'

..

....--..

(

.,

-.~

...

.\ . t- ".'

-.,.

.~

'(

=:

....

(

(

,t",

(

(

(

~

,

~

~i

~

'~ .
~

.

,

.'''.,....
'.~;{ .

)

..

Fig. 2-11-1. Drum Clenning

~

~

....:::

'-"
4!J~



File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19
Create Date                     : 2017:07:07 20:03:49-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2017:07:07 20:36:13-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2017:07:07 20:36:13-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:487e252d-8bff-b24b-aa82-d188fbb32a31
Instance ID                     : uuid:fef55290-8de8-934e-83b0-cc60c3c79a2e
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 466